Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutOpening of Bids - One (1) or More, 2020 or Newer, Emergency Medical Vehicle – Spec P - American Response VehiclesBID NAME FOR BIDS DUE SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF SOUTH BEND Spec P - One (1) or More 2020 or Newer Emergency Medical Vehicle November 10; 9:00 a.m. Pursuant to notices given, the undersigned offers bid(s) to the City of South Bend in accordance with the following attachment(s) which specify the class or item number or description, quantity, unit, unit price. SPEC P - ONE (1) OR MORE 2020 OR NEWER EMEGENCY MEDICAL VEHICLE It is the intent of these specifications to describe an emergency medical vehicle for the City of South Bend. All units bid must have been manufactured in the U.S.A. The unit shall be bid as a fully equipped complete Emergency Medical Vehicle as described in the following specification. No partial or split bids will be accepted. The City of South Bend reserves the right to reject any and all bids or to accept a full or partial award of the bid or bids and to waive any irregularities or informalities which, in its judgment, will be in the best interest of the City of South Bend. The Board will award the bid to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder. If the bid is not awarded to the lowest bidder, the factors used to justify the awards will be stated in writing at the request of any bidder. These are minimum specifications. Any variation from the specifications must be spelled out on a separate exception list and attached to your bid in order for the bid to be valid. Any items not listed on the exception sheet will be assumed to be part of the unit. Any exceptions to the following specifications must be noted by the dealer at the time of bidding in order for the bid to be valid. Vendor to complete bid proposal, options, and nondiscrimination commitment contained in this bid specification and attach to the submitted bid. AMBULANCE SPECIFICATIONS TYPE I CLASS I, CONFIGURATION A 2020 STAR -OF -LIFE CERTIFIED AMBULANCE 170" X 96" The Emergency Medical Vehicle described in this specification is designed to meet or exceed the requirements of the Federal Ambulance Specification KKK-A-1822 Revision F, and AMD Standards 001-009. NOTE: Throughout the written Federal Ambulance Specification KKK-A-1822, there are frequent references to items to be included WHEN SPECIFIED. The manufacturer will build into a given ambulance any WHEN SPECIFIED item, but such items may not be included in the attached specifications. "OR APPROVED EQUAL" CLAUSE To expedite the purchase of this Ambulance, a generic set of specifications has been used. The mention in the specification of chassis, equipment, or material by brand name or by such specified description of same hereby made, is intended to convey to the bidder's understanding, the degree of excellence required. Any article, equipment, or material which shall conform to the standards and excellence so established, and is of equal merit, strength, durability, and appearance to perform the desired function, is deemed eligible for offer as a substitute. The qualification of the offering shall be judged as to their conformance with these specifications. Any equipment offered other than herein specified shall be subject to a competitive demonstration and evaluation by the using department. Such demonstration to be provided on request within ten working days after the receipt of bids and the result of that demonstration and evaluation shall be of prime importance in the recommendation to the governing body for the final contract award. The result of that demonstration and evaluation shall be of prime importance in the recommendation to the governing body for the final contact award. Any exception to these specifications shall be so marked at the area, (Does Your Bid Comply? YES _NO_) and the "OR APPROVED EQUAL" item shall be listed using the item numbering system within this document. Y N 1.0 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS This specification covers a new commercially built surface emergency medical care vehicle herein after referred to as ambulance or vehicle. A vehicle in compliance with this specification shall be defined as a standard ambulance. This vehicle shall be in accord with the Ambulance Design Criteria of the National Highway Traffic Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington D.C. This bid specification is based on the Federal Ambulance Specification KKK-A-1822F effective July 2007. The purpose of this document is to provide minimum specifications and test parameters for the manufacture of an emergency medical care vehicle that meets the needs and desires of this agency. It establishes essential criteria for the design, performance, equipment, and appearance of the vehicle. All dimensions listed are given as the approximate sizes required to meet the needs of this department. The object is to provide a vehicle that is in accordance with nationally recognized guidelines. All vendors and manufacturers must meet all state and local regulations regarding the manufacturing, licensing, and sale of emergency rescue vehicles and ambulances within the state. KKK Federal Specifications Y N This Ambulance is required to conform to KKK Federal Specification for the Star of Life Ambulance. The City is not required by Law to be KKK-A-1822F Change Notice 8 compliant to meet SAE J3026 Ambulance Patient Compartment Seating Integrity and Occupant Restraint Standards, SAE J3027 Ambulance Litter Integrity, Retention, and Patient Restraint Standards. Bidder shall be a KKK-A-1822F Change Notice 8 compliant to meet SAE J3026 Ambulance Patient Compartment Seating Integrity and Occupant Restraint Standards, and SAE J3027 Ambulance Litter Integrity, Retention, and Patient Restraint Standards. Bidder shall be KKK-A-1822F Change Notice 9 compliant to meet SAE J3043 Ambulance Equipment Mounts; Interior Stowage Accommodations; Equipment Mounting Devices: Installed Oxygen cylinder, cardiac monitor, and fire extinguisher mounting devices shall meet the performance requirements of SAE J3043. Bidder shall be a KKK-A_1822F Change Notice 10 compliant to meet: SAE J3058 Ambulance Interior Storage Compartment Integrity; SAE J3057 Ambulance Modular Body Evaluation -Quasi Static Loading for Type I and Type III Modular Ambulance Bodies; SAE J3102 Ambulance Patient Compartment Structural Integrity Test to Support SAE J3027 Compliant Litter Systems; SAE J3043 Ambulance Equipment Mounts, Interior Stowage Accommodations, Equipment Mounting Devices: Installed suction mounting; to conform to all applicable requirements. Type I: Specialty cab and chassis with containerized modular body. Class I: Two -rear wheel driven (4x2). Configuration A: Elevating cot and squad bench for ALS (3.1.5.1/3.15.3 of F-Spec). This is an engineer, design, construct, and deliver type specification and it is not the intention of this agency to write out vendors or manufacturers of similar or equal equipment of the types specified. It should be noted, however, that this specification is written around the specific needs of this department. With the intent to standardize certain components, specific brands have been specified in certain places. This has been done to establish a certain standard of quality. Other brands will be accepted providing the vendor or manufacturer details how another brand will meet or exceed the quality of the actual brand specified. Because of this, the Review Board reserves the right to accept or reject any and/or all bids. The emergency medical care vehicle, chassis, ambulance body, equipment, devices, medical accessories, and electronic equipment to be delivered under this contract shall be standard commercial products that meet or exceed the requirements of this specification. The ambulance shall comply with all Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) and Federal regulations applicable or specified for the year of manufacture. The chassis, components, and optional items shall be represented in the manufacturer's current technical data. Materials used in the construction shall be new and not less than the quality conforming to current engineering and manufacturing practices. Materials shall be free of defects and shall be suitable for the intended use. Any exceptions to these specifications must be clearly pointed out. Otherwise, it will be considered that the items offered are in strict compliance with the written specifications and that the successful bidder will be responsible for delivering a vehicle meeting these specifications. Any exceptions must be marked as such within the body of the bid and explained on a separate page marked "EXCEPTIONS". Bids taking total exception to these specifications will not be accepted. Y N 1.1 INFORMATION AND DESCRIPTIVE MATERIAL The bidder must furnish all information requested in the space provided on the bid form. The manufacturer must supply a dated copy of their Ford QVM certificate as proof that they are a current member of the Qualified Vehicle Modifier Program. This requirement must be met even if the chassis specified is not a Ford to ensure that chassis modification standards meet a desired minimum level. The manufacturer must also supply the D-spec certification for this particular type, at least one [1] complete set of sketches, descriptive literature, and complete specifications covering the products offered. Bids not meeting this requirement will be considered non- responsive and rejected. Y N 1.2 PRICES AND PAYMENTS All bid prices shall be on a F.O.B. destination and acceptance basis at the Purchaser's specified location. These Prices shall be complete and include warranty. Payment shall be made in accordance with these specifications and the Bid Proposal submitted by the Bidder. Payment shall be made upon acceptance of the vehicle(s) and equipment specified under these specifications. All bid prices and conditions must be specified on the bid proposal form. Bid prices shall be valid for at least thirty- [30] days from the date of the bid opening or as otherwise specified on the bid proposal form. Full payment shall be made as each unit is received, inspected, and found to comply with the procurement specifications. Y N 1.2.1 Price Guarantee The successful bidder shall guarantee the bid price for a minimum of 12 months to the City of South Bend. The City reserves the right to purchase an additional unit at this price within 12 months of bid award. 1.3 GENERAL LIABILITY Bidders are required to submit with their bids a Certificate of Liability Insurance in the amount of five million dollars (5,000,000) in general liability as issued by the bidder's insurance company. Y N 1.4 WARRANTY The successful manufacturer shall provide a three (3) year/36,000 mile warranty on the vehicle which covers defective parts and/or components, the improper choice of materials, parts, and/or components, improper design or engineering, and poor or improper workmanship or quality control techniques. The warranty shall cover the complete vehicle and shall include all costs for labor and parts or materials that are required to correct all deficiencies. If travel is required for warranty repairs, transportation of the unit is the responsibility of the successful bidder. Transportation must take place within the next normal working day, or the responsible party will be charged $100 per day late fee. There shall be provided a lifetime electrical warranty that covers all conversion circuit boards, harnesses, switches, circuit breakers, and relays. There shall be provided a lifetime transferable modular body structural warranty. The term transferable is to cover the transfer of the warranty to a second purchaser should the department sell this unit later. The lifetime structural warranty period shall also remain in effect should the modular body be remounted onto a new chassis. This remount must be performed at a service center authorized by the original manufacturer. Y N 1.5 WARRANTY SURETY To ensure quality, service, and full compliance to the above warranties, the vehicle, with the exception of the chassis, must be constructed by the ambulance manufacturer. Additional elements constructed and installed "in house" are required to ensure service and parts availability. Subcontractors or lease/rental agreements to outside agencies will fail to meet this requirement. • Does the ambulance manufacturer as the prime contractor construct the modular body? • Does the ambulance manufacturer as the prime contractor apply paint? • Are interior cabinets constructed and installed by the ambulance manufacturer as the prime contractor? • Are the wiring harnesses, circuit boards, and 02 systems assembled, installed and tested by the ambulance manufacturer as the prime contractor? • Is the upholstery for seat cushions, head pads, and backrests assembled and installed by the ambulance manufacturer as the prime contractor? 1.6 DELIVERY Bidder must state an accurate delivery date which shall not exceed 180 days from the date of bid award. Due to the age of the City's existing fleet, it is imperative that the unit be delivered as quickly as possible. Stated delivery lead time will be included as an integral part of our bid selection process. FOB Central Services. Liquidated damages of $100.00 dollars per day, per unit will be assessed by the City and deducted from any monies owed to the vendor if the units are not delivered complete to the City by the stated date. The unit and all related paperwork is to be delivered to: Central Services Division 1045 West Sample Street South Bend, Indiana 46619 The Board will award the bid to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder. If the bid is not awarded to the lowest bidder, the factors used to justify the awards will be stated in writing at the request of any bidder. The Board reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids or portions thereof and to waive any irregularities or informalities. Y N_ SERVICE FACILITY The successful bidder must have access to a service facility. Bidders must list below the nearest service facility and parts department to the purchaser. Facility Name: Address: Phone Number: Contact Name: Approximate Miles From Purchaser: Y N 1.7 REFERENCES All bidders must submit a list containing a minimum of ten [10] customers who are operating a similar model ambulance as described in this specification. The customer reference list shall contain the Department name, address, phone number and contact person. Y N 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE To ensure the purchaser that proper engineering and production control guidelines have been implemented, the ambulance manufacturer shall employ an integrated quality and process control program including specific process controls for facets of the manufacturing process deemed to be critical. These critical elements of the process shall be documented and that documentation shall be available not only to manufacturing personnel but also customers who visit the manufacturing facilities. The critical elements shall be denoted on the vehicle control document, which accompanies the vehicle through the manufacturing process. A sample of this document shall be available to the purchaser upon request. A continuous series of inspections shall be performed and signed off on the vehicle control document and shall include but not be limited to the following: Visual inspection of the body, welds, and exterior attachments. Visual and mechanical inspection of the heater/air conditioning lines, cables, grommets, valve connections, clamps, mounting brackets, belts, etc. Visual inspection of cabinets, sliding/hinged cabinet doors, moldings, flooring, walls, headliner, and cushions. Visual inspection of exterior paint, decals, and lettering. Operational inspection of all electrical systems. This must consist of tests of battery voltage, electrical load tests, alternator output, beacons, flashers, siren, interior lighting, compartment lighting, power exhaust vent, scene lights, load lights, chassis lights, silent signal lights/buzzer, heat/cool unit, and any optional electrical devices as furnished by the manufacturer. The current requirements of each device tested must be noted on an inspection sheet together with the total current requirements. The oxygen and vacuum systems shall be tested both prior to and after installation to meet the requirements as listed in those individual sections of this specification. Test data indicating temperature, pressure, timing, flow, etc., shall be recorded. All chassis fluid levels shall be checked and filled to capacity. All doors, locks, windows, tires, etc. shall be inspected for proper operation and/or condition. The completed vehicle must be test driven a minimum of ten [10] miles on paved highways and [3] miles on rough terrain to check handling, brakes, acceleration, and noises. A water spray test and visual inspection shall be performed after the road test. 1.9 BID BOND REQUIREMENT All bidders are required to furnish a bid surety in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the total price of the proposal. The surety shall be in the form of a bond only. Any surety in the form of a cashier's check, certified check or money order shall be considered non -responsive and shall be cause for rejection of the bid proposal. ROME 1.10 SINGLE BIDDER PER MANUFACTURER Multiple bids from different manufacturers but represented by the same firm will not be accepted. Bids offered directly from manufacturers shall indicate if a local dealer / representative will be involved. Alternate bids from the same bidder will be accepted (for example, entire vehicle including chassis and without chassis), providing each bid has its own bid bond. Alternate bids within the original bid will not be accepted. Bids from the same manufacturer but different dealers will not be allowed to prevent complimentary bids being offered and to ensure service from local dealer representatives. It is the desire of this department to have a dealer organization domiciled in the State of Indiana so that local service can be assured. Y N 1.11 WITHDRAWAL OF BID A Bidder may withdraw a bid any time prior to expiration of the period during which bids may be submitted by a written request signed in the same manner and by the same person who signed the Proposal. No bid may be withdrawn, modified, or otherwise changed once the bids have been opened. It will be assumed that each Bidder has thoroughly and completely familiarized themselves with these specifications at the time of the bid. Modifications to a bid, once submitted will not be permitted. Simply stated, if any item, feature, options, etc. Is not stated in writing in the Bidder's proposal, it will not be considered. Bidders are cautioned that verbal or written modifications to already opened bids will not be valid, nor considered ethical and the comparison and selection of bid award will proceed only from what is stated in Bidder's written proposal. Y N 1.12 AUTHORITY TO PURCHASE FROM EXISTING CONTRACTS All bidders submitting a response to this Invitation to Bid or Request for Proposal agree that such response also constitutes a bid to all governmental agencies under the same conditions, for the same contract price, and for the same effective period as this bid, should the bidder feel it is in their best interest to do so. Each governmental agency desiring to accept these bids and make an award thereof shall do so independently of any other governmental agency. Each agency shall be responsible for its own purchases and each shall be liable only for materials and / or services ordered and received by it, and no agency assumes any liability by virtue of this bid. This agreement in no way restricts or interferes with the right of any governmental agency to bid any or all items. Bids will be made available to other municipal and governmental agencies within the United States of America. Unit purchases after a period of one year will be adjusted to reflect to the established Producers Price Index (PPI), U.S. Labor Dept., Bureau of Statistics, Series PCU3713 # 2A, Emergency Vehicles. Y N 1.13 ENGINEERING CAPABILITY To demonstrate your company's abilities and to show understanding of the written bid specifications, each manufacturer must submit with the bid, scale drawings of the vehicle it proposes to supply. Drawings must be "design and construct" drawings that will be used in the manufacture of the vehicle. At a minimum they must show overall dimensions, compartment sizes, lighting package, and major specified options. The drawings should show the front, rear, right side, and the left side of the exterior. They should also include the interior bulkhead, street side, curb side cabinet plans and the interior floor plan layout. The reproduction of the drawing furnished with the bid will not be acceptable as each manufacturer utilizes different material sizes and construction techniques. 1.14 PLANT FACILITY To demonstrate a Manufacturers capability, pictures of the interior of the plant facility during production hours must be submitted. A minimum of four plant photographs and one office photograph shall be supplied. Y N 1.15 EXPERIMENTAL VEHICLES It is not the intent of these specifications to call for an unusual or experimental vehicle(s). Y N 1.16 INSPECTION FACILITY In the event it is deemed necessary for this agency to inspect the vehicle(s) at the primary manufacturer location, a temperature -controlled inspection area separate from the production facility shall be provided. It shall be painted a color to facilitate ease of inspection and shall be lighted in a manner to eliminate shadows in the inspection facility. Work areas with desks, phones, and the necessary tools to accomplish a detailed inspection shall be provided. Y N 1.17 PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE The successful Contractor shall be required prior to manufacturing to have a Pre - Construction conference at the site of his choosing with representatives of this agency to finalize all the construction details. If the bidder requires the conference to be held at a location other than that of the purchaser, the bidder at his/her expense shall provide transportation, lodging and meals, etc. for three (3) people designated by the purchaser. If this meeting is to occur at a location more than 250 miles from the purchaser's location, the transportation shall be by commercial air carrier. Y N 1.18 INSPECTION VISITS Accompanied by a Dealer Representative, two (2) members of the City of South Bend, Indiana, or its designees will travel to the successful bidder's facility for the purpose of inspecting the vehicle for compliance to the specifications and for the overall quality of the vehicle. Costs shall include air transportation on a major commercial carrier to the nearest airport (if ground transportation exceeds 250 miles), individual rooms, and meals. Trips shall be one (1) post paint or an in progress inspection and one (1) for final inspection Inspections shall be scheduled to be conducted during weekdays, including travel time. Y N 1.19 GENERAL VEHICLE DESIGN, TYPE, AND FLOORPLAN The ambulance and the allied equipment furnished under this specification shall be the manufacturer's current commercial vehicle of the type and class specified. The ambulance shall be complete with the operating accessories as specified herein and furnished with such modifications and attachments as may be necessary or specified to enable the vehicle to function reliably and efficiently in sustained operation. The design of the vehicle and the specified equipment shall permit accessibility for servicing, replacement, and adjustment of component parts and accessories with minimum disturbance to other components and systems. The term "HEAVY DUTY" as used to describe an item shall mean in excess of the usual quantity, quality, or capacity that is normally supplied with the standard production vehicle or component. 1.20 COMPLETED VEHICLE DIMENSIONAL PARAMETERS The vehicle furnished shall comply with the following dimensions at curb weight: Length, overall (including rear step) 293" Maximum Width, Exterior (excluding mirrors) 98" Wheelbase 173-176" Height, Rear Loading 33" Maximum Height, Ground to Step 17.5" Ground Clearance 5.5" Length, Patient Compartment Interior 167.25" Aisle Space with Cot Installed 12" Width Between Wheel Wells 46" minimum 1.21 CURB WEIGHT The curb weight is the total weight of the complete ambulance and is defined as the chassis, cab, body, and minimum required equipment as required by KKK-A-1822F, and includes a full complement of fuel, lubricants, and coolant shall meet Federal Requirements. 1.22 PAYLOAD ALLOWANCE A minimum of 6,000 pounds will be allowed over and above the curb weight for personnel, patient, and miscellaneous support equipment. 1.23 INTERIOR HEADROOM 73" of interior headroom shall be provided inside the patient area of the body. It shall be free of obstructions for the Occupants safety and shall meet or exceed all transportation and regulatory requirements. 1.24 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS CAB/CHASSIS The ambulance shall be a Type I, Class I, Medium Duty and shall have a chassis furnished with a two -door cab. The cab/chassis shall be suitable for subsequent mounting of a modular (containerized) transferable equipped ambulance body conforming to the requirements specified herein. Y N Y N Y N Y N 2.0 CHASSIS MODEL AND TYPE The cab/chassis requirement of this specification is a 2012 or newer 4x2 cab and chassis, 168-170" wheelbase, 20,000-pound GVWR package, and equipped as follows: Vehicle Configuration: HEAVY DUTY, DIESEL -POWERED CONVENTIONAL CHASSIS ONLY 2018 or NEWER MODEL YEAR SPECIFIED SET BACK AXLE - TRUCK SINGLE -AXLE STRAIGHT TRUCK PROVISION LH PRIMARY STEERING LOCATION General Service: TRUCK CONFIGURATION CERTIFIED FOR USA (EXCLUDING CALIFORNIA AND CARB OPT -IN STATES) RESCUE AND EMERGENCY BUSINESS SEGMENT TERRAIN/DUTY: 100% (ALL) OF THE TIME, IN TRANSIT, IS SPENT ON PAVED ROADS MAXIMUM 8% EXPECTED GRADE SMOOTH CONCRETE OR ASPHALT PAVEMENT (BETWEEN SITES) ROAD SURFACE MEDIUM TRUCK WARRANTY EXPECTED FRONT AXLE LOAD: 8,000 lbs. EXPECTED REAR DRIVE AXLE LOAD: 12,000 lbs. GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT CAPACITY: 20,000 lbs. Truck Service: AMBULANCE BODY EXPECTED TRUCK BODY LENGTH: 15.0 ft Engine: 6-CYLINDER TURBOCHARGED DIESEL, IN -LINE 6.7 LITER DISPLACEMENT, WITH A MINIMUM 260 OF 660 LB/FT. MOST SEVERE IN -TRANSIT CONFIGURATION. MINIMUM H.P. AND TORQUE RATING The following electronic parameters must be programmed into the ECM: LOW IDLE ADJUST - YES CRUISE CONTROL SET SPEED SAVE - YES CRUISE CONTROL ENABLE - YES CRUISE CONTROL AUTO RESUME - NO ROAD SPEED LIMIT MPH: 84.0 GEAR DOWN PROTECTION ENABLE - NO IDLE TIMER SHUTDOWN ENABLE- NO IDLE TIMER SHUTDOWN/PTO MODE - NO IDLE TIMER SHUTDOWN/OVERRIDE-NO PTO VEHICLE SPEED LIMIT: 6 MPH PTO THROTTLE OVERRIDE ENABLE PTO BRAKE OVERRIDE ENABLE PTO CLUTCH OVERRIDE ENABLE PTO SET/RESUME SPEED: 1000.0 RPM ONE (1) REMOTE PTO SET SPEED PTO/REMOTE PTO - YES PTO RPM W/CRSCTL SET SW OR CAT ON/OFF SW: 950.0 PTO RPM INCREMENT: 200.0 MIN RPM FOR PTO: 700.0 MAX RPM FOR PTO: 1000.0 VSS ANTI -TAMPERING - YES ENGINE MAINTENANCE MONITOR - ENABLE ENGINE MAINTENANCE MONITOR TYPE - AUTO REMOTE THROTTLE - DISABLE POWERTRAIN PROTECTION - DISABLE Engine Equipment: 2020 EPA/CARB EMISSION CERTIFICATION ENGINE MOUNTED OIL CHECK AND FILL AIR INTAKE SHALL INCLUDE AN NFPA COMPLIANT EMBER SCREEN AND A FIRE RETARDANT AIR CLEANER- DONALDSON OR EQUIVALENT. MINIMUM 270 AMP QUADRAPAD MOUNT ALTERNATOR WITH AC TAPS AT LEAST THREE, MATCHING 12 VOLT MAINTENANCE FREE THREADED STUD BATTERIES WITH A MINIMUM TOTAL 2700 CCA (COLD CRANKING AMPS). JUMPSTART STUDS SHOULD BE MOUNTED ON OR NEAR BATTERY TRAY. BATTERY BOX TO BE OUTBOARD FRAME -MOUNTED UNDER THE CAB, AND BE EQUIPPED WITH A FRAME GROUND RETURN FOR BATTERY CABLES. BATTERY BOX COVER SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED WITH A NON- CORROSIVE, COMPOSITE MATERIAL. AIR COMPRESSOR SHOULD BE RATED AT LEAST 15 CUBIC FEET/MINUTE AND HAVE AN INTERNAL SAFETY VALVE. STEEL AIR COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE LINE WITH INTEGRAL QUICK - CONNECT SYSTEM CHARGING VALVE. FIRE AND EMERGENCY SERVICE VEHICLES ENGINE WARNING SYSTEM. THE EXHAUST EMISSION SYSTEM MUST COMPLY WITH EPA 2014 REGULATIONS. THE HORIZONTAL TAILPIPE SHALL EXIT FORWARD OF THE REAR TIRES ON THE STREET SIDE OF THE VEHICLE AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE. FUEL FILTER SHOULD BE SPIN ON TYPE. ENGINE TO HAVE FULL FLOW OIL FILTER RADIATOR TO BE METAL ALLOY, AND BE AT LEAST 950 SQ. IN. IN SIZE. ANTIFREEZE TO BE RATED TO AT LEAST -34 DEGREES F AND CONSIST OF ETHYLENE GLYCOL PRE -CHARGED SCA. COOLANT HOSES SHOULD BE RATED AT 300 DEGREES F., GATES BLUE STRIPE OR EQUIVALENT. CONSTANT TENSION HOSE CLAMPS FOR COOLANT HOSES. ALUMINUM FLYWHEEL HOUSING ELECTRIC GRID AIR INTAKE WARMER HEAVY DUTY STARTER, DELCO 12V 38MT OR EQUIVALENT, WITH INTEGRATED MAGNETIC SWITCH Transmission: ALLISON 2500 EVS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WITH PTO PROVISION. Transmission Equipment: WTEC CALIBRATION - 6 SPEED EVS (PACKAGE 119). VEHICLE INTERFACE WIRING HARNESS AND BODY BUILDER CONNECTOR SHOULD BE LOCATED AT THE BACK OF CAB. ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION CUSTOMER ACCESS CONNECTOR TO BE MOUNTED AT THE BACK OF THE CAB. PLUGS, ENGINE DRAIN, TRANSMISSION DRAIN, AXLES FILL AND AXLES DRAIN SHOULD BE MAGNETIC TO TRAP INTERNAL SHAVINGS. TRANSMISSION GEAR SHIFTER SHOULD BE PUSH BUTTON -TYPE, ELECTRONIC, AND DASH MOUNTED. WATER TO OIL TRANSMISSION COOLER, MOUNTED IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT AREA. TRANSMISSION OIL CHECK AND FILL WITH ELECTRONIC OIL LEVEL CHECK. TRANSMISSION TO BE FILLED WITH SYNTHETIC FLUID, AND MUST BE CODE TES-295 COMPLIANT. Front Axle and Equipment: FRONT AXLE TO BE I -BEAM TYPE, AND BE RATED AT LEAST 8,000 LBS. CAM -TYPE FRONT BRAKES SHOULD BE AT LEAST 15" X 5". FIRE AND EMERGENCY SEVERE SERVICE, NON -ASBESTOS FRONT LINING CAST IRON FRONT BRAKE DRUMS. FRONT OIL SEALS TO BE CHICAGO RAWHIDE, SCOTSEAL, OR EQUIVALENT. FRONT HUB CAPS SHOULD BE VENTED. FRONT AXLE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC FRONT SLACK ADJUSTERS. SINGLE POWER STEERING GEAR SHOULD BE HEAVY DUTY, AND BE EQUIPPED WITH A POWER STEERING PUMP. POWER STEERING RESERVOIR SHOULD HOLD A MINIMUM OF 1.5 QUARTS. PETROLEUM BASED SAE 80/90 LUBE FOR FRONT HUBS. Front Suspension: 8,000# TAPERLEAF FRONT SUSPENSION WITH MAINTENANCE FREE RUBBER BUSHINGS. SHOULD ALSO HAVE A FRONT STABILIZER BAR AND BE EQUIPPED WITH HEAVY DUTY SHOCK ABSORBERS. Rear Axle and Equipment: REAR AXLE TO BE RATED AT 13,000 LBS. REAR AXLE RATIO TO MATCH 84 MPH TOP SPEED WITH TRANSMISSION AND ENGINE COMBINATION. IRON REAR AXLE CARRIER WITH STANDARD AXLE HOUSING. HEAVY DUTY DRIVELINE WITH HALF ROUND YOKES. CAM -TYPE REAR BRAKES TO BE AT LEAST 15" X 6", WITH DOUBLE ANCHOR, FABRICATED BRAKE SHOES. BRAKE SHOES TO HAVE FIRE AND EMERGENCY SEVERE SERVICE NON - ASBESTOS REAR BRAKE LINING. REAR BRAKE DRUMS TO BE CAST IRON. REAR OIL SEALS TO BE CHICAGO RAWHIDE, SCOTSEAL, OR EQUIVALENT. LONGSTROKE 1-DRIVE AXLE SPRING PARKING CHAMBERS AXLE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC REAR SLACK ADJUSTERS. PETROLEUM BASED SAE 80/90 REAR AXLE LUBE Rear Suspension: REAR SUSPENSION TO BE AIR RIDE, AND RATED AT LEAST 12,000 LBS. SUSPENSION TO BE SET AT LOW -POSITION RIDE HEIGHT. SUSPENSION SHOULD HAVE A MANUAL DUMP SWITCH FOR AIR BAGS, WITH AUTOFILL OVERRIDE VALVE AND AIR GAUGE. REAR AIR SUSPENSION DUMP VALVE SHOULD AUTOFILL WHEN TRUCK IS RESTARTED, OR WHEN SPEED EXCEEDS 5 MPH. SHOULD ALSO INCLUDE OVERRIDE CONTROL SWITCH TO PREVENT INADVERTENT RAISING OF TRUCK DURING PATIENT LOADING/UNLOADING. SUSPENSION TO HAVE INSTANT RESPONSE REAR SUSPENSION LEVELING VALVES FOR STABILITY. REAR STABILIZER BAR AND TRANSVERSE CONTROL RODS HEAVY DUTY REAR SHOCK ABSORBERS Brake System: AIR BRAKE PACKAGE 4S/4M ABS WITHOUT TRACTION CONTROL REINFORCED NYLON, FABRIC BRAID AND WIRE BRAID CHASSIS AIR LINES FIBER BRAID PARKING BRAKE HOSE STANDARD BRAKE SYSTEM VALVES RELAY VALVE WITH 5-8 PSI CRACK PRESSURE, NO REAR PROPORTIONING VALVE WABCO SS1200 WITH SPIN ON DESICCANT FILTER STEEL AIR BRAKE RESERVOIRS STANDARD AIR SYSTEM PRESSURE PROTECTION SYSTEM BENDIX DV-2 AUTO DRAIN VALVE WITH HEATER — PRIMARY WET TANK Ambulance Body Builder Connections: HANGER/SUPPORT UPGRADED CHASSIS MULTIPLEXING UNIT UPGRADED BULKHEAD MULTIPLEXING UNIT Wheelbase & Frame: 170-174" WHEELBASE, OR MANUFACTURER'S SETTING TO ACHIEVE 102-105" CA. MINIMUM 80,000 PSI FRAME RAILS, TO ACHIEVE AT LEAST 10.74 SECTION MODULUS, AND AN RBM RATING OF NO LESS THAN 859,200 IN. LBS. 63-72" REAR FRAME OVERHANG SQUARE END OF FRAME FRONT CLOSING CROSSMEMBER STANDARD WEIGHT ENGINE CROSSMEMBER STANDARD MIDSHIP #1 CROSSMEMBER STANDARD REARMOST CROSSMEMBER STANDARD SUSPENSION CROSSMEMBER Chassis Equipment: CHROMED STEEL BUMPER WITH LH AND RH CUTOUTS FOR SPEAKERS. FRONT TOW HOOKS - FRAME MOUNTED. BUMPER MOUNTING FOR SINGLE LICENSE PLATE. REAR MUDFLAPS TO BE INSTALLED BY BODY COMPANY. CLEAR FRAME RAILS FROM BACK OF CAB TO FRONT REAR SUSPENSION BRACKET, BOTH RAILS OUTBOARD. GRADE 8 THREADED FRAME FASTENERS. Fuel Tanks: 50 GALLON MINIMUM FUEL CAPACITY. PLAIN STEP FINISH. FUEL TANK CAP. FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR MOUNTED IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT. FUEL SYSTEM TO BE EQUIPPED WITH PRIMER PUMP, IN THE EVENT THE TRUCK RUNS OUT OF FUEL. REINFORCED NYLON FUEL HOSE. Tires: 245/70R19.5 12-PLY RADIAL FRONT TIRES: GOODYEAR G647RSS OR EQUIVALENT 245/70R19.5 12-PLY RADIAL REAR TIRES: GOODYEAR G622RSD OR EQUIVALENT Hubs: ALUMINUM FRONT HUBS WITH PRE-SET BEARINGS ALUMINUM REAR HUBS WITH PRE-SET BEARINGS Wheels: 19.5 X 7.50 10-HUB PILOT ALUMINUM DISC FRONT WHEELS. 19.5 X 7.50 10-HUB PILOT ALUMINUM DISC REAR WHEELS OUTSIDE OF ALL WHEELS TO BE POLISHED WITH "ACCU-SHIELD" PROCESS. Cab Exterior: CONVENTIONALTWO-DOOR CAB CONSTRUCTED OF EITHER ALUMINUM OR GALVANIZED STEEL (STEEL CABS MUST BE UNDERCOATED WITH ZIEBART PROCESS). CAB MOUNTED TO CHASSIS UTILIZING RUBBER CAB MOUNTS. LH AND RH EXTERIOR GRAB HANDLES TO BE EQUIPPED WITH FULL-LENGTH RUBBER INSERTS. STATIONARY FULL GRILLE TO ALLOW FOR MOUNTING OF EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AT FRONT OF TRUCK. HOOD MOUNTED AIR INTAKE GRILLE (CHROMED OR BLACK) FIBERGLASS FORWARD TILTING HOOD DUAL ELECTRIC HORNS DOOR LOCKS AND IGNITION SWITCH KEYED THE SAME REAR LICENSE PLATE MOUNT END OF FRAME INTEGRAL HEADLIGHT/MARKER ASSEMBLY WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS. (5) LED MARKER LIGHTS AT TOP OF CAB. OMIT STOP/TAIL/BACKUP LIGHTS AND PROVIDE WIRING WITH SEPARATE STOP/TURN WIRES TO 4' BEYOND END OF FRAME STANDARD FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMPS DUAL WEST COAST BRIGHT FINISH HEATED MIRRORS WITH LH AND RH REMOTE. MIRRORS SHOULD BE AT LEAST 16.5" X 7" AND HAVE BREAKAWAY - STYLE BRACKETS. CAB SHOULD ACCOMMODATE A 102" EQUIPMENT WIDTH. LH AND RH MINIMUM 7" BRIGHT FINISH CONVEX MIRRORS MOUNTED UNDER PRIMARY MIRRORS STANDARD SIDE/REAR REFLECTORS TINTED DOOR GLASS LH AND RH WITH TINTED WING WINDOWS. RH AND LH ELECTRIC POWERED WINDOWS. TINTED WINDSHIELD. WINDSHIELD WASHER RESERVOIR SHOULD HOLD AT LEAST ONE AND ONE HALF GALLON OF WASHER FLUID. Cab Interior: INTERIOR SHOULD BE MANUFACTURERS HIGH LEVEL GREY VINYL. DELUXE INTERIOR CONVENIENCE PACKAGE. MOLDED DOOR PANEL WITH UPPER VINYL INSERTS. FLOOR TO HAVE VINYL MATS WITH INSULATION. CAB TO BE EQUIPPED WITH FORWARD ROOF MOUNTED CONSOLE WITH UPPER STORAGE COMPARTMENTS. DASH SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH A STORAGE COMPARTMENT. STORAGE COMPARTMENTS ALSO IN BOTH LH AND RH DOOR PANELS. DIGITAL FLUSH MOUNTED CLOCK IN DASH (2) CUP HOLDERS LH AND RH DASH DASH PANEL CONTROLS SHOULD ALL BE ACCESSIBLE TO DRIVER. ADDITIONAL REMOTE PROGRAMMABLE MODULE TO FACILITATE BODY INSTALLATION. HEAVY DUTY HEATER, DEFROSTER, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM. STANDARD HVAC DUCTING MAIN HVAC CONTROLS WITH RECIRCULATION SWITCH HEATER PLUMBING SHOULD HAVE BALL SHUTOFF VALVES. A/C UNIT TO HAVE TWO HEAVY DUTY AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSORS DRIVEN BY SERPENTINE BELT, WITH COOLANT RATED AT R-134A (U.S. STANDARD). SILENCER INSULATION PACKAGE FOR CAB. SOLID-STATE CIRCUIT PROTECTION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. 12V NEGATIVE GROUND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. DOME LIGHTS TO BE ACTIVATED BY BOTH LH AND RH DOORS, WITH DUAL READING LIGHTS, LOCATED AT CAB ROOF. LH AND RH ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS. (2) 12 VOLT POWER SUPPLY IN DASH. HIGH BACK AIR SUSPENSION DRIVER SEAT, NFPA COMPLIANT. HIGH BACK AIR SUSPENSION PASSENGER SEAT, NFPA COMPLIANT. DUAL DRIVER SEAT ARMRESTS AND PASSENGER SEAT INBOARD ARMREST. LH AND RH INTEGRAL DOOR PANEL ARMRESTS. GRAY MORDURA CLOTH DRIVER SEAT COVER. GRAY MORDURA CLOTH PASSENGER SEAT COVER. 3 POINT HIGH VISIBILITY ORANGE RETRACTOR DRIVER AND PASSENGER SEAT BELTS. ADJUSTABLE TILT AND TELESCOPING STEERING COLUMN. 18" (450MM) STEERING WHEEL. DRIVER AND PASSENGER INTERIOR SUN VISORS. Instruments & Controls: INSTRUMENT PANEL TO BE GRAY IN COLOR, OR MANUFACTURER'S CLOSEST EQUIVALENT. DASH TO BE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING: LOW AIR PRESSURE LIGHT AND BUZZER. 2" PRIMARY AND SECONDARY AIR PRESSURE GAUGES. DASH MOUNTED AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR WITH GRADUATIONS. 97 DB BACKUP ALARM. CRUISE CONTROL WITH SWITCHES ON STEERING WHEEL OR IN DASH. KEY OPERATED IGNITION SWITCH AND INTEGRAL START POSITION; 4 POSITION OFF/RUN/START/ACCESSORY ODOMETER/TRIP/HOUR/DIAGNOSTIC/VOLTAGE METERS. ODOMETER MUST READ TO THE 1/10T" OF A MILE. DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE CONNECTOR, 9 PIN, SAE J1587/1708/1939, LOCATED BELOW DASH 2" ELECTRIC FUEL GAUGE. PROGRAMMABLE RPM CONTROL - ELECTRONIC ENGINE. ELECTRICAL ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE. 2" TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE. ENGINE AND TRIP HOUR METERS. ELECTRIC ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE. AM/FM/WB/CD/MP3 PREMIUM RADIO, DASH MOUNTED. (2) RADIO SPEAKERS IN CAB. AM/FM ANTENNA. POWER AND GROUND STUDS IN/UNDER DASH. ELECTRONIC MPH SPEEDOMETER. ELECTRONIC 3000 RPM TACHOMETER. IGNITION SWITCH CONTROLLED ENGINE STOP. DIGITAL VOLTAGE DISPLAY INTEGRAL WITH DRIVER DISPLAY. SINGLE ELECTRIC WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR WITH DELAY. MARKER LIGHT SWITCH INTEGRAL WITH HEADLIGHT SWITCH. ONE VALVE PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM WITH WARNING INDICATOR. SELF CANCELING TURN SIGNAL SWITCH WITH DIMMER, WASHER/WIPER AND HAZARD IN HANDLE. INTEGRAL ELECTRONIC TURN SIGNAL FLASHER WITH HAZARD LAMPS OVERRIDING STOP LAMPS. Design: PAINT: ONE SOLID COLOR Color: CAB COLOR A: L2684EB RED (COLOR TO MATCH MOST RECENT PURCHASE) CHASSIS FRAME PAINT: WHITE POLYURETHANE Extended Warranty: CHASSIS WARRANTY TO BE AT LEAST 3 YEARS/36,000 MILES ENGINE WARRANTY TO BE 5 YRS/200,000 MILES ALLISON TRANSMISSION WARRANTY, 5 YRS/UNLIMITED MILES Y N 2.1 OEM AIR RIDE SYSTEM An OEM air ride system will be on chassis. Manufacturer will install a red, low air indicator light in the front console and a dump cancel switch by the passenger rear entry door. The unit will dump with the opening of one of the rear entry doors and with the OEM dump switch in the dash. Y N 2.3 FUEL SYSTEM CAPACITY The fuel system capacity shall be a minimum of 50 gallons and shall meet FMVSS 301 "Fuel System Integrity". Y N 2.4 TIRES The vehicle shall be equipped with seven (7) wheels and tires. The tires shall be OEM supplied 245/70R19.5 12-ply load range F steel belted radials as specified in chassis specification segment. 2.5 REAR AXLE The rear axle shall be as specified in the chassis details of this specification. To ensure patient comfort, assist with vehicle stability, and provide the required loading height, a rear air suspension with a 12,000-pound capacity shall be used. This system shall include a 5.3" ride height, an air reservoir, an engine -mounted compressor, shock absorbers, and dump control. 2.5.1 ANTI -SWAY CONTROL A Road Master Brand 1.50" diameter front and rear sway bar (or equal) shall be provided to assist vehicle stability. This Road Master Brand sway bar shall be engineered to improve handling characteristics by reducing the body roll and balancing the weight transfer during cornering. 2.6 ELECTRIC THROTTLE The OEM throttle device shall be preset to the proper RPM. Depressing the brake pedal or shifting into gear shall deactivate it. 2.7 APPOINTMENTS The manufacturer's heaviest duty heating and air conditioning package must be used. The vehicle shall be equipped with dual electric multi-speed/delay windshield wipers and washer mechanism. The seatbelt/shoulder harness mechanisms shall be encased with a high impact plastic trim housing color keyed to match the driver's compartment. The balance of the driver's compartment trim shall be accomplished by the use of Formica, carpet, and cloth backed vinyl trim panels with 3/8" high - density foam padding (having an R factor of 0.25). 2.8 HEADLINER The cab headliner shall be OEM standard automotive cloth. 2.9 BULKHEAD CAB The bulkhead cab wall shall be the OEM wall, which matches the dash color scheme. 2.10 SIGN One (1) "NO SMOKING OXYGEN EQUIPPED" and "FASTEN SEATBELT" sign shall be installed in the driver's compartment on top of the floor mount console - toward walk-thru. 2.11 MAP BOX Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N �1 � A map box and three (3) latex glove box holders and trash receptacle shall be provided and installed on the cab floor, between the driver and passenger seating positions. It shall be easily accessible by either the driver or passenger. Exact design shall be the same as the Department's newest ambulances. 2.12 BATTERY SWITCH A battery switch is to be installed. This system will open the power circuit from the batteries to the main circuit board and interrupt power to all conversion functions. 2.13 TIRE FILL EXTENSIONS Dicor stainless steel braided fill extensions shall be provided on both inside and outside rear tires of the dual rear wheel vehicle. 2.14 MIRRORS Side mounted rear view mirrors shall be provided with chrome, polished finish. They shall incorporate both flat and standard convex heads. The primary mirror shall be at least 16.5" x 7" in dimension, and the convex head at least 8" in dimension. Mirror assemblies shall attach to the body utilizing breakaway -type brackets. Mirrors shall be electrically operated and heated. 3.0 VEHICLE WIRING All insulated cable shall conform to SAE J1292 requirements and shall have type GXL high temperature thermoplastic insulation conforming to SAE J1127 and J1128. All wire shall be of a gauge size to carry 125% of the current required by the specific circuit without overheating. All wires are to be color coded and stamped with the function of the circuit every four [4] inches for the continuous length of the line. Where practical or required, all wires shall be routed in high temperature looms with a rating of 300 degrees Fahrenheit. All conductors shall be annealed copper with machine crimps. Wiring harnesses shall be assembled and warranted by the vehicle manufacturer. This system must meet or exceed AMD Standard 005, Ambulance 12-Volt DC Electrical System. 3.1 ALTERNATOR One (1) internally regulated and internally rectified LN 12-volt 270-amp alternator shall be supplied. The alternator must be covered by the Leece Neville warranty. 3.2 WIRING MODULE An angled cabinet forward of the rear facing Technician's seat shall house the main bank of electrical components. Solenoids, relays, circuit breakers, etc. shall be on the electrical distribution panel behind a ventilated door measuring approximately 55" high x 18" wide. This door shall hinge on the left side for ease of access for maintenance and repair and shall have a SouthCo flip -latch to secure it in the closed position. Adequate ventilation shall be supplied through two (2) polished metal, louvered vents located near the top and bottom of the door. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 3.3 PORTABLE EQUIPMENT CHARGING CIRCUIT Two (2) additional 12 VDC circuits for charging portable battery powered devices, i.e. Suction units, hand lights, defibrillators, portable radios, etc. shall be provided. These circuits shall prevent discharge of chassis batteries by only permitting the charging of portable devices when the vehicle is either running or the battery conditioner is connected to shore power (operational). This implies that a battery conditioner is required and may be specified in a different location within these detailed specifications but is not necessarily being specified within this paragraph. A minimum of 10-amp circuit breaker protection shall be provided for each circuit. These tagged, identified leads shall be located, one (1) in the patient compartment and one (1) in the vehicle cab. These leads shall not be connected to power nor shall they have any connectors attached at either end. These circuits are intended for unspecified future use. 3.4 SEQUENCER / LOAD MANAGER To prevent excessive loading or load spikes on the electrical generating system at system start up, a sequencer/load manager shall be integrated into the main circuit board for stepped control of the main master emergency functions. The sequencer shall sequence ON or OFF all master emergency functions at 0.5 second intervals. The sequencer/load manager shall sequence specified loads ON, in the following manner: 1. Body Warning Lights 2. Patient Compartment Dome Lights 3. Patient Compartment HVAC 4. Front Light Bar 5. Intersection and Grille Lights 6. Rear Light Bar- if installed 7. Wig -Wag Headlights- if installed When a "low voltage" situation is detected, an audible alarm shall sound, and an indicator light shall illuminate signaling the situation. When the vehicle transmission is in PARK, the load manager shall shed emergency functions until the system output voltage and the amperage draw of the systems still in operation equalize. When in PARK and the vehicle PARK BRAKE is applied, the Stationary Elevated Idle Control (SEIC) will activate to provide additional voltage for the system. If the "low voltage", 12.0 volts or lower persists, the sequencer/load manager shall initiate the load shedding sequence at each 0.2-volt increment in the reverse order of these emergency functions. NOTE: Vital medical equipment such as suction aspirator system and/or electric oxygen valve shall not be included in the load shedding sequence. These systems shall remain powered until total failure of the electrical generating system occurs. Y N 3.5 LOW VOLTAGE MONITORING SYSTEM There shall be installed, as an integral function of the ambulance conversion main power board, circuitry that continually monitors electrical system voltage. This system shall activate an audible alarm and a steady burn red LED warning light to indicate that system voltage has reached or fallen below 11.7 volts. There shall be included a switch to deactivate the audible alarm. The audible alarm, LED indicator light and the switch shall be located on an auxiliary control panel located in the drivers control console below the main switch panel. 3.6 DRIVER SWITCHING CONSOLE A console shall be built onto the engine cover. At the far right of the console will be housed the patient code lights and door open indicator lights. The ammeter, voltmeter, and battery indicator lights shall be located on a separate panel. The ammeter, depending on equipment/chassis manufacturer specified, shall indicate the current flow to the batteries or from the alternator. The 12-volt voltmeter shall indicate the voltage of the batteries. An audible low voltage -warning device shall be installed with a reset cancel switch. This device shall sound whenever the voltage of the vehicle drops below 11.8 volts. This device shall automatically reset once the batteries are above 11.8 volts. An engine hour meter will be located near the bottom of the console on the driver's side and will be wired to ensure an accurate reading of running hours. Both the volt and ammeters shall be digital with LED display. The complete console, manufactured of automotive plastics, shall be free of sharp edges and molded to match the contours of the engine cover. It shall contain all emergency switches, module switching, and legends according to their function and have backlighting controlled by the headlight rheostat. The switches shall be Euro- style, moisture resistant, rocker type, and shall be UL listed and CSA approved. Switch terminals shall be 1/4" spade types. The switch legends shall be engraved plastic inserts. The backlighting shall light the words themselves rather than the background. Backlighting shall be accomplished with electro-luminescent light strips for their benefits of consistent light output, low amp draw, and extended service life. Switch location and configuration to match current SBFD Medic 4. The console shall contain the following features: Master Primary/Secondary Front Light bar Backup Alarm Disable Horn/Siren Left side Scene Lights Rear Load Lights Right side Scene Lights Module Disconnect Patient Status Indicator Lights Patient Door Open Red Light Compartment Door Open Amber Light Hour meter [1] Ammeters Voltmeter Battery Indicator Lights Spare Switch Additional switches shall be added to the console when specified in this document. 3.7 AUDIBLE ALARM An audible "Door Open" alarm shall be provided and installed in the driver's console. It shall warn the driver if any compartment or module entry door on the vehicle is open or ajar and the vehicle is placed into gear. Y N Y N Y N 3.8 INTERCOM SYSTEM A pre -wire shall be done with Department provided cables for a headset intercom system. This must be verified by SBFD representative prior to installation. 3.8.1 Two (2) 22-gauge 9 wire cable shall be installed from the forward area of the overhead squad bench cabinet to under the chassis radio/siren console. 3.9 BATTERIES There shall be three (3) matching "No Maintenance" 12-volt batteries. They shall total not less than 2,700 CCA with 180 minutes of reserve capacity. The batteries shall be located in the OEM location under the driver step, below cab door, in a tray. Add on step shall not hinder battery access. 3.10 SEAT BASE INTERNAL 12 VOLT DC POWER For certain standard internal 12-volt DC power circuits, there shall be circuit protection provided by the use of manual reset breakers mounted in the outboard panel of the driver's seat base. Potter & Brumfield 12 VDC breakers shall separately protect the Radio Power circuit with a 40-amp breaker; the Constant Power circuit with a 20-amp breaker; the Ford auto -throttle system with a 10-amp breaker; and the Isolator circuit for the two (2) additional 12 VDC charging circuits required in 21-02- 00, a 20-amp breaker. Due to the potential danger associated with a separate "battery hot" circuit, no exceptions to the above will be allowed. This Isolator circuit includes a "low voltage" Schottky Diode to isolate medical equipment batteries from any electrical loads. The diode shall be located and electrically connected between the circuit breaker and the receptacles. Additional breakers may be added for optional equipment such as power door locks, multiple radio installations or compressor pumps. Additional radio leads including hot wire, ignition switched hot wire and ground shall be provided. One set shall be in the front console and one set in the rear action area. Each power lead shall have a 30-amp circuit breaker and include one 12-volt hotwire and fuse holder with 30 amp. 3.11 POWER OUTLETS Two (2) 12-volt power point style outlets shall be installed. One (1) shall be provided in the forward section of the primary action area, above the countertop and one (1) in the upper section of the ALS cabinet. 3.12 115 VOLT AC POWER There shall be 115-volt AC wiring furnished. A three -wire system is used for powering medical equipment, battery charger, etc. This electrical system, including wiring and associated equipment, shall comply with AMD STD 009, 120V AC Electrical Systems. The system shall incorporate a hospital grade GFI (Ground Fault Interrupt) device with a 20-amp circuit breaker that can also be used as a disconnect switch for the interior 115-volt outlets. The GFI device shall be located on the street side in the action area. When an inverter is specified, an automatic transfer switch shall be furnished which will automatically turn off the inverter 115-volt supply when the 115-volt utility shoreline power is applied. 3.13 INVERTER Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N A Vanner, model #20-1050CUL inverter shall be provided and installed. The Vanner 20-1050CUL/CULW AC Power System shall combine a powerful DC to AC power inverter with an automatic battery charger/conditioner and a 30-amp AC transfer switch. When connected to shore power (AC utility power) the vehicle's battery is charged, than automatically maintained in full charge condition. The shore power shall be automatically connected to the system's AC output receptacle to supply power to the AC loads. When shore power is disconnected, (vehicle underway) the automatic transfer switch shall connect the AC output receptacle to the power inverter, which obtains power from the 12 volt battery. The 20-1050CUL/CULW system shall contain a front panel LED indicator status panel and interface connector for the remote monitor/control unit. The inverter shall be mounted in the lower forward corner of the D2 compartment. 3.14 EXTERIOR SHORE POWER There shall be a Kussmaul 115 volt "Auto -Eject" plug rated at 20 amps or more with a spring -loaded cover assembly, UL listed for exterior use, located on the left side of the ambulance body close to the driver's door. The plug shall be equipped with a Dynamic Disconnect Switch. This shall energize the vehicle's 115-volt AC circuit from an exterior power source. This connector must be labeled: "115-volt AC, 60 Hz, 20-amp power supply". 3.15 INTERIOR 115 VOLT AC OUTLETS There shall be three (3) three -wire duplex 115-volt AC hospital grade receptacles. There shall be one [1] in the primary action area, one [1] in the second action area and one [1] in the ALS cabinet. There shall be red indicator lights located within each 115-volt outlet to indicate a live "hot" circuit. Add -on style indicators are not acceptable. The receptacles shall be clearly labeled: "115 VAC". 3.15.1 Two (2) additional three -wire duplex 115-volt AC hospital grade receptacles shall also be provided and installed. The one (1) shall be located over the squad bench and one (1) in the lower ALS cabinet. There shall be red indicator lights located within the 115-volt outlet to indicate a live "hot" circuit. It shall be clearly labeled: "115 VAC". 3.16 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT All electrical equipment shall be electromagnetic radiation suppressed, filtered, or shielded to prevent interference with radio and telemetry equipment. The RFI shall not exceed SAE J551 limits. 3.17 SPOTLIGHT There shall be one (1) Optronics "Blue Eye 4000" hand-held spotlight (400,000- candle power) hardwired and located behind the driver seat. The spotlight must be weatherproof, corrosion and chip resistant, have a non -glare "Blue Eye" bulb, and have a momentary "on" switch. A hanger shall be supplied for the spotlight. 4.0 SIREN A Federal, model #PA300MSC siren with microphone shall be provided. It shall include wail, yelp, air horn, Hi-Lo tone, user selectable switching for horn ring tap and press/hold, manual horn/siren and radio rebroadcast. Fused circuit failure protection, Y N Y N Y N 1'r�1� front panel public address volume control and built-in noise canceling microphone are also included. 4.1 SPEAKERS A CPI #SA4311 D speaker shall be securely bolted through the chassis OEM front bumper on the driver's side. A CPI #SA4311 P speaker shall be securely bolted through the chassis OEM front bumper on the passenger's side. 4.2 AIR HORNS Two (2) Grover Stutter tone non-adjustable air horns shall be provided and installed on the hood. The air horns shall be powered by the chassis OEM compressor & air reservoir. A check valve shall be installed between the air horns and the air reservoir to prevent depletion of air reservoir. 4.2.1 A foot pedal switch shall be provided on the outboard, vertical surface of the floor on the passenger's side of the cab. It shall activate the air horns. Labeled "AIR HORN" 4.2.2 A lanyard shall be provided in the center of the headliner of the cab. It shall activate the air horns. 4.3 BACKUP ALARM A Preco, Model #230 backup alarm (or equal) shall be installed on a 2" x 2" floor tube at the rear of the ambulance. This alarm shall activate whenever the ambulance is put into reverse gear. There shall be a momentary switch in the driver's switch console that will cancel the alarm. The system shall have an automatic reset to activate the alarm the next time the vehicle is placed into reverse. When activated, this alarm shall generate an intermittent warning tone at a minimum of 97 dB as prescribed by KKK-A-1822F. 5.0 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Exterior lighting shall conform to FMVSS 108 and consist of halogen headlights, ICC clearance lights with chrome brush guards, parking lights, hazard warning lights, license plate lights, tail, stop, and backup lights. Tail and stoplights shall have red, clear, and amber lenses. Electrical wires for the taillights shall be sealed to protect them from the elements of weather. There shall also be two (2) side body rear lights with red lenses that flash with turn signals and steady burn with the DOT lights. There shall be, included with the bid, evidence from the lighting manufacturer that all specified warning lights meet the photometric and chromaticity requirements of the current version of KKK-A-1822 as certified by a third -party testing entity. 5.0.1 Eleven (11) Whelan OS series ICC/DOT lights shall be provided and installed on the upper ambulance module body. Each light shall be LED type with a protective chrome bezel. Two (2) each shall be installed on the side upper body corner extrusion area. Five (5) shall be installed on the rear and (2) shall be installed on the front upper body corner extrusion area. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 5.1 STOP, TAIL, TURN AND BACK-UP LIGHTS Tail and stoplights shall be Whelen 600 Series LED, red and the backup lights shall be Whelen 600 Series LED clear lights with integral Whelen flanges. All LEDs and the electrical wires for the taillights and turn indicators shall be sealed and or encapsulated to protect them from the elements of weather. Turn lights shall be Whelen 600 Series LED amber arrow turns with integral Whelen flanges. The tail/stoplights turn arrows and back-up shall be mounted vertically on the rear module body. 5.2 FRONT WARNING LIGHTS An ETM "Traffic Mover Pulse" headlight flasher shall be provided. The flasher shall produce 3.6 flashes per second. 5.2.1 Two (2) Whelen 700 Series red Super LED lights, each with a Cast Products, Inc. bezel shall be provided in the front grille area, each with a clear lens. 5.2.2 Two (2) Whelen 400 Series red Linear12 Super LED intersector lights, each with a clear lens and flange shall be provided. 5.2.3 Seven (7) Whelen 900 Super LED front body light with an integral 9E flange shall be provided and mounted evenly across the top of the front body. The lens colors shall be clear with the LED colors from left to right: red, clear, red, clear, red, clear, red. 5.2.4 There shall also be two (2) Whelen 600 Series LED side turn body lights, one (1) mounted each upper corner of the front of the body, with amber lenses and arrows that flash with turn signals. 5.3 SIDE BODY LIGHTS Four (4) Whelen 900 Series red Super LED side body lights with an integral 9E flange shall be provided and mounted one (1) in each upper corner on both sides of the body. The lens colors shall be clear on both the street side and curbside light sets. 5.3.1 There shall also be two (2) Whelen 700 Series Red LED side body rear lights with red lenses and integral flanges that flash with turn signals and steady burn with the DOT lights. 5.3.2 Two (2) Whelen 700 Series red Super LED lights, each with an integral 7E flange and a clear lens shall be provided and mounted one (1) directly above each rear wheel well. 5.4 SCENE LIGHTS There shall be three (3) Whelen 24 LED 900 Series 8-32-degree scene light installed on each side of the body. Each scene light shall have a clear lens with directional LEDs to cast downward illumination. Each side shall be independently lighted and Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N switched separately in the driver's switch console. The lights shall be a minimum of 75" above the ground and not obstructed by open doors. The scene lights shall meet the current AMD Standard 024- Scene Light Performance. Y N 5.4.1 The two (2) curbside scene lights shall activate when the side entry door is opened and the (2) rearmost scene lights shall activate when the vehicle is placed in reverse. Y N 5.5 REAR BODY LIGHTS Three (3) Whelen 900 Series Super LED lights with clear lenses shall be installed. Two (2) shall be red Super -LEDs, model 90RR5SRR, surface mounted on the upper rear module body corners. One (1) shall be an amber Super -LED, model 90AA5SAA, surface mounted on the upper rear module body center. Y N 5.6 LOAD LIGHTS Two (2) Whelen 900 Series model #9SCOENZR Opti-Scene 8-32-degree LED load lights with flanges shall be located above the rear doors. Each light shall have an inner lens giving a downward cast to the light beam and activate when the rear doors are opened or the vehicle is placed in reverse gear. There shall also be a switch on the driver's console to activate the rear load lights when the doors are closed. The lights shall be a minimum of 75" above the ground and not obstructed by open doors. Y N 5.7 RUBRAIL LIGHTS Six (6) Whelen LED Strip-Lite lights shall be provided and mounted in the C-Channel rub rails. One (1) red in each forward and rearward corner and one (1) white center shall be provided on both sides of the body. The side entry door C-Channel rub rail light shall activate to steady burn with opening of the side entry door. These Lights shall be installed in the C-channel rub rail to provide protection for this warning light. Due to this being a high wear area of the vehicle, installation of the lights above or below the rub rail are more exposed to damage and unacceptable Y N 5.8 WARNING LIGHT FLASH REQUIREMENTS Within the flash pattern established for each light or light group by KKK-A-1822F, each emergency light shall flash on/off 75 to 125 times per minute. Each light shall have a minimum of 20 square inches of illuminated viewing area. The flash pattern for the warning lights on this vehicle shall be as described in KKK-A-1822F, Section 3.8.2.1, Table 1. Compliance with this specification shall not be compromised in order to maintain a high level of conspicuity for 360-degrees around the vehicle. Y N 5.9 PARK OVERRIDE WITH AUTOMATIC RESET CANCEL SWITCH All forward facing clear lights shall be shut off when the vehicle is placed into park or neutral. An override switch shall be provided in the front switch console. Y N 5.9.1 BRAKE OVERRIDE Two [2] rear mid -height lights shall be wired to brakes. The brakes shall override the flashers. Y N 6.0 CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS The body shall be 170" long and 93.5" high. All body panels, structures, and extrusions shall be fabricated of aluminum using alloys consistent with the load requirements of the vehicle. Unitized body construction will be accomplished by MIG welding all sheets, radius extrusions, corners, structural members together. All body surface aluminum side panels and roof panels shall be intermittently Heli arc welded to the body frame support members in such a manner as to provide maximum strength and durability without causing heat warp. All exterior metal -to -metal body seams or the area of attachment of one aluminum panel to another shall be Heli arc welded. All such welds shall be ground smooth for proper paint adhesion and appearance. The body structure shall be built and warranted by the vehicle manufacturer. The vehicle must additionally meet or exceed AMD Standard 001, Static Load Test for Ambulance Body Structure. 6.1 CERTIFIED WELDING PERSONNEL To assure that the specified vehicle meets the letter, as well as the intent of the Specification, the welding of body structure, chassis attachment points, doors, any aluminum or stainless steel components or attachments shall be performed by or directly supervised by personnel Certified by the American Standard Welding Association (ASWA). Those individuals shall have proof of current certification and shall make such proof available to the department upon reasonable demand. Y N 6.2 CORNER EXTRUSIONS To ensure weight support and structure durability in the event of an accident or impact the utmost strength in corner posts must be used. A radius arched aluminum extrusion is required. The extrusion shall include a full-length reinforcing member that extends from the crest of the curvature to the focal point of the outer arch. The continuous gusset must be extruded into the corner radius. Corner posts that are a part of the exterior body skin are not recommended as they may pull away at the point of impact. The extrusions must have a minimum strength of 29,000 psi. Y N 6.3 ROOF The roof shall be constructed of one-piece .090" aluminum. This aluminum shall be a highly corrosion resistant alloy and a tensile strength range of 28,000 to 33,000 psi. The roof substructure shall be constructed of four (4) full-length "Z" sections MIG welded to the roof for support. The "Z" sections shall be a series of six (6) separate pieces running full length, front to back, bridging to the roof bow framework. They shall be of equally spaced distance, inboard to outboard, stair stepped sizes of 3/4" x 1-1/2" x 3/4" inboard, 3/4" x 1-1/4" x 3/4" center, and 3/4" x 1" x 3/4" outboard to form a crowned roof facilitating water runoff and ice build-up. The roof shall then be reinforced the entire length of the unit. For this reason, flat roofs shall be considered unacceptable. There shall be in addition to the above supports, twelve (12) .125" x 2" x 2" cross members welded to the "Z" sections 12" on center and be made of a highly corrosion resistant alloy with a tensile strength range of 31,000 to 35,000 psi. Aluminum plates shall be welded between the roof support channels to mount lighting fixtures, assist rails, hanging stretcher mounts, and IV holders. Corner gussets shall be Heli arc welded to the roof radius extrusions to enhance roof load bearing characteristics. Horizontal corner extrusions shall be .125" thickness and 2- 1/2" radius. There shall be an integral drip rail formed into the extrusion. The horizontal extrusions shall use an interlocking method to secure the roof sheet into the envelope of the extrusion. The horizontal extrusions shall be of an open -face design for insertion of 2" x 2" x .125" tube structural members. Corner caps shall be .125" cast aluminum and welded in place. 6.4 SIDES The sides shall be constructed of .125" aluminum sheets with a highly corrosion resistant alloy and a tensile strength range of 28,000 to 33,000 psi. The body shall have straight sides free of waves and welding warpage. Doorjambs shall be formed integral into the sidewall .125" aluminum sheets (extruded doorframes are not acceptable). Each sidewall shall have twelve (12) vertical .125" x 2" x 2" wall studs 12" on center and joined to the roof supports. The box 2" x 2" channels shall be a highly corrosion resistant alloy with a tensile strength range of 31,000 to 35,000 psi. All box 2" x 2" roof and side support bows are .125" aluminum. Vertical corner extrusions shall be .125" thickness and have a 2-1/2" radius. The radius ends shall be tapered. The vertical extrusions shall be slotted for insertion of the sidewall sheets. The vertical extrusions shall be of a web construction design for internal structural support. The complete roof and sidewall structure shall be treated with a sound -deadening barrier of BUNA Rubber. Y N A continuous 8" x 2" side impact beam shall be welded to side body and sidewall extrusions to each side of the unit where the squad bench and CPR seats are located. This side impact beam shall allow for secure and customizable mounting points for the squad bench and CPR seat seatbelts. The side impact beam shall also provide additional structure and rigidity in these seating locations in the event of an accident. This side impact beam shall be constructed of minimum 8" x 2" x .250" thick aluminum. Seat belt backer plates welded or adhered in between the extrusions are unacceptable to this agency as this does not displace the energy of a side impact as effectively as a continuous side impact rail. Y N 6.4.1 DROP SKIRT A 6" drop skirt shall be incorporated into the curbside, forward of the rear wheels of the module body to provide additional protection, lower the side entry doorstep well and an aesthetically pleasing appearance to the completed ambulance. 6.5 FLOOR The body floor shall have a tubular frame structure with main members constructed of .125" x 2" x 2" and .125" x 1" x 2" aluminum tubes, all being fully welded and gusseted. This framework is mounted using rubber gaskets to prevent contact of dissimilar metals. The tubular framing shall be on average of 12" on center. 3/4" thick x 6" wide aluminum shall be welded on top of the cushion rubber mounts installed full length of the body. This is necessary to add additional strength, ease in mounting, and ease in remounting the body later. There shall be plates welded into the floor structure to provide additional mounting support for the cot mounts and technician seat. The floor frame is then plated the entire length with a .090" aluminum moisture barrier mounted under the sub -floor to act as a heat shield and vapor barrier. The sub -floor is then sealed and fastened to the floor structure. 6.6 DRIVE SHAFT GUARD A square tube steel drive shaft loop or guard shall be installed just behind front U joint. This is designed to prevent the driveshaft from creating a dangerous situation such as hitting the ground or whipping in the event of a universal joint failure. 6.7 COMPARTMENT & ENTRY DOOR CONSTRUCTION All exterior compartment and entry doors shall be constructed of a single piece of .125" sheet aluminum. The use of extrusions for doorjambs or doorjambs is not allowed. The door profile shall be a double pan form of 2.75" total thickness. Each door shall have the seal installed on the outer door pan flange to assure maximum sealing surface and to protect the rotary latching mechanism from environmental influences. Access for maintenance to the latching mechanism shall be through 2.0" mounting holes located in the upper and lower outboard edges of the inner door pan panel. These access holes shall be covered by a reflective device mounted to a rubber grommet cap. The inner door pan flange shall be formed to provide a recess in which the inner door liner panel is seated. Inner door liner panels shall be affixed to the flange with stainless steel, serrated spring washers and TX -25 Type F Torx- head machine screws. Each door shall be insulated with not less than 2.0" of spray foam. The insulation must be configured to prevent contact with or the fouling of the coated steel latch connecting rods. The interior door pan of each exterior door shall be stamped with a unique alphanumeric code denoting the specific size of that door. This code shall assure the quick and exact replacement of a damaged door 6.8 EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT DEPTH All exterior compartments shall have a clear depth of approximately 20.75". 6.91NSULATION-REFLECTIX-SIDES/CEILING/SPRAYFOAM- FLOOR/STEPWELL Prior to installation of the insulation the entire interior body surface will be sprayed with a heavy protective coating of sprayable latex rubber to provide sound deadening and corrosion protection. The body sides and ceiling shall have 2" Reflectix dual air bubble core insulation (or equal) in the walls and ceiling providing an insulation factor of R-11. The insulation shall be fire retardant, non -settling, non-hydroscopic, and mildew and vermin proof. The module shall have an expandable polyurethane spray foam type in the floor and sides and bottom of the step well of the patient compartment to provide maximum protection from changes in outside temperature. The insulation shall be fire retardant, non -settling, non-hydroscopic, and mildew and vermin proof. There shall be a generous amount of undercoating applied throughout 00MiJ Y N Y N the undercarriage of the body and chassis. Undercoating must be applied according to chassis manufacturer guidelines. Y N 6.10 HEAT SHIELDS To further insulate and protect the patient compartment the ambulance manufacturer shall install 18-gauge galvanized steel below the sub -floor material to act as a heat shield and vapor barrier. An .18-gauge galvanized steel sheet, with waterproof insulation laminated to it shall be installed directly to the bottom of the floor tubes. This will create a sandwich style construction to further insulate the patient floor in the area of the muffler and exhaust system. 6.11 FENDER INSULATOR An additional insulator shall be provided and installed on top of the wheel well liner. This layered rubber and aluminum foil material shall diminish the effects of noise created by road debris and provide additional thermal insulation for the patient compartment. Y N 6.12 CAB CONNECTION The vehicle cab back shall be removed without disturbing the structural integrity. A reinforcement structure shall be fabricated from 16-gauge steel 1" x 1" box tube and shall be fully welded to the vehicle cab and used as a mounting system to attach the cab/module expanding bellows. Y N 6.13 MOUNTING An Isomount technique shall be used to mount the ambulance body to the chassis frame. Mounting hardware shall consist of .75" x 6" aluminum bar stock body plates, ten (16) 7/16"-14 UNC threaded Grade 8 bolts, paired rubber isolators with steel cap, collared mounting nut for each mounting point and (10) 1/4" steel outriggers with (2) support gussets using grade 8 bolts. The bolts and rubber isolators are similar to the type used to mount the vehicle cab. Mounting holes in the top of the outrigger shall accommodate the mounting hardware. The .75" x 6" aluminum bar stock mounting plates shall be bolted through the upper mounting isolator with the OEM Grade 8 bolt. The bolt passes through and secures the second isolator below the outrigger flange with the collared nut. Body sub floor cross members shall be welded to the aluminum bar stock mounting plates. This combination of components provides the body with a cushioned ride and allows the body and frame to flex independently to avoid frame stress. 6.14 LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION 6.14.1 FORWARD OF REAR WHEEL WELL - D1 AND D2 A full height compartment shall be provided in the forward position ahead of the wheel well. It shall have approximate exterior dimensions of: 26" wide x 84" high Y N 6.14.2 The D1 compartment shall have a solid, flush mounted, vertically hinged door, constructed of aluminum. Y N 6.14.3 A low compartment (D2) shall be provided in the rearward position ahead of the wheel well. It shall have approximate exterior dimensions of: 43" wide x 33" high. Y N 6.14.4 The D2 compartment shall have double solid, flush mounted, vertically hinged doors. Each door shall be constructed of aluminum. Y N 6.14.5 REAR OF WHEEL WELL - D4 A compartment shall be provided in the area rearward of the rear wheel well. It shall have the approximate dimensions as follows: 43" wide x 45" high Y N 6.14.6 The D4 compartment shall have double solid, flush mounted, vertically hinged doors. Each door shall be constructed of aluminum. Y N 6.14.7 RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION There shall be no P1 or ALS exterior compartment door provided. Access for the AILS cabinet shall be from the interior only. 6.15 SIDE ENTRY DOOR The entry/egress door shall be constructed of .125" aluminum sheet box formed with a 1-7/8" return bend supporting the .090" 3003 alloy aluminum diamond plate inner liner. Extruded doors and/or doorframes are not acceptable. In addition, for maximum rigidity, 1-1/2" "C" channel bracing shall be added internally for additional door structural integrity. The door shall have a FMVSS approved Tri-Mark rotary latch with a Tri-Mark locking handle and shall have a two -point rotary latch with adjustable Nader pins located on the side of the door. It shall also be equipped with a spring assisted two -directional cam -over door check. The door shall provide a clear opening of at least 32" wide and 74" high. When opened, the door shall activate the interior dome lights. Each access door is to be stamped with an alphanumeric code; this will enable the exact replacement of a damaged door. Y N 6.16 STEPWELL The patient compartment access door shall have a full aluminum diamond plate step well. The step well must have a full 18"deep step which allows for easy entry and egress, a 9" high riser and be 32" wide to match the width of the side entry patient compartment door. The step well shall be formed entirely from fire grade aluminum diamond plate which is fully seam -welded into the body at the step well area. Y N 6.17 SIDE ENTRY DOORSTEP A double step shall be constructed of aluminum diamond plate and shall be reinforced. It will be at least 32" wide and shall allow easy entry and egress. Y N 6.18 DOOR TRIM The door shall have a .090" aluminum panel covering the upper and lower door and full width door panel with .028" Formica, with color to match interior and shall be impervious to moisture, easily cleaned, durable, and attractive. The middle and lower portion shall be stainless steel and removable for ease of maintenance. Y N 6.18.1 GLOVEBOX Three (3) glove boxes shall be provided directly above the side entry/egress door. It shall have approximate dimensions of 20" wide x 9" high and shall have three (3) flip - up Plexiglas doors with non -locking catches for easy access. 6.19 STEPWELL LIGHT Two (2) LED lights shall be provided for the curb sidestep well. The lights shall be mounted on an angled bracket one (1) over each step and shall activate with the opening of the side entry door. Y N 6.19.1 The side entry/egress entrance door shall have a 1.5" diameter polished stainless steel 90-degree ergonomic style assist handle. Y N 6.20 REAR OF WHEELWELL — P5 A full height compartment (P5) shall be provided in the rearward area behind the rear wheel well. It shall have the approximate dimensions as follows: 21" wide x 84" high Y N 6.20.1 The P5 compartment shall have a solid, flush mounted, vertically hinged door, constructed of aluminum. Y N 6.21 REAR PATIENT ENTRY DOORS Each patient entrance door shall be constructed of .125" aluminum sheet box formed with a double return bend of 2.75" total thickness. Extruded doors and/or doorframes are not acceptable. Each door shall have the seal installed on the outer door pan flange to assure maximum sealing surface and to protect the rotary latching mechanism from environmental influences. The inner door pan liner shall be affixed to the flange with stainless steel serrated spring washers and TX-25 Type F Torx- head machine screws. In addition, "C" channel bracing shall be added internally for additional door structural integrity. Both rear patient entrance doors shall have an FMVSS 206 tested Tri-Mark locking handles keyed alike to the side entrance door and a Tri-Mark non -locking handle. Each rear door shall have a two -point rotary latch with adjustable .50" Nader pins with head flanges at the top and bottom with release handles on the interior faces of the doors. When opened, the rear doors shall provide an opening of at least 63" high and 54" wide. Each rear door shall be equipped with a Cast Products "grabber" style door check, which shall be located at the bottom of the door. When opened, the rear doors shall activate the interior dome lights and the rear exterior load lights. Each access door is to be stamped with an alphanumeric code; this will enable the quick and exact replacement of a damaged door. 6.22 DOOR TRIM The door shall have a .090" aluminum panel covering the upper and lower door and full width door panel with .028" Formica, with color to match interior and shall be impervious to moisture, easily cleaned, durable, and attractive. The middle portion shall be stainless steel and removable for ease of maintenance. 6.22.1 Each rear patient entrance door shall have a 1.5" diameter polished stainless steel 90-degree ergonomic style assist handle. 6.23 REAR BODY CLOCK One (1) MFS-121 Digital Atomic Clock (or equal) shall be provided directly above the rear patient entrance doors, recessed into the center of the rear head pad. It shall be wired directly to the vehicle electrical system. 6.24 SLIDING WINDOW The entry/egress door shall be provided with a Cleer Vision Brand 20" wide x 19" high horizontally sliding window. It shall have tempered automotive privacy safety glass and shall have a locking mechanism to keep the window panels in the desired position. A screen shall be provided, to prevent airborne particles from entering the vehicle, when the window panels are in the open position. 6.25 FIXED WINDOWS The rear patient entry doors shall each be provided with a Cleer Vision Brand 20" wide x 19" high fixed window panel. Each window shall have tempered automotive privacy safety glass. 6.26 SIDE BODY WINDOW Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N A fixed, privacy automotive glass window shall be provided a Cleer Vision Brand in the right body side, above the rear wheel well in the upper body side. It shall be approximately 36" wide x 18" high. 6.27 POCKET WHITEBOARD A pocketed privacy slide shall be provided on the curbside wall. It shall be incorporated into the side body window and shall slide into the wall rearward of the window. When in use, the writing board shall cover the window. There will be a pad covering the rear end of the privacy slide frame that the writing board will slide behind. Y N 7.0 EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT FABRICATION All exterior compartments, excluding backboard compartments, shall be constructed of .100" aluminum diamond plate walls and ceilings with .125" smooth aluminum floors, formed and Heli arc welded. Exterior compartments are welded to both the inside wall vertical structure and floor structure components for strength and durability. Each floor shall be "sweep out" design. Y N 7.0.1 All exterior compartment doors shall be equipped with a gas charged hold open door check. 7.1 EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT DOORS Each exterior compartment door shall be constructed of .125" aluminum sheet double pan formed with a 1.5"' return bend with recessed offset supporting the .063" 3003 alloy aluminum diamond plate interior liner. Extruded doors and/or doorframes are not acceptable. In addition, for maximum rigidity, 2.375" "C" channel bracing shall be added internally for additional door structural integrity. The exterior face of the door and the door edges shall be formed from one [1] sheet of aluminum. All doors shall be flush with the body side and shall be fully insulated with polyurethane spray foam. When opened, the doors will activate their respective compartment lights. All compartment doors shall be keyed alike. Each access door is to be stamped with an alphanumeric code; this will enable the quick and exact replacement of a damaged door. The inner door panels shall be affixed to the flange with stainless steel serrated spring washers and TX-25 Type F Torx-head machine screws. Y N 7.2 EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT DOOR HANDLES AND LATCHING Door hinges shall be full length stainless steel #304-2B buffed and polished with a 1/4" stainless pin and shall be fastened to the door and door frame with self-locking stainless -steel screws. Hinges are to be of a slotted style with a round hole on each leaf of the hinge for permanent lifetime adjustment of the doors. Hinges shall be staked, not welded, every 4" to prevent pin from moving. The locking mechanism shall be a Tri-Mark #13136 outside handle, #13028 inside handle with a #12765-01 gasket for the external handle with #14229-01 and #14230-01 rotary latch and #10355U adjustable Nader pin. Latches shall be near flush with the door skin. Each latch must be capable of being locked independently with an integral exterior key lock and a key matching the locks on the curbside and rear entry doors. The latch system is to be activated by the use of a .156" zinc plated steel rod with a single point threaded adjustment mechanism. Systems operated by cables are unacceptable due to the tendency of cable to stretch or fatigue prematurely. The latch and the Nader pin shall be mounted so as not to interrupt the continuous door seal. A .437" hole shall be drilled into the edge of each door adjacent to the paddle handle. This lubrication access shall be sealed with a removable plastic cap for protection of the internal mechanism. 7.3 EXTERIOR OXYGEN COMPARTMENT VENT One (1) #1031 Cast Products, polished aluminum exterior oxygen compartment vent (or equal) shall be provided and installed on the door of the exterior compartment that houses the oxygen tank retention system. The vent hole shall be 3" in diameter and provide adequate ventilation for gaseous oxygen should a leak occur. A black plastic vent shall be provided and installed on the interior door liner covering the vent hole to protect it from intrusion by the elements when the door is open. 7.4 DRI-DECK The floor and shelf of each exterior compartment shall be covered with Dri-Deck (or equal) material that shall be black in color with a safety yellow tapered edge for the outer edge of each compartment floor. 7.5 DOOR GRABBERS A set of door Cast Products "Grabbers" (or equal) shall be provided at the bottom of the rear doors. They shall be fastened to the door and door frame with self-locking stainless -steel screws. 7.6 DOOR SEALS For optimum fit and closure, the compartment and patient entry doors shall close on a .625" W x .400" thick automotive, closed cell EDPM rubber gasket adhered to first interior surface of the double pan -formed compartment doors. The gasket seal shall be located on this surface to prevent exposure of the rotary latch mechanism to water or dirt when the door is closed. 7.8 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM -ALL PATIENT AND COMPARTMENT DOORS The rear patient entry doors and side entry/egress door, along with all exterior compartment doors and exterior ALS door, shall be equipped with a power locks. 7.9 POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES One (1) exterior power door lock switch with a rubber weather boot shall be provided and installed in rear license plate bezel hidden from obvious view. It shall be in addition to the switch installed in the cab to control the power door locks installed on designated compartment doors. 7.9.1 Two (2) additional power door lock switches shall be provided and installed in the patient compartment. One (1) shall be at the curbside entry door and one (1) at Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N the rear entry doors. 7.10 POWER DOOR LOCK ACTIVATION The patient compartment door locks shall be wired to the chassis power door locks. 7.11 STAINLESS STEEL DOOR SILL PROTECTION There shall be a 20 ga. formed stainless steel compartment doorsill protection for all exterior compartments. The stainless protector shall be affixed with heavy-duty double -sided tape to the top surface of the doorsill and extend over the radius edge. 7.12 COMPARTMENT ILLUMINATION Each exterior compartment shall be illuminated with 4.25" round, Liteco incandescent lights Model #69000200 (or equal). These lights shall have clear Lexan lenses and be recessed into the compartment sides and/or ceiling above and below any specified shelves. Each door shall have an individual automatic switch to signal a "door or compartment open" condition and to turn on interior lighting when the door is opened. The switches shall be Sentrol heavy duty, magnetic reed switches mounted in the doorframe header interior to the protective door seal. 7.13 OXYGEN TANK MOUNT One fully adjustable oxygen tank mount shall be installed in the exterior compartment D1. This mount shall accommodate an "M" type oxygen tank. This oxygen tank retention system must meet or exceed AMD Standard 003, Oxygen Retention System. 7.13.1 One (1) fixed shelf shall be provided in the D1 compartment located above the oxygen tank. 7.13.2 Two (2) Model # 166AH Gear Hooks shall be mounted one (1) on the forward wall and one (1) on the rear wall of the D1 compartment. Exact hook placement shall be determined at the pre -build meeting. 7.14 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES One (1) adjustable shelf will be provided and installed in the D-2 compartment. Each shall be easily adjusted to accommodate equipment/supply requirements. 7.14.1 Two (2) adjustable shelves shall be provided in the D4 compartment. They shall be easily adjusted to accommodate equipment/supply requirements. 7.14.2 One (1) adjustable shelf shall be provided in P-5 compartment fore of the back board divider. 7.15 BACKBOARD DIVIDER One (1) vertical, 55" x 17.5"x .125" smooth aluminum backboard divider shall be through the inboard wall of Compartment P-5. It shall be positioned vertically 10" Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N forward of the rear wall. To provide protection for the equipment retained in the compartment, the divider shall be Line-X coated. Y N 7.16 SCBA MOUNTING PLATE The mounting plate shall be 24" high and run the full width of the compartment. The mounting plate shall be made of 3/16" smooth aluminum with rolled top and edges and have a 3/4" lip. There shall be a 1" x 2" aluminum tube welded to the back of the SCBA plate and mounted to the lower rear wall of the D4 compartment. Y N 7.17 EQUIPMENT RETAINERS Three (3) seatbelt style retainer straps shall be provided and installed in the P5 exterior compartment. One (1) shall be located in the aft section 40" from the floor and two (2) located in the fore section 17" and 54" from the floor. 7.17.1 A slide out stair chair holder for a Stryker model # 6252 stair chair shall be provided in the aft section of the P5 compartment under the adjustable shelf. The holder shall be constructed of .125" smooth aluminum with the entire holder covered with black Line-X bed -liner type material. The back shall be 38" high, the front shall be at a slight outward angle and be 27" high. It shall be 22" wide and 9" deep. Dimensions shall allow for easy removal of device from holder. A seat belt style retaining strap shall be secured to the back with footman loops. The stair chair holder shall be mounted into the compartment with two (2) 300 lbs., full extension ball bearing drawer slides. Y N 7.18 SAFETY REFLECTORS A 4.5" wide x 1" high red reflector shall be provided and installed on the inside, lower outboard area of each exterior door. These reflectors shall warn oncoming traffic of the open door while on scene. Y N 7.19 GRAB RAIL An exterior style 16" stainless steel grab rail shall be installed on the curbside of the vehicle to the rear of the curbside entrance door. The grab rail shall be bolted through the body skin and through the aluminum side structure with fender washers and lock nuts on the interior and rubber gaskets under the feet of the grab rail on the exterior. A grab rail mounted to the body skin is unacceptable. Y N 7.20 SIDE BODY SEAMS All side center body seams are to be MIG welded, fully filled and body finished to create a smooth, blemish free surface for final finishing and painting. There shall be no side body molding applied or required. Y N 7.21 REAR BUMPER The rear step bumper shall be approximately 94" wide and step tread depth of 10.5". The bumper shall be supported with a 1.5" x 1.5" x .250" wall steel tube sub frame and have .250" steel angle outer frame construction. The bumper shall be bolted to the vertical web of the chassis frame rails with .375" x 1.5" Grade 8 bolts, nuts and washers. This configuration is designed to reduce body damage by directing impact under the body and away from the patient area should a rear impact crash occur. The center section of the bumper shall be 7" x 46" x 2" and be constructed of an open grate diamond back material and shall flip -up over center to facilitate loading a cot. The aluminum step shall be bolted to the sub -frame with .250" x 20 stainless steel bolts for ease of replacement. 7.21.1 The removable end pods of the bumper are constructed of cast aluminum. The height of the end pods shall be 4" and shall have 3" radius corners. The surface of the end pods shall be finished with 375" slip resistant raised pattern and embossed logo. 7.22 DOCK BUMPERS Two (2) rubber dock bumpers shall be provided and installed on the rear of the vehicle, to cushion the vehicle against impact. These dock bumpers shall be in addition to the specified rear bumper. 7.22.1 An aluminum diamond plate protection plate on the rear face above the rear step shall be provided and TIG welded to ensure secure fit. Rear kick plate shall not be screwed on or pop riveted. 7.23 TOW EYES A pair of tow eyes shall be provided at the rear of the vehicle. They shall be recess mounted into the kick plate and shall meet or exceed all standards related to towing capacities and performance. 7.24 BODY HARDWARE All body hardware, all compartment and entry doors shall be mounted on the body with stainless steel screws. All stainless mounting screws shall be dipped in or sprayed with electrolysis preventive solution before installation on the body. This is required to minimize the process of electrolysis. 7.25 BODY PROTECTION A full-length body rub rail shall be attached to both sides and extend from the body below the compartment doors. This rub rail shall be constructed of 1.5" x 2" x .250" "C" channel aluminum. The rub rails shall be attached to the lower margin of the body skirt using 1" x .25"-20 stainless steel flat head mounting bolts with stainless acorn nuts to the outside and plastic or nylon washers between the rub rail and body. For additional protection and for compliance with state highway requirements, two [2] heavy-duty composite mud flaps shall be installed behind the rear dual wheels. The mud flaps shall extend the full width of each set of dual wheels. The mud flaps shall be black in color. 7.26 DRIVER AND PASSENGER CHASSIS STEPS There shall be a fuel tank cover with a recessed double step attached to the Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N passenger side of the chassis cab and a driver side double step with an integrated flip down battery cover and roll out battery tray. The covers shall be constructed of .125" 3003 alloy aluminum diamond plate. There shall be a flip down step installed on passenger side forward and above of the recessed double step. To provide for increased road splash protection and ease of driver/technician entry and exit, fire grade aluminum diamond plate with an open grate diamond back non -slip stepping surface shall be installed on the chassis steps. Y N 7.27 STONE GUARDS The lower 21" of the front module wall shall have an aluminum diamond plate stone guard TIG welded to ensure a secure fit. Stone guard shall not be screwed or pop riveted. The lower forward corners of the body shall have approximately 21" high aluminum diamond plate rolled around the corner radius and terminate at the junction of the cab and the body. The lower rear corners of the body shall have approximately 16.5" high aluminum diamond plate rolled around the corner radius and terminate at the rear kick plate area. Y N 7.28 FENDERETTES Formed, rubber fenderettes shall be provided around each rear wheel well opening. They shall help diminish damage to the wheel well area of the body caused by stones and road debris. 7.29 LICENSE PLATE A Cast Products model #LP0002-1 rear license plate holder (or equal) shall be recessed into the rear of the body on the driver's side between the kick plate and turn signal. It shall be constructed of polished cast aluminum and have two [2] LED top lights to illuminate the plate. The bezel shall be mounted to the body with stainless steel screws and include a .060" thick closed cell foam gasket to prevent moisture from seeping behind the bezel. Y N 8.0 INTERIOR PATIENT COMPARTMENT COMPONENTS Patient Compartment Sound Levels: This vehicle shall provide an interior working environment in which the ambient noise level is less than 80 dB as measured according to AMD Standard 006, Sound Level Test Code for Ambulance Compartment Interiors. Patient Compartment Carbon Monoxide Levels: This vehicle shall provide an interior working environment in which the carbon monoxide level is less than 10 ppm as measured in accordance with AMD Standard 007, Carbon Monoxide Levels for Ambulance Compartment Interiors. Y N 8.1 CABINET GLASS All cabinet doors incorporating acrylic glass, as sliding or hinged windows shall have .250" thick smoked acrylic Plexiglas® as the standard material and 3/8" where otherwise specified. 8.2 STAINLESS STEEL ROUND LATCHES Stainless Steel Round Southco locking latches (or equal) shall be provided on each door where applicable. 8.3 CABINETRY The cabinetry in the patient compartment shall have picture framed window face fronts fabricated from lightweight smooth aluminum material and laminated with a minimum .028" Formica (or approved equal). The shelves and the supporting structure shall be non -wood material and laminated with a minimum of .028" Formica on both sides. Non -supportive partitions shall be lightweight smooth aluminum material and laminated with a minimum of .028" Formica on both sides. All vertical outside corners and protruding edges of overhead storage shall be capped with 5" radius satin finish anodized aluminum moldings or padded vinyl. All cabinetry shall be sealed and molded to the floor with bright -anodized aluminum molding. All interior materials, cabinetry, vinyl, foam, and installation used shall meet or exceed FMVSS 302 requirements on flammability of interior materials (where applicable). 8.4 COUNTERTOPS The countertop in the primary action area of the patient compartment shall be non - wood material, laminated with a minimum .028" stainless steel. The top shall be a pan style with all seams sealed. 8.4.1 The countertop in the second action area of the patient compartment shall be non -wood material, laminated with a minimum .028" stainless steel. The top shall be a pan style with all seams sealed. 9.0 PATIENT COMPARTMENT LIGHTS Patient compartment lighting shall consist of eight (8), LED dome lights with polished bezels, switched from the action area control console. These lights shall be high intensity LED with clear lenses. The lights shall be activated in separate banks of four (4) lights each. There shall be one (1) bank over the squad bench and one (1) bank over the primary cot. Two (2) switches shall be provided in the action area console, each with high/off/low positions for independent operation of each bank. All eight (8) LED dome lights shall be activated on "LOW' when either the curbside entry door or rear entry doors are opened. There shall be a three -minute time delay system activated by opening the entry doors. This system shall be battery hot and turn the lights "OFF" at the three -minute pre-set time. No ceiling light shall protrude into the patient compartment by more than 1.25". Y N Y N Y N Y N 9.0.1 THINLITE LIGHTS Four (4) Trucklite model #80251 C 18" LED panel lights, recessed into the ceiling shall also be provided and installed. One (1) on/off position switch shall be provided in the action area console. 9.0.2 An LED strip light shall be provided and installed in the primary action area. This light shall have a manual "on/off' switch. 9.0.3 A rotary timer system shall be provided for the fluorescent lights. The system shall be preset to automatically turn the lights off after activating. The timer shall be from 5-60 minutes. The patient compartment interior lights must meet the requirements set forth in AMD Standard Test 016 Patient Compartment Lighting. 10.0 CEILING HEADLINER The patient compartment headliner shall be constructed of a durable, high -gloss white, plasticized Marlite, backed with a non -rigid non -wood material. The headliner shall be securely affixed to the roof bows and to the .090" aluminum accessory plate welded to the roof structure. There shall be a full-length inspection access/wire race in the center of the ceiling, which provides access to the wiring harness and antennae bases/leads. The access shall have removable padded vinyl covers. 10.1 FLOORING A one-piece non -wood material sub -floor on all patient area floors less than 144" in length shall be installed on top of the .090" thick aluminum sheet. The sub -floor shall be securely fastened with sheet metal screws long enough to penetrate the 2" x 2" body tubes below the .090" aluminum sheet. This process shall create a sandwich effect for long lasting durability and a solid surface. All screws shall be filled and sanded to provide a smooth surface for the linoleum covering. Floor lengths longer than 144" shall include a two-piece plywood underlayment. Vinyl, anti-skid, commercial grade, heavy-duty, non -porous floor covering shall be applied to the entire floor in a one-piece seamless application. This commercial inlaid sheet vinyl shall have minimums of nominal overall thickness of 2.03 mm. The flooring shall comply with ASTM F 970 (modified) in regard to static load bearing and D-2047 James Test for slip resistance. There shall be a 5" roll -up splashguard installed on the street side cabinet wall and the squad bench face. A waterproof sealant shall be applied between the cabinetry and the floor at the cabinet and floor covering juncture. 10.2 REAR THRESHOLD There shall be a 6" wide, 16 ga. formed, stainless steel threshold protector installed on the rear interior of the body. The protector shall run the entire width of the floor at the door opening. A 2" wide, adhesive -backed non-skid material shall be installed on the threshold piece to assist with safe entry and exit from the vehicle. 10.3 INTERIOR PROTECTION Y N Y N Y N Y N nmm>J Y N A stainless -steel riser shall be provided on the lower half of the squad bench, to just below the seating surface, and the street side cabinet face, up to an approximate height of 13" from the floor. It shall protect the vertical surfaces from scratches, marks and debris and shall be easily cleaned. 10.4 INTERIOR COLORS AND MATERIAL The Formica color for all cabinets within the patient compartment shall be Stone Graffix #503 (Grey/White). 10.4.1 The Formica shall have a matte finish. 10.4.2 The LonPlate II brand flooring color shall be Gun Metal (dark gray) #424. 10.4.3 The upholstery color shall be Gunmetal #MV102 (Dark Gray). 11.0 LEFT SIDE CABINETRY 11.1 ACTION AREA An efficient and accessible action area shall be located to the right of the attendant seat. Oxygen and suction/aspiration equipment outlets shall be readily accessible. It shall provide a counter for the attendant's use. The counter shall have a 3/4" lip to prevent items from falling. For the attendant's safety, the foremost vertical leading edge and top horizontal edge of the action area cabinet shall be trimmed with fabric backed padded vinyl. The foam padding shall be 3/8" high -density foam and shall have a R-factor of 0.25. All seams are to be machine stitched for proper fit and durability. 11.2 ACTION AREA CONTROL PANEL All patient compartment lighting, environmental equipment and other indicators and controls critical to the care of the patient shall be controlled from a switching console located to the right side of the rear facing Technician's seat. The switch console shall be located in a cabinet face cut at an approximate 30-degree angle above the action area and below the overhead cabinet. The switch panel is designed to provide easy operation and high visibility from either the rear facing Technician's seat or side mounted CPR seat. To facilitate easy troubleshooting and maintenance or repair, the controls for all ambulance conversion functions shall be basic, automotive style, non -programmable type controls. This type of control mechanism can be easily repaired by department maintenance personnel and does not require electronic interaction with a third party for programming or problem solving. The switches shall be moisture resistant, Euro-style, rocker -type, and shall be UL listed and CSA approved. Each switch shall have one or more LED indicator lights integral to the switch rocker indicating the function status. Switches may be simple ON/OFF type or multi -position rockers or rotary, stepped -position switches, depending upon their specific function. The switch function legends shall be engraved plastic inserts. The backlighting shall light the words themselves rather than the background. Backlighting and switch perimeter lighting shall be accomplished with electro- luminescent light strips attached to the backside of the switch panel. This type of light source shall be used for consistent light output, low amp draw, and extended service Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N life. The switch panel shall contain the following switches and controls: Heat/Cool Fan Speed Control: Rotary, stepped -position control selecting Hi, Med, Lo, Off Heat/Cool Mode Selector: Two -position rocker control selecting Heating or Cooling function Left Dome Lights: Three -position rocker control selecting Lo, Off, Hi for curbside dome lights Right Dome Lights: Three -position rocker control selecting Lo, Off, Hi for street side dome lights Suction Pump: ON/OFF control selecting Thomas suction pump Spare Switch: (1) Spare switch and (3) Blank positions for future use Patients Status Buzzer, If Specified: Push button control activating buzzer to signal change in patient status Patient Status Indicator Lights, (3) Locking push button controls, Red, Yellow, Green, selecting indication of patient status, signal to front switch panel Exhaust Fan Control: Rotary, stepped -position control selecting Hi, Med, Lo, Off for patient compartment exhaust fan. 11.3 RADIO CUTOUT An angled housing 5"H X 9" W for two-way radio with power/ground and ignition studs shall be provided in the forward section of the overhead squad bench cabinet. A coax cable from this housing shall run to center of mod roof. A 1/4" black Kydex cover shall also be provided. 11.4 SPEAKER SYSTEM Two (2) speakers shall be provided and mounted in the rear module ceiling. They shall be connected to the cab AM/FM radio. A separate volume control and fader shall be provided in the rear action area. 11.5 ACTION AREA OVERHEAD CABINET A cabinet shall be installed above the action area and shall be provided with one [11 adjustable shelf. 11.5.1 It shall have "restocking type" Plexiglas doors. The doors shall slide, than flip - up for easy, full width access. 11.5.2 A full length, aluminum handle shall be provided on each door. 11.6 WRITING DRAWER BELOW ACTION AREA A writing drawer shall be provided below the action area, in the rearward position. It shall have approximate dimensions of 2 3/4" high x 14" wide x 15" deep. It shall have a Plexiglas writing surface with flush mounted hinges at the rearward section, so that when the tray is full extended, the writing surface can be lifted to allow easy access to a storage area below. In the closed position, it shall be flush with the front edge of the cabinetry. The storage area shall be large enough to hold writing instruments, a bound notebook, calculator or small miscellaneous items. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 11.7 CABINET BELOW ACTION AREA A storage cabinet shall be provided below the 1 st action area, in the forward position. This cabinet shall be made of the same materials as the rest of the cabinets. This cabinet is designed for inverter, miscellaneous or radio module storage. 11.7.1 It shall have sliding Plexiglas doors. 11.7.2 A full length, aluminum handle shall be provided on each door. 11.8 LOWER STREETSIDE CABINET A cabinet approximately 16" wide x 12" high and full depth shall be provided under the 2nd action area. 11.8.1 It shall have tilt -out door. 11.8.2 A round stainless steel SouthCo latch (or equal) shall be provided on the door. 11.9 DOUBLE CABINET There shall be a double cabinet above the CPR seat. The cabinet shall be sized to be compliant with the KKK 1822 revision F specification. 11.9.1 It shall have a single 3/8" flip -up Plexiglas door with hold -open devices. 11.9.2 A stainless Steel Round Southco latch (or equal) shall be provided on the door. 11.10 SECOND ACTION AREA The 2nd Action Area, the Technician's secondary work center, shall be an open countertop designed for efficiency and accessibility. The action area shall be located to the right of the CPR seat in the street side cabinet wall and accessible from the Squad Bench also. The countertop shall have dimensions of approximately 23.5" wide x 18" deep with a .750" lip to prevent items from sliding off the work surface. The countertop surface and lips shall be laminated with a minimum of .028" Formica® and both horizontal and vertical corner seams shall be sealed the full length of the seam to prevent seepage of spilled liquids. For the Technician's safety, the lower horizontal edge of the action area rear overhead cabinet shall be trimmed with fabric backed padded vinyl. The foam padding shall be .375" thick high -density foam. 11.11 OVERHEAD CABINET A cabinet shall be installed above the supply cabinet and shall be provided with one [1] adjustable shelf. 11.11.1 It shall have "restocking type" Plexiglas doors. The doors shall slide and flip - up for easy, full width access. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 11.11.2 A full length aluminum handle shall be provided on each door. 11.12 SUPPLY CABINET A supply cabinet shall be provided in the rearward section of the street side interior, below the overhead cabinet. It shall be accessible from both the interior and the exterior (D4) compartment. 11.12.1 It shall have vertically hinged, swing -out doors backed with aluminum diamond plate. 11.12.2 A stainless Steel Round Southco latch (or equal) with a roller ball catch shall be provided on each door. 12.0 KNOX EMS DRUG VAULT STREETSIDE CABINET One (1) customer supplied Knox Med Vault model #5502 shall be installed in the street side cabinet. Exact location shall be determined at pre -build. A 12-volt constant power source shall be supplied to the installation area. 13.0 PATIENT COMPARTMENT EXHAUST VENT Detmar #751 A (or equal) three -speed power exhaust vent having a 240-cfm air flow rating shall be installed in the upper left side rear wall, with approximate dimensions of 6" wide x 8" high. The resister coil shall be mounted in the fan air flow. A switch shall be mounted at the right hand of the technician in the action area switch console. A positive closure to prevent destabilization of the patient compartment shall be provided. 14.0 OXYGEN COMPARTMENT The oxygen cylinder storage compartment shall be located in the street side front compartment D1. Access to the regulator, contents gauge, and cylinder shut-off valve from the interior of the vehicle shall be by means of a hinged .250" thick Plexiglas® door in the forward wall of the action area. This opening shall be trimmed with a black, ABS formed bezel to protect the Technician's hands and provide a finished opening. The compartment shall be vented through the exterior door with a minimum 28 square inch opening. The vent opening shall be covered with a polished aluminum vent cover. It shall be attached with stainless screws. The oxygen cylinder retention bracket shall be mounted to the wall of the compartment by Grade 8 bolts tapped into a .250" aluminum plate welded onto the inboard side of the compartment wall. This retention bracket must meet or exceed AMD Standard 003, Oxygen Retention System. The finished oxygen system including regulator, contents gauge, hoses, outlets and flow meter must meet or exceed the requirements of AMD Standard 015, Ambulance Main Oxygen System Test. 15.0 WIRING MODULE An angled cabinet forward of the rear facing Technician's seat shall house the main bank of electrical components. Adequate ventilation shall be supplied through two (2) polished metal, louvered vents located near the top and bottom of the door. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 15.1 The cabinet shall have a vertically hinged door and shall be provided with a locking stainless -steel round latch. This door shall hinge on the left side for ease of maintenance and repair. 16.0 WALK-THROUGH WITH POCKET DOOR There shall be an opening approximately 52" high x 20" wide between the chassis cab and the box module. 16.1 An aluminum partition wall framed with .125" x 2" x 2" aluminum tubing placed on 16" centers and plated with .060" aluminum formed and welded to the roof, both sides, and floor shall be installed. The patient compartment side of the partition shall be covered with 1/4" plywood laminated with a minimum of .028" plastic. The driver's side of the partition shall be covered with the OEM wall as well as a mildew resistant marine style carpet of a color that matches the cab interior colors. 17.0 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED The ambulance cab shall be equipped with an OEM supplied in -dash air conditioner and a hot water heater. The patient compartment shall be equipped with a combination hot water heater/air conditioner and a power exhaust vent. Front and rear heaters and air conditioners shall operate as separate and independent environmental systems. The controls for the rear environmental systems shall be located in the action area switch panel. The addition of the rear HVAC system shall have no deleterious effect upon the chassis system and especially the windshield defroster system as described in FMVSS 103, Windshield Defrosting and Defogging System. 17.1 A combination heater/air conditioner having an air output of 650 cfm at 0 static pressure, a cooling capacity of 32,000 BTU and a heating capacity of 35,000 BTU shall be installed above the walk-through door on the front bulkhead. There shall be two insulated plenums running the full length of the modular body in the ceiling with (4) adjustable outlet vents in each plenum. There shall also be one adjustable outlet vent on the front bulkhead. This system shall be certified to KKK standards by a third -party test facility and a copy of the test results shall be included with the bid. 17.2 For durability purposes, metal "Y's" shall be used for heater hose tie in. 17.3 An auxiliary air conditioner condenser with dryer shall be provided under the body. 17.4 The patient compartment heat and air conditioning shall be controlled and maintained through a digital, manually controlled thermostat. 18.0 ALS CABINET An Advanced Life Support cabinet shall be provided in the right side of the forward wall. It shall be divided into sections to accommodate the storage of sensitive equipment and supplies, such as ALS equipment, Laerdal charger, medical boxes, etc. The ALS cabinet and all shelves shall be finished with black Line-X, sprayed on rubber coating. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 1�rt�1� Y N Y N Y N 18.0.1 The upper compartment shall have a top hinged, single door with a locking SouthCo round latch. 18.0.2 The bottom compartment shall have three [3] adjustable, .125" aluminum shelves with a 1 '/2" lip on all sides, mounted on "C" channel style tracking. 18.0.3 The bottom compartment shall be open faced with no doors. 19.0 VACUUM FORMED UPHOLSTRY All seating and backrests (including the technician's seat) in the patient compartment shall be constructed of 60-ounce vacuum formed, seamless vinyl. 20.1 MACHINE STITCHED UPHOLSTERY All trim panels in the patient compartment shall be constructed of minimum 32 ounce machine stitched fabric backed expanded vinyl. All trim panels shall match the seats and backrests. 21.2 ATTENDANT SEAT A USSC Valor rear facing, R-Back attendant seat with an integrated child seat installed at the head of the patient cot. The attendant seat shall be a two (2) position swivel seat mounted on a pedestal base with a heavy duty seat frame for an ABTS (All Belts to Seat) application with four (4) point/four (4) retractors single click internal mount belt system. The seat shall be 20" wide with discontinuous recline and a 6" horizontal slide for fore and aft adjustment(s). The seat shall be KKK-A-1822F Change Notice 8 compliant and conform to all applicable FMVSS and SAE J3026 requirements. Documentation from a certified independent testing facility shall be required stating the seat has passed SAE J3026 requirements and tested in accordance with SAE J2917, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Frontal Impact System -Level Ambulance Patient Compartment and SAE J2956, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Side Impact System -Level Ambulance Patient Compartment. The seat shall be padded and covered with sewn matching antimicrobial vinyl upholstery. It shall be mounted 10" away from main wall and 8.5" from the AC chute on linen cabinet. 22.3 CPR SEAT A CPR seat shall be installed on the street side of the patient compartment aft of the main action area counter. The CPR seat shall be KKK-A-1822 Change Notice 8 compliant with VALOR A-VAL shelf mount back frame and internal bolsters. The seat shall consist of a four (4) point/four (4) retractors single click internal mount belt system. The seat shall conform to all applicable FMVSS and SAE J3026 requirements. Documentation from a certified independent testing facility shall be required stating the seating configuration has passed SAE J3026 requirements and tested in accordance with SAE J2917, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Frontal Impact System -Level Ambulance Patient Compartment and SAE J2956, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Side Impact System - Level Ambulance Patient Compartment. The VALOR A-VAL shelf mount back frame and the seat shall be padded and covered with cushioned, color coordinated, cut and sewn vinyl. There shall be storage under the seat base. Y N Y N Y N Y N 22.5 SQUAD BENCH A squad bench seat with two (2) individual seating positions and two (2) VALOR A- VAL, or equal, shelf mount back frames with internal bolsters will be installed on the curb side of the patient compartment. There shall be two (2) seat belts shall consist of four (4) point/four (4) retractors single click internal mount belt system. The squad bench seats shall be KKK-A-1822F Change Notice 8 compliant and conform to all applicable FMVSS and SAE J3026 requirements. Documentation from a certified independent testing facility shall be required stating the seating configuration has passed SAE J3026 requirements and tested in accordance with SAE J2917, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Frontal Impact System -Level Ambulance Patient Compartment and SAE J2956, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Side Impact System -Level Ambulance Patient Compartment. The VALOR A-VAL shelf mount back frames and the bench shall be padded and covered with cushioned, color coordinated, cut and sewn vinyl. A storage area shall be provided in the squad bench base under the lift up cushion. The squad bench base shall be constructed of .90" thick aluminum for maximum storage capacity and minimum weight. The interior of the squad bench shall be sprayed with sound absorbing polyurethane material. 22.6 REINFORCED SAFETY NET A reinforced safety net shall be located at the head of the squad bench. The sharp/waste container shall be on tip out, door at head of bench facing the aisle and easily accessible from the front of the squad bench. The sharp/waste container size and placement shall match the Department's newest ambulance. 22.7 OXYGEN BOTTLE STORAGE A single oxygen bottle storage system shall be provided and installed at the side of the ALS cabinet, in the bottom of the health center. It shall provide vertical storage of one (1) "D" size oxygen bottle. Cast brackets will be used to house customer's bottle. 22.8 ADDITIONAL OXYGEN BOTTLE STORAGE A double oxygen bottle storage system shall be provided and installed against the front wall of the D1 compartment. It shall provide vertical storage of two (2) "D" size oxygen bottles. Cast brackets will be used to house customer's bottles. 22.8.1 A single oxygen bottle storage system shall be provided and installed against the front wall of the D1 compartment. It shall provide vertical storage of one (1) "D" size oxygen bottle. Cast brackets will be used to house customer's bottles. 22.9 SQUAD BENCH CABINET A cabinet shall be located over the squad bench at the ceiling level, rearward of the entry/egress door opening. This cabinet shall be divided into three (3) separate sections. The cabinet shall be finished in the same material as the rest of the interior cabinets. This cabinet shall be compliant with the KKK 1822 revision F specification. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 22.9.1 There shall be three (3) 3/8" flip -up Plexiglas doors. Y N 22.9.2 A stainless Steel Round Southco latch (or equal) shall be provided on each door. Y N 23.0 IV HOLDERS Four [4] ceiling mounted Cast Products 2008-1 recessed IV holders shall be supplied. These shall be located at the head and foot areas, two [2] over the squad bench and two [2] over the primary cot. They shall have a rubber, foldaway storage when not in use. Each holder must have the capacity to hold two [2] bottles and have Velcro securing straps. 23.1 COT MOUNT A Stryker Power Load cot mount shall be supplied. It must accommodate the Stryker Power Pro XT. Y N The cot mount shall be located in the center of the patient compartment 23.2 ASSIST RAILS One [1] 90" long, 1.50" diameter, smooth satin finished overhead grab rail shall be provided and securely fastened to the ceiling over the primary cot. One [1] 60" long, 1.50" diameter, smooth satin finished overhead grab rail shall be provided and securely fastened over the squad bench. The grab rails shall be fastened with bolts, washers and nuts of the appropriate dimension, through the interior ceiling panel and through the .090" aluminum accessory plate welded into the roof structure. Assist rails fastened with self -tapping machine screws are not acceptable. These grab rails must meet or exceed AMD Standard 008, Load Test for Ambulance Patient Compartment Grab Rail. 23.3 SIGN Two self-adhesive "NO SMOKING OXYGEN EQUIPPED" and "FASTEN SEATBELT" sign (1) shall be installed in the 1st action area. Y N 24.0 OXYGEN The medical oxygen system shall be capable of storing and supplying a minimum of 3000 liters of oxygen. A suitable high-pressure hose shall be provided. The concealed oxygen supply hose shall be .250" ID, .50" OD nylon base with polyester fiber reinforcing. This electrically conductive hose shall be certified to 1,875 psi and have a 7,500-pound burst rating. The fittings shall be DISS and flare and be securely crimped to the barbed fittings by means of compressed copper sleeves. Oxygen supply hose shall be routed through the ceiling of the ambulance body and be secured with non-abrasive plastic "C" clamps. Oxygen lines should not be encased in insulation and should be free moving to enable easier maintenance and repair. The entire oxygen system shall be subjected to a 155-psi leak test for 24- hours before installation of panels or covers that may obscure or hide the system components. After the vehicle is completed, a test as prescribed by AMD Standard 015 shall be conducted for a period of four (4) hours to insure system integrity. This test shall be performed using nitrogen gas to purge the lines of all moisture and foreign debris. Upon completion of the test, the lines shall be bled free of nitrogen and capped. This medical oxygen system shall meet or exceed AMD Standard 015, Ambulance Main Oxygen System Test. 24.0.1 The oxygen system shall have three (3) outlets, (2) on action area wall and (1) over squad bench. The department shall specify the brand of quick connectors to be used. A compartment shall have fully adjustable stainless -steel rings for the 02 tank. The rings shall be located in the front of the compartment (tank will be provided by the department). 24.0.2 Oxygen outlets to be Cemtron/NCG brand 24.0.3 One (1) gravity type Thorpe tube oxygen flow meter shall be provided. This flow meter shall be certified by the equipment manufacturer to meet the appropriate FDA standards for medical oxygen flow meters. 24.1 REGULATOR A 50-psi preset medical oxygen regulator shall be provided and installed on the supply end of the oxygen system hose. This regulator shall be certified by the equipment manufacturer to meet the appropriate FDA standards for medical oxygen flow meters. 24.2 OXYGEN CONTENT GAUGE A digital oxygen content gauge with an alarm shall be provided and wired to the rotary timer. 24.3 CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR A carbon monoxide monitor with an alarm shall be provided and installed in the action area, within the patient compartment. 24.4 ELECTRIC OXYGEN SHUT OFF An electric shut off switch for the oxygen system shall be provided and installed in the rear action area switch panel. The system shall include a manual bypass. 24.5 PORTABLE/ ONBOARD SUCTION AND ASPIRATION SYSTEM A portable/onboard, complete self-contained S-SCORT VX-2 dual mode unit with battery charger shall be installed on the primary action area wall. It shall include a charging retention bracket hard -wired to 12 VDC power. A 1,200-cc suction canister, 6' suction tubing, and suction tip shall be supplied with unit. 24.6 SHARPS/BIO-HAZARD A sharps container with a crash stable mounting bracket shall be supplied and shipped loose. A biohazard container with lid and twelve [12] red biohazard bags Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N nmm>J Y N shall be shipped loose for installation by the department. 24.7 PATIENT CODE SIGNAL SYSTEM In the action area switch console, there shall be three [3] colored switches (red, yellow and green) that activate corresponding indicator lights in the driver's switch console. In addition, there shall be a switch in the action area switch console that activates a buzzer in the driver's compartment. These lights and buzzer shall be used to notify the driver of any change in the patient's status. 24.8 RADIO WIRING Radio wiring as follows: 1. 10-gauge A+ to console with ignition. 2. 8-gauge A+ and A- to console in cab, hot. 3. 8-gauge A+ and A- to radio compartment in box, hot. 4. Three (3) antenna accesses will be provided inside box: front -center, middle - center, and rear -center. 5. Two (2) RG-58 cables installed at rear -center and middle -center access points with NMO-style antenna mounts. Both will be run to radio compartment. Antenna cables will have 18" excess at both ends. 6. Wiring for the intercom system for cab and patient compartment to be determined at the pre -build meeting. Department will supply components of intercom system. 10 conductor strobe cables shall be run from center console to action area and from action area to radio housing at end of squad bench. 24.9 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Two (2) 5-pound rated ABC fire extinguishers with mounting brackets shall be furnished with the ambulance. These shall be shipped loose to allow the department to install in the desired locations. 24.9.1 Two (2) Two (2) Streamlight, model #SL-20-X handheld flashlights, each with charger base, shall be provided. Mounting location shall be one (1) on the driver side front console located directly behind the gear shift selector and one (1) located in the rearward ALS health center located halfway up. 25.0 MODULE SURFACE PREPARATION A corrosion inhibitor shall be used on specified exterior surfaces and on specified fasteners, hinges and accessories that are subject to the effects of corrosion due to the electrolytic process that occurs between dissimilar metals. The product, designated as ECK, is a petroleum -based substance with a very slow rate of desiccation. The substance functions as a barrier to water, thus minimizing the electrolytic process. It shall be applied in the following conditions and to the following accessories and fasteners: 1. Behind stone guards or any other surface area where there is direct contact between dissimilar metals is direct contact between dissimilar metals. 2. On light assemblies utilizing self -tapping mounting screws that penetrate the body Y N Y N Y N Y N that penetrate the body. 3. On screws and screw holes for any accessory whose holes are drilled and tapped are drilled and tapped. 4. On the body surface when any accessory without a rubber or composite gasket is to be mounted (i.e. entry or compartment door hinges or light assemblies without gaskets) or composite gasket is to be mounted, i.e. entry or compartment door hinges or light assemblies without gaskets. ECK shall not be applied in the following conditions: 1. When mounting any accessory that has a rubber or composite gasket. 2. On light assemblies, which have plastic inserts for mount screws. Y N 25.1 PAINT To produce a high -quality paint finish and to comply with the paint manufacturer's certification requirements for support of the warranty, the preparation and painting process described below must be used. Prior to initiating the surface preparation process, all hardware, handles, light fixtures, door hinges, corner trim, etc. shall be removed from the body. Additionally, any portion of the chassis, which does not require refinishing, shall be protected from the ensuing process. To rid the aluminum body of any extraneous materials or material impurities the entire surface shall be washed and wiped dry with a certified wax and grease remover. Excess weld material shall be removed by grinding all welds, seams, and any other body imperfections. The entire surface shall then be sanded with 80 - 150 grit dry sandpaper to provide good adhesion for any fillers and primers. The required areas will be filled with approved premium lightweight filler and sanded smooth. A premium polysurfacer will be applied directly over these areas to ensure adequate base for application of primers. The entire surface shall be cleaned again with certified wax and grease remover before application of any primers. A self -etching primer shall be applied to provide a base for adequate adherence of materials to be applied in subsequent steps of this process. A high -quality urethane primer surfacer shall then be applied. The entire surface to receive topcoat will be sanded smooth to ensure a level and defect free surface. Door edges and doorjambs shall be prepared similarly to other body surfaces and finish painted with a certified topcoat paint. The entire surface of vehicle body shall be DA finish sanded with no coarser than 320 grit dry sandpaper. The surface shall be washed and wiped once again with certified wax and grease remover and tacked for application of urethane sealer. A full wet coat of urethane primer sealer shall be applied and allowed to flash per specifications. Basecoat color will be applied to ensure color correctness then clear coated with a minimum of 2 full wet coats of qualified urethane clearcoat and baked at 140 degrees for 30 minutes. Surfaces to receive striping and graphics shall then be sanded with 800 grit dry sandpaper and masked off for application of additional color(s). Basecoat color shall be applied to stripe and graphic areas until color is correct. Entire sanded surface shall then be unmasked, inspected, and receive a minimum of 2 full wet coats of certified urethane clearcoat. Topcoat will be baked again at 140 degrees for 30 minutes. Body is then color sanded, compounded, buffed, and polished to a smooth defect free finish. Upon final assembly, door hinges, hinge side of doorjambs and all stainless -steel mounting hardware shall be coated with ECK, a corrosion inhibitor and permanently mounted to vehicle. 25.2 BODY PAINT COLOR The body shall be painted a single color of red with PPG base coat, clear coat paint processes. Exact Color to be determined at pre -build 25.3 ROOF PAINT COLOR The roof shall be painted a single color of white with PPG base coat, clear coat paint processes. 25.4 SAFETY STRIPE The body shall have a 2" wide reflective safety stripe around the entire perimeter position above the main stripe. A QRS heartbeat shall be position on each side towards the rear of the module. 25.5 REAR BARRICADE CHEVRON There shall be 6" solid red 983-72 diamond grade reflective 60-degree stripes and 6" fluorescent yellow green 983-23 diamond grade reflective stripes across the entire back of the ambulance. This design shall provide the greatest amount of reflectivity for the overall safety of the vehicle and crew. The chevron pattern shall slant downward on both sides on the rear of the vehicle at an angle of 60 degrees, pointing in the direction of the bottom rear corner of the tailboard. The pattern should resemble an inverted V with the point at the top center of the ambulance. 25.6 MAIN SCOTCHLITE STRIPE A white main Scotch lite stripe shall be provided, "Straight" design on the chassis and body sides (including the rear body). It shall start at the front of the module and run along each side of the body. The main stripe shall wrap around the rearward section of the body, completing the perimeter. The main stripe shall not exceed 14 inches in width. Scotch lite color, stripe dimension and layout shall be provided by the department after award of bid. 25.7 PINSTRIPING There shall be 1/4" wide black vinyl pinstripes around the entire perimeter of the body, positioned above and below the main color stripes. 25.8 RUBRAIL SAFETY STRIPE ONO>J Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N There shall be a 3/4" wide red reflective stripe ran through the center of the "C" style rub rail. 25.9 MARKINGS A reflective graphics and lettering package shall be supplied and installed to match the Department's most recent ambulances. Included shall be Star of Life decals, Department door logos, numbers, and all lettering. 26.0 OPERATOR'S MANUAL A vehicle owner's manual (reference handbook) for the ambulance shall be provided in an 8 1/2" x 11" three-ring hard cover loose leaf binder. It shall contain copies of the chassis manufacturer's warranties and a full set of factory repair manuals for the engine, transmission, and chassis, including wiring schematics. The bidder shall also provide all available troubleshooting software for engine, transmission, and chassis. Successful bidder shall also provide copies of the ambulance manufacturer's warranties and operating/service instructions, component manufacturer's equipment information, installation, operating, service instructions, warranties, etc., and a complete wiring diagram or schematic with circuits and components clearly and accurately labeled. Verification of the chassis pre -delivery inspection and a copy of the ambulance manufacturer's quality assurance form with all of the data referred to in Section AA-1.10 shall be supplied should the department request them. 26.1 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS To provide a safe working environment for emergency medical technicians to provide care of patients, this emergency vehicle must be operated in the safest manner possible. To provide proper training for all operators of this emergency vehicle, a professionally produced operations videotape shall be included with the vehicle at the time of delivery. The videotape shall present all aspects of the operation of the vehicle including front and rear switch panel operation; daily checkout and maintenance procedures; location of and precautions about the main electrical panel and components. The authorized representative of the manufacturer shall present the videotape and review its contents with the potential operators of the vehicle and shall answer any questions regarding its optional features and safe and correct operation. 26.2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS CD To provide for continued quality operations of the new ambulance and timely information regarding the vehicles electrical system, the manufacturer shall provide a compact disc with the basic electrical schematics for this emergency vehicle. This CD shall be delivered to this department as an item included in the New Vehicle Owner's Manual. 27.0 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT All items listed and as shown in attached quotes shall be included in total bid price. Department will purchase and install all components unless otherwise specified previously. Y N Y N Y N Y N Motorola Two -Way Radios as listed in quote attached. Quala-Tel Enterprises Headsets as listed in quote attached. Mobile Data Terminals with mounting hardware, radio modem and GPS unit as listed in quote attached. BID NAME FOR BIDS DUE O4 SpU TH 8�� 4 O BID/PROPOSAL U � C W PEACE a CITY OF SOUTH BEND x 1865 Spec P — One (1) or More 2020 or Newer Emergency Medical Vehicle November 10, 2020; 9:00 a.m. Description Year/Make/Model Unit Price Year Make/Model — Trade In Unit Price $ Option# Description Cost Total Bidder (Firm): Address: City/State/Zip: Telephone Number: Fax Number: By (Signature) (Printed Name) (Title) BID NAME FOR BIDS DUE SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF SOUTH BEND Spec P - One (1) or More 2020 or Newer Emergency Medical Vehicle November 10; 9:00 a.m. Pursuant to notices given, the undersigned offers bid(s) to the City of South Bend in accordance with the following attachment(s) which specify the class or item number or description, quantity, unit, unit price. SPEC P - ONE (1) OR MORE 2020 OR NEWER EMEGENCY MEDICAL VEHICLE It is the intent of these specifications to describe an emergency medical vehicle for the City of South Bend. All units bid must have been manufactured in the U.S.A. The unit shall be bid as a fully equipped complete Emergency Medical Vehicle as described in the following specification. No partial or split bids will be accepted. The City of South Bend reserves the right to reject any and all bids or to accept a full or partial award of the bid or bids and to waive any irregularities or informalities which, in its judgment, will be in the best interest of the City of South Bend. The Board will award the bid to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder. If the bid is not awarded to the lowest bidder, the factors used to justify the awards will be stated in writing at the request of any bidder. These are minimum specifications. Any variation from the specifications must be spelled out on a separate exception list and attached to your bid in order for the bid to be valid. Any items not listed on the exception sheet will be assumed to be part of the unit. Any exceptions to the following specifications must be noted by the dealer at the time of bidding in order for the bid to be valid. Vendor to complete bid proposal, options, and nondiscrimination commitment contained in this bid specification and attach to the submitted bid. AMBULANCE SPECIFICATIONS TYPE I CLASS I, CONFIGURATION A 2020 STAR -OF -LIFE CERTIFIED AMBULANCE 170" X 96" The Emergency Medical Vehicle described in this specification is designed to meet or exceed the requirements of the Federal Ambulance Specification KKK-A-1822 Revision F, and AMD Standards 001-009. NOTE: Throughout the written Federal Ambulance Specification KKK-A-1822, there are frequent references to items to be included WHEN SPECIFIED. The manufacturer will build into a given ambulance any WHEN SPECIFIED item, but such items may not be included in the attached specifications. "OR APPROVED EQUAL" CLAUSE To expedite the purchase of this Ambulance, a generic set of specifications has been used. The mention in the specification of chassis, equipment, or material by brand name or by such specified description of same hereby made, is intended to convey to the bidder's understanding, the degree of excellence required. Any article, equipment, or material which shall conform to the standards and excellence so established, and is of equal merit, strength, durability, and appearance to perform the desired function, is deemed eligible for offer as a substitute. The qualification of the offering shall be judged as to their conformance with these specifications. Any equipment offered other than herein specified shall be subject to a competitive demonstration and evaluation by the using department. Such demonstration to be provided on request within ten working days after the receipt of bids and the result of that demonstration and evaluation shall be of prime importance in the recommendation to the governing body for the final contract award. The result of that demonstration and evaluation shall be of prime importance in the recommendation to the governing body for the final contact award. Any exception to these specifications shall be so marked at the area, (Does Your Bid Comply? YES _NO_) and the "OR APPROVED EQUAL" item shall be listed using the item numbering system within this document. Y N 1.0 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS This specification covers a new commercially built surface emergency medical care vehicle herein after referred to as ambulance or vehicle. A vehicle in compliance with this specification shall be defined as a standard ambulance. This vehicle shall be in accord with the Ambulance Design Criteria of the National Highway Traffic Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington D.C. This bid specification is based on the Federal Ambulance Specification KKK-A-1822F effective July 2007. The purpose of this document is to provide minimum specifications and test parameters for the manufacture of an emergency medical care vehicle that meets the needs and desires of this agency. It establishes essential criteria for the design, performance, equipment, and appearance of the vehicle. All dimensions listed are given as the approximate sizes required to meet the needs of this department. The object is to provide a vehicle that is in accordance with nationally recognized guidelines. All vendors and manufacturers must meet all state and local regulations regarding the manufacturing, licensing, and sale of emergency rescue vehicles and ambulances within the state. KKK Federal Specifications Y N This Ambulance is required to conform to KKK Federal Specification for the Star of Life Ambulance. The City is not required by Law to be KKK-A-1822F Change Notice 8 compliant to meet SAE J3026 Ambulance Patient Compartment Seating Integrity and Occupant Restraint Standards, SAE J3027 Ambulance Litter Integrity, Retention, and Patient Restraint Standards. Bidder shall be a KKK-A-1822F Change Notice 8 compliant to meet SAE J3026 Ambulance Patient Compartment Seating Integrity and Occupant Restraint Standards, and SAE J3027 Ambulance Litter Integrity, Retention, and Patient Restraint Standards. Bidder shall be KKK-A-1822F Change Notice 9 compliant to meet SAE J3043 Ambulance Equipment Mounts; Interior Stowage Accommodations; Equipment Mounting Devices: Installed Oxygen cylinder, cardiac monitor, and fire extinguisher mounting devices shall meet the performance requirements of SAE J3043. Bidder shall be a KKK-A_1822F Change Notice 10 compliant to meet: SAE J3058 Ambulance Interior Storage Compartment Integrity; SAE J3057 Ambulance Modular Body Evaluation -Quasi Static Loading for Type I and Type III Modular Ambulance Bodies; SAE J3102 Ambulance Patient Compartment Structural Integrity Test to Support SAE J3027 Compliant Litter Systems; SAE J3043 Ambulance Equipment Mounts, Interior Stowage Accommodations, Equipment Mounting Devices: Installed suction mounting; to conform to all applicable requirements. Type I: Specialty cab and chassis with containerized modular body. Class I: Two -rear wheel driven (4x2). Configuration A: Elevating cot and squad bench for ALS (3.1.5.1/3.15.3 of F-Spec). This is an engineer, design, construct, and deliver type specification and it is not the intention of this agency to write out vendors or manufacturers of similar or equal equipment of the types specified. It should be noted, however, that this specification is written around the specific needs of this department. With the intent to standardize certain components, specific brands have been specified in certain places. This has been done to establish a certain standard of quality. Other brands will be accepted providing the vendor or manufacturer details how another brand will meet or exceed the quality of the actual brand specified. Because of this, the Review Board reserves the right to accept or reject any and/or all bids. The emergency medical care vehicle, chassis, ambulance body, equipment, devices, medical accessories, and electronic equipment to be delivered under this contract shall be standard commercial products that meet or exceed the requirements of this specification. The ambulance shall comply with all Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) and Federal regulations applicable or specified for the year of manufacture. The chassis, components, and optional items shall be represented in the manufacturer's current technical data. Materials used in the construction shall be new and not less than the quality conforming to current engineering and manufacturing practices. Materials shall be free of defects and shall be suitable for the intended use. Any exceptions to these specifications must be clearly pointed out. Otherwise, it will be considered that the items offered are in strict compliance with the written specifications and that the successful bidder will be responsible for delivering a vehicle meeting these specifications. Any exceptions must be marked as such within the body of the bid and explained on a separate page marked "EXCEPTIONS". Bids taking total exception to these specifications will not be accepted. Y N 1.1 INFORMATION AND DESCRIPTIVE MATERIAL The bidder must furnish all information requested in the space provided on the bid form. The manufacturer must supply a dated copy of their Ford QVM certificate as proof that they are a current member of the Qualified Vehicle Modifier Program. This requirement must be met even if the chassis specified is not a Ford to ensure that chassis modification standards meet a desired minimum level. The manufacturer must also supply the D-spec certification for this particular type, at least one [1] complete set of sketches, descriptive literature, and complete specifications covering the products offered. Bids not meeting this requirement will be considered non- responsive and rejected. Y N 1.2 PRICES AND PAYMENTS All bid prices shall be on a F.O.B. destination and acceptance basis at the Purchaser's specified location. These Prices shall be complete and include warranty. Payment shall be made in accordance with these specifications and the Bid Proposal submitted by the Bidder. Payment shall be made upon acceptance of the vehicle(s) and equipment specified under these specifications. All bid prices and conditions must be specified on the bid proposal form. Bid prices shall be valid for at least thirty- [30] days from the date of the bid opening or as otherwise specified on the bid proposal form. Full payment shall be made as each unit is received, inspected, and found to comply with the procurement specifications. Y N 1.2.1 Price Guarantee The successful bidder shall guarantee the bid price for a minimum of 12 months to the City of South Bend. The City reserves the right to purchase an additional unit at this price within 12 months of bid award. 1.3 GENERAL LIABILITY Bidders are required to submit with their bids a Certificate of Liability Insurance in the amount of five million dollars (5,000,000) in general liability as issued by the bidder's insurance company. Y N 1.4 WARRANTY The successful manufacturer shall provide a three (3) year/36,000 mile warranty on the vehicle which covers defective parts and/or components, the improper choice of materials, parts, and/or components, improper design or engineering, and poor or improper workmanship or quality control techniques. The warranty shall cover the complete vehicle and shall include all costs for labor and parts or materials that are required to correct all deficiencies. If travel is required for warranty repairs, transportation of the unit is the responsibility of the successful bidder. Transportation must take place within the next normal working day, or the responsible party will be charged $100 per day late fee. There shall be provided a lifetime electrical warranty that covers all conversion circuit boards, harnesses, switches, circuit breakers, and relays. There shall be provided a lifetime transferable modular body structural warranty. The term transferable is to cover the transfer of the warranty to a second purchaser should the department sell this unit later. The lifetime structural warranty period shall also remain in effect should the modular body be remounted onto a new chassis. This remount must be performed at a service center authorized by the original manufacturer. Y N 1.5 WARRANTY SURETY To ensure quality, service, and full compliance to the above warranties, the vehicle, with the exception of the chassis, must be constructed by the ambulance manufacturer. Additional elements constructed and installed "in house" are required to ensure service and parts availability. Subcontractors or lease/rental agreements to outside agencies will fail to meet this requirement. • Does the ambulance manufacturer as the prime contractor construct the modular body? • Does the ambulance manufacturer as the prime contractor apply paint? • Are interior cabinets constructed and installed by the ambulance manufacturer as the prime contractor? • Are the wiring harnesses, circuit boards, and 02 systems assembled, installed and tested by the ambulance manufacturer as the prime contractor? • Is the upholstery for seat cushions, head pads, and backrests assembled and installed by the ambulance manufacturer as the prime contractor? 1.6 DELIVERY Bidder must state an accurate delivery date which shall not exceed 180 days from the date of bid award. Due to the age of the City's existing fleet, it is imperative that the unit be delivered as quickly as possible. Stated delivery lead time will be included as an integral part of our bid selection process. FOB Central Services. Liquidated damages of $100.00 dollars per day, per unit will be assessed by the City and deducted from any monies owed to the vendor if the units are not delivered complete to the City by the stated date. The unit and all related paperwork is to be delivered to: Central Services Division 1045 West Sample Street South Bend, Indiana 46619 The Board will award the bid to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder. If the bid is not awarded to the lowest bidder, the factors used to justify the awards will be stated in writing at the request of any bidder. The Board reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids or portions thereof and to waive any irregularities or informalities. Y N_ SERVICE FACILITY The successful bidder must have access to a service facility. Bidders must list below the nearest service facility and parts department to the purchaser. Facility Name: Address: Phone Number: Contact Name: Approximate Miles From Purchaser: Y N 1.7 REFERENCES All bidders must submit a list containing a minimum of ten [10] customers who are operating a similar model ambulance as described in this specification. The customer reference list shall contain the Department name, address, phone number and contact person. Y N 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE To ensure the purchaser that proper engineering and production control guidelines have been implemented, the ambulance manufacturer shall employ an integrated quality and process control program including specific process controls for facets of the manufacturing process deemed to be critical. These critical elements of the process shall be documented and that documentation shall be available not only to manufacturing personnel but also customers who visit the manufacturing facilities. The critical elements shall be denoted on the vehicle control document, which accompanies the vehicle through the manufacturing process. A sample of this document shall be available to the purchaser upon request. A continuous series of inspections shall be performed and signed off on the vehicle control document and shall include but not be limited to the following: Visual inspection of the body, welds, and exterior attachments. Visual and mechanical inspection of the heater/air conditioning lines, cables, grommets, valve connections, clamps, mounting brackets, belts, etc. Visual inspection of cabinets, sliding/hinged cabinet doors, moldings, flooring, walls, headliner, and cushions. Visual inspection of exterior paint, decals, and lettering. Operational inspection of all electrical systems. This must consist of tests of battery voltage, electrical load tests, alternator output, beacons, flashers, siren, interior lighting, compartment lighting, power exhaust vent, scene lights, load lights, chassis lights, silent signal lights/buzzer, heat/cool unit, and any optional electrical devices as furnished by the manufacturer. The current requirements of each device tested must be noted on an inspection sheet together with the total current requirements. The oxygen and vacuum systems shall be tested both prior to and after installation to meet the requirements as listed in those individual sections of this specification. Test data indicating temperature, pressure, timing, flow, etc., shall be recorded. All chassis fluid levels shall be checked and filled to capacity. All doors, locks, windows, tires, etc. shall be inspected for proper operation and/or condition. The completed vehicle must be test driven a minimum of ten [10] miles on paved highways and [3] miles on rough terrain to check handling, brakes, acceleration, and noises. A water spray test and visual inspection shall be performed after the road test. 1.9 BID BOND REQUIREMENT All bidders are required to furnish a bid surety in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the total price of the proposal. The surety shall be in the form of a bond only. Any surety in the form of a cashier's check, certified check or money order shall be considered non -responsive and shall be cause for rejection of the bid proposal. ROME 1.10 SINGLE BIDDER PER MANUFACTURER Multiple bids from different manufacturers but represented by the same firm will not be accepted. Bids offered directly from manufacturers shall indicate if a local dealer / representative will be involved. Alternate bids from the same bidder will be accepted (for example, entire vehicle including chassis and without chassis), providing each bid has its own bid bond. Alternate bids within the original bid will not be accepted. Bids from the same manufacturer but different dealers will not be allowed to prevent complimentary bids being offered and to ensure service from local dealer representatives. It is the desire of this department to have a dealer organization domiciled in the State of Indiana so that local service can be assured. Y N 1.11 WITHDRAWAL OF BID A Bidder may withdraw a bid any time prior to expiration of the period during which bids may be submitted by a written request signed in the same manner and by the same person who signed the Proposal. No bid may be withdrawn, modified, or otherwise changed once the bids have been opened. It will be assumed that each Bidder has thoroughly and completely familiarized themselves with these specifications at the time of the bid. Modifications to a bid, once submitted will not be permitted. Simply stated, if any item, feature, options, etc. Is not stated in writing in the Bidder's proposal, it will not be considered. Bidders are cautioned that verbal or written modifications to already opened bids will not be valid, nor considered ethical and the comparison and selection of bid award will proceed only from what is stated in Bidder's written proposal. Y N 1.12 AUTHORITY TO PURCHASE FROM EXISTING CONTRACTS All bidders submitting a response to this Invitation to Bid or Request for Proposal agree that such response also constitutes a bid to all governmental agencies under the same conditions, for the same contract price, and for the same effective period as this bid, should the bidder feel it is in their best interest to do so. Each governmental agency desiring to accept these bids and make an award thereof shall do so independently of any other governmental agency. Each agency shall be responsible for its own purchases and each shall be liable only for materials and / or services ordered and received by it, and no agency assumes any liability by virtue of this bid. This agreement in no way restricts or interferes with the right of any governmental agency to bid any or all items. Bids will be made available to other municipal and governmental agencies within the United States of America. Unit purchases after a period of one year will be adjusted to reflect to the established Producers Price Index (PPI), U.S. Labor Dept., Bureau of Statistics, Series PCU3713 # 2A, Emergency Vehicles. Y N 1.13 ENGINEERING CAPABILITY To demonstrate your company's abilities and to show understanding of the written bid specifications, each manufacturer must submit with the bid, scale drawings of the vehicle it proposes to supply. Drawings must be "design and construct" drawings that will be used in the manufacture of the vehicle. At a minimum they must show overall dimensions, compartment sizes, lighting package, and major specified options. The drawings should show the front, rear, right side, and the left side of the exterior. They should also include the interior bulkhead, street side, curb side cabinet plans and the interior floor plan layout. The reproduction of the drawing furnished with the bid will not be acceptable as each manufacturer utilizes different material sizes and construction techniques. 1.14 PLANT FACILITY To demonstrate a Manufacturers capability, pictures of the interior of the plant facility during production hours must be submitted. A minimum of four plant photographs and one office photograph shall be supplied. Y N 1.15 EXPERIMENTAL VEHICLES It is not the intent of these specifications to call for an unusual or experimental vehicle(s). Y N 1.16 INSPECTION FACILITY In the event it is deemed necessary for this agency to inspect the vehicle(s) at the primary manufacturer location, a temperature -controlled inspection area separate from the production facility shall be provided. It shall be painted a color to facilitate ease of inspection and shall be lighted in a manner to eliminate shadows in the inspection facility. Work areas with desks, phones, and the necessary tools to accomplish a detailed inspection shall be provided. Y N 1.17 PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE The successful Contractor shall be required prior to manufacturing to have a Pre - Construction conference at the site of his choosing with representatives of this agency to finalize all the construction details. If the bidder requires the conference to be held at a location other than that of the purchaser, the bidder at his/her expense shall provide transportation, lodging and meals, etc. for three (3) people designated by the purchaser. If this meeting is to occur at a location more than 250 miles from the purchaser's location, the transportation shall be by commercial air carrier. Y N 1.18 INSPECTION VISITS Accompanied by a Dealer Representative, two (2) members of the City of South Bend, Indiana, or its designees will travel to the successful bidder's facility for the purpose of inspecting the vehicle for compliance to the specifications and for the overall quality of the vehicle. Costs shall include air transportation on a major commercial carrier to the nearest airport (if ground transportation exceeds 250 miles), individual rooms, and meals. Trips shall be one (1) post paint or an in progress inspection and one (1) for final inspection Inspections shall be scheduled to be conducted during weekdays, including travel time. Y N 1.19 GENERAL VEHICLE DESIGN, TYPE, AND FLOORPLAN The ambulance and the allied equipment furnished under this specification shall be the manufacturer's current commercial vehicle of the type and class specified. The ambulance shall be complete with the operating accessories as specified herein and furnished with such modifications and attachments as may be necessary or specified to enable the vehicle to function reliably and efficiently in sustained operation. The design of the vehicle and the specified equipment shall permit accessibility for servicing, replacement, and adjustment of component parts and accessories with minimum disturbance to other components and systems. The term "HEAVY DUTY" as used to describe an item shall mean in excess of the usual quantity, quality, or capacity that is normally supplied with the standard production vehicle or component. 1.20 COMPLETED VEHICLE DIMENSIONAL PARAMETERS The vehicle furnished shall comply with the following dimensions at curb weight: Length, overall (including rear step) 293" Maximum Width, Exterior (excluding mirrors) 98" Wheelbase 173-176" Height, Rear Loading 33" Maximum Height, Ground to Step 17.5" Ground Clearance 5.5" Length, Patient Compartment Interior 167.25" Aisle Space with Cot Installed 12" Width Between Wheel Wells 46" minimum 1.21 CURB WEIGHT The curb weight is the total weight of the complete ambulance and is defined as the chassis, cab, body, and minimum required equipment as required by KKK-A-1822F, and includes a full complement of fuel, lubricants, and coolant shall meet Federal Requirements. 1.22 PAYLOAD ALLOWANCE A minimum of 6,000 pounds will be allowed over and above the curb weight for personnel, patient, and miscellaneous support equipment. 1.23 INTERIOR HEADROOM 73" of interior headroom shall be provided inside the patient area of the body. It shall be free of obstructions for the Occupants safety and shall meet or exceed all transportation and regulatory requirements. 1.24 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS CAB/CHASSIS The ambulance shall be a Type I, Class I, Medium Duty and shall have a chassis furnished with a two -door cab. The cab/chassis shall be suitable for subsequent mounting of a modular (containerized) transferable equipped ambulance body conforming to the requirements specified herein. Y N Y N Y N Y N 2.0 CHASSIS MODEL AND TYPE The cab/chassis requirement of this specification is a 2012 or newer 4x2 cab and chassis, 168-170" wheelbase, 20,000-pound GVWR package, and equipped as follows: Vehicle Configuration: HEAVY DUTY, DIESEL -POWERED CONVENTIONAL CHASSIS ONLY 2018 or NEWER MODEL YEAR SPECIFIED SET BACK AXLE - TRUCK SINGLE -AXLE STRAIGHT TRUCK PROVISION LH PRIMARY STEERING LOCATION General Service: TRUCK CONFIGURATION CERTIFIED FOR USA (EXCLUDING CALIFORNIA AND CARB OPT -IN STATES) RESCUE AND EMERGENCY BUSINESS SEGMENT TERRAIN/DUTY: 100% (ALL) OF THE TIME, IN TRANSIT, IS SPENT ON PAVED ROADS MAXIMUM 8% EXPECTED GRADE SMOOTH CONCRETE OR ASPHALT PAVEMENT (BETWEEN SITES) ROAD SURFACE MEDIUM TRUCK WARRANTY EXPECTED FRONT AXLE LOAD: 8,000 lbs. EXPECTED REAR DRIVE AXLE LOAD: 12,000 lbs. GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT CAPACITY: 20,000 lbs. Truck Service: AMBULANCE BODY EXPECTED TRUCK BODY LENGTH: 15.0 ft Engine: 6-CYLINDER TURBOCHARGED DIESEL, IN -LINE 6.7 LITER DISPLACEMENT, WITH A MINIMUM 260 OF 660 LB/FT. MOST SEVERE IN -TRANSIT CONFIGURATION. MINIMUM H.P. AND TORQUE RATING The following electronic parameters must be programmed into the ECM: LOW IDLE ADJUST - YES CRUISE CONTROL SET SPEED SAVE - YES CRUISE CONTROL ENABLE - YES CRUISE CONTROL AUTO RESUME - NO ROAD SPEED LIMIT MPH: 84.0 GEAR DOWN PROTECTION ENABLE - NO IDLE TIMER SHUTDOWN ENABLE- NO IDLE TIMER SHUTDOWN/PTO MODE - NO IDLE TIMER SHUTDOWN/OVERRIDE-NO PTO VEHICLE SPEED LIMIT: 6 MPH PTO THROTTLE OVERRIDE ENABLE PTO BRAKE OVERRIDE ENABLE PTO CLUTCH OVERRIDE ENABLE PTO SET/RESUME SPEED: 1000.0 RPM ONE (1) REMOTE PTO SET SPEED PTO/REMOTE PTO - YES PTO RPM W/CRSCTL SET SW OR CAT ON/OFF SW: 950.0 PTO RPM INCREMENT: 200.0 MIN RPM FOR PTO: 700.0 MAX RPM FOR PTO: 1000.0 VSS ANTI -TAMPERING - YES ENGINE MAINTENANCE MONITOR - ENABLE ENGINE MAINTENANCE MONITOR TYPE - AUTO REMOTE THROTTLE - DISABLE POWERTRAIN PROTECTION - DISABLE Engine Equipment: 2020 EPA/CARB EMISSION CERTIFICATION ENGINE MOUNTED OIL CHECK AND FILL AIR INTAKE SHALL INCLUDE AN NFPA COMPLIANT EMBER SCREEN AND A FIRE RETARDANT AIR CLEANER- DONALDSON OR EQUIVALENT. MINIMUM 270 AMP QUADRAPAD MOUNT ALTERNATOR WITH AC TAPS AT LEAST THREE, MATCHING 12 VOLT MAINTENANCE FREE THREADED STUD BATTERIES WITH A MINIMUM TOTAL 2700 CCA (COLD CRANKING AMPS). JUMPSTART STUDS SHOULD BE MOUNTED ON OR NEAR BATTERY TRAY. BATTERY BOX TO BE OUTBOARD FRAME -MOUNTED UNDER THE CAB, AND BE EQUIPPED WITH A FRAME GROUND RETURN FOR BATTERY CABLES. BATTERY BOX COVER SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED WITH A NON- CORROSIVE, COMPOSITE MATERIAL. AIR COMPRESSOR SHOULD BE RATED AT LEAST 15 CUBIC FEET/MINUTE AND HAVE AN INTERNAL SAFETY VALVE. STEEL AIR COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE LINE WITH INTEGRAL QUICK - CONNECT SYSTEM CHARGING VALVE. FIRE AND EMERGENCY SERVICE VEHICLES ENGINE WARNING SYSTEM. THE EXHAUST EMISSION SYSTEM MUST COMPLY WITH EPA 2014 REGULATIONS. THE HORIZONTAL TAILPIPE SHALL EXIT FORWARD OF THE REAR TIRES ON THE STREET SIDE OF THE VEHICLE AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE. FUEL FILTER SHOULD BE SPIN ON TYPE. ENGINE TO HAVE FULL FLOW OIL FILTER RADIATOR TO BE METAL ALLOY, AND BE AT LEAST 950 SQ. IN. IN SIZE. ANTIFREEZE TO BE RATED TO AT LEAST -34 DEGREES F AND CONSIST OF ETHYLENE GLYCOL PRE -CHARGED SCA. COOLANT HOSES SHOULD BE RATED AT 300 DEGREES F., GATES BLUE STRIPE OR EQUIVALENT. CONSTANT TENSION HOSE CLAMPS FOR COOLANT HOSES. ALUMINUM FLYWHEEL HOUSING ELECTRIC GRID AIR INTAKE WARMER HEAVY DUTY STARTER, DELCO 12V 38MT OR EQUIVALENT, WITH INTEGRATED MAGNETIC SWITCH Transmission: ALLISON 2500 EVS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WITH PTO PROVISION. Transmission Equipment: WTEC CALIBRATION - 6 SPEED EVS (PACKAGE 119). VEHICLE INTERFACE WIRING HARNESS AND BODY BUILDER CONNECTOR SHOULD BE LOCATED AT THE BACK OF CAB. ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION CUSTOMER ACCESS CONNECTOR TO BE MOUNTED AT THE BACK OF THE CAB. PLUGS, ENGINE DRAIN, TRANSMISSION DRAIN, AXLES FILL AND AXLES DRAIN SHOULD BE MAGNETIC TO TRAP INTERNAL SHAVINGS. TRANSMISSION GEAR SHIFTER SHOULD BE PUSH BUTTON -TYPE, ELECTRONIC, AND DASH MOUNTED. WATER TO OIL TRANSMISSION COOLER, MOUNTED IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT AREA. TRANSMISSION OIL CHECK AND FILL WITH ELECTRONIC OIL LEVEL CHECK. TRANSMISSION TO BE FILLED WITH SYNTHETIC FLUID, AND MUST BE CODE TES-295 COMPLIANT. Front Axle and Equipment: FRONT AXLE TO BE I -BEAM TYPE, AND BE RATED AT LEAST 8,000 LBS. CAM -TYPE FRONT BRAKES SHOULD BE AT LEAST 15" X 5". FIRE AND EMERGENCY SEVERE SERVICE, NON -ASBESTOS FRONT LINING CAST IRON FRONT BRAKE DRUMS. FRONT OIL SEALS TO BE CHICAGO RAWHIDE, SCOTSEAL, OR EQUIVALENT. FRONT HUB CAPS SHOULD BE VENTED. FRONT AXLE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC FRONT SLACK ADJUSTERS. SINGLE POWER STEERING GEAR SHOULD BE HEAVY DUTY, AND BE EQUIPPED WITH A POWER STEERING PUMP. POWER STEERING RESERVOIR SHOULD HOLD A MINIMUM OF 1.5 QUARTS. PETROLEUM BASED SAE 80/90 LUBE FOR FRONT HUBS. Front Suspension: 8,000# TAPERLEAF FRONT SUSPENSION WITH MAINTENANCE FREE RUBBER BUSHINGS. SHOULD ALSO HAVE A FRONT STABILIZER BAR AND BE EQUIPPED WITH HEAVY DUTY SHOCK ABSORBERS. Rear Axle and Equipment: REAR AXLE TO BE RATED AT 13,000 LBS. REAR AXLE RATIO TO MATCH 84 MPH TOP SPEED WITH TRANSMISSION AND ENGINE COMBINATION. IRON REAR AXLE CARRIER WITH STANDARD AXLE HOUSING. HEAVY DUTY DRIVELINE WITH HALF ROUND YOKES. CAM -TYPE REAR BRAKES TO BE AT LEAST 15" X 6", WITH DOUBLE ANCHOR, FABRICATED BRAKE SHOES. BRAKE SHOES TO HAVE FIRE AND EMERGENCY SEVERE SERVICE NON - ASBESTOS REAR BRAKE LINING. REAR BRAKE DRUMS TO BE CAST IRON. REAR OIL SEALS TO BE CHICAGO RAWHIDE, SCOTSEAL, OR EQUIVALENT. LONGSTROKE 1-DRIVE AXLE SPRING PARKING CHAMBERS AXLE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC REAR SLACK ADJUSTERS. PETROLEUM BASED SAE 80/90 REAR AXLE LUBE Rear Suspension: REAR SUSPENSION TO BE AIR RIDE, AND RATED AT LEAST 12,000 LBS. SUSPENSION TO BE SET AT LOW -POSITION RIDE HEIGHT. SUSPENSION SHOULD HAVE A MANUAL DUMP SWITCH FOR AIR BAGS, WITH AUTOFILL OVERRIDE VALVE AND AIR GAUGE. REAR AIR SUSPENSION DUMP VALVE SHOULD AUTOFILL WHEN TRUCK IS RESTARTED, OR WHEN SPEED EXCEEDS 5 MPH. SHOULD ALSO INCLUDE OVERRIDE CONTROL SWITCH TO PREVENT INADVERTENT RAISING OF TRUCK DURING PATIENT LOADING/UNLOADING. SUSPENSION TO HAVE INSTANT RESPONSE REAR SUSPENSION LEVELING VALVES FOR STABILITY. REAR STABILIZER BAR AND TRANSVERSE CONTROL RODS HEAVY DUTY REAR SHOCK ABSORBERS Brake System: AIR BRAKE PACKAGE 4S/4M ABS WITHOUT TRACTION CONTROL REINFORCED NYLON, FABRIC BRAID AND WIRE BRAID CHASSIS AIR LINES FIBER BRAID PARKING BRAKE HOSE STANDARD BRAKE SYSTEM VALVES RELAY VALVE WITH 5-8 PSI CRACK PRESSURE, NO REAR PROPORTIONING VALVE WABCO SS1200 WITH SPIN ON DESICCANT FILTER STEEL AIR BRAKE RESERVOIRS STANDARD AIR SYSTEM PRESSURE PROTECTION SYSTEM BENDIX DV-2 AUTO DRAIN VALVE WITH HEATER — PRIMARY WET TANK Ambulance Body Builder Connections: HANGER/SUPPORT UPGRADED CHASSIS MULTIPLEXING UNIT UPGRADED BULKHEAD MULTIPLEXING UNIT Wheelbase & Frame: 170-174" WHEELBASE, OR MANUFACTURER'S SETTING TO ACHIEVE 102-105" CA. MINIMUM 80,000 PSI FRAME RAILS, TO ACHIEVE AT LEAST 10.74 SECTION MODULUS, AND AN RBM RATING OF NO LESS THAN 859,200 IN. LBS. 63-72" REAR FRAME OVERHANG SQUARE END OF FRAME FRONT CLOSING CROSSMEMBER STANDARD WEIGHT ENGINE CROSSMEMBER STANDARD MIDSHIP #1 CROSSMEMBER STANDARD REARMOST CROSSMEMBER STANDARD SUSPENSION CROSSMEMBER Chassis Equipment: CHROMED STEEL BUMPER WITH LH AND RH CUTOUTS FOR SPEAKERS. FRONT TOW HOOKS - FRAME MOUNTED. BUMPER MOUNTING FOR SINGLE LICENSE PLATE. REAR MUDFLAPS TO BE INSTALLED BY BODY COMPANY. CLEAR FRAME RAILS FROM BACK OF CAB TO FRONT REAR SUSPENSION BRACKET, BOTH RAILS OUTBOARD. GRADE 8 THREADED FRAME FASTENERS. Fuel Tanks: 50 GALLON MINIMUM FUEL CAPACITY. PLAIN STEP FINISH. FUEL TANK CAP. FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR MOUNTED IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT. FUEL SYSTEM TO BE EQUIPPED WITH PRIMER PUMP, IN THE EVENT THE TRUCK RUNS OUT OF FUEL. REINFORCED NYLON FUEL HOSE. Tires: 245/70R19.5 12-PLY RADIAL FRONT TIRES: GOODYEAR G647RSS OR EQUIVALENT 245/70R19.5 12-PLY RADIAL REAR TIRES: GOODYEAR G622RSD OR EQUIVALENT Hubs: ALUMINUM FRONT HUBS WITH PRE-SET BEARINGS ALUMINUM REAR HUBS WITH PRE-SET BEARINGS Wheels: 19.5 X 7.50 10-HUB PILOT ALUMINUM DISC FRONT WHEELS. 19.5 X 7.50 10-HUB PILOT ALUMINUM DISC REAR WHEELS OUTSIDE OF ALL WHEELS TO BE POLISHED WITH "ACCU-SHIELD" PROCESS. Cab Exterior: CONVENTIONALTWO-DOOR CAB CONSTRUCTED OF EITHER ALUMINUM OR GALVANIZED STEEL (STEEL CABS MUST BE UNDERCOATED WITH ZIEBART PROCESS). CAB MOUNTED TO CHASSIS UTILIZING RUBBER CAB MOUNTS. LH AND RH EXTERIOR GRAB HANDLES TO BE EQUIPPED WITH FULL-LENGTH RUBBER INSERTS. STATIONARY FULL GRILLE TO ALLOW FOR MOUNTING OF EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AT FRONT OF TRUCK. HOOD MOUNTED AIR INTAKE GRILLE (CHROMED OR BLACK) FIBERGLASS FORWARD TILTING HOOD DUAL ELECTRIC HORNS DOOR LOCKS AND IGNITION SWITCH KEYED THE SAME REAR LICENSE PLATE MOUNT END OF FRAME INTEGRAL HEADLIGHT/MARKER ASSEMBLY WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS. (5) LED MARKER LIGHTS AT TOP OF CAB. OMIT STOP/TAIL/BACKUP LIGHTS AND PROVIDE WIRING WITH SEPARATE STOP/TURN WIRES TO 4' BEYOND END OF FRAME STANDARD FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMPS DUAL WEST COAST BRIGHT FINISH HEATED MIRRORS WITH LH AND RH REMOTE. MIRRORS SHOULD BE AT LEAST 16.5" X 7" AND HAVE BREAKAWAY - STYLE BRACKETS. CAB SHOULD ACCOMMODATE A 102" EQUIPMENT WIDTH. LH AND RH MINIMUM 7" BRIGHT FINISH CONVEX MIRRORS MOUNTED UNDER PRIMARY MIRRORS STANDARD SIDE/REAR REFLECTORS TINTED DOOR GLASS LH AND RH WITH TINTED WING WINDOWS. RH AND LH ELECTRIC POWERED WINDOWS. TINTED WINDSHIELD. WINDSHIELD WASHER RESERVOIR SHOULD HOLD AT LEAST ONE AND ONE HALF GALLON OF WASHER FLUID. Cab Interior: INTERIOR SHOULD BE MANUFACTURERS HIGH LEVEL GREY VINYL. DELUXE INTERIOR CONVENIENCE PACKAGE. MOLDED DOOR PANEL WITH UPPER VINYL INSERTS. FLOOR TO HAVE VINYL MATS WITH INSULATION. CAB TO BE EQUIPPED WITH FORWARD ROOF MOUNTED CONSOLE WITH UPPER STORAGE COMPARTMENTS. DASH SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH A STORAGE COMPARTMENT. STORAGE COMPARTMENTS ALSO IN BOTH LH AND RH DOOR PANELS. DIGITAL FLUSH MOUNTED CLOCK IN DASH (2) CUP HOLDERS LH AND RH DASH DASH PANEL CONTROLS SHOULD ALL BE ACCESSIBLE TO DRIVER. ADDITIONAL REMOTE PROGRAMMABLE MODULE TO FACILITATE BODY INSTALLATION. HEAVY DUTY HEATER, DEFROSTER, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM. STANDARD HVAC DUCTING MAIN HVAC CONTROLS WITH RECIRCULATION SWITCH HEATER PLUMBING SHOULD HAVE BALL SHUTOFF VALVES. A/C UNIT TO HAVE TWO HEAVY DUTY AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSORS DRIVEN BY SERPENTINE BELT, WITH COOLANT RATED AT R-134A (U.S. STANDARD). SILENCER INSULATION PACKAGE FOR CAB. SOLID-STATE CIRCUIT PROTECTION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. 12V NEGATIVE GROUND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. DOME LIGHTS TO BE ACTIVATED BY BOTH LH AND RH DOORS, WITH DUAL READING LIGHTS, LOCATED AT CAB ROOF. LH AND RH ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS. (2) 12 VOLT POWER SUPPLY IN DASH. HIGH BACK AIR SUSPENSION DRIVER SEAT, NFPA COMPLIANT. HIGH BACK AIR SUSPENSION PASSENGER SEAT, NFPA COMPLIANT. DUAL DRIVER SEAT ARMRESTS AND PASSENGER SEAT INBOARD ARMREST. LH AND RH INTEGRAL DOOR PANEL ARMRESTS. GRAY MORDURA CLOTH DRIVER SEAT COVER. GRAY MORDURA CLOTH PASSENGER SEAT COVER. 3 POINT HIGH VISIBILITY ORANGE RETRACTOR DRIVER AND PASSENGER SEAT BELTS. ADJUSTABLE TILT AND TELESCOPING STEERING COLUMN. 18" (450MM) STEERING WHEEL. DRIVER AND PASSENGER INTERIOR SUN VISORS. Instruments & Controls: INSTRUMENT PANEL TO BE GRAY IN COLOR, OR MANUFACTURER'S CLOSEST EQUIVALENT. DASH TO BE EQUIPPED WITH THE FOLLOWING: LOW AIR PRESSURE LIGHT AND BUZZER. 2" PRIMARY AND SECONDARY AIR PRESSURE GAUGES. DASH MOUNTED AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR WITH GRADUATIONS. 97 DB BACKUP ALARM. CRUISE CONTROL WITH SWITCHES ON STEERING WHEEL OR IN DASH. KEY OPERATED IGNITION SWITCH AND INTEGRAL START POSITION; 4 POSITION OFF/RUN/START/ACCESSORY ODOMETER/TRIP/HOUR/DIAGNOSTIC/VOLTAGE METERS. ODOMETER MUST READ TO THE 1/10T" OF A MILE. DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE CONNECTOR, 9 PIN, SAE J1587/1708/1939, LOCATED BELOW DASH 2" ELECTRIC FUEL GAUGE. PROGRAMMABLE RPM CONTROL - ELECTRONIC ENGINE. ELECTRICAL ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE. 2" TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE. ENGINE AND TRIP HOUR METERS. ELECTRIC ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE. AM/FM/WB/CD/MP3 PREMIUM RADIO, DASH MOUNTED. (2) RADIO SPEAKERS IN CAB. AM/FM ANTENNA. POWER AND GROUND STUDS IN/UNDER DASH. ELECTRONIC MPH SPEEDOMETER. ELECTRONIC 3000 RPM TACHOMETER. IGNITION SWITCH CONTROLLED ENGINE STOP. DIGITAL VOLTAGE DISPLAY INTEGRAL WITH DRIVER DISPLAY. SINGLE ELECTRIC WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR WITH DELAY. MARKER LIGHT SWITCH INTEGRAL WITH HEADLIGHT SWITCH. ONE VALVE PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM WITH WARNING INDICATOR. SELF CANCELING TURN SIGNAL SWITCH WITH DIMMER, WASHER/WIPER AND HAZARD IN HANDLE. INTEGRAL ELECTRONIC TURN SIGNAL FLASHER WITH HAZARD LAMPS OVERRIDING STOP LAMPS. Design: PAINT: ONE SOLID COLOR Color: CAB COLOR A: L2684EB RED (COLOR TO MATCH MOST RECENT PURCHASE) CHASSIS FRAME PAINT: WHITE POLYURETHANE Extended Warranty: CHASSIS WARRANTY TO BE AT LEAST 3 YEARS/36,000 MILES ENGINE WARRANTY TO BE 5 YRS/200,000 MILES ALLISON TRANSMISSION WARRANTY, 5 YRS/UNLIMITED MILES Y N 2.1 OEM AIR RIDE SYSTEM An OEM air ride system will be on chassis. Manufacturer will install a red, low air indicator light in the front console and a dump cancel switch by the passenger rear entry door. The unit will dump with the opening of one of the rear entry doors and with the OEM dump switch in the dash. Y N 2.3 FUEL SYSTEM CAPACITY The fuel system capacity shall be a minimum of 50 gallons and shall meet FMVSS 301 "Fuel System Integrity". Y N 2.4 TIRES The vehicle shall be equipped with seven (7) wheels and tires. The tires shall be OEM supplied 245/70R19.5 12-ply load range F steel belted radials as specified in chassis specification segment. 2.5 REAR AXLE The rear axle shall be as specified in the chassis details of this specification. To ensure patient comfort, assist with vehicle stability, and provide the required loading height, a rear air suspension with a 12,000-pound capacity shall be used. This system shall include a 5.3" ride height, an air reservoir, an engine -mounted compressor, shock absorbers, and dump control. 2.5.1 ANTI -SWAY CONTROL A Road Master Brand 1.50" diameter front and rear sway bar (or equal) shall be provided to assist vehicle stability. This Road Master Brand sway bar shall be engineered to improve handling characteristics by reducing the body roll and balancing the weight transfer during cornering. 2.6 ELECTRIC THROTTLE The OEM throttle device shall be preset to the proper RPM. Depressing the brake pedal or shifting into gear shall deactivate it. 2.7 APPOINTMENTS The manufacturer's heaviest duty heating and air conditioning package must be used. The vehicle shall be equipped with dual electric multi-speed/delay windshield wipers and washer mechanism. The seatbelt/shoulder harness mechanisms shall be encased with a high impact plastic trim housing color keyed to match the driver's compartment. The balance of the driver's compartment trim shall be accomplished by the use of Formica, carpet, and cloth backed vinyl trim panels with 3/8" high - density foam padding (having an R factor of 0.25). 2.8 HEADLINER The cab headliner shall be OEM standard automotive cloth. 2.9 BULKHEAD CAB The bulkhead cab wall shall be the OEM wall, which matches the dash color scheme. 2.10 SIGN One (1) "NO SMOKING OXYGEN EQUIPPED" and "FASTEN SEATBELT" sign shall be installed in the driver's compartment on top of the floor mount console - toward walk-thru. 2.11 MAP BOX Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N �1 � A map box and three (3) latex glove box holders and trash receptacle shall be provided and installed on the cab floor, between the driver and passenger seating positions. It shall be easily accessible by either the driver or passenger. Exact design shall be the same as the Department's newest ambulances. 2.12 BATTERY SWITCH A battery switch is to be installed. This system will open the power circuit from the batteries to the main circuit board and interrupt power to all conversion functions. 2.13 TIRE FILL EXTENSIONS Dicor stainless steel braided fill extensions shall be provided on both inside and outside rear tires of the dual rear wheel vehicle. 2.14 MIRRORS Side mounted rear view mirrors shall be provided with chrome, polished finish. They shall incorporate both flat and standard convex heads. The primary mirror shall be at least 16.5" x 7" in dimension, and the convex head at least 8" in dimension. Mirror assemblies shall attach to the body utilizing breakaway -type brackets. Mirrors shall be electrically operated and heated. 3.0 VEHICLE WIRING All insulated cable shall conform to SAE J1292 requirements and shall have type GXL high temperature thermoplastic insulation conforming to SAE J1127 and J1128. All wire shall be of a gauge size to carry 125% of the current required by the specific circuit without overheating. All wires are to be color coded and stamped with the function of the circuit every four [4] inches for the continuous length of the line. Where practical or required, all wires shall be routed in high temperature looms with a rating of 300 degrees Fahrenheit. All conductors shall be annealed copper with machine crimps. Wiring harnesses shall be assembled and warranted by the vehicle manufacturer. This system must meet or exceed AMD Standard 005, Ambulance 12-Volt DC Electrical System. 3.1 ALTERNATOR One (1) internally regulated and internally rectified LN 12-volt 270-amp alternator shall be supplied. The alternator must be covered by the Leece Neville warranty. 3.2 WIRING MODULE An angled cabinet forward of the rear facing Technician's seat shall house the main bank of electrical components. Solenoids, relays, circuit breakers, etc. shall be on the electrical distribution panel behind a ventilated door measuring approximately 55" high x 18" wide. This door shall hinge on the left side for ease of access for maintenance and repair and shall have a SouthCo flip -latch to secure it in the closed position. Adequate ventilation shall be supplied through two (2) polished metal, louvered vents located near the top and bottom of the door. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 3.3 PORTABLE EQUIPMENT CHARGING CIRCUIT Two (2) additional 12 VDC circuits for charging portable battery powered devices, i.e. Suction units, hand lights, defibrillators, portable radios, etc. shall be provided. These circuits shall prevent discharge of chassis batteries by only permitting the charging of portable devices when the vehicle is either running or the battery conditioner is connected to shore power (operational). This implies that a battery conditioner is required and may be specified in a different location within these detailed specifications but is not necessarily being specified within this paragraph. A minimum of 10-amp circuit breaker protection shall be provided for each circuit. These tagged, identified leads shall be located, one (1) in the patient compartment and one (1) in the vehicle cab. These leads shall not be connected to power nor shall they have any connectors attached at either end. These circuits are intended for unspecified future use. 3.4 SEQUENCER / LOAD MANAGER To prevent excessive loading or load spikes on the electrical generating system at system start up, a sequencer/load manager shall be integrated into the main circuit board for stepped control of the main master emergency functions. The sequencer shall sequence ON or OFF all master emergency functions at 0.5 second intervals. The sequencer/load manager shall sequence specified loads ON, in the following manner: 1. Body Warning Lights 2. Patient Compartment Dome Lights 3. Patient Compartment HVAC 4. Front Light Bar 5. Intersection and Grille Lights 6. Rear Light Bar- if installed 7. Wig -Wag Headlights- if installed When a "low voltage" situation is detected, an audible alarm shall sound, and an indicator light shall illuminate signaling the situation. When the vehicle transmission is in PARK, the load manager shall shed emergency functions until the system output voltage and the amperage draw of the systems still in operation equalize. When in PARK and the vehicle PARK BRAKE is applied, the Stationary Elevated Idle Control (SEIC) will activate to provide additional voltage for the system. If the "low voltage", 12.0 volts or lower persists, the sequencer/load manager shall initiate the load shedding sequence at each 0.2-volt increment in the reverse order of these emergency functions. NOTE: Vital medical equipment such as suction aspirator system and/or electric oxygen valve shall not be included in the load shedding sequence. These systems shall remain powered until total failure of the electrical generating system occurs. Y N 3.5 LOW VOLTAGE MONITORING SYSTEM There shall be installed, as an integral function of the ambulance conversion main power board, circuitry that continually monitors electrical system voltage. This system shall activate an audible alarm and a steady burn red LED warning light to indicate that system voltage has reached or fallen below 11.7 volts. There shall be included a switch to deactivate the audible alarm. The audible alarm, LED indicator light and the switch shall be located on an auxiliary control panel located in the drivers control console below the main switch panel. 3.6 DRIVER SWITCHING CONSOLE A console shall be built onto the engine cover. At the far right of the console will be housed the patient code lights and door open indicator lights. The ammeter, voltmeter, and battery indicator lights shall be located on a separate panel. The ammeter, depending on equipment/chassis manufacturer specified, shall indicate the current flow to the batteries or from the alternator. The 12-volt voltmeter shall indicate the voltage of the batteries. An audible low voltage -warning device shall be installed with a reset cancel switch. This device shall sound whenever the voltage of the vehicle drops below 11.8 volts. This device shall automatically reset once the batteries are above 11.8 volts. An engine hour meter will be located near the bottom of the console on the driver's side and will be wired to ensure an accurate reading of running hours. Both the volt and ammeters shall be digital with LED display. The complete console, manufactured of automotive plastics, shall be free of sharp edges and molded to match the contours of the engine cover. It shall contain all emergency switches, module switching, and legends according to their function and have backlighting controlled by the headlight rheostat. The switches shall be Euro- style, moisture resistant, rocker type, and shall be UL listed and CSA approved. Switch terminals shall be 1/4" spade types. The switch legends shall be engraved plastic inserts. The backlighting shall light the words themselves rather than the background. Backlighting shall be accomplished with electro-luminescent light strips for their benefits of consistent light output, low amp draw, and extended service life. Switch location and configuration to match current SBFD Medic 4. The console shall contain the following features: Master Primary/Secondary Front Light bar Backup Alarm Disable Horn/Siren Left side Scene Lights Rear Load Lights Right side Scene Lights Module Disconnect Patient Status Indicator Lights Patient Door Open Red Light Compartment Door Open Amber Light Hour meter [1] Ammeters Voltmeter Battery Indicator Lights Spare Switch Additional switches shall be added to the console when specified in this document. 3.7 AUDIBLE ALARM An audible "Door Open" alarm shall be provided and installed in the driver's console. It shall warn the driver if any compartment or module entry door on the vehicle is open or ajar and the vehicle is placed into gear. Y N Y N Y N 3.8 INTERCOM SYSTEM A pre -wire shall be done with Department provided cables for a headset intercom system. This must be verified by SBFD representative prior to installation. 3.8.1 Two (2) 22-gauge 9 wire cable shall be installed from the forward area of the overhead squad bench cabinet to under the chassis radio/siren console. 3.9 BATTERIES There shall be three (3) matching "No Maintenance" 12-volt batteries. They shall total not less than 2,700 CCA with 180 minutes of reserve capacity. The batteries shall be located in the OEM location under the driver step, below cab door, in a tray. Add on step shall not hinder battery access. 3.10 SEAT BASE INTERNAL 12 VOLT DC POWER For certain standard internal 12-volt DC power circuits, there shall be circuit protection provided by the use of manual reset breakers mounted in the outboard panel of the driver's seat base. Potter & Brumfield 12 VDC breakers shall separately protect the Radio Power circuit with a 40-amp breaker; the Constant Power circuit with a 20-amp breaker; the Ford auto -throttle system with a 10-amp breaker; and the Isolator circuit for the two (2) additional 12 VDC charging circuits required in 21-02- 00, a 20-amp breaker. Due to the potential danger associated with a separate "battery hot" circuit, no exceptions to the above will be allowed. This Isolator circuit includes a "low voltage" Schottky Diode to isolate medical equipment batteries from any electrical loads. The diode shall be located and electrically connected between the circuit breaker and the receptacles. Additional breakers may be added for optional equipment such as power door locks, multiple radio installations or compressor pumps. Additional radio leads including hot wire, ignition switched hot wire and ground shall be provided. One set shall be in the front console and one set in the rear action area. Each power lead shall have a 30-amp circuit breaker and include one 12-volt hotwire and fuse holder with 30 amp. 3.11 POWER OUTLETS Two (2) 12-volt power point style outlets shall be installed. One (1) shall be provided in the forward section of the primary action area, above the countertop and one (1) in the upper section of the ALS cabinet. 3.12 115 VOLT AC POWER There shall be 115-volt AC wiring furnished. A three -wire system is used for powering medical equipment, battery charger, etc. This electrical system, including wiring and associated equipment, shall comply with AMD STD 009, 120V AC Electrical Systems. The system shall incorporate a hospital grade GFI (Ground Fault Interrupt) device with a 20-amp circuit breaker that can also be used as a disconnect switch for the interior 115-volt outlets. The GFI device shall be located on the street side in the action area. When an inverter is specified, an automatic transfer switch shall be furnished which will automatically turn off the inverter 115-volt supply when the 115-volt utility shoreline power is applied. 3.13 INVERTER Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N A Vanner, model #20-1050CUL inverter shall be provided and installed. The Vanner 20-1050CUL/CULW AC Power System shall combine a powerful DC to AC power inverter with an automatic battery charger/conditioner and a 30-amp AC transfer switch. When connected to shore power (AC utility power) the vehicle's battery is charged, than automatically maintained in full charge condition. The shore power shall be automatically connected to the system's AC output receptacle to supply power to the AC loads. When shore power is disconnected, (vehicle underway) the automatic transfer switch shall connect the AC output receptacle to the power inverter, which obtains power from the 12 volt battery. The 20-1050CUL/CULW system shall contain a front panel LED indicator status panel and interface connector for the remote monitor/control unit. The inverter shall be mounted in the lower forward corner of the D2 compartment. 3.14 EXTERIOR SHORE POWER There shall be a Kussmaul 115 volt "Auto -Eject" plug rated at 20 amps or more with a spring -loaded cover assembly, UL listed for exterior use, located on the left side of the ambulance body close to the driver's door. The plug shall be equipped with a Dynamic Disconnect Switch. This shall energize the vehicle's 115-volt AC circuit from an exterior power source. This connector must be labeled: "115-volt AC, 60 Hz, 20-amp power supply". 3.15 INTERIOR 115 VOLT AC OUTLETS There shall be three (3) three -wire duplex 115-volt AC hospital grade receptacles. There shall be one [1] in the primary action area, one [1] in the second action area and one [1] in the ALS cabinet. There shall be red indicator lights located within each 115-volt outlet to indicate a live "hot" circuit. Add -on style indicators are not acceptable. The receptacles shall be clearly labeled: "115 VAC". 3.15.1 Two (2) additional three -wire duplex 115-volt AC hospital grade receptacles shall also be provided and installed. The one (1) shall be located over the squad bench and one (1) in the lower ALS cabinet. There shall be red indicator lights located within the 115-volt outlet to indicate a live "hot" circuit. It shall be clearly labeled: "115 VAC". 3.16 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT All electrical equipment shall be electromagnetic radiation suppressed, filtered, or shielded to prevent interference with radio and telemetry equipment. The RFI shall not exceed SAE J551 limits. 3.17 SPOTLIGHT There shall be one (1) Optronics "Blue Eye 4000" hand-held spotlight (400,000- candle power) hardwired and located behind the driver seat. The spotlight must be weatherproof, corrosion and chip resistant, have a non -glare "Blue Eye" bulb, and have a momentary "on" switch. A hanger shall be supplied for the spotlight. 4.0 SIREN A Federal, model #PA300MSC siren with microphone shall be provided. It shall include wail, yelp, air horn, Hi-Lo tone, user selectable switching for horn ring tap and press/hold, manual horn/siren and radio rebroadcast. Fused circuit failure protection, Y N Y N Y N 1'r�1� front panel public address volume control and built-in noise canceling microphone are also included. 4.1 SPEAKERS A CPI #SA4311 D speaker shall be securely bolted through the chassis OEM front bumper on the driver's side. A CPI #SA4311 P speaker shall be securely bolted through the chassis OEM front bumper on the passenger's side. 4.2 AIR HORNS Two (2) Grover Stutter tone non-adjustable air horns shall be provided and installed on the hood. The air horns shall be powered by the chassis OEM compressor & air reservoir. A check valve shall be installed between the air horns and the air reservoir to prevent depletion of air reservoir. 4.2.1 A foot pedal switch shall be provided on the outboard, vertical surface of the floor on the passenger's side of the cab. It shall activate the air horns. Labeled "AIR HORN" 4.2.2 A lanyard shall be provided in the center of the headliner of the cab. It shall activate the air horns. 4.3 BACKUP ALARM A Preco, Model #230 backup alarm (or equal) shall be installed on a 2" x 2" floor tube at the rear of the ambulance. This alarm shall activate whenever the ambulance is put into reverse gear. There shall be a momentary switch in the driver's switch console that will cancel the alarm. The system shall have an automatic reset to activate the alarm the next time the vehicle is placed into reverse. When activated, this alarm shall generate an intermittent warning tone at a minimum of 97 dB as prescribed by KKK-A-1822F. 5.0 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Exterior lighting shall conform to FMVSS 108 and consist of halogen headlights, ICC clearance lights with chrome brush guards, parking lights, hazard warning lights, license plate lights, tail, stop, and backup lights. Tail and stoplights shall have red, clear, and amber lenses. Electrical wires for the taillights shall be sealed to protect them from the elements of weather. There shall also be two (2) side body rear lights with red lenses that flash with turn signals and steady burn with the DOT lights. There shall be, included with the bid, evidence from the lighting manufacturer that all specified warning lights meet the photometric and chromaticity requirements of the current version of KKK-A-1822 as certified by a third -party testing entity. 5.0.1 Eleven (11) Whelan OS series ICC/DOT lights shall be provided and installed on the upper ambulance module body. Each light shall be LED type with a protective chrome bezel. Two (2) each shall be installed on the side upper body corner extrusion area. Five (5) shall be installed on the rear and (2) shall be installed on the front upper body corner extrusion area. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 5.1 STOP, TAIL, TURN AND BACK-UP LIGHTS Tail and stoplights shall be Whelen 600 Series LED, red and the backup lights shall be Whelen 600 Series LED clear lights with integral Whelen flanges. All LEDs and the electrical wires for the taillights and turn indicators shall be sealed and or encapsulated to protect them from the elements of weather. Turn lights shall be Whelen 600 Series LED amber arrow turns with integral Whelen flanges. The tail/stoplights turn arrows and back-up shall be mounted vertically on the rear module body. 5.2 FRONT WARNING LIGHTS An ETM "Traffic Mover Pulse" headlight flasher shall be provided. The flasher shall produce 3.6 flashes per second. 5.2.1 Two (2) Whelen 700 Series red Super LED lights, each with a Cast Products, Inc. bezel shall be provided in the front grille area, each with a clear lens. 5.2.2 Two (2) Whelen 400 Series red Linear12 Super LED intersector lights, each with a clear lens and flange shall be provided. 5.2.3 Seven (7) Whelen 900 Super LED front body light with an integral 9E flange shall be provided and mounted evenly across the top of the front body. The lens colors shall be clear with the LED colors from left to right: red, clear, red, clear, red, clear, red. 5.2.4 There shall also be two (2) Whelen 600 Series LED side turn body lights, one (1) mounted each upper corner of the front of the body, with amber lenses and arrows that flash with turn signals. 5.3 SIDE BODY LIGHTS Four (4) Whelen 900 Series red Super LED side body lights with an integral 9E flange shall be provided and mounted one (1) in each upper corner on both sides of the body. The lens colors shall be clear on both the street side and curbside light sets. 5.3.1 There shall also be two (2) Whelen 700 Series Red LED side body rear lights with red lenses and integral flanges that flash with turn signals and steady burn with the DOT lights. 5.3.2 Two (2) Whelen 700 Series red Super LED lights, each with an integral 7E flange and a clear lens shall be provided and mounted one (1) directly above each rear wheel well. 5.4 SCENE LIGHTS There shall be three (3) Whelen 24 LED 900 Series 8-32-degree scene light installed on each side of the body. Each scene light shall have a clear lens with directional LEDs to cast downward illumination. Each side shall be independently lighted and Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N switched separately in the driver's switch console. The lights shall be a minimum of 75" above the ground and not obstructed by open doors. The scene lights shall meet the current AMD Standard 024- Scene Light Performance. Y N 5.4.1 The two (2) curbside scene lights shall activate when the side entry door is opened and the (2) rearmost scene lights shall activate when the vehicle is placed in reverse. Y N 5.5 REAR BODY LIGHTS Three (3) Whelen 900 Series Super LED lights with clear lenses shall be installed. Two (2) shall be red Super -LEDs, model 90RR5SRR, surface mounted on the upper rear module body corners. One (1) shall be an amber Super -LED, model 90AA5SAA, surface mounted on the upper rear module body center. Y N 5.6 LOAD LIGHTS Two (2) Whelen 900 Series model #9SCOENZR Opti-Scene 8-32-degree LED load lights with flanges shall be located above the rear doors. Each light shall have an inner lens giving a downward cast to the light beam and activate when the rear doors are opened or the vehicle is placed in reverse gear. There shall also be a switch on the driver's console to activate the rear load lights when the doors are closed. The lights shall be a minimum of 75" above the ground and not obstructed by open doors. Y N 5.7 RUBRAIL LIGHTS Six (6) Whelen LED Strip-Lite lights shall be provided and mounted in the C-Channel rub rails. One (1) red in each forward and rearward corner and one (1) white center shall be provided on both sides of the body. The side entry door C-Channel rub rail light shall activate to steady burn with opening of the side entry door. These Lights shall be installed in the C-channel rub rail to provide protection for this warning light. Due to this being a high wear area of the vehicle, installation of the lights above or below the rub rail are more exposed to damage and unacceptable Y N 5.8 WARNING LIGHT FLASH REQUIREMENTS Within the flash pattern established for each light or light group by KKK-A-1822F, each emergency light shall flash on/off 75 to 125 times per minute. Each light shall have a minimum of 20 square inches of illuminated viewing area. The flash pattern for the warning lights on this vehicle shall be as described in KKK-A-1822F, Section 3.8.2.1, Table 1. Compliance with this specification shall not be compromised in order to maintain a high level of conspicuity for 360-degrees around the vehicle. Y N 5.9 PARK OVERRIDE WITH AUTOMATIC RESET CANCEL SWITCH All forward facing clear lights shall be shut off when the vehicle is placed into park or neutral. An override switch shall be provided in the front switch console. Y N 5.9.1 BRAKE OVERRIDE Two [2] rear mid -height lights shall be wired to brakes. The brakes shall override the flashers. Y N 6.0 CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS The body shall be 170" long and 93.5" high. All body panels, structures, and extrusions shall be fabricated of aluminum using alloys consistent with the load requirements of the vehicle. Unitized body construction will be accomplished by MIG welding all sheets, radius extrusions, corners, structural members together. All body surface aluminum side panels and roof panels shall be intermittently Heli arc welded to the body frame support members in such a manner as to provide maximum strength and durability without causing heat warp. All exterior metal -to -metal body seams or the area of attachment of one aluminum panel to another shall be Heli arc welded. All such welds shall be ground smooth for proper paint adhesion and appearance. The body structure shall be built and warranted by the vehicle manufacturer. The vehicle must additionally meet or exceed AMD Standard 001, Static Load Test for Ambulance Body Structure. 6.1 CERTIFIED WELDING PERSONNEL To assure that the specified vehicle meets the letter, as well as the intent of the Specification, the welding of body structure, chassis attachment points, doors, any aluminum or stainless steel components or attachments shall be performed by or directly supervised by personnel Certified by the American Standard Welding Association (ASWA). Those individuals shall have proof of current certification and shall make such proof available to the department upon reasonable demand. Y N 6.2 CORNER EXTRUSIONS To ensure weight support and structure durability in the event of an accident or impact the utmost strength in corner posts must be used. A radius arched aluminum extrusion is required. The extrusion shall include a full-length reinforcing member that extends from the crest of the curvature to the focal point of the outer arch. The continuous gusset must be extruded into the corner radius. Corner posts that are a part of the exterior body skin are not recommended as they may pull away at the point of impact. The extrusions must have a minimum strength of 29,000 psi. Y N 6.3 ROOF The roof shall be constructed of one-piece .090" aluminum. This aluminum shall be a highly corrosion resistant alloy and a tensile strength range of 28,000 to 33,000 psi. The roof substructure shall be constructed of four (4) full-length "Z" sections MIG welded to the roof for support. The "Z" sections shall be a series of six (6) separate pieces running full length, front to back, bridging to the roof bow framework. They shall be of equally spaced distance, inboard to outboard, stair stepped sizes of 3/4" x 1-1/2" x 3/4" inboard, 3/4" x 1-1/4" x 3/4" center, and 3/4" x 1" x 3/4" outboard to form a crowned roof facilitating water runoff and ice build-up. The roof shall then be reinforced the entire length of the unit. For this reason, flat roofs shall be considered unacceptable. There shall be in addition to the above supports, twelve (12) .125" x 2" x 2" cross members welded to the "Z" sections 12" on center and be made of a highly corrosion resistant alloy with a tensile strength range of 31,000 to 35,000 psi. Aluminum plates shall be welded between the roof support channels to mount lighting fixtures, assist rails, hanging stretcher mounts, and IV holders. Corner gussets shall be Heli arc welded to the roof radius extrusions to enhance roof load bearing characteristics. Horizontal corner extrusions shall be .125" thickness and 2- 1/2" radius. There shall be an integral drip rail formed into the extrusion. The horizontal extrusions shall use an interlocking method to secure the roof sheet into the envelope of the extrusion. The horizontal extrusions shall be of an open -face design for insertion of 2" x 2" x .125" tube structural members. Corner caps shall be .125" cast aluminum and welded in place. 6.4 SIDES The sides shall be constructed of .125" aluminum sheets with a highly corrosion resistant alloy and a tensile strength range of 28,000 to 33,000 psi. The body shall have straight sides free of waves and welding warpage. Doorjambs shall be formed integral into the sidewall .125" aluminum sheets (extruded doorframes are not acceptable). Each sidewall shall have twelve (12) vertical .125" x 2" x 2" wall studs 12" on center and joined to the roof supports. The box 2" x 2" channels shall be a highly corrosion resistant alloy with a tensile strength range of 31,000 to 35,000 psi. All box 2" x 2" roof and side support bows are .125" aluminum. Vertical corner extrusions shall be .125" thickness and have a 2-1/2" radius. The radius ends shall be tapered. The vertical extrusions shall be slotted for insertion of the sidewall sheets. The vertical extrusions shall be of a web construction design for internal structural support. The complete roof and sidewall structure shall be treated with a sound -deadening barrier of BUNA Rubber. Y N A continuous 8" x 2" side impact beam shall be welded to side body and sidewall extrusions to each side of the unit where the squad bench and CPR seats are located. This side impact beam shall allow for secure and customizable mounting points for the squad bench and CPR seat seatbelts. The side impact beam shall also provide additional structure and rigidity in these seating locations in the event of an accident. This side impact beam shall be constructed of minimum 8" x 2" x .250" thick aluminum. Seat belt backer plates welded or adhered in between the extrusions are unacceptable to this agency as this does not displace the energy of a side impact as effectively as a continuous side impact rail. Y N 6.4.1 DROP SKIRT A 6" drop skirt shall be incorporated into the curbside, forward of the rear wheels of the module body to provide additional protection, lower the side entry doorstep well and an aesthetically pleasing appearance to the completed ambulance. 6.5 FLOOR The body floor shall have a tubular frame structure with main members constructed of .125" x 2" x 2" and .125" x 1" x 2" aluminum tubes, all being fully welded and gusseted. This framework is mounted using rubber gaskets to prevent contact of dissimilar metals. The tubular framing shall be on average of 12" on center. 3/4" thick x 6" wide aluminum shall be welded on top of the cushion rubber mounts installed full length of the body. This is necessary to add additional strength, ease in mounting, and ease in remounting the body later. There shall be plates welded into the floor structure to provide additional mounting support for the cot mounts and technician seat. The floor frame is then plated the entire length with a .090" aluminum moisture barrier mounted under the sub -floor to act as a heat shield and vapor barrier. The sub -floor is then sealed and fastened to the floor structure. 6.6 DRIVE SHAFT GUARD A square tube steel drive shaft loop or guard shall be installed just behind front U joint. This is designed to prevent the driveshaft from creating a dangerous situation such as hitting the ground or whipping in the event of a universal joint failure. 6.7 COMPARTMENT & ENTRY DOOR CONSTRUCTION All exterior compartment and entry doors shall be constructed of a single piece of .125" sheet aluminum. The use of extrusions for doorjambs or doorjambs is not allowed. The door profile shall be a double pan form of 2.75" total thickness. Each door shall have the seal installed on the outer door pan flange to assure maximum sealing surface and to protect the rotary latching mechanism from environmental influences. Access for maintenance to the latching mechanism shall be through 2.0" mounting holes located in the upper and lower outboard edges of the inner door pan panel. These access holes shall be covered by a reflective device mounted to a rubber grommet cap. The inner door pan flange shall be formed to provide a recess in which the inner door liner panel is seated. Inner door liner panels shall be affixed to the flange with stainless steel, serrated spring washers and TX -25 Type F Torx- head machine screws. Each door shall be insulated with not less than 2.0" of spray foam. The insulation must be configured to prevent contact with or the fouling of the coated steel latch connecting rods. The interior door pan of each exterior door shall be stamped with a unique alphanumeric code denoting the specific size of that door. This code shall assure the quick and exact replacement of a damaged door 6.8 EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT DEPTH All exterior compartments shall have a clear depth of approximately 20.75". 6.91NSULATION-REFLECTIX-SIDES/CEILING/SPRAYFOAM- FLOOR/STEPWELL Prior to installation of the insulation the entire interior body surface will be sprayed with a heavy protective coating of sprayable latex rubber to provide sound deadening and corrosion protection. The body sides and ceiling shall have 2" Reflectix dual air bubble core insulation (or equal) in the walls and ceiling providing an insulation factor of R-11. The insulation shall be fire retardant, non -settling, non-hydroscopic, and mildew and vermin proof. The module shall have an expandable polyurethane spray foam type in the floor and sides and bottom of the step well of the patient compartment to provide maximum protection from changes in outside temperature. The insulation shall be fire retardant, non -settling, non-hydroscopic, and mildew and vermin proof. There shall be a generous amount of undercoating applied throughout 00MiJ Y N Y N the undercarriage of the body and chassis. Undercoating must be applied according to chassis manufacturer guidelines. Y N 6.10 HEAT SHIELDS To further insulate and protect the patient compartment the ambulance manufacturer shall install 18-gauge galvanized steel below the sub -floor material to act as a heat shield and vapor barrier. An .18-gauge galvanized steel sheet, with waterproof insulation laminated to it shall be installed directly to the bottom of the floor tubes. This will create a sandwich style construction to further insulate the patient floor in the area of the muffler and exhaust system. 6.11 FENDER INSULATOR An additional insulator shall be provided and installed on top of the wheel well liner. This layered rubber and aluminum foil material shall diminish the effects of noise created by road debris and provide additional thermal insulation for the patient compartment. Y N 6.12 CAB CONNECTION The vehicle cab back shall be removed without disturbing the structural integrity. A reinforcement structure shall be fabricated from 16-gauge steel 1" x 1" box tube and shall be fully welded to the vehicle cab and used as a mounting system to attach the cab/module expanding bellows. Y N 6.13 MOUNTING An Isomount technique shall be used to mount the ambulance body to the chassis frame. Mounting hardware shall consist of .75" x 6" aluminum bar stock body plates, ten (16) 7/16"-14 UNC threaded Grade 8 bolts, paired rubber isolators with steel cap, collared mounting nut for each mounting point and (10) 1/4" steel outriggers with (2) support gussets using grade 8 bolts. The bolts and rubber isolators are similar to the type used to mount the vehicle cab. Mounting holes in the top of the outrigger shall accommodate the mounting hardware. The .75" x 6" aluminum bar stock mounting plates shall be bolted through the upper mounting isolator with the OEM Grade 8 bolt. The bolt passes through and secures the second isolator below the outrigger flange with the collared nut. Body sub floor cross members shall be welded to the aluminum bar stock mounting plates. This combination of components provides the body with a cushioned ride and allows the body and frame to flex independently to avoid frame stress. 6.14 LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION 6.14.1 FORWARD OF REAR WHEEL WELL - D1 AND D2 A full height compartment shall be provided in the forward position ahead of the wheel well. It shall have approximate exterior dimensions of: 26" wide x 84" high Y N 6.14.2 The D1 compartment shall have a solid, flush mounted, vertically hinged door, constructed of aluminum. Y N 6.14.3 A low compartment (D2) shall be provided in the rearward position ahead of the wheel well. It shall have approximate exterior dimensions of: 43" wide x 33" high. Y N 6.14.4 The D2 compartment shall have double solid, flush mounted, vertically hinged doors. Each door shall be constructed of aluminum. Y N 6.14.5 REAR OF WHEEL WELL - D4 A compartment shall be provided in the area rearward of the rear wheel well. It shall have the approximate dimensions as follows: 43" wide x 45" high Y N 6.14.6 The D4 compartment shall have double solid, flush mounted, vertically hinged doors. Each door shall be constructed of aluminum. Y N 6.14.7 RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION There shall be no P1 or ALS exterior compartment door provided. Access for the AILS cabinet shall be from the interior only. 6.15 SIDE ENTRY DOOR The entry/egress door shall be constructed of .125" aluminum sheet box formed with a 1-7/8" return bend supporting the .090" 3003 alloy aluminum diamond plate inner liner. Extruded doors and/or doorframes are not acceptable. In addition, for maximum rigidity, 1-1/2" "C" channel bracing shall be added internally for additional door structural integrity. The door shall have a FMVSS approved Tri-Mark rotary latch with a Tri-Mark locking handle and shall have a two -point rotary latch with adjustable Nader pins located on the side of the door. It shall also be equipped with a spring assisted two -directional cam -over door check. The door shall provide a clear opening of at least 32" wide and 74" high. When opened, the door shall activate the interior dome lights. Each access door is to be stamped with an alphanumeric code; this will enable the exact replacement of a damaged door. Y N 6.16 STEPWELL The patient compartment access door shall have a full aluminum diamond plate step well. The step well must have a full 18"deep step which allows for easy entry and egress, a 9" high riser and be 32" wide to match the width of the side entry patient compartment door. The step well shall be formed entirely from fire grade aluminum diamond plate which is fully seam -welded into the body at the step well area. Y N 6.17 SIDE ENTRY DOORSTEP A double step shall be constructed of aluminum diamond plate and shall be reinforced. It will be at least 32" wide and shall allow easy entry and egress. Y N 6.18 DOOR TRIM The door shall have a .090" aluminum panel covering the upper and lower door and full width door panel with .028" Formica, with color to match interior and shall be impervious to moisture, easily cleaned, durable, and attractive. The middle and lower portion shall be stainless steel and removable for ease of maintenance. Y N 6.18.1 GLOVEBOX Three (3) glove boxes shall be provided directly above the side entry/egress door. It shall have approximate dimensions of 20" wide x 9" high and shall have three (3) flip - up Plexiglas doors with non -locking catches for easy access. 6.19 STEPWELL LIGHT Two (2) LED lights shall be provided for the curb sidestep well. The lights shall be mounted on an angled bracket one (1) over each step and shall activate with the opening of the side entry door. Y N 6.19.1 The side entry/egress entrance door shall have a 1.5" diameter polished stainless steel 90-degree ergonomic style assist handle. Y N 6.20 REAR OF WHEELWELL — P5 A full height compartment (P5) shall be provided in the rearward area behind the rear wheel well. It shall have the approximate dimensions as follows: 21" wide x 84" high Y N 6.20.1 The P5 compartment shall have a solid, flush mounted, vertically hinged door, constructed of aluminum. Y N 6.21 REAR PATIENT ENTRY DOORS Each patient entrance door shall be constructed of .125" aluminum sheet box formed with a double return bend of 2.75" total thickness. Extruded doors and/or doorframes are not acceptable. Each door shall have the seal installed on the outer door pan flange to assure maximum sealing surface and to protect the rotary latching mechanism from environmental influences. The inner door pan liner shall be affixed to the flange with stainless steel serrated spring washers and TX-25 Type F Torx- head machine screws. In addition, "C" channel bracing shall be added internally for additional door structural integrity. Both rear patient entrance doors shall have an FMVSS 206 tested Tri-Mark locking handles keyed alike to the side entrance door and a Tri-Mark non -locking handle. Each rear door shall have a two -point rotary latch with adjustable .50" Nader pins with head flanges at the top and bottom with release handles on the interior faces of the doors. When opened, the rear doors shall provide an opening of at least 63" high and 54" wide. Each rear door shall be equipped with a Cast Products "grabber" style door check, which shall be located at the bottom of the door. When opened, the rear doors shall activate the interior dome lights and the rear exterior load lights. Each access door is to be stamped with an alphanumeric code; this will enable the quick and exact replacement of a damaged door. 6.22 DOOR TRIM The door shall have a .090" aluminum panel covering the upper and lower door and full width door panel with .028" Formica, with color to match interior and shall be impervious to moisture, easily cleaned, durable, and attractive. The middle portion shall be stainless steel and removable for ease of maintenance. 6.22.1 Each rear patient entrance door shall have a 1.5" diameter polished stainless steel 90-degree ergonomic style assist handle. 6.23 REAR BODY CLOCK One (1) MFS-121 Digital Atomic Clock (or equal) shall be provided directly above the rear patient entrance doors, recessed into the center of the rear head pad. It shall be wired directly to the vehicle electrical system. 6.24 SLIDING WINDOW The entry/egress door shall be provided with a Cleer Vision Brand 20" wide x 19" high horizontally sliding window. It shall have tempered automotive privacy safety glass and shall have a locking mechanism to keep the window panels in the desired position. A screen shall be provided, to prevent airborne particles from entering the vehicle, when the window panels are in the open position. 6.25 FIXED WINDOWS The rear patient entry doors shall each be provided with a Cleer Vision Brand 20" wide x 19" high fixed window panel. Each window shall have tempered automotive privacy safety glass. 6.26 SIDE BODY WINDOW Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N A fixed, privacy automotive glass window shall be provided a Cleer Vision Brand in the right body side, above the rear wheel well in the upper body side. It shall be approximately 36" wide x 18" high. 6.27 POCKET WHITEBOARD A pocketed privacy slide shall be provided on the curbside wall. It shall be incorporated into the side body window and shall slide into the wall rearward of the window. When in use, the writing board shall cover the window. There will be a pad covering the rear end of the privacy slide frame that the writing board will slide behind. Y N 7.0 EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT FABRICATION All exterior compartments, excluding backboard compartments, shall be constructed of .100" aluminum diamond plate walls and ceilings with .125" smooth aluminum floors, formed and Heli arc welded. Exterior compartments are welded to both the inside wall vertical structure and floor structure components for strength and durability. Each floor shall be "sweep out" design. Y N 7.0.1 All exterior compartment doors shall be equipped with a gas charged hold open door check. 7.1 EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT DOORS Each exterior compartment door shall be constructed of .125" aluminum sheet double pan formed with a 1.5"' return bend with recessed offset supporting the .063" 3003 alloy aluminum diamond plate interior liner. Extruded doors and/or doorframes are not acceptable. In addition, for maximum rigidity, 2.375" "C" channel bracing shall be added internally for additional door structural integrity. The exterior face of the door and the door edges shall be formed from one [1] sheet of aluminum. All doors shall be flush with the body side and shall be fully insulated with polyurethane spray foam. When opened, the doors will activate their respective compartment lights. All compartment doors shall be keyed alike. Each access door is to be stamped with an alphanumeric code; this will enable the quick and exact replacement of a damaged door. The inner door panels shall be affixed to the flange with stainless steel serrated spring washers and TX-25 Type F Torx-head machine screws. Y N 7.2 EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT DOOR HANDLES AND LATCHING Door hinges shall be full length stainless steel #304-2B buffed and polished with a 1/4" stainless pin and shall be fastened to the door and door frame with self-locking stainless -steel screws. Hinges are to be of a slotted style with a round hole on each leaf of the hinge for permanent lifetime adjustment of the doors. Hinges shall be staked, not welded, every 4" to prevent pin from moving. The locking mechanism shall be a Tri-Mark #13136 outside handle, #13028 inside handle with a #12765-01 gasket for the external handle with #14229-01 and #14230-01 rotary latch and #10355U adjustable Nader pin. Latches shall be near flush with the door skin. Each latch must be capable of being locked independently with an integral exterior key lock and a key matching the locks on the curbside and rear entry doors. The latch system is to be activated by the use of a .156" zinc plated steel rod with a single point threaded adjustment mechanism. Systems operated by cables are unacceptable due to the tendency of cable to stretch or fatigue prematurely. The latch and the Nader pin shall be mounted so as not to interrupt the continuous door seal. A .437" hole shall be drilled into the edge of each door adjacent to the paddle handle. This lubrication access shall be sealed with a removable plastic cap for protection of the internal mechanism. 7.3 EXTERIOR OXYGEN COMPARTMENT VENT One (1) #1031 Cast Products, polished aluminum exterior oxygen compartment vent (or equal) shall be provided and installed on the door of the exterior compartment that houses the oxygen tank retention system. The vent hole shall be 3" in diameter and provide adequate ventilation for gaseous oxygen should a leak occur. A black plastic vent shall be provided and installed on the interior door liner covering the vent hole to protect it from intrusion by the elements when the door is open. 7.4 DRI-DECK The floor and shelf of each exterior compartment shall be covered with Dri-Deck (or equal) material that shall be black in color with a safety yellow tapered edge for the outer edge of each compartment floor. 7.5 DOOR GRABBERS A set of door Cast Products "Grabbers" (or equal) shall be provided at the bottom of the rear doors. They shall be fastened to the door and door frame with self-locking stainless -steel screws. 7.6 DOOR SEALS For optimum fit and closure, the compartment and patient entry doors shall close on a .625" W x .400" thick automotive, closed cell EDPM rubber gasket adhered to first interior surface of the double pan -formed compartment doors. The gasket seal shall be located on this surface to prevent exposure of the rotary latch mechanism to water or dirt when the door is closed. 7.8 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM -ALL PATIENT AND COMPARTMENT DOORS The rear patient entry doors and side entry/egress door, along with all exterior compartment doors and exterior ALS door, shall be equipped with a power locks. 7.9 POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES One (1) exterior power door lock switch with a rubber weather boot shall be provided and installed in rear license plate bezel hidden from obvious view. It shall be in addition to the switch installed in the cab to control the power door locks installed on designated compartment doors. 7.9.1 Two (2) additional power door lock switches shall be provided and installed in the patient compartment. One (1) shall be at the curbside entry door and one (1) at Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N the rear entry doors. 7.10 POWER DOOR LOCK ACTIVATION The patient compartment door locks shall be wired to the chassis power door locks. 7.11 STAINLESS STEEL DOOR SILL PROTECTION There shall be a 20 ga. formed stainless steel compartment doorsill protection for all exterior compartments. The stainless protector shall be affixed with heavy-duty double -sided tape to the top surface of the doorsill and extend over the radius edge. 7.12 COMPARTMENT ILLUMINATION Each exterior compartment shall be illuminated with 4.25" round, Liteco incandescent lights Model #69000200 (or equal). These lights shall have clear Lexan lenses and be recessed into the compartment sides and/or ceiling above and below any specified shelves. Each door shall have an individual automatic switch to signal a "door or compartment open" condition and to turn on interior lighting when the door is opened. The switches shall be Sentrol heavy duty, magnetic reed switches mounted in the doorframe header interior to the protective door seal. 7.13 OXYGEN TANK MOUNT One fully adjustable oxygen tank mount shall be installed in the exterior compartment D1. This mount shall accommodate an "M" type oxygen tank. This oxygen tank retention system must meet or exceed AMD Standard 003, Oxygen Retention System. 7.13.1 One (1) fixed shelf shall be provided in the D1 compartment located above the oxygen tank. 7.13.2 Two (2) Model # 166AH Gear Hooks shall be mounted one (1) on the forward wall and one (1) on the rear wall of the D1 compartment. Exact hook placement shall be determined at the pre -build meeting. 7.14 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES One (1) adjustable shelf will be provided and installed in the D-2 compartment. Each shall be easily adjusted to accommodate equipment/supply requirements. 7.14.1 Two (2) adjustable shelves shall be provided in the D4 compartment. They shall be easily adjusted to accommodate equipment/supply requirements. 7.14.2 One (1) adjustable shelf shall be provided in P-5 compartment fore of the back board divider. 7.15 BACKBOARD DIVIDER One (1) vertical, 55" x 17.5"x .125" smooth aluminum backboard divider shall be through the inboard wall of Compartment P-5. It shall be positioned vertically 10" Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N forward of the rear wall. To provide protection for the equipment retained in the compartment, the divider shall be Line-X coated. Y N 7.16 SCBA MOUNTING PLATE The mounting plate shall be 24" high and run the full width of the compartment. The mounting plate shall be made of 3/16" smooth aluminum with rolled top and edges and have a 3/4" lip. There shall be a 1" x 2" aluminum tube welded to the back of the SCBA plate and mounted to the lower rear wall of the D4 compartment. Y N 7.17 EQUIPMENT RETAINERS Three (3) seatbelt style retainer straps shall be provided and installed in the P5 exterior compartment. One (1) shall be located in the aft section 40" from the floor and two (2) located in the fore section 17" and 54" from the floor. 7.17.1 A slide out stair chair holder for a Stryker model # 6252 stair chair shall be provided in the aft section of the P5 compartment under the adjustable shelf. The holder shall be constructed of .125" smooth aluminum with the entire holder covered with black Line-X bed -liner type material. The back shall be 38" high, the front shall be at a slight outward angle and be 27" high. It shall be 22" wide and 9" deep. Dimensions shall allow for easy removal of device from holder. A seat belt style retaining strap shall be secured to the back with footman loops. The stair chair holder shall be mounted into the compartment with two (2) 300 lbs., full extension ball bearing drawer slides. Y N 7.18 SAFETY REFLECTORS A 4.5" wide x 1" high red reflector shall be provided and installed on the inside, lower outboard area of each exterior door. These reflectors shall warn oncoming traffic of the open door while on scene. Y N 7.19 GRAB RAIL An exterior style 16" stainless steel grab rail shall be installed on the curbside of the vehicle to the rear of the curbside entrance door. The grab rail shall be bolted through the body skin and through the aluminum side structure with fender washers and lock nuts on the interior and rubber gaskets under the feet of the grab rail on the exterior. A grab rail mounted to the body skin is unacceptable. Y N 7.20 SIDE BODY SEAMS All side center body seams are to be MIG welded, fully filled and body finished to create a smooth, blemish free surface for final finishing and painting. There shall be no side body molding applied or required. Y N 7.21 REAR BUMPER The rear step bumper shall be approximately 94" wide and step tread depth of 10.5". The bumper shall be supported with a 1.5" x 1.5" x .250" wall steel tube sub frame and have .250" steel angle outer frame construction. The bumper shall be bolted to the vertical web of the chassis frame rails with .375" x 1.5" Grade 8 bolts, nuts and washers. This configuration is designed to reduce body damage by directing impact under the body and away from the patient area should a rear impact crash occur. The center section of the bumper shall be 7" x 46" x 2" and be constructed of an open grate diamond back material and shall flip -up over center to facilitate loading a cot. The aluminum step shall be bolted to the sub -frame with .250" x 20 stainless steel bolts for ease of replacement. 7.21.1 The removable end pods of the bumper are constructed of cast aluminum. The height of the end pods shall be 4" and shall have 3" radius corners. The surface of the end pods shall be finished with 375" slip resistant raised pattern and embossed logo. 7.22 DOCK BUMPERS Two (2) rubber dock bumpers shall be provided and installed on the rear of the vehicle, to cushion the vehicle against impact. These dock bumpers shall be in addition to the specified rear bumper. 7.22.1 An aluminum diamond plate protection plate on the rear face above the rear step shall be provided and TIG welded to ensure secure fit. Rear kick plate shall not be screwed on or pop riveted. 7.23 TOW EYES A pair of tow eyes shall be provided at the rear of the vehicle. They shall be recess mounted into the kick plate and shall meet or exceed all standards related to towing capacities and performance. 7.24 BODY HARDWARE All body hardware, all compartment and entry doors shall be mounted on the body with stainless steel screws. All stainless mounting screws shall be dipped in or sprayed with electrolysis preventive solution before installation on the body. This is required to minimize the process of electrolysis. 7.25 BODY PROTECTION A full-length body rub rail shall be attached to both sides and extend from the body below the compartment doors. This rub rail shall be constructed of 1.5" x 2" x .250" "C" channel aluminum. The rub rails shall be attached to the lower margin of the body skirt using 1" x .25"-20 stainless steel flat head mounting bolts with stainless acorn nuts to the outside and plastic or nylon washers between the rub rail and body. For additional protection and for compliance with state highway requirements, two [2] heavy-duty composite mud flaps shall be installed behind the rear dual wheels. The mud flaps shall extend the full width of each set of dual wheels. The mud flaps shall be black in color. 7.26 DRIVER AND PASSENGER CHASSIS STEPS There shall be a fuel tank cover with a recessed double step attached to the Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N passenger side of the chassis cab and a driver side double step with an integrated flip down battery cover and roll out battery tray. The covers shall be constructed of .125" 3003 alloy aluminum diamond plate. There shall be a flip down step installed on passenger side forward and above of the recessed double step. To provide for increased road splash protection and ease of driver/technician entry and exit, fire grade aluminum diamond plate with an open grate diamond back non -slip stepping surface shall be installed on the chassis steps. Y N 7.27 STONE GUARDS The lower 21" of the front module wall shall have an aluminum diamond plate stone guard TIG welded to ensure a secure fit. Stone guard shall not be screwed or pop riveted. The lower forward corners of the body shall have approximately 21" high aluminum diamond plate rolled around the corner radius and terminate at the junction of the cab and the body. The lower rear corners of the body shall have approximately 16.5" high aluminum diamond plate rolled around the corner radius and terminate at the rear kick plate area. Y N 7.28 FENDERETTES Formed, rubber fenderettes shall be provided around each rear wheel well opening. They shall help diminish damage to the wheel well area of the body caused by stones and road debris. 7.29 LICENSE PLATE A Cast Products model #LP0002-1 rear license plate holder (or equal) shall be recessed into the rear of the body on the driver's side between the kick plate and turn signal. It shall be constructed of polished cast aluminum and have two [2] LED top lights to illuminate the plate. The bezel shall be mounted to the body with stainless steel screws and include a .060" thick closed cell foam gasket to prevent moisture from seeping behind the bezel. Y N 8.0 INTERIOR PATIENT COMPARTMENT COMPONENTS Patient Compartment Sound Levels: This vehicle shall provide an interior working environment in which the ambient noise level is less than 80 dB as measured according to AMD Standard 006, Sound Level Test Code for Ambulance Compartment Interiors. Patient Compartment Carbon Monoxide Levels: This vehicle shall provide an interior working environment in which the carbon monoxide level is less than 10 ppm as measured in accordance with AMD Standard 007, Carbon Monoxide Levels for Ambulance Compartment Interiors. Y N 8.1 CABINET GLASS All cabinet doors incorporating acrylic glass, as sliding or hinged windows shall have .250" thick smoked acrylic Plexiglas® as the standard material and 3/8" where otherwise specified. 8.2 STAINLESS STEEL ROUND LATCHES Stainless Steel Round Southco locking latches (or equal) shall be provided on each door where applicable. 8.3 CABINETRY The cabinetry in the patient compartment shall have picture framed window face fronts fabricated from lightweight smooth aluminum material and laminated with a minimum .028" Formica (or approved equal). The shelves and the supporting structure shall be non -wood material and laminated with a minimum of .028" Formica on both sides. Non -supportive partitions shall be lightweight smooth aluminum material and laminated with a minimum of .028" Formica on both sides. All vertical outside corners and protruding edges of overhead storage shall be capped with 5" radius satin finish anodized aluminum moldings or padded vinyl. All cabinetry shall be sealed and molded to the floor with bright -anodized aluminum molding. All interior materials, cabinetry, vinyl, foam, and installation used shall meet or exceed FMVSS 302 requirements on flammability of interior materials (where applicable). 8.4 COUNTERTOPS The countertop in the primary action area of the patient compartment shall be non - wood material, laminated with a minimum .028" stainless steel. The top shall be a pan style with all seams sealed. 8.4.1 The countertop in the second action area of the patient compartment shall be non -wood material, laminated with a minimum .028" stainless steel. The top shall be a pan style with all seams sealed. 9.0 PATIENT COMPARTMENT LIGHTS Patient compartment lighting shall consist of eight (8), LED dome lights with polished bezels, switched from the action area control console. These lights shall be high intensity LED with clear lenses. The lights shall be activated in separate banks of four (4) lights each. There shall be one (1) bank over the squad bench and one (1) bank over the primary cot. Two (2) switches shall be provided in the action area console, each with high/off/low positions for independent operation of each bank. All eight (8) LED dome lights shall be activated on "LOW' when either the curbside entry door or rear entry doors are opened. There shall be a three -minute time delay system activated by opening the entry doors. This system shall be battery hot and turn the lights "OFF" at the three -minute pre-set time. No ceiling light shall protrude into the patient compartment by more than 1.25". Y N Y N Y N Y N 9.0.1 THINLITE LIGHTS Four (4) Trucklite model #80251 C 18" LED panel lights, recessed into the ceiling shall also be provided and installed. One (1) on/off position switch shall be provided in the action area console. 9.0.2 An LED strip light shall be provided and installed in the primary action area. This light shall have a manual "on/off' switch. 9.0.3 A rotary timer system shall be provided for the fluorescent lights. The system shall be preset to automatically turn the lights off after activating. The timer shall be from 5-60 minutes. The patient compartment interior lights must meet the requirements set forth in AMD Standard Test 016 Patient Compartment Lighting. 10.0 CEILING HEADLINER The patient compartment headliner shall be constructed of a durable, high -gloss white, plasticized Marlite, backed with a non -rigid non -wood material. The headliner shall be securely affixed to the roof bows and to the .090" aluminum accessory plate welded to the roof structure. There shall be a full-length inspection access/wire race in the center of the ceiling, which provides access to the wiring harness and antennae bases/leads. The access shall have removable padded vinyl covers. 10.1 FLOORING A one-piece non -wood material sub -floor on all patient area floors less than 144" in length shall be installed on top of the .090" thick aluminum sheet. The sub -floor shall be securely fastened with sheet metal screws long enough to penetrate the 2" x 2" body tubes below the .090" aluminum sheet. This process shall create a sandwich effect for long lasting durability and a solid surface. All screws shall be filled and sanded to provide a smooth surface for the linoleum covering. Floor lengths longer than 144" shall include a two-piece plywood underlayment. Vinyl, anti-skid, commercial grade, heavy-duty, non -porous floor covering shall be applied to the entire floor in a one-piece seamless application. This commercial inlaid sheet vinyl shall have minimums of nominal overall thickness of 2.03 mm. The flooring shall comply with ASTM F 970 (modified) in regard to static load bearing and D-2047 James Test for slip resistance. There shall be a 5" roll -up splashguard installed on the street side cabinet wall and the squad bench face. A waterproof sealant shall be applied between the cabinetry and the floor at the cabinet and floor covering juncture. 10.2 REAR THRESHOLD There shall be a 6" wide, 16 ga. formed, stainless steel threshold protector installed on the rear interior of the body. The protector shall run the entire width of the floor at the door opening. A 2" wide, adhesive -backed non-skid material shall be installed on the threshold piece to assist with safe entry and exit from the vehicle. 10.3 INTERIOR PROTECTION Y N Y N Y N Y N nmm>J Y N A stainless -steel riser shall be provided on the lower half of the squad bench, to just below the seating surface, and the street side cabinet face, up to an approximate height of 13" from the floor. It shall protect the vertical surfaces from scratches, marks and debris and shall be easily cleaned. 10.4 INTERIOR COLORS AND MATERIAL The Formica color for all cabinets within the patient compartment shall be Stone Graffix #503 (Grey/White). 10.4.1 The Formica shall have a matte finish. 10.4.2 The LonPlate II brand flooring color shall be Gun Metal (dark gray) #424. 10.4.3 The upholstery color shall be Gunmetal #MV102 (Dark Gray). 11.0 LEFT SIDE CABINETRY 11.1 ACTION AREA An efficient and accessible action area shall be located to the right of the attendant seat. Oxygen and suction/aspiration equipment outlets shall be readily accessible. It shall provide a counter for the attendant's use. The counter shall have a 3/4" lip to prevent items from falling. For the attendant's safety, the foremost vertical leading edge and top horizontal edge of the action area cabinet shall be trimmed with fabric backed padded vinyl. The foam padding shall be 3/8" high -density foam and shall have a R-factor of 0.25. All seams are to be machine stitched for proper fit and durability. 11.2 ACTION AREA CONTROL PANEL All patient compartment lighting, environmental equipment and other indicators and controls critical to the care of the patient shall be controlled from a switching console located to the right side of the rear facing Technician's seat. The switch console shall be located in a cabinet face cut at an approximate 30-degree angle above the action area and below the overhead cabinet. The switch panel is designed to provide easy operation and high visibility from either the rear facing Technician's seat or side mounted CPR seat. To facilitate easy troubleshooting and maintenance or repair, the controls for all ambulance conversion functions shall be basic, automotive style, non -programmable type controls. This type of control mechanism can be easily repaired by department maintenance personnel and does not require electronic interaction with a third party for programming or problem solving. The switches shall be moisture resistant, Euro-style, rocker -type, and shall be UL listed and CSA approved. Each switch shall have one or more LED indicator lights integral to the switch rocker indicating the function status. Switches may be simple ON/OFF type or multi -position rockers or rotary, stepped -position switches, depending upon their specific function. The switch function legends shall be engraved plastic inserts. The backlighting shall light the words themselves rather than the background. Backlighting and switch perimeter lighting shall be accomplished with electro- luminescent light strips attached to the backside of the switch panel. This type of light source shall be used for consistent light output, low amp draw, and extended service Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N life. The switch panel shall contain the following switches and controls: Heat/Cool Fan Speed Control: Rotary, stepped -position control selecting Hi, Med, Lo, Off Heat/Cool Mode Selector: Two -position rocker control selecting Heating or Cooling function Left Dome Lights: Three -position rocker control selecting Lo, Off, Hi for curbside dome lights Right Dome Lights: Three -position rocker control selecting Lo, Off, Hi for street side dome lights Suction Pump: ON/OFF control selecting Thomas suction pump Spare Switch: (1) Spare switch and (3) Blank positions for future use Patients Status Buzzer, If Specified: Push button control activating buzzer to signal change in patient status Patient Status Indicator Lights, (3) Locking push button controls, Red, Yellow, Green, selecting indication of patient status, signal to front switch panel Exhaust Fan Control: Rotary, stepped -position control selecting Hi, Med, Lo, Off for patient compartment exhaust fan. 11.3 RADIO CUTOUT An angled housing 5"H X 9" W for two-way radio with power/ground and ignition studs shall be provided in the forward section of the overhead squad bench cabinet. A coax cable from this housing shall run to center of mod roof. A 1/4" black Kydex cover shall also be provided. 11.4 SPEAKER SYSTEM Two (2) speakers shall be provided and mounted in the rear module ceiling. They shall be connected to the cab AM/FM radio. A separate volume control and fader shall be provided in the rear action area. 11.5 ACTION AREA OVERHEAD CABINET A cabinet shall be installed above the action area and shall be provided with one [11 adjustable shelf. 11.5.1 It shall have "restocking type" Plexiglas doors. The doors shall slide, than flip - up for easy, full width access. 11.5.2 A full length, aluminum handle shall be provided on each door. 11.6 WRITING DRAWER BELOW ACTION AREA A writing drawer shall be provided below the action area, in the rearward position. It shall have approximate dimensions of 2 3/4" high x 14" wide x 15" deep. It shall have a Plexiglas writing surface with flush mounted hinges at the rearward section, so that when the tray is full extended, the writing surface can be lifted to allow easy access to a storage area below. In the closed position, it shall be flush with the front edge of the cabinetry. The storage area shall be large enough to hold writing instruments, a bound notebook, calculator or small miscellaneous items. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 11.7 CABINET BELOW ACTION AREA A storage cabinet shall be provided below the 1 st action area, in the forward position. This cabinet shall be made of the same materials as the rest of the cabinets. This cabinet is designed for inverter, miscellaneous or radio module storage. 11.7.1 It shall have sliding Plexiglas doors. 11.7.2 A full length, aluminum handle shall be provided on each door. 11.8 LOWER STREETSIDE CABINET A cabinet approximately 16" wide x 12" high and full depth shall be provided under the 2nd action area. 11.8.1 It shall have tilt -out door. 11.8.2 A round stainless steel SouthCo latch (or equal) shall be provided on the door. 11.9 DOUBLE CABINET There shall be a double cabinet above the CPR seat. The cabinet shall be sized to be compliant with the KKK 1822 revision F specification. 11.9.1 It shall have a single 3/8" flip -up Plexiglas door with hold -open devices. 11.9.2 A stainless Steel Round Southco latch (or equal) shall be provided on the door. 11.10 SECOND ACTION AREA The 2nd Action Area, the Technician's secondary work center, shall be an open countertop designed for efficiency and accessibility. The action area shall be located to the right of the CPR seat in the street side cabinet wall and accessible from the Squad Bench also. The countertop shall have dimensions of approximately 23.5" wide x 18" deep with a .750" lip to prevent items from sliding off the work surface. The countertop surface and lips shall be laminated with a minimum of .028" Formica® and both horizontal and vertical corner seams shall be sealed the full length of the seam to prevent seepage of spilled liquids. For the Technician's safety, the lower horizontal edge of the action area rear overhead cabinet shall be trimmed with fabric backed padded vinyl. The foam padding shall be .375" thick high -density foam. 11.11 OVERHEAD CABINET A cabinet shall be installed above the supply cabinet and shall be provided with one [1] adjustable shelf. 11.11.1 It shall have "restocking type" Plexiglas doors. The doors shall slide and flip - up for easy, full width access. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 11.11.2 A full length aluminum handle shall be provided on each door. 11.12 SUPPLY CABINET A supply cabinet shall be provided in the rearward section of the street side interior, below the overhead cabinet. It shall be accessible from both the interior and the exterior (D4) compartment. 11.12.1 It shall have vertically hinged, swing -out doors backed with aluminum diamond plate. 11.12.2 A stainless Steel Round Southco latch (or equal) with a roller ball catch shall be provided on each door. 12.0 KNOX EMS DRUG VAULT STREETSIDE CABINET One (1) customer supplied Knox Med Vault model #5502 shall be installed in the street side cabinet. Exact location shall be determined at pre -build. A 12-volt constant power source shall be supplied to the installation area. 13.0 PATIENT COMPARTMENT EXHAUST VENT Detmar #751 A (or equal) three -speed power exhaust vent having a 240-cfm air flow rating shall be installed in the upper left side rear wall, with approximate dimensions of 6" wide x 8" high. The resister coil shall be mounted in the fan air flow. A switch shall be mounted at the right hand of the technician in the action area switch console. A positive closure to prevent destabilization of the patient compartment shall be provided. 14.0 OXYGEN COMPARTMENT The oxygen cylinder storage compartment shall be located in the street side front compartment D1. Access to the regulator, contents gauge, and cylinder shut-off valve from the interior of the vehicle shall be by means of a hinged .250" thick Plexiglas® door in the forward wall of the action area. This opening shall be trimmed with a black, ABS formed bezel to protect the Technician's hands and provide a finished opening. The compartment shall be vented through the exterior door with a minimum 28 square inch opening. The vent opening shall be covered with a polished aluminum vent cover. It shall be attached with stainless screws. The oxygen cylinder retention bracket shall be mounted to the wall of the compartment by Grade 8 bolts tapped into a .250" aluminum plate welded onto the inboard side of the compartment wall. This retention bracket must meet or exceed AMD Standard 003, Oxygen Retention System. The finished oxygen system including regulator, contents gauge, hoses, outlets and flow meter must meet or exceed the requirements of AMD Standard 015, Ambulance Main Oxygen System Test. 15.0 WIRING MODULE An angled cabinet forward of the rear facing Technician's seat shall house the main bank of electrical components. Adequate ventilation shall be supplied through two (2) polished metal, louvered vents located near the top and bottom of the door. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 15.1 The cabinet shall have a vertically hinged door and shall be provided with a locking stainless -steel round latch. This door shall hinge on the left side for ease of maintenance and repair. 16.0 WALK-THROUGH WITH POCKET DOOR There shall be an opening approximately 52" high x 20" wide between the chassis cab and the box module. 16.1 An aluminum partition wall framed with .125" x 2" x 2" aluminum tubing placed on 16" centers and plated with .060" aluminum formed and welded to the roof, both sides, and floor shall be installed. The patient compartment side of the partition shall be covered with 1/4" plywood laminated with a minimum of .028" plastic. The driver's side of the partition shall be covered with the OEM wall as well as a mildew resistant marine style carpet of a color that matches the cab interior colors. 17.0 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED The ambulance cab shall be equipped with an OEM supplied in -dash air conditioner and a hot water heater. The patient compartment shall be equipped with a combination hot water heater/air conditioner and a power exhaust vent. Front and rear heaters and air conditioners shall operate as separate and independent environmental systems. The controls for the rear environmental systems shall be located in the action area switch panel. The addition of the rear HVAC system shall have no deleterious effect upon the chassis system and especially the windshield defroster system as described in FMVSS 103, Windshield Defrosting and Defogging System. 17.1 A combination heater/air conditioner having an air output of 650 cfm at 0 static pressure, a cooling capacity of 32,000 BTU and a heating capacity of 35,000 BTU shall be installed above the walk-through door on the front bulkhead. There shall be two insulated plenums running the full length of the modular body in the ceiling with (4) adjustable outlet vents in each plenum. There shall also be one adjustable outlet vent on the front bulkhead. This system shall be certified to KKK standards by a third -party test facility and a copy of the test results shall be included with the bid. 17.2 For durability purposes, metal "Y's" shall be used for heater hose tie in. 17.3 An auxiliary air conditioner condenser with dryer shall be provided under the body. 17.4 The patient compartment heat and air conditioning shall be controlled and maintained through a digital, manually controlled thermostat. 18.0 ALS CABINET An Advanced Life Support cabinet shall be provided in the right side of the forward wall. It shall be divided into sections to accommodate the storage of sensitive equipment and supplies, such as ALS equipment, Laerdal charger, medical boxes, etc. The ALS cabinet and all shelves shall be finished with black Line-X, sprayed on rubber coating. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 1�rt�1� Y N Y N Y N 18.0.1 The upper compartment shall have a top hinged, single door with a locking SouthCo round latch. 18.0.2 The bottom compartment shall have three [3] adjustable, .125" aluminum shelves with a 1 '/2" lip on all sides, mounted on "C" channel style tracking. 18.0.3 The bottom compartment shall be open faced with no doors. 19.0 VACUUM FORMED UPHOLSTRY All seating and backrests (including the technician's seat) in the patient compartment shall be constructed of 60-ounce vacuum formed, seamless vinyl. 20.1 MACHINE STITCHED UPHOLSTERY All trim panels in the patient compartment shall be constructed of minimum 32 ounce machine stitched fabric backed expanded vinyl. All trim panels shall match the seats and backrests. 21.2 ATTENDANT SEAT A USSC Valor rear facing, R-Back attendant seat with an integrated child seat installed at the head of the patient cot. The attendant seat shall be a two (2) position swivel seat mounted on a pedestal base with a heavy duty seat frame for an ABTS (All Belts to Seat) application with four (4) point/four (4) retractors single click internal mount belt system. The seat shall be 20" wide with discontinuous recline and a 6" horizontal slide for fore and aft adjustment(s). The seat shall be KKK-A-1822F Change Notice 8 compliant and conform to all applicable FMVSS and SAE J3026 requirements. Documentation from a certified independent testing facility shall be required stating the seat has passed SAE J3026 requirements and tested in accordance with SAE J2917, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Frontal Impact System -Level Ambulance Patient Compartment and SAE J2956, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Side Impact System -Level Ambulance Patient Compartment. The seat shall be padded and covered with sewn matching antimicrobial vinyl upholstery. It shall be mounted 10" away from main wall and 8.5" from the AC chute on linen cabinet. 22.3 CPR SEAT A CPR seat shall be installed on the street side of the patient compartment aft of the main action area counter. The CPR seat shall be KKK-A-1822 Change Notice 8 compliant with VALOR A-VAL shelf mount back frame and internal bolsters. The seat shall consist of a four (4) point/four (4) retractors single click internal mount belt system. The seat shall conform to all applicable FMVSS and SAE J3026 requirements. Documentation from a certified independent testing facility shall be required stating the seating configuration has passed SAE J3026 requirements and tested in accordance with SAE J2917, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Frontal Impact System -Level Ambulance Patient Compartment and SAE J2956, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Side Impact System - Level Ambulance Patient Compartment. The VALOR A-VAL shelf mount back frame and the seat shall be padded and covered with cushioned, color coordinated, cut and sewn vinyl. There shall be storage under the seat base. Y N Y N Y N Y N 22.5 SQUAD BENCH A squad bench seat with two (2) individual seating positions and two (2) VALOR A- VAL, or equal, shelf mount back frames with internal bolsters will be installed on the curb side of the patient compartment. There shall be two (2) seat belts shall consist of four (4) point/four (4) retractors single click internal mount belt system. The squad bench seats shall be KKK-A-1822F Change Notice 8 compliant and conform to all applicable FMVSS and SAE J3026 requirements. Documentation from a certified independent testing facility shall be required stating the seating configuration has passed SAE J3026 requirements and tested in accordance with SAE J2917, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Frontal Impact System -Level Ambulance Patient Compartment and SAE J2956, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity — Side Impact System -Level Ambulance Patient Compartment. The VALOR A-VAL shelf mount back frames and the bench shall be padded and covered with cushioned, color coordinated, cut and sewn vinyl. A storage area shall be provided in the squad bench base under the lift up cushion. The squad bench base shall be constructed of .90" thick aluminum for maximum storage capacity and minimum weight. The interior of the squad bench shall be sprayed with sound absorbing polyurethane material. 22.6 REINFORCED SAFETY NET A reinforced safety net shall be located at the head of the squad bench. The sharp/waste container shall be on tip out, door at head of bench facing the aisle and easily accessible from the front of the squad bench. The sharp/waste container size and placement shall match the Department's newest ambulance. 22.7 OXYGEN BOTTLE STORAGE A single oxygen bottle storage system shall be provided and installed at the side of the ALS cabinet, in the bottom of the health center. It shall provide vertical storage of one (1) "D" size oxygen bottle. Cast brackets will be used to house customer's bottle. 22.8 ADDITIONAL OXYGEN BOTTLE STORAGE A double oxygen bottle storage system shall be provided and installed against the front wall of the D1 compartment. It shall provide vertical storage of two (2) "D" size oxygen bottles. Cast brackets will be used to house customer's bottles. 22.8.1 A single oxygen bottle storage system shall be provided and installed against the front wall of the D1 compartment. It shall provide vertical storage of one (1) "D" size oxygen bottle. Cast brackets will be used to house customer's bottles. 22.9 SQUAD BENCH CABINET A cabinet shall be located over the squad bench at the ceiling level, rearward of the entry/egress door opening. This cabinet shall be divided into three (3) separate sections. The cabinet shall be finished in the same material as the rest of the interior cabinets. This cabinet shall be compliant with the KKK 1822 revision F specification. Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N 22.9.1 There shall be three (3) 3/8" flip -up Plexiglas doors. Y N 22.9.2 A stainless Steel Round Southco latch (or equal) shall be provided on each door. Y N 23.0 IV HOLDERS Four [4] ceiling mounted Cast Products 2008-1 recessed IV holders shall be supplied. These shall be located at the head and foot areas, two [2] over the squad bench and two [2] over the primary cot. They shall have a rubber, foldaway storage when not in use. Each holder must have the capacity to hold two [2] bottles and have Velcro securing straps. 23.1 COT MOUNT A Stryker Power Load cot mount shall be supplied. It must accommodate the Stryker Power Pro XT. Y N The cot mount shall be located in the center of the patient compartment 23.2 ASSIST RAILS One [1] 90" long, 1.50" diameter, smooth satin finished overhead grab rail shall be provided and securely fastened to the ceiling over the primary cot. One [1] 60" long, 1.50" diameter, smooth satin finished overhead grab rail shall be provided and securely fastened over the squad bench. The grab rails shall be fastened with bolts, washers and nuts of the appropriate dimension, through the interior ceiling panel and through the .090" aluminum accessory plate welded into the roof structure. Assist rails fastened with self -tapping machine screws are not acceptable. These grab rails must meet or exceed AMD Standard 008, Load Test for Ambulance Patient Compartment Grab Rail. 23.3 SIGN Two self-adhesive "NO SMOKING OXYGEN EQUIPPED" and "FASTEN SEATBELT" sign (1) shall be installed in the 1st action area. Y N 24.0 OXYGEN The medical oxygen system shall be capable of storing and supplying a minimum of 3000 liters of oxygen. A suitable high-pressure hose shall be provided. The concealed oxygen supply hose shall be .250" ID, .50" OD nylon base with polyester fiber reinforcing. This electrically conductive hose shall be certified to 1,875 psi and have a 7,500-pound burst rating. The fittings shall be DISS and flare and be securely crimped to the barbed fittings by means of compressed copper sleeves. Oxygen supply hose shall be routed through the ceiling of the ambulance body and be secured with non-abrasive plastic "C" clamps. Oxygen lines should not be encased in insulation and should be free moving to enable easier maintenance and repair. The entire oxygen system shall be subjected to a 155-psi leak test for 24- hours before installation of panels or covers that may obscure or hide the system components. After the vehicle is completed, a test as prescribed by AMD Standard 015 shall be conducted for a period of four (4) hours to insure system integrity. This test shall be performed using nitrogen gas to purge the lines of all moisture and foreign debris. Upon completion of the test, the lines shall be bled free of nitrogen and capped. This medical oxygen system shall meet or exceed AMD Standard 015, Ambulance Main Oxygen System Test. 24.0.1 The oxygen system shall have three (3) outlets, (2) on action area wall and (1) over squad bench. The department shall specify the brand of quick connectors to be used. A compartment shall have fully adjustable stainless -steel rings for the 02 tank. The rings shall be located in the front of the compartment (tank will be provided by the department). 24.0.2 Oxygen outlets to be Cemtron/NCG brand 24.0.3 One (1) gravity type Thorpe tube oxygen flow meter shall be provided. This flow meter shall be certified by the equipment manufacturer to meet the appropriate FDA standards for medical oxygen flow meters. 24.1 REGULATOR A 50-psi preset medical oxygen regulator shall be provided and installed on the supply end of the oxygen system hose. This regulator shall be certified by the equipment manufacturer to meet the appropriate FDA standards for medical oxygen flow meters. 24.2 OXYGEN CONTENT GAUGE A digital oxygen content gauge with an alarm shall be provided and wired to the rotary timer. 24.3 CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR A carbon monoxide monitor with an alarm shall be provided and installed in the action area, within the patient compartment. 24.4 ELECTRIC OXYGEN SHUT OFF An electric shut off switch for the oxygen system shall be provided and installed in the rear action area switch panel. The system shall include a manual bypass. 24.5 PORTABLE/ ONBOARD SUCTION AND ASPIRATION SYSTEM A portable/onboard, complete self-contained S-SCORT VX-2 dual mode unit with battery charger shall be installed on the primary action area wall. It shall include a charging retention bracket hard -wired to 12 VDC power. A 1,200-cc suction canister, 6' suction tubing, and suction tip shall be supplied with unit. 24.6 SHARPS/BIO-HAZARD A sharps container with a crash stable mounting bracket shall be supplied and shipped loose. A biohazard container with lid and twelve [12] red biohazard bags Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N nmm>J Y N shall be shipped loose for installation by the department. 24.7 PATIENT CODE SIGNAL SYSTEM In the action area switch console, there shall be three [3] colored switches (red, yellow and green) that activate corresponding indicator lights in the driver's switch console. In addition, there shall be a switch in the action area switch console that activates a buzzer in the driver's compartment. These lights and buzzer shall be used to notify the driver of any change in the patient's status. 24.8 RADIO WIRING Radio wiring as follows: 1. 10-gauge A+ to console with ignition. 2. 8-gauge A+ and A- to console in cab, hot. 3. 8-gauge A+ and A- to radio compartment in box, hot. 4. Three (3) antenna accesses will be provided inside box: front -center, middle - center, and rear -center. 5. Two (2) RG-58 cables installed at rear -center and middle -center access points with NMO-style antenna mounts. Both will be run to radio compartment. Antenna cables will have 18" excess at both ends. 6. Wiring for the intercom system for cab and patient compartment to be determined at the pre -build meeting. Department will supply components of intercom system. 10 conductor strobe cables shall be run from center console to action area and from action area to radio housing at end of squad bench. 24.9 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Two (2) 5-pound rated ABC fire extinguishers with mounting brackets shall be furnished with the ambulance. These shall be shipped loose to allow the department to install in the desired locations. 24.9.1 Two (2) Two (2) Streamlight, model #SL-20-X handheld flashlights, each with charger base, shall be provided. Mounting location shall be one (1) on the driver side front console located directly behind the gear shift selector and one (1) located in the rearward ALS health center located halfway up. 25.0 MODULE SURFACE PREPARATION A corrosion inhibitor shall be used on specified exterior surfaces and on specified fasteners, hinges and accessories that are subject to the effects of corrosion due to the electrolytic process that occurs between dissimilar metals. The product, designated as ECK, is a petroleum -based substance with a very slow rate of desiccation. The substance functions as a barrier to water, thus minimizing the electrolytic process. It shall be applied in the following conditions and to the following accessories and fasteners: 1. Behind stone guards or any other surface area where there is direct contact between dissimilar metals is direct contact between dissimilar metals. 2. On light assemblies utilizing self -tapping mounting screws that penetrate the body Y N Y N Y N Y N that penetrate the body. 3. On screws and screw holes for any accessory whose holes are drilled and tapped are drilled and tapped. 4. On the body surface when any accessory without a rubber or composite gasket is to be mounted (i.e. entry or compartment door hinges or light assemblies without gaskets) or composite gasket is to be mounted, i.e. entry or compartment door hinges or light assemblies without gaskets. ECK shall not be applied in the following conditions: 1. When mounting any accessory that has a rubber or composite gasket. 2. On light assemblies, which have plastic inserts for mount screws. Y N 25.1 PAINT To produce a high -quality paint finish and to comply with the paint manufacturer's certification requirements for support of the warranty, the preparation and painting process described below must be used. Prior to initiating the surface preparation process, all hardware, handles, light fixtures, door hinges, corner trim, etc. shall be removed from the body. Additionally, any portion of the chassis, which does not require refinishing, shall be protected from the ensuing process. To rid the aluminum body of any extraneous materials or material impurities the entire surface shall be washed and wiped dry with a certified wax and grease remover. Excess weld material shall be removed by grinding all welds, seams, and any other body imperfections. The entire surface shall then be sanded with 80 - 150 grit dry sandpaper to provide good adhesion for any fillers and primers. The required areas will be filled with approved premium lightweight filler and sanded smooth. A premium polysurfacer will be applied directly over these areas to ensure adequate base for application of primers. The entire surface shall be cleaned again with certified wax and grease remover before application of any primers. A self -etching primer shall be applied to provide a base for adequate adherence of materials to be applied in subsequent steps of this process. A high -quality urethane primer surfacer shall then be applied. The entire surface to receive topcoat will be sanded smooth to ensure a level and defect free surface. Door edges and doorjambs shall be prepared similarly to other body surfaces and finish painted with a certified topcoat paint. The entire surface of vehicle body shall be DA finish sanded with no coarser than 320 grit dry sandpaper. The surface shall be washed and wiped once again with certified wax and grease remover and tacked for application of urethane sealer. A full wet coat of urethane primer sealer shall be applied and allowed to flash per specifications. Basecoat color will be applied to ensure color correctness then clear coated with a minimum of 2 full wet coats of qualified urethane clearcoat and baked at 140 degrees for 30 minutes. Surfaces to receive striping and graphics shall then be sanded with 800 grit dry sandpaper and masked off for application of additional color(s). Basecoat color shall be applied to stripe and graphic areas until color is correct. Entire sanded surface shall then be unmasked, inspected, and receive a minimum of 2 full wet coats of certified urethane clearcoat. Topcoat will be baked again at 140 degrees for 30 minutes. Body is then color sanded, compounded, buffed, and polished to a smooth defect free finish. Upon final assembly, door hinges, hinge side of doorjambs and all stainless -steel mounting hardware shall be coated with ECK, a corrosion inhibitor and permanently mounted to vehicle. 25.2 BODY PAINT COLOR The body shall be painted a single color of red with PPG base coat, clear coat paint processes. Exact Color to be determined at pre -build 25.3 ROOF PAINT COLOR The roof shall be painted a single color of white with PPG base coat, clear coat paint processes. 25.4 SAFETY STRIPE The body shall have a 2" wide reflective safety stripe around the entire perimeter position above the main stripe. A QRS heartbeat shall be position on each side towards the rear of the module. 25.5 REAR BARRICADE CHEVRON There shall be 6" solid red 983-72 diamond grade reflective 60-degree stripes and 6" fluorescent yellow green 983-23 diamond grade reflective stripes across the entire back of the ambulance. This design shall provide the greatest amount of reflectivity for the overall safety of the vehicle and crew. The chevron pattern shall slant downward on both sides on the rear of the vehicle at an angle of 60 degrees, pointing in the direction of the bottom rear corner of the tailboard. The pattern should resemble an inverted V with the point at the top center of the ambulance. 25.6 MAIN SCOTCHLITE STRIPE A white main Scotch lite stripe shall be provided, "Straight" design on the chassis and body sides (including the rear body). It shall start at the front of the module and run along each side of the body. The main stripe shall wrap around the rearward section of the body, completing the perimeter. The main stripe shall not exceed 14 inches in width. Scotch lite color, stripe dimension and layout shall be provided by the department after award of bid. 25.7 PINSTRIPING There shall be 1/4" wide black vinyl pinstripes around the entire perimeter of the body, positioned above and below the main color stripes. 25.8 RUBRAIL SAFETY STRIPE ONO>J Y N Y N Y N Y N Y N There shall be a 3/4" wide red reflective stripe ran through the center of the "C" style rub rail. 25.9 MARKINGS A reflective graphics and lettering package shall be supplied and installed to match the Department's most recent ambulances. Included shall be Star of Life decals, Department door logos, numbers, and all lettering. 26.0 OPERATOR'S MANUAL A vehicle owner's manual (reference handbook) for the ambulance shall be provided in an 8 1/2" x 11" three-ring hard cover loose leaf binder. It shall contain copies of the chassis manufacturer's warranties and a full set of factory repair manuals for the engine, transmission, and chassis, including wiring schematics. The bidder shall also provide all available troubleshooting software for engine, transmission, and chassis. Successful bidder shall also provide copies of the ambulance manufacturer's warranties and operating/service instructions, component manufacturer's equipment information, installation, operating, service instructions, warranties, etc., and a complete wiring diagram or schematic with circuits and components clearly and accurately labeled. Verification of the chassis pre -delivery inspection and a copy of the ambulance manufacturer's quality assurance form with all of the data referred to in Section AA-1.10 shall be supplied should the department request them. 26.1 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS To provide a safe working environment for emergency medical technicians to provide care of patients, this emergency vehicle must be operated in the safest manner possible. To provide proper training for all operators of this emergency vehicle, a professionally produced operations videotape shall be included with the vehicle at the time of delivery. The videotape shall present all aspects of the operation of the vehicle including front and rear switch panel operation; daily checkout and maintenance procedures; location of and precautions about the main electrical panel and components. The authorized representative of the manufacturer shall present the videotape and review its contents with the potential operators of the vehicle and shall answer any questions regarding its optional features and safe and correct operation. 26.2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS CD To provide for continued quality operations of the new ambulance and timely information regarding the vehicles electrical system, the manufacturer shall provide a compact disc with the basic electrical schematics for this emergency vehicle. This CD shall be delivered to this department as an item included in the New Vehicle Owner's Manual. 27.0 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT All items listed and as shown in attached quotes shall be included in total bid price. Department will purchase and install all components unless otherwise specified previously. Y N Y N Y N Y N Motorola Two -Way Radios as listed in quote attached. Quala-Tel Enterprises Headsets as listed in quote attached. Mobile Data Terminals with mounting hardware, radio modem and GPS unit as listed in quote attached. BID NAME FOR BIDS DUE O4 SpU TH 8�� 4 O BID/PROPOSAL U � C W PEACE a CITY OF SOUTH BEND x 1865 Spec P — One (1) or More 2020 or Newer Emergency Medical Vehicle November 10, 2020; 9:00 a.m. Description Year/Make/Model Unit Price Year Make/Model — Trade In Unit Price $ Option# Description Cost Total Bidder (Firm): Address: City/State/Zip: Telephone Number: M Fax Number: (Signature) (Printed Name) (Title) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION REPORT TIME 11/05/2020 11:12 NAME MAIL BOXES PLUS FAX 2705279039 TEL 2705272511 SER.# U63274A7J384599 DATE DIME 11/05 11:07 FAX NO./NAME 15742359171 DURATION 00:04:26 PAGE(S) 05 RESULT OK MODE STANDARD ECM 1316 Coumy-Czzx B 1)iN } 227 W _ JTxnRWN 13OUL$VARD Soum BEND, INDLOA 46601-1930 PHom 574/ 235-9251 Fax 574/ 235-9171 TDD 5741235-3567 CITY OF SOUTH BEND, JAWS MUELLER, MAYOR BOARD OF PUBLIC WORKS Date: November 5, 2020 To: All Plan Holders - From Linda, M. Markin, Clerk, Board of Public Works Subject Addendum Number: 1 Project Name: Spec P - One or More 2020 or Newer Emergency Medlcal Vehicle Project Number: ir c X401,141i 111a 1 Date Received: November 5, 2020 This addendum is being forwarded to you for the above referenced project. Please sign below and acknowledge receipt of this Addendum. by faxing this sheet to the ward. of Public Works at .(574) 235-9171 within 48 hours of receipt. A copy MUST also be included with your laid package upon submittal. THIS NDUM MAY AFFECT YOUR DID. Notes: 1316 COUNTY -CITY BUILDING 227 W.JEFFERsoN BOULEVARD SOUTH BEND, INDIANA 46601-1830 PHONE 574/235-9251 FAx 574/235-9171 TDD 574/ 235-5567 CITY OF SOUTH BEND, JAMES MUELLER, MAYOR BOARD OF PUBLIC WORKS Date: November 5, 2020 To: All Plan Holders From Linda M. Martin, Clerk, Board of Public Works Subject Addendum Number: 1 Project Name: Spec P - One or More 2020 or Newer Emergency Medical Vehicle Project Number: ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM Date Received: November 5, 2020 This addendum is being forwarded to you for the above referenced project. Please sign below and acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by faxing this sheet to the Board of Public Works at (574) 235-9171 within 48 hours of receipt. A copy bid package upon submittal. Notes: MUST also be included with your THIS ADDENDUM MAY AFFECT YOUR BID. The attached documents are hereby added to the Specifications and Contract Documents and become a part of herein. Company: Authorized Si Date: November 5, 2020 Version 4/2/2015 BID NAME: ONE OR MORE, 2020 OR NEWER, EMERGENCY MEDICAL VEHICLE — SPEC F ADDENDUM NO. l Date: November 5, 2020 To: All Plan Holders From: Linda M. Martin, Clerk of the Board of Public Works The following BID/PROPOSAL sections shall be changed as noted: 1) Section 1.6 Delivery: disregard 180 days. Bidder shall state a delivery date as accurate as possible. 2) Section 2.0 Cab: Interior Gray Mordura Cloth should be Gray Vinyl. 3) Section 2.5 Rear Axle: replace air suspension with Liquid Spring. 4) Section 27.0 Miscellaneous Equipment should be deleted in its entirety. You must acknowledge receipt of this addendum by signing the first page, returning it via facsimile to (574) 235-9171, and a copy of the first page must be included with your bid. Version 4/2/2019 When the prospective Contractor is unable to certify to any of the statements below, it shall attach an explanation to this Affidavit. CONTRACTOR'S NON -COLLUSION AND NON -DEBARMENT AFFIDAVIT, CERTIFICATION REGARDING INVESTMENT WITH IRAN, EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION, NON-DISCRIMINATION COMMITMENT AND CERTIFICATION OF USE OF UNITED STATES STEEL PRODUCTS OR FOUNDRY PRODUCTS (Must be completed for all quotes and bids. Please type or print) STATE OF Missouri SS: Boone COUNTY ) The undersigned Contractor, being duly sworn upon his/her/its oath, affirms under the penalties of perjury that: 1. Contractor has not, nor has any other member, representative, or agent of the firm, company, corporation or partnership represented by him, entered into any combination, collusion or agreement with any person relative to the price to be bid by anyone at such letting nor to prevent any person from bidding nor to induce anyone to refrain from bidding, and that this bid is made without reference to any other bid and without any agreement, understanding or combination with any other person in reference to such bidding. Contractor further says that no person or persons, firms, or corporation has, have or will receive directly or indirectly, any rebate, fee, gift, commission or thing of value on account of such sale; and 2. Contractor certifies by submission of this proposal that neither contractor nor any of its principals are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency; and 3. Contractor has not, nor has any successor to, nor an affiliate of, Contractor, engaged in investment activities in Iran. a. For purposes of this Certification, "Iran" means the government of Iran and any agency or instrumentality of Iran, or as otherwise defined at Ind. Code § 5-22-16.5-5, as amended from time -to -time. b. As provided by Ind. Code § 5-22-16.5-8, as amended from time -to -time, a Contractor is engaged in investment activities in Iran if either: i. Contractor, its successor or its affiliate, provides goods or services of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) or more in value in the energy sector of Iran; or ii. Contractor, its successor or its affiliate, is a financial institution that extendstwenty million dollars ($20,000,000) or more in credit to another person for forty-five (45) days or more, if that person will (i) use the credit to provides goods and services in Non -Collusion Non -Debarment Affidavit Non Iran Form the energy sector in Iran; and (ii) at the time the financial institution extends credit, is a person identified on list published by the Indiana Department of Administration. 4. Contractor does not knowingly employ or contract with an unauthorized alien, nor retain any employee or contract with a person that the Contractor subsequently learns is an unauthorized alien. Contractor agrees that he/she/it shall enroll in and verify the work eligibility status of all of Contractor's newly hired employees through the E-Verify Program as defined by I.C. 22-5-1.7-3. Contractor's documentation of enrollment and participation in the E-Verify Program is included and attached as part of this bid/quote; and 5. Contractor shall require his/her/its subcontractors performing work under this public contract to certify that the subcontractors do not knowingly employ or contract with an unauthorized alien, nor retain any employee or contract with a person that the subcontractor subsequently learns is an unauthorized alien, and that the subcontractor has enrolled in and is participating in the E-Verify Program. The Contractor agrees to maintain this certification throughout the term of the contract with the City of South Bend, and understands that the City may terminate the contract for default if the Contractor fails to cure a breach of this provision no later than thirty (30) days after being notified by the City. 6. Persons, partnerships, corporations, associations, or joint venturers awarded a contract by the City of South Bend through its agencies, boards, or commissions shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in the performance of a City contract with respect to hire, tenure, terms, conditions, or privileges of employment, or any matter directly or indirectly related to employment because of race, sex, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, age, gender expression, gender identity, sexual orientation or disability that does not affect that person's ability to perform the work. In awarding contracts for the purchase of work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing including, but not limited to, public works contracts awarded under public bidding laws or other contracts in which public bids are not required by law, the City, its agencies, boards, or commissions may consider the Contractor's good faith efforts to obtain participation by those Contractors certified by the State of Indiana as a Minority Business ("MBE") or as a Women's Business Enterprise ("),VBE") as a factor in determining the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. In no event shall persons or entities seeking the award of a City contract be required to award a subcontract to an MBE/WBE; however, it may not unlawfully discriminate against said WBE/MBE. A finding of a discriminatory practice by the City's MBE/WBE Utilization Board shall prohibit that person or entity from being awarded a City contract for a period of one (1) year from the date of such determination, and such determination may also be grounds for terminating the contact for which the discriminatory practice or noncompliance pertains. 7. The undersigned contractor agrees that the following nondiscrimination commitment shall be made a part of any contract which it may henceforth enter into with the City of South Bend, Indiana or any of its agencies, boards or commissions. Non -Collusion Non -Debarment Affidavit Non Iran Form Contractor agrees not to discriminate against or intimidate any employee or applicant for employment in the performance of this contract with privileges of employment, or any matter directly or indirectly related to employment, because of race, religion, color, sex, gender expression, gender identity, sexual orientation, handicap, national origin or ancestry. Breach of this provision may be regarded as material breach of contract. I, the undersigned bidder or agent as contractor on a public works project, understand my statutory obligations to the use of steel products or foundry products made in the United States (I.C. 5-16-8-1). I hereby certify that I and all subcontractors employed by me for this project will use steel products or foundry products made in the United States on this project if awarded. I understand I have an affirmative duty to notify the City in my bid that my proposal does not include the use of steel products or foundry products made in the United States. I understand it is my sole obligation and responsibility to provide a justification to the City, subject to review and approval, why the cost of United States made steel or foundry products is unreasonable. Prior to award and upon submission of bid which does not use steel products or foundry products made in the United States, the City, through its director of public works, shall make a determination if the price of United States made steel or foundry is unreasonable. I understand that violations hereunder may result in forfeiture of contractual payments. I hereby affirm under the penalties of perjury that the facts and information contained in the foregoing bid for public works are true and correct. Dated this 51 day of November, 2020 Prix ; ,nZ:�&4fe- ley`�� WT��ctor/9-idder or It Agent OF ame and Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of Not) 0 t) i , 20 dLO My Commission Expires 0d,1� /ao 3 klp Notary Public County of Residence r r� Non -Collusion Non -Debarment Affidavit Non Iran Form American Response Vehicles VEHICLE QUANTITY: THIS AGENCY is currently seeking to purchase one or more vehicles per the specifications set forth in this solicitation for bid. This agency and/or other government or private agencies that qualify to purchase under this contract will reserve the right to increase the number of vehicles purchased without incurring an obligation to obtain bids from other vendors for a period of two years. A contract extension may be provided to the successful, qualified vendor who has performed satisfactorily to the original contract. CHASSIS Model Profile 2021 MV607 SBA LP (MV60H) AXLE CONFIG: 4X2 MISSION: Requested GVWR: 20000. Calc. GVWR: 21000 Calc. Start / Grade Ability: 45.18% / 3.35% @ 55 MPH Calc. Geared Speed: 84.6 MPH DIMENSION: Wheelbase: 169.00, CA: 101.90, Axle to Frame: 63.00 ENGINE, DIESEL: (Cummins B6.7 300) EPA 2021, 300HP @ 2600 RPM, 660 lb-ft Torque @ 1600 RPM, 2600 RPM Governed Speed, 300 Peak HP (Max) TRANSMISSION, AUTOMATIC: (Allison 2500 EVS) 5th Generation Controls, Wide Ratio, 6-Speed with Double Overdrive, with PTO Provision, Less Retarder, with 33,000-lb GVW and GCW Max CLUTCH: Omit Item (Clutch & Control) AXLE, FRONT NON -DRIVING: (Dana Spicer E-10021R} I -Beam Type, 9,000-lb Capacity AXLE, REAR, SINGLE: (Dana Spicer 17060S} Single Reduction, 17,500-lb Capacity, 190 Wheel Ends Gear Ratio: 4.63 CAB: Conventional, Day Cab TIRE, FRONT: (2) 245/70R19.5 Load Range G G647 RSS (GOODYEAR), 626 rev/mile, 75 MPH, All -Position TIRE, REAR: (4) 245/70R19.5 Load Range H FUEL MAX RTD (GOODYEAR), 622 rev/mile, 81 MPH, Drive SUSPENSION, REAR: LIQUID SPRING PAINT: Cab schematic 100WP Location 1: 2464, Red (Prem) Chassis schematic N/A 1 INTERNATIONAL° Vehicle Specifications 2021 MV607 SBA LP (MV60H) Code Description F/R Wt Tot Wt (Ibs) (Ibs) MV60H00 Base Chassis, Model MV607 SBA LP with 169.00 Wheelbase, 101.90 CA, and 5460/2756 8216 63.00 Axle to Frame. AXLE CONFIGURATION 1ANA AXLE CONFIGURATION {Navistar} 4x2 0/0 0 Notes Pricing may change if axle configuration is changed. ENGINE 12ERL ENGINE, DIESEL {Cummins B6.7 300} EPA 2021, 300HP @ 2600 RPM, 660 lb-ft 0/0 0 Torque @ 1600 RPM, 2600 RPM Governed Speed, 300 Peak HP (Max) 12UYE RADIATOR Aluminum, 2-Row, Cross Flow, Over Under System, 717 Sqln 16/-3 13 Louvered, with 313 Sqln Charge Air Cooler, Includes In -Tank Oil Cooler Includes DEAERATION SYSTEM with Surge Tank HOSE CLAMPS, RADIATOR HOSES Gates Shrink Band Type; Thermoplastic Coolant Hose Clamps : RADIATOR HOSES Premium, Rubber 12TSY FAN DRIVE {Borg-Warner SA85} Viscous Type, Screw On 0/0 0 Includes : FAN Nylon 12VBR AIR CLEANER with Service Protection Element 0/0 0 12703 ANTI -FREEZE Red, Extended Life Coolant; To -40 Degrees F/ -40 Degrees C, 0/0 0 Freeze Protection 12849 BLOCK HEATER, ENGINE 120V/1000W, for Cummins ISB/B6.7/ISL/L9 Engines 3/0 3 Includes : BLOCK HEATER SOCKET Receptacle Type; Mounted below Drivers Door 12WZB EMISSION COMPLIANCE Low NOx Idle Engine, Complies with California Clean 0/0 0 Air Regulations; Includes "Certified Clean Idle" Decal on Hood 12XAT ENGINE CONTROL, REMOTE MOUNTED Provision for; Includes Wiring for Body 0/0 0 Builder Installation of PTO Controls, with Ignition Switch Control, for Cummins ISB/ B6.7 and ISL/L9 Engines 12VHP FEDERAL EMISSIONS {Cummins B6.7} EPA, OBD and GHG Certified for 0/0 0 Calendar Year 2021 12WPV OIL PAN 15 Quart Capacity, For Cummins ISB/B6.7 Engines 0/0 0 12VXU THROTTLE, HAND CONTROL Engine Speed Control for PTO; Electronic, 2/0 2 Stationary Pre -Set, Two Speed Settings; Mounted on Steering Wheel TRANSMISSION 13ASY TRANSMISSION, AUTOMATIC {Allison 2500 EVS) 5th Generation Controls, Wide 0/0 0 Ratio, 6-Speed with Double Overdrive, with PTO Provision, Less Retarder, with 33,000-lb GVW and GCW Max 13XAL PTO LOCATION Customer Intends to Install PTO at Left Side of Transmission 0/0 0 13WYY SHIFT CONTROL PARAMETERS {Allison} 1000 or 2000 Series Transmissions, 0/0 0 Performance Programming 13WLN TRANSMISSION OIL Synthetic; 20 thru 28 Pints 0/0 0 2 Proposal: 15854-01 INTERNATIONAL' Code 13WVS CLUTCH Vehicle Specifications 2021 MV607 SBA LP (MV601H) Description TRANSMISSION SHIFT CONTROL T-Handle F/R Wt Tot Wt (Ibs) (Ibs) 0/0 0 11001 CLUTCH Omit Item (Clutch & Control) 0/0 0 REAR AXLES, SUSPENSIONS 14AGE AXLE, REAR, SINGLE {Dana Spicer 17060S) Single Reduction, 17,500-lb 0/196 196 Capacity, 190 Wheel Ends . Gear Ratio: 4.63 14TBL SUSPENSION, REAR, LIQUID SPRING 0/-10 -10 14877 DIFFERENTIAL, LOCKING {Detroit Locker) No -Spin; for Dana Spicer (previously Eaton) Rear Axles FRONT AXLES 2AYY AXLE, FRONT NON -DRIVING {Dana Spicer E-10021R) I -Beam Type, 9,000-lb Capacity FRONT SUSPENSIONS 3AGW SUSPENSION, FRONT, SPRING Parabolic Taper Leaf, Shackle Type, 9,000-lb Capacity, with Shock Absorbers Includes : SPRING PINS Rubber Bushings, Maintenance -Free CABS, COWLS, BODIES 0/2 2 27/0 27 43/0 43 16030 CAB Conventional, Day Cab 0/0 0 Includes : CLEARANCE/MARKER LIGHTS (5) Flush Mounted 16ZBT ACCESS, CAB Steel, Driver & Passenger Sides, Two Steps per Door, for use with 0/0 0 Day Cab and Extended Cab 16BAM AIR CONDITIONER with Integral Heater and Defroster 56/0 56 16136 AIR CONDITIONER, PROVISION FOR Accommodation Package, for Air 0/0 0 Conditioning, Includes Auxiliary Compressor in Secondary Position and Compressor Drive Effects for Vehicle with Primary Compressor Mounting 16VKK CAB INTERIOR TRIM Diamond, for Day Cab 0/0 0 Includes : CONSOLE, OVERHEAD Molded Plastic with Dual Storage Pockets, Retainer Nets and CB Radio Pocket; Located Above Driver and Passenger : DOME LIGHT, CAB Door Activated and Push On -Off at Light Lens, Timed Theater Dimming, Reading Lights; Integral to Overhead Console, Center Mounted : SUN VISOR (3) Padded Vinyl; 2 Moveable (Front -to -Side) Primary Visors, Driver Side with Vanity Mirror and Toll Ticket Strap, plus 1 Auxiliary Visor (Front Only), Driver Side 16VLK CAB REAR SUSPENSION Liquid Spring for Mid Cab Height 41/1 42 3 Proposal: 15854-01 INTERNATIONAL° Vehicle Specifications 2021 MV6O7 SBA LP (MV6OH) Code Description 16GDG GAUGE CLUSTER Premium Level; English with English Speedometer and Tachometer, for Air Brake Chassis, Includes Engine Coolant Temperature, Primary and Secondary Air Pressure, Fuel and DEF Gauges, Oil Pressure Gauge, Includes 5 Inch LCD Color Display 16HHE GAUGE, AIR CLEANER RESTRICTION {Filter -Minder} with Black Bezel, Mounted in Instrument Panel 16HGH GAUGE, OIL TEMP, AUTO TRANS for Allison Transmission 16GHU GRAB HANDLE, CAB INTERIOR (2) Safety Yellow 16XJN INSTRUMENT PANEL Flat Panel 16HKT IP CLUSTER DISPLAY On Board Diagnostics Display of Fault Codes in Gauge Cluster 16WKZ KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM REMOTE with Panic and Auxiliary Buttons, Includes One Key Fob (Transmitter) 16SNV MIRRORS (2) Aero Pedestal, Power Adjust, Heated, Turn Signals, Bright Heads, Black Arms, 6.5" x 14" Flat Glass, Includes 6.5" x 6" Convex Mirrors, for 102" Load Width Notes : Mirror Dimensions are Rounded to the Nearest 0.5" 16SDZ MIRROR, CONVEX, HOOD MOUNTED {Lang Mekra} (2) Right and Left Side, Bright, 7.5" Sq. 16VCC SEAT BELT All Orange; 1 to 3 16LJP SEAT, DRIVER {National Model HP} Air Suspension, High Back, with Vinyl Covers, 2 Arm Rests, Isolator, 3-14 Degree Back Recline, 3 Chamber Lumbar, 6 Position Front Cushion Adjust, 3 Position Rear Cushion Adjust, Bellows 16PPM SEAT, PASSENGER {National Model HP} Air Suspension, High Back, Vinyl Covers, 2 Arm Rests, Isolator, 1 Chamber Lumbar, 2 Position Front Cushion Adjust, 3 Position Rear Cushion Adj., 3-14 Degree Back Angle Adjust, Bellows 16WJU WINDOW, POWER (2) and Power Door Locks, Left and Right Doors, Includes Express Down Feature FRAMES 1CAA FRAME RAILS High Strength Low Alloy Steel (80,000 PSI Yield); 9.125" x 3.062" x 0.312" (231.8mm x 77.8mm x 8.Omm); with Transition to 6.500" x 3.062" x 0.312" (165.1 mm x 77.8mm x 8.Omm); 388.4" (9864mm) Maximum OAL, For LP Chassis 1LNN BUMPER, FRONT Contoured, Steel, Chrome Plated 1570 TOW HOOK, FRONT (2) Frame Mounted 1WEH WHEELBASE RANGE 134" (340cm) Through and Including 197" (500cm) BRAKES 4091 BRAKE SYSTEM, AIR Dual System for Straight Truck Applications Includes BRAKE LINES Color and Size Coded Nylon DRAIN VALVE Twist -Type GAUGE, AIR PRESSURE (2) Air 1 and Air 2 Gauges; Located in Instrument Cluster : PARKING BRAKE CONTROL Yellow Knob, Located on Instrument Panel F/R Wt Tot Wt (Ibs) (Ibs) 0/0 0 2/0 2 1/0 1 0/0 0 0/0 0 0/0 0 2/0 2 0/0 0 0/0 0 0/0 0 0/0 0 5/0 5 0/0 0 18/-1 9/-1 0/0 17 8 0 -25/-25 -50 4 Proposal: 15854-01 INTERNATIONAL° Vehicle Specifications 2021 MV607 SBA LP (MV60H) Code Description F/R Wt Tot Wt (Ibs) (Ibs) PARKING BRAKE VALVE For Truck QUICK RELEASE VALVE On Rear Axle for Spring Brake Release: 1 for 4x2, 2 for 6x4 : SPRING BRAKE MODULATOR VALVE R-7 for 4x2, SR-7 with relay valve for 6x4/8x6 4AZA AIR BRAKE ABS (Bendix AntiLock Brake System) 4-Channel (4 Sensor/4 9/21 30 Modulator) Full Vehicle Wheel Control System 4XDC BRAKES, FRONT {Meritor 15X4 Q-PLUS CAST) Air S-Cam Type, Cast Spider, 77/0 77 Fabricated Shoe, Double Anchor Pin, Size 15" X 4", 13,200-lb Capacity 4ESX BRAKE CHAMBERS, FRONT AXLE {Haldex} 20 Sgln 13/0 13 4LAG SLACK ADJUSTERS, FRONT {Gunite} Automatic 14/0 14 4XDU BRAKES, REAR {Meritor 15X8.625 Q-PLUS CAST} Air S-Cam Type, Cast Spider, 0/197 197 Fabricated Shoe, Double Anchor Pin, Size 15" X 8.625", 21,000-lb Capacity per Axle 4EXS BRAKE CHAMBERS, REAR AXLE {Bendix EverSure} 24/30 Sqln Spring Brake 0/35 35 4LGG SLACK ADJUSTERS, REAR {Gunite} Automatic 0/14 14 4SPA AIR COMPRESSOR {Cummins} 18.7 CFM 36/2 38 4EBT AIR DRYER {Bendix AD-IP} with Heater 7/20 27 4VKC AIR DRYER LOCATION Mounted Inside Left Rail, Back of Cab 11/10 21 4VLA AIR TANK LOCATION (3) : One Mounted Parallel Under Left Rail, Back of Cab, 36/16 52 Two Mounted Under Battery Box, Outside Left Rail, Under Cab 4722 DRAIN VALVE {Bendix DV-2} Automatic, with Heater, for Air Tank 1 /1 2 STEERING 5PSA STEERING GEAR {Sheppard M100) Power 29/-7 22 5708 STEERING COLUMN Tilting 13/3 16 5CAW STEERING WHEEL 4-Spoke; 18" Dia., Black 0/0 0 DRIVELINES 6DGA DRIVELINE SYSTEM {Dana Spicer} SPL100, for 4x2/6x2 0/0 0 EXHAUST SYSTEMS 713ME EXHAUST SYSTEM Horizontal Aftertreatment System, Frame Mounted Under 0/0 0 Right Rail Back of Cab, Includes Single Short Horizontal Tail Pipe 7SCP ENGINE EXHAUST BRAKE for Cummins ISB/B6.7/ISL/L9 Engine with Variable 0/0 0 Vane Turbo Charger 7WZX SWITCH, FOR EXHAUST 3 Position, Momentary, Lighted Momentary, ON/ 2/0 2 CANCEL, Center Stable, INHIBIT REGEN, Mounted in IP Inhibits Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration When Switch is Moved to ON While Engine is Running, Resets When Ignition is Turned OFF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 8000 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 12-Volt, Standard Equipment 0/0 0 Includes DATA LINK CONNECTOR For Vehicle Programming and Diagnostics In Cab 5 Proposal: 15854-01 INTERNATIONAL° Vehicle Specifications 2021 MV607 SBA LP (MV60H) Code 8GXK 8VUW 8TU U 8MSG 8HAE 8XAH 8WPB 8XHN 8541 8WWJ 8XHR 8RPS 8RMZ 8XKL FRONT END Description : HAZARD SWITCH Push On/Push Off, Located on Instrument Panel to Right of Steering Wheel HEADLIGHT DIMMER SWITCH Integral with Turn Signal Lever PARKING LIGHT Integral with Front Turn Signal and Rear Tail Light STARTER SWITCH Electric, Key Operated STOP, TURN, TAIL & B/U LIGHTS Dual, Rear, Combination with Reflector TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Self -Cancelling for Trucks, Manual Cancelling for Tractors, with Lane Change Feature : TURN SIGNALS, FRONT Includes Reflectors and Auxiliary Side Turn Signals, Solid State Flashers; Flush Mounted : WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH 2-Speed with Wash and Intermittent Feature (5 Pre -Set Delays), Integral with Turn Signal Lever WINDSHIELD WIPERS Single Motor, Electric, Cowl Mounted WIRING, CHASSIS Color Coded and Continuously Numbered ALTERNATOR {Leece-Neville BLP4006HN} Brushless, 12 Volt, 325 Amp Capacity, Pad Mount, with Remote Sense BATTERY BOX Steel, with Plastic Cover, 25" Wide, 2-3 Battery Capacity, Mounted Left Side Under Cab in Back of DEF Tank BATTERY CABLES with 1 Auxiliary Battery Post, Positive BATTERY SYSTEM {Fleetrite} Maintenance -Free, (3) 12-Volt 1980CCA Total, Top Threaded Stud BODY BUILDER WIRING Rear of Frame; Includes Sealed Connectors for Tail/ Amber Turn/Marker/ Backup/Accessory Power/Ground and Sealed Connector for Stop/Turn CIRCUIT BREAKERS Manual -Reset (Main Panel) SAE Type III with Trip Indicators, Replaces All Fuses HEADLIGHTS Halogen, Composite Aero Design, with Daytime Running Lights HORN, AIR Single Trumpet, Black, with Lanyard Pull Cord HORN, ELECTRIC (2) Disc Style INDICATOR, LOW COOLANT LEVEL with Audible Alarm POWER SOURCE, ADDITIONAL Auxiliary Power Outlet (APO) & USB Port, Located in the Instrument Panel RADIO AM/FM/WB/Clock/Bluetooth/USB Input/Auxiliary Input SPEAKERS (2) 6.5" Dual Cone Mounted in Both Doors, (2) 5.25" Dual Cone Mounted in Both B-Pillars STARTING MOTOR {Mitsubishi Electric Automotive America 90P47) 12-Volt, with Soft -Start F/R Wt Tot Wt (Ibs) (Ibs) 18/-1 17 -7/7 0 0/0 0 20/33 53 0/3 3 0/0 3/0 1/0 0/0 0/0 0 3 1 0 0 2/1 3 6/2 8 0/0 0 9WAY FRONT END Tilting, Fiberglass, with Three Piece Construction 0/0 0 9HAD GRILLE Chrome 0/0 0 9AAB LOGOS EXTERIOR Model Badges 0/0 0 9AAE LOGOS EXTERIOR, ENGINE Badges 0/0 0 SPEEDOMETER, TOOLS, MISC 10060 PAINT SCHEMATIC, PT-1 Single Color, Design 100 0/0 0 6 Proposal: 15854-01 INTERNATIONAL° Vehicle Specifications 2021 MV607 SBA LP (MV60H) Code Description F/R Wt Tot Wt (Ibs) (Ibs) Includes : PAINT SCHEMATIC ID LETTERS "WP" 10761 PAINT TYPE Base Coat/Clear Coat, 1-2 Tone 0/0 0 10SLV PROMOTIONAL PACKAGE Government Silver Package 0/0 0 10769 PAINT CLASS Premium Color 0/0 0 FUEL TANKS 15SGK FUEL TANK Top Draw, Non -Polished Aluminum, D-Style, 16" Tank Depth, 50 US 23/3 26 Gal (189L), Mounted Right Side, Under Cab 15WDG DEF TANK 7 US Gal (26L) Capacity, Frame Mounted Outside Left Rail, Under Cab 0/0 0 15LMS FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR 12 VDC Electric Heater, Includes Pre -Heater, 2/-2 0 Includes Water -in -Fuel Sensor, Cummins Supplied on Engine WHEELS, TIRES - FRONT 27DVW WHEELS, FRONT {Alcoa 773621 DISC; 19.5x7.50 Rims, Mirror Polish Aluminum, -42/0 -42 10-Stud, 285.75mm BC, Hub -Piloted, Flanged Nut, with Steel Hubs 7749450101 (2) TIRE, FRONT 245/70R19.5 Load Range G G647 RSS (GOODYEAR), 626 rev/ 0/0 0 mile, 75 MPH, All -Position WHEELS, TIRES - REAR 28DVW WHEELS, REAR {Alcoa 77362} DUAL DISC; 19.5x7.50 Rims, Mirror Polish 0/-84 -84 Aluminum Outer Wheel 10-Hand Hole, Steel Inner Wheel 5-Hand Hole, 10-Stud, 285.75mm BC, Hub -Piloted, Flanged Nut, with Steel Hubs 7789458137 (4) TIRE, REAR 245/70R19.5 Load Range H FUEL MAX RTD (GOODYEAR), 622 0/4 4 rev/mile, 81 MPH, Drive WHEELS MISC OPTIONS 29PBZ COATING IDENTITY, FRONT WHEELS {Alcoa Dura-Bright XBR/EVO} Disc Front 0/0 0 Wheels, Aluminum, with Vendor Applied Treatment, Not for Wide Base 29PBY COATING IDENTITY, REAR WHEELS {Alcoa Dura-Bright XBR/EVO} Aluminum 0/0 0 Disc Rear Wheels, with Vendor Applied Treatment, Not for Super Single Wide Base 29580 WHEEL SEALS, FRONT {International} Oil -Lubricated Wheel Bearings 0/0 0 BODY INTEGRATION 60ACW BDY INTG, 1/0 EXP HARNESS {for Diamond Logic Builder} In -Cab wire harness 0/0 0 (DLB) program only, Includes a harness with five blunt cut wires routed on lower left of instrument panel. Two ground active inputs and two (.5Amp) relay drivers outputs are provided OBDO02 MISCELLANEOUS BACK-UP CAMERA - TIM ALLEN SPECIAL. COLOR W/7' 0/0 0 MONITOR Cab schematic 10OWP Location 1: 2464, Red (Prem) 7 Proposal: 15854-01 American Response Vehicles TIRE VALVE EXTENDERS: One pair of tire valve extenders will supplied and installed for each inside rear wheel. The tire valve extenders will permit the user to check tire pressure and fill the inside rear tires without removing the outer tire. The extenders will have a braided stainless steel outer jacket to resist abrasions and cuts. The filler end will be supported by a valve bracket. MODULE CONSTRUCTION - GENERAL SERVICE INTENT: The ambulance body will be all aluminum. The body sheet will be reinforced with structural members designed to resist deflection and hold up to extreme ambulance service per the latest revision of federal specification KKK-A-1822F. BODY MEMBER ALLOY: The side, front and rear sheet will be derived from .125", 5052-1-132 aluminum sheet. The roof sheet will be one (1) piece, .090", from roof rail to roof rail. The side structure and structural shapes will be extruded of 6105-T6 aluminum. STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY: The body will be capable of providing impact, deformation, and penetration resistance in the event of a collision. The body structure will be capable of passing a standalone static load test on a type -tested body. The test will be conducted in accordance with AMD-001 except the test weight will be a minimum of 75,000 pounds. The same unit will be subjected to the same test with the body turned on its side. A complete copy of the testing documents with photos must be supplied upon bid review if requested by this agency. Non -compliant bids will be rejected. WELD QUALITY: All welds within the modular body will meet American Welding Society codes for structural and sheet welding. CREVICE PREPARATION: All skin and extrusion surfaces destine to be mated together, will be primed with epoxy, etching primer prior to assembly. All over lapping extrusion to skin surfaces will be bedded with a two-part acrylic high strength bonding adhesive. SIDE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS: The sheet edges will be fit into slots designed within a proprietary, double hollow, corner post extrusion in addition to the two-part acrylic bonding agent. The sheet will be MIG welded and structurally bonded to the extrusion. Double -hollow designed corner post extrusions will be used to weld side and end assemblies together. Horizontally oriented, adjoining structural box tubes will be welded to the corner post with a minimum 50% surface weld. The intermediate structural members of the side grid will be two by two inch 6105-T6 aluminum, architectural box tubing. All entry and compartment door adjacent members will be one quarter inch, two by two-inch proprietary extruded shape. The main structure will surround the compartment openings and provide intermediate skin support. The intermediate structure spacing will have a nominal dimension of twelve inches. All grid structure will be welded together with a minimum of 75% of available mating surface. The side skin will be bonded to the structural grid using 1.75 inch -wide, VHB (Very High Bond) adhesive tape. The edges of the tube that touch the skin will be sealed with American Response Vehicles Bostik Brand, Simson ISR 70-03 Construction Adhesive. SIDE IMPACT RAILS: There will be four side impact rails, located in the upper and lower sections of the side walls. They will consist of 6105-T6 aluminum, that is a solid one-half inch thick by four -inch plate on the curbside and one-half by four inch plates on the streetside that are continuously MIG welded or Huck structurally fastened to the structural grid. Since this is a safety item, no exceptions will be accepted. SEAT BELT ANCHORAGE: Occupant seat belts will be drilled and tapped through one-half by four inch plate on the curbside and one-half by four -inch plates on the streetside that are continuously MIG welded to the structural grid. Since this is a safety item, no exceptions will be accepted. SIDE SHEET: The side sheet will be .125 thick, 5052-H32 aluminum. The side sheet compartment opening cut outs will be cut with CNC controlled, gantry mounted plasma or high-speed routing equipment. The door opening will be cut to allow for the skin to be molded into the jamb opening to create a crevice free jamb with a smooth paint finish. The machine formed skin will return into the body at least 3/4" to meet the jamb extrusion. This method will encourage square openings to receive the door assemblies and maintain critical structural locations. The door jamb will have a full structure frame behind the jamb skin return. It will not rely strictly on the skin for the compartment jamb. Pre -determined ventilation louvers will be formed into the body sheet, where specified. Bodies that do not incorporate formed louvers have the potential for additional corrosion points and are not preferred by this agency. SEAMLESS DOOR JAMBS: The door jambs of the module will be seamless. A seamless door jamb exterior is required to minimize corrosion. Extruded type exposed door jambs do not meet this specification. The skin will completely conceal the door -jamb from view. The only visible seams on the body sheet will be at the corner posts. The skin will extend .688 inch below the skirt rail extrusion to a drip edge to keep moisture from collecting underneath where the skin meets the skirt rail extrusion. CORNER POST EXTRUSION: The corners of the modular body will be made from an extruded aluminum structure that has an alloy of 6105-T6. The corner post extrusion will be 3.25 x 3.25-inch with a 2-inch- radius on the outer corner. The corner post extrusion will have an internal web member that runs on a 45-degree angle to the front and side of the modular body. Where the internal web meets the exterior extrusion wall the internal web will flair into a .125-inch radius giving a .25-inch wall thickness at the exterior wall of the extrusion. There will be a .75-inch flange on each side of the corner post extrusion that is a side skin receiver. The side skin receiver will be funnel shaped to allow the exterior side skin to fully seat into the corner post extrusion. The interior walls of the corner post extrusion will be .125-inch thick, and they will incorporate a 45-degree weld bevel on the interior corners. REAR SILL EXTRUSIONS: The rear body and floor substructure will be constructed of a dual proprietary aluminum extrusion with mating joints. The lower floor extrusion is a combination continuous 0 American Response Vehicles extrusion with an incorporated L mating surface. The lower door extrusion is a multi -chamber construction with matching radius corner and surfaces to the floor sill. This combination of extrusion and joint structure provides for strong joint strengths, and continuous contact surface between the floor sill and the outer -body door extrusion. FRONT AND SIDE WALL GUSSET PLATES: The front wall and side wall structural members will have additional support with a fully welded gusset system that will be made of 5052-H32 aluminum plate, .25-inch-thick by four by four -inch. REAR AND SIDE WALL GUSSET PLATES: The rear wall and side wall structural members will have additional support with a fully welded gusset system that will be made of 5052-H32 aluminum plate, one quarter inch thick by four by fourinch. ROOF RAIL EXTRUSIONS: The roof corners of the modular body will be made from an extruded aluminum structure that has an alloy of 6105-T6. The roof rail extrusion will be 4.55 x 3.5 inch with a 2- inch radius on the outer corner. A full-length drip rail will be incorporated into the roof rail corner post extrusion, drip rails at the top of the modular body that are not inclusive of the roof rail extrusion do not meet the intent of the specification and are deemed non -compliant to this specification. The roof rail extrusion will have an internal web member that runs on a 45-degree angle to the front and side of the modular body. Where the internal web meets the exterior extrusion wall the internal web will flair into a .125-inch radius giving a .25-inch wall thickness at the exterior wall of the extrusion. There will be a .75-inch-flange on the lower side of the roof rail extrusion that is a side skin receiver. The side skin receiver will be funnel shaped to allow the exterior side skin to fully seat into the roof rail extrusion. There will be a .75 x .125-inch recess into the roof side of the extrusion for locating the roof sheeting. This recess will have a 45-degree weld bevel. The interior wall of the roof rail extrusion that is in -board of the side skin funnel will be 2-inch-wide so that they line up with the exterior side wall. The interior wall of the roof rail extrusion that is in -board of the roof sheeting recess will be 2.25-inch-wide so that they line up with the 2.25-inch roof bows. The interior walls of the roof rail extrusion will be .125-inch-thick, and they will incorporate a 45-degree weld bevel on the interior corners. ROOF SHEET: The four (4) edges of the sheet will be continuously welded to the roof rail extrusion to prevent leaks. All perimeter welds will be ground smooth and worked smooth prior to the overall body paint and finish. Non -fully welded roof sheets to the roof rail extrusions do not meet the intent of this specification and are deems non-compliance to this specification. ROOF BOWS: The roof sheet will be supported by full width .125-inch-thick x 2 x 2.25-inch architectural box tubing. The roof bows will be located on twelve -inch centers. The roof bows will be MIG welded to the roof rail extrusions with no less than four and one-half inches of continuous weld per end. The roof sheet will be bonded to the roof bows with VHB (Very High Bond) adhesive tape. LATERAL ROOF SUPPORTS: If this agency requires ducted ceiling HVAC, additional structural support will be added as a result of the 2 inch ducted heat and A/C delivery system .2 x 2-inch 10 American Response Vehicles three -sided extruded channel with two sides being .125-inch-thick and the bottom surface for fastener acceptance to be .160-inch will be full length of the body. ROOF CORNERS: The roof rail extrusions will be welded together along the roof bow mating walls at the corners. In addition, the outer surfaces of the roof rail extrusions will be 100% continuously TIG welded to cast aluminum corner castings. The castings will have internal mating flanges that extend horizontally inside the upper roof rail extrusion and vertically down the corner post extrusions. The corner roof castings will have accommodations for number six nylon inserts to retain corner cap marker combination warning lights when they are specified. The nylon inserts will provide isolation of the retaining screw of the light from the casting materials. FLOOR MEMBERS: Floor structures will be 6105-T6 aluminum, 2.000 by 2.500-inch proprietary hollow section architectural box tubing aluminum. This proprietary shape tubing allows for half -inch plate to be recess to which floor mounted items can be securely connected. Each member will have a defined bevel built into the extrusion die to allow for full weld penetration on the edge of the extrusions. FLOOR HORIZONTAL GUSSET PLATES: The floor member to side wall fully welded horizontal gusset system will be made of 5052-H32 aluminum plate, four (4) by four (4) inch triangles. A minimum of 12 gussets will be located horizontally connecting cross members to longitudinal main center members at each main cross member site. FULL WIDTH CROSS MEMBERS: The module floor will provide core support for the side assemblies and will incorporate a minimum of four (4) full body width floor members. The full width floor members will connect to and support the side wall assemblies. Each member will be made of 6105-T6 aluminum. The front floor tube is to be a minimum of 3.000 x 2.000 x .250 inch -thick 6105-T6 aluminum tube which is fully MIG welded into the front corner post at each side of the vehicle. On top of the tube is to be a minimum .188 thick 5052 aluminum front sill running full width of the body. One of the members located just forward and/or rear of the rear wheel housing will be 2.000 by 2.500-inch proprietary hollow section architectural box tubing. The last floor cross -member will be a 2.375 x 3.188 6105-T6 aluminum proprietary shape proof tube on the rear wall which is fully MIG welded into the rear corner posts at each side of the vehicle. This tube is butted up and welded to a 2.000 x 1.000 x .125 inch -thick 6105-T6 tube which is also fully MIG welded to the rear corner post. A minimum of eight (8) total 6-inch vertical gussets, (1/4) inch thick will be installed to reinforce two (2) at each cross member and sidewall tubes directly fore and aft of the axle. FLOOR SYSTEM CANTILEVER BEAMS: There will be cantilever floor beams used at intermittent body points running from the opposite main interior wall beam to the opposite exterior wall at the location between exterior compartments. The use of cantilever beams increases the strength of the overall floor system and support to the compartments. WHEELWELLS: There will be formed wheel well housings installed into the module body to provide sufficient clearance for the rear axle movement based on the chassis jounce study and suspension choice selected. The 11 American Response Vehicles wheel well will be formed of smooth aluminum and secured to the floor tube structure system. The wheel well shape will be multi -angular with vertical riser and flat top to provide the most efficient use of space inside of the module, while providing the required jounce clearance underneath for the chassis tire movement. Wheel wells that are radius shaped are not acceptable to this agency, as they are unnecessarily tall and inefficient in space usage. WATERTIGHT PATIENT CABIN: The sub floor will be shielded from moisture. An aluminum sub sheet will be sealed to the floor structure with silicone sealant. Additional aluminum plates will be intermittent welded between compartments, wheel well liners, step wells and fuel filler housings. All of the areas will be thoroughly sealed from one to the other, creating a sealed patient cabin from the outside. Extrusion hollows will be filled with expandable foam sealant to prevent fumes and moisture from entering. DOOR CONSTRUCTION DOOR SKIN: No welded seams are allowed, only one piece formed corners. The door skin will be .090 inch -thick, 5052-H32 aluminum sheet formed on all four sides utilizing an ACF Multi -flex Corner Former Model MF 25 to create a crevice free surface for best paint adhesion and corrosion resistance. The formed edges will not have elongation cracks due to forming and will maintain material thickness uniformly over the entire sheet. The formed edges uniformly round off seamless for better paint adhesion and aesthetic appeal that does not require cutting and welding in the corners. DOOR FRAMING: The door frame will reinforce the perimeter of the skin pan. The extrusion will incorporate a T-slot to receive an extruded, hollow, dual durometer closed cell UV protected TPV gaskets with relief holes for even compression for a proper and complete seal from the door to the door jamb. The gasket corners will be welded without using adhesives for bonding. The door frame extrusion will also add torsion resistance to the door assembly. The doorjamb extrusion and frame extrusion will be cut 45 degree on each corner. Each of the four corners will incorporate a keyway and spline that is designed to drive into each corner and maintain a perfect 90-degree angle prior to welding. The door castings will include gusset plates for additional support for the door construction. The door frame will also incorporate a clearance way for UNF threaded blind fasteners for the door panels. The door panel will not rest on the body of the blind fasteners. FINAL DOOR ASSEMBLY: The door skin will be bonded to the frame assembly with an adhesive sealant in addition to intermittent welding. For entry doors additional horizontal structure will be added to maintain door skin flatness as well as penetration resistance in the event of a collision. The horizontal members are extruded J-channel, 0.150 inch -thick. A minimum of two horizontal members will be welded in. A vertically oriented 0.150 inch -thick formed hat -channel will be welded to the webs of both horizontal channels for additional buckling resistance. Compartment doors will have a reinforcement system of horizontal or horizontal/vertical structure added to maintain skin flatness and impact resistance. ENTRY DOOR WINDOW(S) OPENINGS: The entry door(s) will incorporate recessed areas that are stamped 12 American Response Vehicles into the outer door skin to allow for a flush window appearance and will not protrude with a lip on the outer door skin of the modular body. DOOR PANELS: The inside entry door panels will be made of .080 inch -thick aluminum plate and will be finished per these specifications later in this document. The center panel will be removable for easy lock service/lubrication. The inside of the compartment door panels will be made of .080 inch -thick polished aluminum diamond plate. The edges of the door panel will be recessed into the door frame extrusion. The panels will be fastened to the door frame with stainless steel, #10-32 UNF machine screws threaded into aircraft quality blind fasteners. Each fastener will have an internal tooth lock washer to preclude loosening. DOOR JAMB: The door jamb will accommodate rigid fastening of compartment door hinges. The jamb will include a hollow cell that will conceal wiring for the non -mechanical door switch. The door jamb frame will be cut 45 degree on each corner from the door edge corner, each of the four corners will consist of a keyway and spline that is designed to drive into each corner and maintain a perfect 90-degree angle prior to welding. Additionally, the jamb will be continuously MIG welded on the inside and the outside corners. A seamless doorjamb exterior is required to minimize corrosion - extruded type doorjambs do not meet this specification. The skin will completely conceal the door jamb from view. HINGE: All doors will have stainless steel, continuous, piano hinge. The pin diameter will be .250 and staked into place to prevent drifting out of the hinge leaf. The knuckle lengths will be one inch. DOOR HINGE BOLTS: The hinge attachment bolts will be one quarter inch diameter by one inch long stainless -steel type TT (Thread Rolling Screws) hex head bolts with SermaGard protective coatings. Each bolt will be treated with the aluminum filled basecoat/resin-bonded fluoropolymer topcoat system. The SermaGard 1105/1280 protective coated bolt system is designed to provide outstanding salt and dissimilar metal corrosion protection versus bolts treated with pastes and liquids. The SermaGard coating provides UV weathering resistance while protecting the aluminum tube structures and stainless -steel hinges from dissimilar metal contacts. The SermaGard provides a sacrificial corrosion protection. Body manufacturers that do not use bolts treated with SermaGard 1105/1280 are providing substandard protection from corrosion and are not acceptable. Thread cutting screws to attach exterior compartment doors or hinges to the body are not acceptable. LATCHES: The latches will meet FMVSS 206. All latches will be two -stage, rotary- type. The latches will be through bolted to the door frame extrusion. All entry doors will have two rotary latches per door. To assure uniform latch timing and functional door reliability, only straight, one -quarter (1/4) inch diameter rods will connect the latches to the handle. All double hung compartment doors will have two rotary latches per door. NADER PINS: All nader pins will be headed to prevent the door(s) from opening under impact. They will be hex headed Grade-8 fully adjustable with a 5/16" thick knurled stainless -steel retainer plate to keep the 13 American Response Vehicles nader pin from moving out of setting after adjusted. The opening in the doorjamb extrusion will be large enough to allow full adjustment with the nader pin washer covering the hole. Manufacturers that use nader pins without knurled retainers are not acceptable to this agency as they will require more frequent readjustment. MOUNTING MOUNTING SYSTEM: The outside dimension, across the frame rails on this chassis is thirty four (34) inches. Twelve (12), one quarter (1/4) inch thick steel out riggers, designed specifically to through bolt to the frame rail web, will be supplied and installed. Each out rigger will be through bolted to the frame utilizing three (3), five eights (5/8) inch diameter, UNC, grade eight, Flanged Hex head bolts and corresponding grade eight, flanged, locking hex nut. MOUNTING SYSTEM: Each out rigger will incorporate a dual silicone vibration isolator system and support for the body's mounting sill. The system will consist of a top locking nut, the one inch aluminum flat bar, an upper stainless steel bushing, a pre -loaded silicone upper vibration isolator, the steel outrigger, then a lower pre -loaded silicone isolator, a stainless lower washer and finally the bolt head that passes through the assembly. The flanged outer edge outriggers will not protrude more than four (4) and three -eights (3/8) inches measuring from the frame's web to the outer tip of the out rigger deck. All mounting sills will be made of one inch thick by three inch wide solid aluminum flat bar. A grade eight half -inch diameter by four inch long hex -head bolt will be used to bolt the sill down at each isolator site. The lower silicone isolator will be 22% less in firmness than the upper isolator to provide a dynamic separation of road vibration from the chassis frame into the modular body. Body mounting systems using only a single mounting isolator will not be acceptable as they provide inferior mounting vibration. MODULE CONFIGURATION OVERALL LENGTH: The overall length of the vehicle will not exceed twenty three (23) feet, nine (9) inches. The departure angle and length will meet or exceed the current revision of Federal Specification KKK-A-1822. MODULE LENGTH: The module length will be at least one hundred seventy two (172) inches. MODULE WIDTH: The module width will comply with the current revision of Federal Specification KKK-A-1822. The module will be ninety six (96) inches wide, excluding lights and accessories. MODULE HEAD ROOM: The module will not be less than seventy-four (74) inches actual measured headroom. The measurement will be taken from the patient compartment floor to the ceiling panels. MODULE EXTERIOR HINGES: There will be installed stainless steel hinges with standard mill finish for all exterior compartments and entry doors on the module. These hinges will feature slots for mounting and adjustment of the doors. The finished module paint and special mounting bolts with Serpa coatings will assist 14 American Response Vehicles in deterring the stainless steel hinges from dissimilar metal corrosion. COMPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: Unless specified otherwise, all exterior compartment walls and backs will be constructed of .100 polished aluminum diamond plate. All compartment floors will be formed of .125 aluminum sheet. Compartments for generators, oxygen, and backboards will have .250 compartment floors. All compartment ceilings will be formed of .090 aluminum sheet. The ceilings and floors will form around the sides and back to provide an overlapping joint. The floor and ceiling surfaces will be double action (DA) sanded to 180 grit. The floors and ceilings are bonded to the walls and back and intermittent welded on six (6) inch centers. DRAIN HOLES: Drain holes will be provided on the bottom of the compartments. Each hole will be baffled to prevent splash water from entering the compartment. COMPARTMENT DOOR PANEL: Unless specified otherwise, the inside door panel of the compartments will be diamond plate. COMPARTMENT FINISH: Unless specified otherwise, all exterior compartment walls and backs will be constructed of .100 polished aluminum diamond plate. RAIN DIVERTER: There will be installed an aluminum hat with open lower end inside of any compartment door with louvered door ventilation, located directly behind the exterior outer punched louvers. COMPARTMENT FLOOR CONFIGURATION: This compartment floor will be a sweep out type floor. The compartment floor will be flush with the lower door jamb to facilitate compartment floor cleaning. The edge of the compartment floor will be continuously welded to the lower door jamb. Heat generated from welding will not distort the straightness or flatness of the jamb or compartment floor. The weld quality must be aesthetically uniform. COMPARTMENT FLOOR THICKNESS: The compartment floor will be .125 inch thick aluminum of single layer. DOOR CHECK: The compartment door(s) in excess of 13" pass through width will be equipped with a door check (hold open) device. All vertically hinged doors in excess of 13" pass through width will have a gas operated bi- directional spring shock door check. Door check brackets will be drilled and tapped through a minimum of 3/8" material to preclude coming loose. DOOR SWING: The compartment door checks will be installed to allow the door to open ninety to 100 degrees (90 up to 100) from the fully closed position. VENTILATION: There will be a hole in the compartment below floor line approximately 5-3/8"wide x 2-9/32" tall that will accept a specially designed baffled vent. The baffles will have a stainless steel spring that allow for only one way operation. They allow air to escape out of the compartment when the door is closed, but not for air to come back into the compartment to keep dirt and dust out of the compartment interior. 15 American Response Vehicles Engineering will determine the amount of these vents required by the volume of space in the compartment. SHELF BRACKET: Each exterior adjustable shelf listed below will include four (4) self-gusseted .157" thick shelf brackets that will allow for easy adjustment up and down for each shelf. Each bracket will be secured to the shelf by carriage head bolts on the top of the shelf and hex head bolts to secure them to the shelf tracking material in the compartments. This will guard against shelf deformation in the compartments when the shelves are secured in place. CURB SIDE ACCESS DOOR: The curbside access door will be at least 78.8" high by 32" wide measured at the doorjamb opening. JAMB PROTECTION: At the curbside module entry door, a full width, formed, stainless steel jamb protection plate will be provided to prevent heavy traffic from chipping the paint. DOOR CHECK: The curbside entry door will be equipped with a door check (hold open) device. All vertically hinged doors in excess of 13" pass through width will have a gas operated bi-directional spring shock door check. Door check brackets will be drilled and tapped through a minimum of 3/8" material to preclude coming loose. DOOR SWING: The compartment door checks will be installed to allow the door to open ninety to 100 degrees (90 up to 100) from the fully closed position. CURB SIDE ACCESS DOOR LOCATION: The module side entry door will be located on the curbside of the module, just rearward of the ALS cabinet to provide efficient egress into the module. STEP WELL: A curbside entry door will feature a double step "step well" to assist in patient cabin egress. The step will have a tread dimension of not less than 10 inches. The riser dimension will not exceed nine and one- half inches, measured from the step tread to the floor of the patient cabin. A right angled trim, made of bright aluminum diamond plate, will be formed over the flooring material and wrap around the 3-sided perimeter of the step well. Step well material will be 0.100 thick, Polished aluminum diamond plate. The step well will be illuminated. The step well will meet or exceed the current revision of Federal specification KKK-A-1822. STEP WELL ILLUMINATION: There will be two (2) 3" LED clear interior lights that will illuminate the curbside step well per the current revision of Federal specification KKK-A-1822. There will be one (1) light for each step. WALK THROUGH: Walk through access from the module to the cab will be provided. The walk through opening will be at least 19" inches wide and 41" inches high. The cab will NOT be rigidly fastened to the modular body. A flexible, Accordion shaped, closed cell rubber bellows, custom made for the opening will be provided to tie the cab to the module. One joint in the bellows is acceptable and will be located on the bottom of the opening. The joint will be completely vulcanized. TRANSITION THRESHOLD: There will be installed a metal transition plate at module interior for the cab to module connections that are generalized as Walk-thru. This metal plate is to provide a stepping surface for EMT 16 American Response Vehicles who are making urgent egress from the cab to module of the ambulance. The transition plate will be securely fastened on one side only, so as to allow the module body to flex independent of the chassis cab. BODY DROP: Both sides of the modular body, ahead of the rear wheels, will be 6" lower than behind the rear wheels. This body drop will allow the curbside entry step to be lower to ground level making it easier to enter the curbside entry door and meet the requirement of KKK-A-1822 latest revision. LEFT FRONT COMPARTMENT (M-1): This compartment will be located in the left front corner of the modular body. The minimum compartment dimensions will be 61.5" high x 22.125" wide x 20" deep. VENTILATION: There will be three sets of six louver punches on the outside and inside door panel to properly ventilate the electrical components located in the above mentioned compartment. COMPARTMENT DOOR: A single, forward hinged, compartment door will be set for this compartment. The door will have a single handle and two rotary latches. COMPARTMENT LIGHT: (1) One light will be mounted in the ceiling of the "M-1" compartment. The light will be surface mount and will be LED. LEFT FRONT UPPER COMPARTMENT (M-1A): This compartment will be located in the left front corner of the modular body. The minimum compartment dimensions will be 17.8" high x 22.125" wide x 20" deep. VENTILATION: The M-1A compartment will have special ventilation of a conversion hot power twelve volt fan and one row of punched half-moon louvers on the compartment door. COMPARTMENT DOOR: A single, forward hinged, compartment door will be set for this compartment. The door will have a single handle and one rotary latch. COMPARTMENT LIGHT: (1) One light will be mounted in the ceiling of the "M-1A" compartment. The light will be surface mount and will be LED. LEFT FRONT MIDDLE COMPARTMENT (M-2): This compartment is located adjacent and rearward to the left front compartment. The minimum compartment dimensions will be 36.7" High x 42.8" Wide x 20" Deep. BIO-WASTE CLOSEOUT: Outside enclosure box for interior only access to the bio-waste receptacle will be provided in the exterior compartment. The closeout will be located in the upper right hand corner of the compartment, aligned with the bio-waste cavity built into the action area tray. The closeout will be made out of the same material as the compartment interior and will be finished out as though it was designed to be there and not screwed in place as an afterthought. ELECTRICAL COMPARTMENT: The electrical main area has been relocated to interior access only cabinet H. 17 American Response Vehicles COMPARTMENT FLOOR THICKNESS: The compartment floor will be .25 inch thick (heavy duty) aluminum of single layer. COMPARTMENT DOORS: A set of double hinged compartment doors will be set for this compartment. Each door will have a single handle and two rotary latches. ADJUSTABLE SHELF: A standard duty aluminum adjustable shelf will be provided. The shelf will be formed of .125 (1/8") thick aluminum, with 2 inch upward turned lips on all four sides. The shelf will be mounted on Unistrut infinitely adjustable, aluminum extruded, heavy duty shelf track. Incrementally adjustable, non - aluminum shelf track is not acceptable. COMPARTMENT LIGHTS: (1) One light will be mounted on ceiling, centered near the door jamb, and (1) on the rear wall of the "M-2" compartment, on angled bracket, to illuminate under the shelf. The lights will be surface mount and will be LED. AUXILIARY CONDENSER: The module A/C system will employ a separate condenser for the rear HVAC system. The condenser will be through bolted to a reinforced compartment floor and mounted under the module. This condenser will provide 70,000 BTU cooling with 1,650 cubic feet per minute of clear air movement through the fans. Two electric cooling fans will be mounted to the core assembly and blow toward the road or open air. The condenser fans will come on when either the cab or the patient cabin A/C unit is turned on. Fan blades will be protected by a high impact resistant grille work that is molded into the fan body. All fan wiring will be routed, secured and protected from road hazards. CONDUIT No 1: An empty one and one half inch diameter conduit expressly designed to add wires after vehicle delivery by the end user or his/her authorized agent will be supplied and installed. The conduit will have semi -rigid, non-conductive liner that is free of inside ridges that can bind on the wire harness being pulled through the conduit. The outerjacket will be a non-conductive, spiraled rigid coil designed to maintain the original shape of the liner, throughout the length of the conduit run. ORIGINATION POINT: The aforementioned conduit will originate in the upper left front (M-1A), exterior compartment. TERMINATION POINT: The aforementioned conduit will terminate in the patient cabin behind the main action area control panel. LEFT REAR COMPARTMENT (M-3): This compartment will be located in the left rear corner of the body. The minimum compartment dimensions will be 63.5" High x 43" Wide x 20" Deep. COMPARTMENT DOORS OPTION: A set of double hinged compartment doors will be set for this special request compartment. Each door will have a single handle and two rotary latches. Doors will comply with aforementioned construction techniques. American Response Vehicles ADJUSTABLE SHELVES: Two (2) standard duty aluminum adjustable shelves will be provided. The shelves will be formed of .125 (1/8") thick aluminum, with 2 inch upward turned lips on all four sides of each shelf. The shelves will be mounted on Unistrut infinitely adjustable, aluminum extruded, heavy duty shelf track. Incrementally adjustable, non -aluminum shelf track is not acceptable. ALUMINUM PLATE: This plate will be mounted on uni-strut infinitely adjustable brackets and will be located in the bottom portion of the "M-3" Compartment. The plate will be made of 0.25 thick smooth aluminum sheet, 24" high, and should run the full width of the compartment. COMPARTMENT LIGHTS: A total of three (3) lights will be mounted in the "M-3" compartment. All three lights will be surface mount and will be LED. (1) light will be mounted on the compartment ceiling, (1) light will be mounted on the bottom of each adjustable shelf. ADDITIONAL COMPARTMENT LIGHT: (1) One light, in addition to standard light, will be mounted in the compartment, per customer specified location. The light will be surface mount and will be LED. RIGHT REAR COMPARTMENT (M-5): This compartment will be located in the right rear corner of the body. The minimum compartment dimensions will be 84.5" High x 21" Wide x 22" Deep. CEILING VENTILATION: Specified compartments will have a hat channel at the ceiling level. The hat channel will run to no closer than 1" from the compartment side walls to allow for air exchange. Hidden from view, will be two to three, (4") holes above the hat channel to exhaust the compartment air when the door is closed to allow it to close with minimal effort. There will be additional horizontal square holes in the outward facing vertical hat channel. COMPARTMENT DOOR: A single, forward hinged, compartment door will be set for this compartment. The door will have a single handle and two rotary latches. DIVIDERS: One fixed divider will be formed of .125" thick 5052-H32 aluminum sheet. The divider will be sixty inches (60") high by fourteen inches (14") deep: measured from the track: and have a two inch return flange formed along the sixty inch edge for mounting. All corners on the dividers will be rounded or chamfered. The exposed edges will be covered with automotive edge trim. Two full width, horizontally oriented, Unistrut C- channel tracks will be fastened to the back wall of the aforementioned compartment. ADJUSTABLE SHELF: A standard duty aluminum adjustable shelf will be provided. The shelf will be formed of .125 (1/8") thick aluminum, with 2 inch upward turned lips on all four sides. The shelf will be mounted on Unistrut infinitely adjustable, aluminum extruded heavy duty shelf track. Incrementally adjustable, non - aluminum shelf track is not acceptable. STAIR CHAIR ROLL OUT TRAY: A standard duty aluminum roll out tray will be provided. The tray body will be formed of .125 inch thick aluminum sheet (5052-H34), with 3 inch upward turned lips. The tray will be brake formed, designed to minimize weld length. The corners of the tray will be continuously welded. The slides will be through bolted to the side of the tray body. The upper edge of the tray will have rubber coated Stampro 19 American Response Vehicles weatherstrip on the up -turned edge. The tray slides will be rated per the following paragraph. The tray will be mounted on the forward wall of the compartment. COMPARTMENT COMPONENT FINISH: The fixed divider, adjustable shelf, and the stair chair roll out tray will require a high strength, abrasion, and chemical resistant finish. This compartment's components will have black speed liner installed. SLIDES: Heavy Duty, full extension drawer slides will be installed on the aforementioned roll out tray. The Zinc plated steel slides will be side mounted and rated at 250 pounds per pair. The slide travel will be at least equal to the length of the slide assembly. The slide will incorporate ball bearings to reduce fiction between the rails on each slide. Attachment screws will be at least 0.250 inch diameter with locking nuts. The slide will also have a built in, end of travel, rubber bumpers to reduce steel to steel collision noises. One of the slides will have a locking point at full extension and at full return with a yellow thumb release. The slides will be securely fastened to the compartment floor or side walls depending upon location request. RETAINER STRAP: There will be one, two inch wide webbed strap will be supplied in the aforementioned compartment. The strap will be designed and positioned on the stair chair tray for the purpose of holding the stair chair in position during transit. The strap will employ a metal buckle system with a push button release. The strap be fastened to the compartment walls with a two inch footman's loop. Plastic "Luggage" type buckles and smaller webbing size is not acceptable. Attachment screws will not pierce the strap webbing. FOOTMAN LOOP: There will be a 2" footman loops located back from the jamb opening on the compartment. RETAINER STRAPS: There will be an additional pair of two inch wide webbed strap will be supplied in the aforementioned compartment. The strap will be designed and positioned to prevent backboards and other related items, that may have shifted against the door during transit, from falling out of the compartment when the door is opened. The strap will employ a metal buckle system with a push button release. The strap be fastened to the compartment walls with a two inch footman's loop. Plastic "Luggage" type buckles and smaller webbing size is not acceptable. Attachment screws will not pierce the strap webbing. COMPARTMENT LIGHTS: (2) Two lights will be mounted in the "M-5" compartment. Both lights will be surface mount and will be LED. (1) light will be center mounted in the compartment ceiling, (1) light will be located on the bottom of the adjustable shelf. REAR ACCESS DOORS: The rear of the module will be equipped with double, hinged patient compartment access doors. The doors will be centered on the body and align with the patient compartment aisle space. The doors will measure 46 3/4 inches wide by 60 5/8" high, jamb to jamb. REAR ACCESS DOOR JAMB: At the rear access doors, a full width, formed, stainless steel jamb protection plate will be provided to prevent the cot frames from chipping the paint. The stainless steel protection package will start from under the kick plate and follow the contour of the jamb extrusion, cover the end of the sub -floor, and cover the last four inches of the vinyl floor covering. 20 American Response Vehicles MODULE ENTRY DOOR INSULATION: Module entry doors will have 0.1875 inch thick mass loaded acoustical ethylene vinyl acetate material attached to the inside surface of the exterior skin to provide a noise reduction of 75%. There will be 2 inch thick moisture resistant hydrophobic, micro -porous, polymeric substance adhered to the ethylene vinyl acetate material to provide added DB absorption and a minimum R rating of 11. The insulation will be fitted tightly against the structural members to maximize R-value effectively. Gap spacing round each cell within the structure grid and the block foam will not exceed 1/16". A layer of 0.250 inch thick foil encapsulated micro -cellular closed -cell polyethylene with an R rating of 7.75. There will be a minimum air gap of 0.5 inch between the inner most foil surface and the doors interior surface materials. Insulation will not interfere with door latch hardware. The total R value of the module entry doors must be greater than or equal to 12. MODULE ENTRY DOOR SOUND PROOFING: Module entry doors will have 0.1875 inch thick mass loaded acoustical ethylene vinyl acetate material attached to the inside surface of the exterior skin to provide a noise reduction of 75%. DOOR JAMB SILL PROTECTION: On the compartments specified below, the paint on the bottom horizontal portion of the doorjamb will be protected by a twenty (20) gauge minimum stainless steel protection plate. This plate will originate at the toe of the door jamb lip (where it mates against the skin), then forms around the lower flat surface, then forms up across the gasket mating surface and finally forms across the inner jamb surface and terminates where the compartment meets the jamb. The following compartments will feature stainless steel sill protection: - Left Front Compartment Bottom Door Jamb. - Left Front Middle Compartment Bottom Door Jamb. - Left Rear Compartment Bottom Door Jamb. - Right Rear Compartment Bottom Door Jamb. DRIVE SHAFT LOOP: There will be a loop of metal secured to the bottom of the chassis to protect the front of the drive shaft from hitting the ground should there be a failure of the front "U"-joint. BODY PROTECTION AND BRIGHT WORK WIRE/HOSE COVER: The area between the back of the cab and the front of the module will have a .100 aluminum diamond plate cover, attached to the frame rails, to protect any hoses and/ or wires routed in that location. The cover will be mounted to close -off the area with a finished appearance. BATTERY DRAWER: Under the driver's door of the chassis cab, there will be a storage area to accommodate the batteries specified within these specifications. The storage area will be designed with a tray to hold the designated batteries and will be on a pair of slides to accommodate a minimum of 250 pounds. The drawer front will be designed to incorporate a diamond tread plate face with a cutout for a paddle latch attached to a pair of rotary latches that will be timed to unlatch simultaneously when activated. There will also be a step as part of the drawer front with a stepping surface to meet the requirements of NFPA for the coefficient of friction. 21 American Response Vehicles FUEL TANK COVER: The polished aluminum diamond plate cover will be roll formed to contour match the fuel tank. The fuel tank cover will originate from the top of the primary (Bottom) step, run vertically and roll form around the top corner and across the top of the fuel tank. The ends of the cover will be continuously TIG welded to the roll formed front and top. All fastening devices will be secured to the tank support brackets. The filler neck will be match drilled for open access to the filler cap. The edges of the filler access hole will be capped off with an automotive edge molding. PRIMARY STEP: The OEM primary step will be replaced with an aluminum "Diamond Back" or expanded metal extrusion that protrudes beyond the face of the fuel tank cover by at least five inches. This step will be through bolted to both OEM Fuel tank support brackets. SECONDARY STEP: A twenty six inch by seven inch deep step made primarily of aluminum "Bar Grate" or expanded metal extrusion will be welded onto the fuel tank cover. FRAMING: The rear step bumper will exceed the current revision of KKK-A-1822. The bumper will be framed in with % x 2 x 4 6063-T6 aluminum rectangular tubing. The bumper will be through bolted directly to the chassis frame. OUTER PONTOONS: The outer bumper ends (pontoons) will be covered in .100 polished aluminum aggressive diamond plate. The outer corners will be chamfered and will extend out past the body and line up with the lower body side skirt rails to create a continuous look. Each pontoon cover will be through bolted to the bumper frame with stainless steel, pan -head, Phillips head, %-20 bolts and Nylock nuts. DEPTH OF BUMPER: The rear bumper will protrude from the rear surface of the module body to the rearward most metal surface by at least thirteen and one half inches (13 1/2") and not more than fourteen inches (14") CENTER STEP: A flip up step will be provided to allow closer access to the patient cabin floor. The step will be as wide as the rear access door jamb. The step will be made of 2" x 9-1/2" aluminum bar gate commercially perforated aggressive traction. A stainless steel piano hinge will have a staked in, %" diameter pin, one inch knuckles and one Type-F %" through bolt every four inches. DOCKING BUMPERS: The rear bumper will be equipped with natural, black rubber dock bumpers. The bumpers will measure 4 inches high by 18 inches long by 4 inches thick. The bumpers will be through bolted to each pontoon with two (2) 3/8 diameter, grade 8 bolts. The bolts will be counter bored into each dock bumper. Each mounting hole will be reinforced with a counter bore diameter, thick flat washer. Each bolt will be threaded into a spiral lock flanged nut or approved equal. FENDER: The rear fenders will be made of extruded rubber. The rubber fender mounting lip will be reinforced with a radius matched 0.125 aluminum strip to promote even compression pressure between the fasteners. The mounting fasteners will be 100% nylon bolt with 100% nylon nuts will hold the fender to the body. The fastener centers will not exceed ten inches (10). 22 American Response Vehicles BODY CORNER POST PROTECTION: The lowest front twenty four inches (24") of the corner post extrusions will be protected against stones and road debris. The corner post guards will be formed of .080 thick polished aluminum diamond plate, contour fit to the corner post extrusions and riveted into place. A bead of silver colored, silicone sealant will be applied across the top edge of the guards. The bottom of edge of the guard will be left unsealed to promote moisture drainage. BODY CORNER POST PROTECTION: The lower rear twenty four inches (24") of the corner post extrusions will be protected against stones and road debris. The corner post guards will be formed of .080 thick polished aluminum diamond plate, contour fit to the corner post extrusions and riveted into place. A bead of silver colored, silicone sealant will be applied across the top edge of the guards. The bottom of edge of the guard will be left unsealed to promote moisture drainage. REAR KICK PLATE: The rear kick plate will be made of 0.100 inch thick Polished aluminum diamond plate and run from corner post to corner post. The height will be tapered from the skirt -line of the body to the bottom doorjamb under the rear access doors and then transition from under the rear doors to the same height as the rear corner guards on the corner post. RECOVERY EYES: Two vertically oriented, heavy duty cast iron tow eyes with a one inch threaded stud will be through bolted to a one half inch thick steel plate that is continuously welded to the end of the OEM Frame. The recovery eyes will be recessed into the kick panel so that the tangency of the eyes are co -planer with or set back up to one inch. The recovery (tow) eyes will not be trip hazard to personnel entering and leaving the rear access doors. Each tow eye has a safe working load of 21,0001bs. ACCESS HOLES: Access to the recovery eyes will be made through a finished access hole through the Diamond plate "Kick panel" under the rear doors. The access holes will be at least five inches in diameter and the edges of the holes will be covered in automotive edge trim. The trim must be bonded to the kick plate in addition to the clamp on ribbing that will be built into the trim. RECESSED TAG AREA: The kick plate will feature a centered and illuminated recessed area to mount a standard U.S. six inch high by twelve inch wide license plate. The recessed area must be located as specified below and aesthetically TIG Welded around the perimeter of the opening. Threaded inserts and bolts to install the tag will be installed and provided. RECESSED TAG AREA LOCATION: The tag area will be centered in the kick plate. TAG LIGHT: The tag area will be LED illuminated with the park light circuit. FRONT OF BODY: The front of the body will have skirt -line protection plates made of .080 aluminum diamond plate. The corner posts will have form fit diamond plate protection height matched to the frontal plates. The height of the protection is twenty four inches up from the body skirt line. 23 American Response Vehicles SKIRT RAILS: The entire skirt -line of the body, forward and aft on the rear wheels will have formed .188" diamond plate skirt rails to protect the body. Each skirt rail will meet current Federal Specification KKK-A-1822. Each rail will be chamfered 45 degrees at both ends. There will also be a series of twelve (12) rectangular holes, six (6) each side. Six (6) of the holes will face outward and six (6) will angle downward. The side facing will be for Red/White warning lights and the downward will be for ground lighting. The rails will be fastened through the bottom of the rail into the bottom of the modular body. The rails will not cut into the paint. They will be mounted through nylon isolators in such a manner that they are spaced off the body. SKIRTRAIL LIGHT SWITCHING: The above mentioned skirt rail LED lights will be wired to activate by separate switch in cab console. LED GROUND SWITCHING: The above mentioned LED Ground lights will be wired to activate with marker lights on and unit is in park. REAR ACCESS DOOR CHECKS: Rear access doors will open at least 150 degrees. The door checks will be 2 piece, heavy duty, cast aluminum, grabber type with gaskets. The door will have a % round stock loop that plunges into a positive rubber/cast socket. REAR MUD FLAPS: Mud flaps behind both sets of rear tires will be supplied and installed. The mud flaps will be 1/4" thick natural rubber material. Each mud flap will be sandwiched between the wheel well liner and a torque distribution plate. The torque distribution plate will be at least .100 thick aluminum plate. Each mud flap will be through bolted to the wheel well liner with at least three (3) one -quarter inch (1/4") diameter stainless steel bolt. CORROSION: The anti -electrolysis procedure for any holes that are drilled for application of materials is to be as follows, After the hole is drilled, the opening(s) are to be treated with Tactile 517 prior to installation of any fasteners to guard against any future corrosion. EXTERIOR FASTENERS: All screw sites require a replaceable nylon insert for the fastener to thread into to isolate the dissimilar metals. Each hole will be treated with an Electrolysis Corrosion Control compound (Tactile 517) prior to installation of the nylon inserts. All exterior screws will be stainless steel. TURN SIGNAL LIGHT: There will be additional set of turn signal light fixtures on the front of the body, they will be Whelen Brand series 600, Light Emitting Diode to operate as left and right turn signal lights and will be amber arrow when illuminated. LOCATION: The aforementioned turn signal lights will be positioned on the module front and just below the front warning lights. FLANGES: The above lights will have Whelen's optional bright trim bezel (Flange), to embellish the light head. BODY CORNER CAPS: The front and rear upper body corners will include a cavity built into the aluminum body 24 American Response Vehicles that will not sacrifice the body integrity. FRONT CORNER ICC LIGHTS: The front body corner caps will include DOT approved compliant light fixtures with clear lenses. The lenses will house ICC fixtures that include amber LED's to be mounted to the front and front corners. There will also be additional LED lights that alternate red and clear within the light to act as additional warning lights. FRONT ICC LIGHTS: Clearance lights will be provided per FMVSS 108. The lights will illuminate the height of the vehicle, define the vehicle center line. Three (amber) lights will be provided on the front of the module and be populated with at least two LEDs. REAR CORNER ICC LIGHTS: The rear body corner caps will include DOT approved compliant light fixtures with clear lenses. The lenses will house ICC fixtures that include red LED's to the rear and rear corners. There will also be additional LED lights that alternate red and amber within the light to act as additional warning lights. REAR ICC LIGHTS: Clearance lights will be provided per FMVSS 108. The lights will illuminate the height of the vehicle and define the vehicle centerline. Three red lights will be provided on the rear of the module and be populated with at least two LEDs. CORNER CAP WARNING LIGHT SWITCHING: The above mentioned corner cap LED lights will be wired to activate in Primary Only. DOOR OPEN WARNING LED LIGHTS: There will be a Kinequip LED (light emitting diodes) light installed on each compartment door interior panel. For double doors, the light will be installed on the exterior of the trailing door. The fixture will measure 1" tall x 1.75" wide and will be installed to the ambulance with nylon isolators to separate the stainless fasteners from the surface to eliminate electrolysis. The light will be a combination of red and white with four individual LEDs. There will be two red and two white diodes which will alternate flash red and white with an internal flasher within the light. The flange of the light will be chrome in color. The lights will activate when the respective compartment door is opened to flash rearward to warn approaching traffic that the compartment door is open. SIDE MARKER LIGHTS: Two Whelen 700 series Tail/Stop LED type side marker light will be supplied and installed on the apparatus body per FMVSS and DOT Standards. Each light will be wired with the running to be the tail steady and the turn is to be the stop and flash. Each light will be populated with at least thirty eight light emitting diodes. The lights will illuminate the end of the vehicle body. TAILLIGHTS: Whelen 600 Series, Tail Lights BRIGHT CHROME -LIKE FLANGES: The 600 series taillight group will be embellished by bright trim flanges. STOP/TAILLIGHT: The stop/tail light fixtures on the rear of the body will be Whelen Brand series 600 Fully Populated Light Emitting Diode. The lights will operate as both tail and stop modes and will be red when illuminated. 25 American Response Vehicles TURN SIGNAL LIGHT: The turn signal light fixtures on the rear of the body will be Whelen Brand series 600, Light Emitting Diode. The lights will operate as left and right turn signal lights and will be amber arrow when illuminated. BACK UP SIGNAL LIGHT: The back up signal light fixtures on the rear of the body will be Whelen Brand series 600, partially populated Light Emitting Diode to operate as left and right back up signal lights and will be clear when illuminated. EXTERIOR FLOOD and LOAD LIGHTING: LEFT SCENE LIGHTS: Two scene lights will be provided on the left side of the module. The lights will be Whelen LED-24, 900 series. The scene light group will meet or exceed the present revision of the Federal specification KKK-A-1822. RIGHT SCENE LIGHTS: Two scene lights will be provided on the right side of the module. The lights will be Whelen LED-24, 900 series. The scene light group will meet or exceed current revision of the Federal specification KKK-A-1822. SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING: The scene lights will come on with two separate rocker switches labeled Right Flood and Left Flood, located in the center cab console controlled by the master switch. The right (curb side) scene lights will also come on when the side entry door is opened. REAR LOAD LIGHTS: Two rear load lights will be provided on the rear of the module, above the rear access doors. The lights will be Whelen LED-24, 900 series. The scene light group will meet or exceed current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. REAR LOAD LIGHT SWITCHING: The rear load lights will come on with a separate rocker switch located in the cab console controlled by a master switch. The switch will be labeled "Rear Flood" and will control both rear load lights on the rear of the body and above the rear access doors. The rear load lights will come on when rear doors are opened. ADDITIONAL FLOOD LIGHT ACTIVATION: The rearward left/right scene lights will come on with when the vehicle is placed in reverse in addition to the rear flood/load lights. INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM: There will be two twelve volt DC powered fans for air circulation in the patient area. One four inch in diameter marine style fan with internal impeller will be installed in the forward section of the patient area. A dedicated interior vent will be provided for the powered intake ventilation. One four - inch in diameter marine style fan with internal impeller will be installed in the rearward section of the patient area as dictated by the cabinet design. The exhaust fan will also have a dedicated movable vent over the intake. Both fans will be connected to the same switching source at the patient area and labeled as "EXHAUST FAN" or similar. The patient exhaust will have one speed .05ha. 26 American Response Vehicles A/C UNIT SYSTEM: The patient area HVAC system will be on the floor behind the attendant seat. A/C Unit will have a ducted delivery system in the ceiling with eight (8) adjustable vents. And Two additional adjustable vents above and behind the attendant seat. HEPA FILTER: The return air grille will be supplied with a HEPA filter that is designed to fit the slot within the grille. It will be installed and will not rattle. The filter will be replaceable by this department's fleet maintenance in the field. AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR: There will be installed an additional compressor onto the chassis to support the HVAC needs of the ambulance section. RETURN AIR GRILLE: Installed around the Heat/AC unit will be a perforated 13 gauge steel grille. The grille will allow 156 inches of return air flow to the Heat/AC unit. The grille will provide complete access to the Heat/AC unit. The grille to have a black powder coat finish. There will be two quarter turn locks supplied and installed on the grille. The locks will have a black powder coated finish. Lock pawl activation will be enabled with a round bitted key. CEILING DUCTED INSULATED AIR CONDITIONING DELIVERY: One duct will route over the primary patient and attendant, and one will run over the lap area of squad bench. Each duct will contain four spherically adjustable registers, evenly spaced, total of 8. There will also be two registers located directly behind the attendants' seat. REAR AIR CONDITIONING EVAPORATOR: Air Conditioning is hereinafter referred to as A/C. The module will have an additional, self-contained A/C evaporator unit complete with a dual blower motor driven, high output fan. The fan will be three speed and will move 650 cubic feet of air per minute on high. The A/C unit will also incorporate a hot water heater core for heat. The valves will operate with the heater/defrost controls. The unit will be rated at least 32,000 British Thermal Units (BTU) in A/C Mode and 35,000 BTU in Heater Mode. The Vehicle A/C Heater system must meet or exceed current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. CONDENSATION DRAIN PAN: A condensation pan will be provided to collect water condensation from the evaporator coil. The drain pan will be formed from 1/8 ABS plastic sheet and will be listed (tilted) toward the drain fitting. The Evaporator unit will be mounted so that the weight of the coil, case and blower assembly does not rest on the pan. Additionally, the entire evaporator will list toward the condensation drain fitting to enhance water flow to the drain hose. The drain hose will be % I. D., collapse resistant and fiber reinforced poly -tubing. The hose will be routed from the condensation pan to the street. HEATER HOSES: Heater hoses for the cab will remain OEM. 5/8 inside diameter, EPDM Nomex rubber hoses will route from the OEM tie in point to the rear heater core. AIR CONDITIONING HOSES: All A/C Hoses will meet Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) J-2064. The discharge (High side) hoses will not be less than 5/16 inside diameter (Size 6). The suction (Low side) hoses will not be less than % inside diameter (Size 10). All hoses will be A.S.T.M. Type D, with a thermoplastic inner 27 American Response Vehicles liner (Nylon) that is protected by two textile reinforced braided eIectrometric outer jacket. The hose will be qualified for use with R-134A, R-404 and R-407. The hose specified herein will be subjected to a battery of tests per A.S.T.M. D-380. The results will be supplied by the hose manufacturer. RETURN AIR GRILLE: Installed around the Heat/AC unit will be a perforated 13 gauge steel grille. The grille will allow 156 inches of return air flow to the Heat/AC unit. The grille will provide complete access to the Heat/AC unit. The grille to have a black powder coat finish. There will be two quarter turn locks supplied and installed on the grille. The locks will have a black powder coated finish. Lock pawl activation will be enabled with a round bitted key. CARBON FILTER: The return air grille will be supplied with a pre carbon filter that is designed to fit the slot within the grille. It will be installed and will not rattle. The filter will be replaceable and/or cleanable by this department's fleet maintenance in the field. DUAL AC CONTROL / THERMOSTAT: The air conditioning and heat for the patient cabin will be controlled by a set of controls in the action area with a multiplexed temperature probe for the patient area. Controls in the front chassis cab through the multiplexed system will also be installed. A digital display will indicate the patient cabin temperature on both displays. CEILING PANELS: The patient cabin head liner substrate material will be one quarter inch thick, composite metal with powder coated finish laminated to center plastic material. An upholstered center panels will provide access to ceiling wiring and be covered in the same upholstery type as the seat and back rest pads found on the squad bench and/or CPR seat. PATIENT CABIN DOME LIGHT RAIL SYSTEM: The patient cabin will have a single fixture that extends within eighteen (18") inches of the rear header pad. The light rail will be 90" long by 4.5" wide. The light rail will be fully populated with LED lighting. The lighting will have 3 levels of intensity (3 levels only with multiplex systems) in addition to having a red lighting feature. The single fixture will have individual circuit boards containing LED (light emitting diodes) sufficient to meet or exceed the lumen requirements of the Federal Specifications KKK-A-1822 present revision. The light rail output is 7100 lumens on high and 1750 lumens on low in total for the white lighting. The light rail will be constructed of not less than .090" aluminum and will be anti -microbial powder coated white to match the ceiling panels. The fixture will be capped off at both ends to match the light rail extrusion to give the light rail an aesthetically appealing look and all the fasteners will match the color of the light rail. There will be switching in the cab to activate light on low and in the patient area to operate the light both in low and high output. There will also be two full length rows of red LED lights on a separate switch to operate with or without the main white lights. The ceiling light configuration will meet current Federal Specifications KKK-A-1822. 60 MINUTE TIMER: A variable 0 to 60 minute, spring wound, mechanical timer switch will provide temporary illumination of the patient cabin for check out purposes. The switch input will be wired directly to the vehicle batteries. The switch will be located on the curbside wall, by the C/S access doors over the squad bench lid. The timer circuit will comply with the latest revision of KKK-A-1822. American Response Vehicles LIGHTS POWERED BY TIMER: The aforementioned timer will power the LED Light Rail system on the medium intensity setting. The duration of the light will vary with the setting of the timer. INTERIOR CHECKOUT TIMER: A programmable timer circuit will be included as part of the AEV LX1 Multiplexed electrical system. It will be activated with the opening of either the Curbside or Rear Access Doors. The circuit will be constant hot and only operate with the Battery Switch in the off position. INTERIOR CHECKOUT TIME FRAME: The light circuit will stay on for a period of 15 minutes. LIGHTS POWERED BY TIMER: The aforementioned timer will power the LED Light Rail system on the low intensity setting. AUXILIARY STEREO SPEAKERS: Two 5 inch diameter stereo speakers will be wired to the OEM Dash mounted radio. The speakers will be rated at least 30 watts, 16W RMS with 4 ohms of impedance. The magnet will be at least 6 ounces. One speaker will be located in the center pad toward the front of the patient cabin and one toward the rear. VOLUME CONTROL: A variable volume control for the patient compartment stereo speakers will be provided in the action area panel, adjacent to the switch panel. I.V. BAG HANGING HARDWARE: The following will be self-contained recessed I.V. Hook assemblies that will be installed in the ceiling. Each I.V. Hook assembly will fold and stow recessed in a cast aluminum housing. The hooks are to be spiral shaped to preclude I.V. Bag from falling off with push button release for each fluid bag. Each I.V. Hook assembly will hold (2) two bags of fluid. A rubber with Velcro anti -sway device will be included for IV retention, without depending on adjacent cabinetry. I.V. BAG HANGING HARDWARE, No 1: Located of the Primary patient, in the close proximity to the Head/Chest area of the patient. I.V. BAG HANGING HARDWARE, No 2: Located of the Secondary patient, in the close proximity to the Head/Chest area of the patient. I.V. BAG HANGING HARDWARE, No 3: Located of the Primary patient, in the close proximity to the Knee/Waist area of the patient. I.V. BAG HANGING HARDWARE, No 4: Located of the Secondary patient, in the close proximity to the Knee/Waist area of the patient. RECESSED CURB SIDE OVER HEAD ASSIST RAIL: The rail will exceed the current revision of current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. The rail will be 1 % diameter, 100% stainless steel with gray anti -microbial coating and 72 inches long. All rail fittings will be TIG welded to the main rail. The rail will be recessed in an ABS pan 1.5", located curbside of center pad. 29 American Response Vehicles RECESSED STREET SIDE OVER HEAD ASSIST RAIL: The rail will exceed the current revision of current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. The rail will be 1 % diameter, 100% stainless steel and 72 inches long. All rail fittings will be TIG welded to the main rail. The rail will be recessed in an ABS pan 1.5", located curbside of center pad. Insulation PKG: X-Series units MODULE DOOR INSULATION: A primary layer of 0.250 inch thick foil encapsulated micro -cellular closed -cell polyethylene with an R rating of 7.75 will be installed against the outermost door surface. There will be secondary 2-inch thick moisture resistant hydrophobic microporous polymeric substance installed to provide added DB absorption and a minimum R rating of 11. Insulation will be installed in the lower half of the door to achieve approximately 400 square inches minimum of insulation installed. Insulation panel pieces will be cut with straight edges for structural integrity. The block insulation panels will be installed using adhesive tape to nearby door structure members. There will be gaps of one inch minimum to any activating linkage product, wiring, or other item in the door panel area. No upgrade insulation is installed around the upper entry window spacing to provide efficient install and secure mounting of the window mechanism. Gap spacing round each cell within the structure grid and the block foam will not exceed one- half inch +/- /". There will be a minimum air gap of 0.5 inch between the inner most foil surface and the doors interior surface materials. Insulation will not interfere with door latch hardware. The total R value of the module entry doors must be greater than or equal to 12 MODULE DOOR INSULATION: Module entry doors will have 0.1875 inch thick mass loaded acoustical ethylene vinyl acetate material attached to the inside surface of the lower exterior skin to provide a noise reduction of 75%. The Black sound proofing material will be installed to the lower portion of the door interior for a minimum of 400 square inches of installation. No product will be installed within one inch of any activating mechanism or hardware. The product will be installed with gap tolerance of one-half inch +/- one quarter inch. SOUND BLOCK: There is to be Sound Block, sound deadening installed prior to the 1/2" subfloor. It will be adhered directly to the vapor barrier and will also include the interior of the body over the wheel well housings for a complete floor sound block. The material will be less than 1/4" thick so as not to impede on the interior headroom. This sound deadening material has an additional insulation value of R-3 measured vertically. This DBMAX material in combination with other mounted substrates can produce a decibel reduction on average of 47 decibels for frequencies 250 - 5000 HZ. INSULATION WALLS AND CEILING: The walls will have minimum of 1 inch thick closed- porous polymeric substance with a minimum R rating of 4. The insulation will be fitted tightly against the structural members to maximize R-value effectively. Gap spacing around each cell within the structure grid and the block foam will not exceed 1/16". A layer of 0.250 inch thick foil encapsulated micro -cellular closed -cell polyethylene with a minimum R rating of 7.75. The material must pass FMVSS 302 testing. There will be a minimum air gap of 0.5 inch between the inner most foil surface and the interior surface materials. The total R value of the walls must be greater than or equal to 11.75. The ceiling will have a 1 inch thick closed -cell hydrophobic micro porous 30 American Response Vehicles polymeric substance with a minimum R rating of 4. The insulation will be fitted tightly against the structural members to maximize R-value effectively. Gap spacing around each cell within the structure grid and the block foam will not exceed 1/16". A layer of 0.250 inch thick foil encapsulated micro -cellular closed -cell polyethylene with a minimum R rating of 7.75 There will be a minimum air gap of 0.5 inch between the inner most foil surface and the and the ceiling panel. The total R value of the ceiling must be greater than or equal to 11.75. STEPWELL INSULATION PACKAGE: The underside of the curbside step well will be insulated between the structure with urethane froth insulation and then the underside will be undercoated to protect the insulation from weather elements. SOUND DEADENING PACKAGE: The doors, and bare interior walls not covered by cabinetry of the ambulance will be insulated with a premier insulation package that will both offer sound/acoustical and HVAC characteristics for the patient area of the ambulance. The material offers Sound, Air and Moisture barrier by blocks airborne noise from entering the vehicle through open passages. When used between metal surfaces and mounting brackets it acts as a de -coupler and damper reducing the vibration of each surface and minimizing the transfer of noise between the surfaces and the cabin interior. The separation of exterior and interior surfaces by utilizing this product also provides a thermal barrier which enhances the climate control in the vehicle. It is used as a moisture barrier within doors to protect electrical passages and gives a solid feel by filing gaps between panels. The following are some of the characteristics of the material: 1) Is a decoupling / damping layer to reduce impact/airborne noise through floors. 2) Adds insulation value as it exhibits a R value of 3+. 3) Product is made from postindustrial recycled content. 4) Passes FMVSS 302 flammability testing. 5) Passes automotive physical performance specifications. 6) Reduces noise levels up to 75% between the interior and exterior. 7) Is made of Non —PVC so it doesn't deplete the ozone layer. 8) Improves climate control efficiencies. MODULE INSULATION: The module insulation, except the under the floor will consist of material having the following characteristics, 8mm thick nonabsorbent, reflective and will have an air cell core. The air cell core will consist of one layer of polyethylene bubble film that is sandwiched between one (1) layer of 99 percent pure aluminum foil and white colored polyethylene film. The insulation will be installed with at least % air space from exterior skins, exposed to direct sun light. The insulation thermal rate testing will be conducted in accordance with A.S.T.M. E84-89A, ANSI 2.5, NFPA 255, UBC 42-1, and U. L. 723. The walls will not be less than R-15.0 down, R-7.31 Horizontally and R5.4 up. The insulation will have a NFPA Class A and a UBC Class 1 fire rating with a flame spread index of 20 and a smoke developed index of 30. The application will include a single layer of the insulation on all four walls, doors, compartments, ceiling, and floor. ADDITIONAL SOUND DEADENING INSULATION: There will be additional sound deadening insulation installed on top of the wheel well liners. 31 American Response Vehicles PUBLIC ADDRESS (Visual) WARNING LIGHTS WARNING LIGHTS: The primary warning lights will be Whelen Super LED Series with chrome flange. All warning lights will have clear lens. The warning lights that are mounted to the modular body will be connected to the ambulance via Wago Cage Clamps. The warning light that are located on the cab will be connected with Deutsch weatherproof 3-pin connector kits. The warning lights that are mounted on the doors will have a male and female spade connector. The use of butt connectors or any other type will not be acceptable. The exact location, color, and flash pattern will be determined at the pre -construction conference. WARNING LIGHT SIZE AND LOCATION: The size and location of the warning lights will be as follows: 2-700 Red Grille Lights 2-400 Red Front Intersection Lights 1-900 White (Clear) Center Front Conversion Light 6-900 Red Front of the Conversion Lights 2-900 Red Upper Outer Light on Each Side 1-700 Red Rear Intersection Light on Each Side 2-900 Red Upper Outer Light on the rear of the body 2-900 Red Mid -Height Lights on the rear of the body, with brake light override 1-900 Amber Upper Center Light All Warning Lights will have Clear Lenses. WARNING LIGHT ACTIVATION: The warning light system will have a sequencer with load manager built into the multiplex electrical system. The warning light system will be controlled with a Primary and Secondary switch as described by Federal Specifications KKK-A-1822F. In addition, there will be separate switching for the skirtrail and door open warning lights. Primary will flash all lights, Secondary will flash Red and Amber lights only. Headlight Flasher: The manufacturer will ensure that the chassis programming is activated for headlight flashing when triggered by the installed conversion electrical system. This headlight flasher is a warning device for emergency usage. The corresponding switch or icon will activate this activity. The chassis program will engage when the headlights are turned on. RECHARGEABLE FLASHLIGHT: Two (2) Stream Light "SL-20LP" rechargeable flash lights will be supplied and installed by the ambulance manufacturer. The light will have a polymer case, unbreakable lens, and a run time of one and one half hours (Between charges). The light will charge back to 100% in twelve to fourteen hours. The light will measure 13" Long. The weight will be 1.0 pounds. 32 American Response Vehicles FLASHLIGHT LOCATION: (1) aforementioned flash lights will be located on the driver side of the center console and (1) located in the RF AILS Hallway, centered from floor to ceiling. FLASHLIGHT POWER: The aforementioned flash light will be Constant Hot. SPOTLIGHT: A hand held 140,000 candle power, 100 watt halogen spot light will be provided in the cab. The housing will be an impact resistant, one piece Unibody UV treated black colored neoprene. The light will feature a momentary rocker switch to prevent the light from burning while not in the user's hand. This light will feature a coil type cord that is at least three feet long retracted and fifteen feet extended. The weight of this light will not exceed three pounds. HANDHELD SPOTLIGHT LOCATION: The aforementioned spotlight will be hard wired to the center console. The light will be enabled through the battery switch. The spotlight will be located behind the driver seat. BATTERY SWITCH: A conversion disconnect switch will be supplied. Constant battery power will be supplied for device memories. None of the chassis functions will be affected by this switch per Fords Qualified Vehicle Modifiers program, bulletin No 63. An indicator light will illuminate on the cab console panel. POWER MODULE DOOR LOCKS: Each compartment and/or entry doors listed below will Lock or Unlock with a single depression of a momentary switch. Each door will be fitted with a bidirectional, momentary electric solenoid designed to operate a mechanical rod in a linear fashion. The rod will mechanically interface with the door lock mechanism inside the door. All rod connections will be designed for high cycle operation without mechanical disconnection. The battery compartment will NOT have the power lock/unlock feature. This compartment will remain key operated. DOOR LOCK SWITCH: The aforementioned door lock(s), will be wired to activate with the OEM cab door locks and their switches in the cab. OEM KEY FOB OPTION: The aforementioned door lock(s), will be wired to activate with the OEM cab door locks and their switches in the cab as well as the OEM remote key fob activator. DOOR LOCK SWITCHES: The module entry doors will have internal integrated electric door lock activation switches. Only the following doors will have power door locks: - Upper Left Front Compartment (M-1A) - Left Front Compartment (M-1) - Left Middle Compartment (M-2) - Left Rear Compartment (M-3) - Rear Access Doors - Right Rear Compartment (M-5) - Curbside Access Door 33 American Response Vehicles REMOTE KEYPAD #1: There will be a remote keypad installed on the side of the modular body by the curbside door for the purpose of unlocking the doors that have electric door lock actuators. HIDDEN DOOR LOCK SWITCH: A weatherproof momentary switch will be installed, concealed from view. Installation of Remote Door Lock Switch feature may increase likelihood of unauthorized entry into vehicle. By checking this option, purchaser further agrees to hold AEV or chassis manufacturer harmless for any loss of vehicle or contents caused by unlawful access. LOCATION: The switch will be located in the license plate recess in the rear kick -plate, up high, by the tag light area. BACK UP ALARM: The apparatus will include a 97 to 107 decibel back up alarm, activated by shifting into reverse. There will be a manual momentary cancel switch/Icon in the main electrical system for the temporary cancelation by the driver of this alarm. CUT-OFF SWITCH, BACK UP ALARM: The back up alarm will include a momentary type cut off switch to silence the alarm. The alarm enable circuit will automatically reset when the transmission is shifted out of REVERSE, hence the back up alarm will sound when the vehicle is placed in REVERSE again. ►Vi/_11►IA411:1[4T_1S]&INR 31j1119109 Electrical System: The electrical system will be a custom made LX1 system utilizing Class 1 Inc. ES-KeyTM technology and UltraViewTm displays. The minimum system components include an UltraViewTm 700 display, an UltraView 450 display, a Super node IIT`" with integrated climate control capability, and other ES-KeyT`" components as necessary. UltraViewT`" 700 display: The UltraViewT" 700 display (UV700) is a custom programmed, 7 inch, full color LCD ES -Key display. It is a 14 button, touch screen capable display. The LCD is bonded for direct sunlight view ability. The UV700 is sealed to IP67 and allows for flexible mounting options (flush, pedestal, or rear). The UV700 has 3 J1939 CAN Bus connections and 3 NTSC/PAL Video inputs. The UV700 is switches are configured to allow for the control of emergency master and non -emergency master functions and are completely configurable VIA the ES-KeyT`" Professional software. Switches may be set to act as momentary, maintained or 3 way switches without any physical hardware change. All switches and or indicators may be configured as touch screen inputs into the ES-KeyTM system. The 14 buttons are LED backlit. The UV700 display contains ES-KeyTm diagnostics, allows viewing of vehicle voltage, current draw, oxygen remaining, date and time, climate control status, temperature and control, elapsed time counter, and warning messages. 34 American Response Vehicles UltraView"' 450: The UltraViewT"' 450 display (UV450) is a custom programmed, 4.3 inch, full color LCD ES -Key display. It is an 8 button, touch screen capable display. The LCD is bonded for direct sunlight view ability. The UV450 is sealed to IP67 and allows for flexible mounting options (flush, pedestal, or rear). The UV450 has 2 J1939 CAN Bus connections and 2 NTSC/PAL Video inputs. The UV450 switches are configured to allow for the control of emergency master and non -emergency master functions and are completely configurable VIA the ES-KeyTM Professional software. Switches may be set to act as momentary, maintained or 3 way switches without any physical hardware change. All switches and or indicators may be configured as touch screen inputs into the ES-KeyTM system. The 8 buttons are LED backlit. The UV450 display contains ES-KeyTm diagnostics, allows viewing of vehicle voltage, current draw, oxygen remaining, date and time, climate control status, temperature and control, elapsed time counter, and warning messages. Super node IIT"': The Super node IITM is a high density input output node that is part of the Class 1 Inc. ES-KeyTM system. The Super node IIT"' has 24 inputs (8 positive/8 negative), 24 outputs, a Universal System Manager, a Data logger, programmable special utilities, and select J1939 engine and drive train message reception with ES-KeyTM 1/0 association. There are 18 positive and 6 negative outputs in the Super node TM. Each positive output is capable of 13 amps continuous duty. The negative outputs are capable of 2 amps continuous duty. There is an LED associated with each input and output to indicate the inputs and outputs are physically on. Super node IITM outputs contain features such as digital circuit breaker, flash capability, PWM capability and open load detection. Each positive output has a digital circuit breaker feature. The "digital circuit breaker" feature will automatically turn OFF an output within 0.5 seconds when the source current exceeds 14 Amps. The Super node IITM will attempt to reconnect the output to the load twice more at 5 second intervals, if the output is still overloaded the Super Node will maintain the output OFF. Outputs 0 7 have a "digital circuit breaker - slow blow" which dynamically adjusts the time frame the output stays active when the load exceeds 13 Amps. This feature synthesizes the opening of a standard fuse when reacting to overload conditions. A load of 13.5 Amps will automatically turn off after approximately 12 seconds, and a load of 26 Amps will automatically turn off after approximately 3 seconds. The "digital circuit breaker" feature can be reset (or reinitialized) by de- activating the output through the ES -Key TM network. When the output is turned back ON, the over current tests will be initiated. When an output switch is in an over current situation, a fault is logged to the USM and data logger functions of the Super Node. Outputs 0 through 17 are flash capable at 2 different rates and pulses (allowing for alternating synchronized flash patterns). Additionally, any output in the ES-KeyTm network may be flashed at intervals of .25 seconds utilizing Super node TM special utility functions. Outputs 10 through 17 may be pulse width modulated (PWM) to control loads at a reduced power. PWM may be used as a light dimming feature. An output set to its PWM state will drive its load at 60% duty cycle at 400HZ. 35 American Response Vehicles Outputs 0 through 9 have open load detection circuitry. When an open load is detected a network, message is generated. This message may be utilized as a diagnostic feature or to display a message in the information center in the front switch panel. The Super node IIT"' special utility functions that include timers (delay on/off and one shot), counters, bi- stable switches, and select J1939 broadcast messages. The Super node IIT"' has an integrated USB port. The USB port allows for direct connection to the ES -Key system without additional interface devices. The Super node IIM has an integrated Load Manager: An integrated sequential switching of lamp loads is extremely important on this vehicle. An "Emergency Master" switch that simultaneously energizes a large number of lights can momentarily reduce the vehicle's voltage. Similarly, the simultaneous removal of these loads can cause high alternator output voltage transients which may damage sensitive electronic equipment. LOAD MANAGER: An integrated sequential switching of lamp loads is extremely important on this vehicle. An "Emergency Master" switch that simultaneously energizes a large number of lights can momentarily reduce the vehicle's voltage. Similarly, the simultaneous removal of these loads can cause high alternator output voltage transients which may damage sensitive electronic equipment. The LOAD MANAGER sequencer assures that loads are applied and removed gradually, thus eliminating the possibility of inducing failures in the vehicle's equipment. The load manager will be a precision, solid state controller which sequentially switches "ON" multiple circuits at 1/2 second intervals. Individual switches will enable the user (Driver) to select output "ON or "OFF" status, at any time. The sequencer will be initiated by the "Emergency Master" switch. The sequencer priority will be set at the pre -build conference. The aforementioned LOAD MANAGER will monitor the vehicles battery voltage. When the electrical loads have exceeded the charging system output, the voltage falls. When the voltage falls to 11.5 volts, the LOAD MANAGER will begin to shed up to five loads. The load shed priority will be set by the circuit significance, followed closely by circuit draw. The LOAD MANAGER will shed loads until the voltage level begins to rise. The Super node IIT"' has an integrated Climate Control Module that controls the vehicles air conditioning clutch, heating valve, and fan motor speed with high current digital outputs based upon received J1939 CAN commands from the UV700 or UV450 displays. The Climate Control Module has two modes of operation: automatic and manual. VOLTAGE MONITOR: A voltage monitor will be built into the LX1 electrical system. It will activate a warning light in the cab console, UV700 or UV450 display when the alternator output voltage falls below 11.5 volts. The warning light will be a red back lighted, engraved legend stating Low Voltage. PATIENT CODE ICON/SWITCH: There will be a Patient Code Icon/ Switch in LX-1 labeled "CODE" with audible buzzer to notify Driver. CAMERA #1: There will be a camera mounted on the rear of ambulance body to allow the driver to view as they are backing up. Unless otherwise specified, the camera will be mounted over the rear doors as close to the centerline of the vehicle as possible. The system will include all the necessary cables and adapters to 36 American Response Vehicles connect the system together with power as needed. The monitor will automatically be tied in so that when the vehicle is placed in reverse, it will automatically illuminate the monitor and through the monitor controls will allow for the monitor to be illuminated when the vehicle is in anygear. FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS: All conversion related circuits will be protected with field effect transistors. The value of the threshold for each circuit will not exceed 75% of the rated capacity of the weakest component in the circuit. The system will try to reset three times before shutting down until the system isreset. FRONT LX1 CONTROL PANEL: The manufacturer will install the forward control panel for the multiplex keyl LX1 electrical system in the chassis cab. The control panel will be connected to the main electrical system. The control panel will feature touch screen controls along with tactile buttons on the perimeter. The front control panel will be located in the chassis cab console. PATIENT AREA CONTROL PANEL LOCATION: Streetside Action Area panel. SWITCH PANEL MOUNTING: The Patient area monitor will be mounted flat to the action wall. CAB CONSOLE: A ergonomically designed console with a composite materials substrate will be contour matched to the cab floor. The console will be a parallel wall design with a twelve and one half inch over all width. End panels and center console bulkhead panels will add rigidity and square to the console. The substrate will be laminated per the following finish specification. MOUNTING PANEL CAB CONSOLE: A mounting panel will be installed on the top of the cab console for the installation of the forward multiplex control panel. BATTERY MONITORING SYSTEM: This multiplexed electrical system will include a digital display incorporated in the cab and action area switch panel displays. The digits on the meter will be fully visible in bright daylight. The VOLTAGE measurement range will be 0.5 to 20.0 volts. The AMPERAGE measurement range will be -200.0 Amperes to +200.0 Amperes. The system will be accurate to within one tenth of one volt and within one ampere. The display will simultaneously show the amperage and the voltage. CAB CONSOLE FINISH: The console body will be finished with a 20 mil Easy Grip film. The Easy Grip will be a self-adhesive as well as bonded to the substrate with high bond contact adhesive. All joints will be inconspicuous and bonded along the edges. AUXILIARY CAB CONSOLE: A ergonomically designed extension console will be contour matched to the Main ambulance conversion console. The console will be a tapered design with a fourteen -and one-half inch width at the front of the console and a twelve -inch width at the rear of the console. The height will not exceed the height of the engine cover console measured at the rear. The length of the console, measured at the center, will be at least twenty-one inches. NOTEBOOK SLOT: The aforementioned extension console will feature a six inch by full width slot specifically 37 American Response Vehicles designed to hold note books and/or clipboards. The inside finish of the slot will be of the same material as the outside laminate. The slot will be located in the rearward most end of the extension console. The aforementioned "notebook slot" will feature two removable dividers that are evenly spaced in the slot. Extruded C-channels fastened to the sides will be employed to secure the dividers into place. GLOVE STORAGE: There will be glove storage at the rear of the add on console as part of the add on console. It will be designed to hold (3) three boxes of gloves standing on end for easy access. CAB CONSOLE FINISH: The console body will be finished with a 20 mil Easy Grip film. The Easy Grip will be a self-adhesive as well as bonded to the substrate with high bond contact adhesive. All joints will be inconspicuous and bonded along the edges. CHASSIS CAB WASTE CONTAINER: There will be a waste container located in the cab console. GROUND STRAPS: Four (4) 7/8" wide by 1/8" thick, fine strand, woven straps will provide a ground path from the module body to the chassis frame. Woven straps filter out RFI noise originating from alternators, strobe power supplies and other devices, that may find their way into intercom, stereo and two-way communication radios. Each end of the ground straps will be through bolted with 3/8" diameter, grade 5 or 8, hex head bolts and lock nuts. Each connection site will be cleaned to the bare metal prior to fastening the strap. The connections will have a di -electric anti corrosion spray applied. 12 VOLT POWER INVERTER: A highly reliable Vanner 1050CUL electronic power conversion unit that utilizes MOSFET power semiconductors and a microprocessor controller will be supplied, installed and wired to the outlets specified herein. A Built in 30A automatic transfer switch will transfer all loads from the inverter to the shoreline, when the shore line cord is plugged into 125 vac shoreline power. The device will convert 12 volt DC battery power into 1,050 watts of precisely regulated modified sine wave 125 volt AC power. The device will hold output power between 114 volts and 126 volts AT a frequency of 59.9 to 60.1 Hertz. The device will not consume more than 105 amperes at 12 volts direct current (DC). The device will be certified by Underwriters Laboratories to the present revision of the Federal Specification KKK-A-1822. The location of the inverter is specified below. The power inverter will reside in the left front middle compartment. POWER SOURCE FOR PORTABLE EQUIPMENT No 1: Power sources are located and included with a purchased inverter. LOCATIONS: The power sources will be located with one in the chassis cab console and one behind the patient action area panel. POWER SOURCE: The aforementioned power provision will be fed off of the output of the ignition switch or when the battery charger/conditioner is connected to the shoreline. BATTERY CHARGER/CONDITIONER: When the system is connected to shore/utility power, the battery charger American Response Vehicles (built into the aforementioned inverter) will automatically charge the batteries, then keep them fully charged. The system's microprocessor controls the charging sequence, starting with the high charger (55 Amp) mode. When the batteries are fully charged, it switches to the ready/maintenance mode to keep the battery "topped up". The battery charger will be designed to charge either lead acid flooded (wet) or gel type batteries. BUILT-IN BATTERY CHARGER: The aforementioned built in battery charger will be wired to the vehicle batteries to allow charging/conditioning when the shoreline is energized. HOUR METER: An hour meter will be included with the chassis. It will be OEM on chassis and not an aftermarket system. The gauge will be readily visible for a technician to view for record keeping as part of the OEM gauge cluster. LOW VOLTAGE BUZZER: There will be a buzzer located in the cab console giving an alert warning in addition to the Indicator light. COMMUNICATIONS RADIO(S) RELATED: RADIO POWER POWER SOURCE FOR COMMUNICATION RADIO(S) No 1: Positive and Negative polarity ten gauge wires will be supplied and installed for subsequent installation of communications radio(s). The wires will be barreled off and protected by a thirty (30) ampere automatic reset circuit breaker. POWER SOURCE: The aforementioned power provision will be wired through a relay and controlled by the vehicle's ignition switch. Power for the aforementioned device or power supply will not pass through the ignition switch itself. LOCATION: The aforementioned power source will be located in the center console, in the cab. POWER SOURCE FOR COMMUNICATION RADIO(S) No 2: Positive and Negative polarity ten gauge wires will be supplied and installed for subsequent installation of communications radio(s). The wires will be barreled off and protected by a thirty (30) ampere automatic reset circuit breaker. POWER SOURCE: The aforementioned power provision will be wired directly to the main vehicle batteries. LOCATION: The aforementioned power source will be located in the center console, in the cab. POWER SOURCE FOR COMMUNICATION RADIO(S) No 3: Positive and Negative polarity ten gauge wires will be supplied and installed for subsequent installation of communications radio(s). The wires will be barreled off and protected by a thirty (30) ampere automatic reset circuit breaker. 39 American Response Vehicles POWER SOURCE: The aforementioned power provision will be wired through a relay and controlled by the vehicle's ignition switch. Power for the aforementioned device or power supply will not pass through the ignition switch itself. LOCATION: The power source will be located behind the Action area control panel in the patient cabin. POWER SOURCE FOR COMMUNICATION RADIO(S) No 4: Positive and Negative polarity ten gauge wires will be supplied and installed for subsequent installation of communications radio(s). The wires will be barreled off and protected by a thirty (30) ampere automatic reset circuitbreaker. POWER SOURCE: The aforementioned power provision will be wired directly to the main vehicle batteries. LOCATION: The power source will be located behind the Action area control panel in the patient cabin. POWER SOURCE FOR COMMUNICATION RADIO(S) No 5: Positive and Negative polarity ten gauge wires will be supplied and installed for subsequent installation of communications radio(s). The wires will be barreled off and protected by a thirty (30) ampere automatic reset circuit breaker. POWER SOURCE: The aforementioned power provision will be wired through a relay and controlled by the vehicle's ignition switch. Power for the aforementioned device or power supply will not pass through the ignition switch itself. LOCATION: The aforementioned power source will be located in the cabinet "P" on the upper curbside wall forward of the squad bench and curbside upper cabinets. POWER SOURCE FOR COMMUNICATION RADIO(S) No 6: Positive and Negative polarity ten gauge wires will be supplied and installed for subsequent installation of communications radio(s). The wires will be barreled off and protected by a thirty (30) ampere automatic reset circuit breaker. POWER SOURCE: The aforementioned power provision will be wired directly to the main vehicle batteries. LOCATION: The aforementioned power source will be located in the cabinet "P" on the upper curbside wall forward of the squad bench and curbside upper cabinets. ANTENNA LEADS ANTENNA BASE: The antenna base will be a series K-94 with an integrated cable. The origination point will be lined up with the edge of the curbside entry door, centered side to side as near as possible. The coaxial cable will terminate inside the add on console. ANTENNA BASE: The antenna base will be a series K-94 with an integrated cable. The origination point is located approximately 24 inches back rearward of roof port #1. This coaxial cable will terminate behind the main action area board. M American Response Vehicles INTERCOM PREWIRE: This agency will supply the necessary cables to be installed. Each cable will be supplied to the secondary stage manufacturer with tags on both ends of the cables. (2) 22-gauge 9 wire cable will be installed from the forward area of the overhead squad bench cabinet to the center console. 125V SHORE LINE AND OUTLETS SHORE LINE INLET No 1: The primary 125 Volt shoreline inlet, rated at 20 Amperes will be supplied. The plug style will be a straight blade (NEMA 5-20P) style with a U-shaped ground. The inlet will automatically eject the shoreline connector when the vehicle ignition switch is placed in the START position. The shoreline inlet will employ a novel internal switch that closes and opens the 125 Volt circuit after the mating connector is inserted and before the connector is removed to eliminate arcing at the connector contacts. This will prolong the life of the inlet and the shoreline connector. The inlet will be protected with a weatherproof cover. SHORE LINE COVER: The shoreline inlet will be protected with a Yellow weatherproof cover. SHORELINE EJECT TIMER: The shoreline timer will be an Inpower VCM-05-01SF to allow the auto eject to be wired to the ignition switch ILO splicing into the OEM starter circuit. 125 VAC OUTLETS 125 VAC OUTLETS: The following outlets will be UL listed, 125 Volt, Hospital grade, Straight blade NEMA 5-15R outlets. Each outlet will be installed in a UL listed, recessed, galvanized steel back box with a minimum of one and three quarter inch of box depth. The outlet cover will be stainless steel. The outlet and Back Box must be grounded and protected by a G.F.I. (Ground Fault Interrupted) Breaker. Additionally, each outlet body must illuminate when power is applied to the outlet. Each Outlet will be clearly labeled with a permanent RED colored decal defining the outlet voltage. 125 VAC Outlet No. 1: This 125 Volt outlet will be located in the patient cabin's, main "Action Area". 125 VAC OUTLET No. 2: This 125 Volt outlet will be located inside of the right front ALS Cabinet. The outlet will be mounted on the back wall of the cabinet (related to inside access) in the upper right corner. The location of the outlet will be defined on the proposal drawings. 125 VAC OUTLET No. 3: This 125 Volt outlet will be located in the patient cabin's, telemetry area that is located just aft of the street side CPR side seat. The outlet will be mounted on the back wall so that the depth of the back box does not protrude into adjacent cabinets. The location of the outlet will be defined on the proposal drawings. 125 VAC OUTLET No. 4: This 125 Volt outlet will be located in the on the interior curb side, within the main wall panel and just above the top of the squad bench. The location of the outlet will be defined on the proposal drawings. 41 American Response Vehicles 125 VAC OUTLET No 5: This 125 Volt outlet will be located inside of the right front ALS Cabinet. The outlet will be mounted on the back wall of the cabinet (related to inside access) in the lower right corner. The location of the outlet will be defined on the proposal drawings. INTERIOR 12 VOLT DIRECT CURRENT (DC) OUTLETS: 12 VOLT OUTLETS: The following outlets will be a 12 volt, direct current, 20 Ampere, automotive "cigar" lighter size commercial outlet. The outlets will be located and wired as specified below. The outlets will be separately protected and will be electrically isolated from other electrical functions on the vehicle. This outlet will be wired per current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. 12 VOLT OUTLET No 1: This outlet will be located in the patient cabin's, main "Action Area", on the back wall. 12 VOLT OUTLET No 2: This outlet will be located inside of the right front ALS Cabinet. The outlet will be mounted on the back wall of the cabinet (related to inside access) in the upper right corner. The location of the outlet will be defined on the proposal drawings. POWER SOURCE: The input for the outlet will be wired exactly like outlet Number One. 12 VOLT CIRCUIT: The above component will be hard wired to 12 volt, direct current, 20 Ampere, circuit. This circuit will be located and wired as specified below. The circuit will be separately protected and will be electrically isolated from other electrical functions on the vehicle. This circuit will be wired per federal specification KKK-A-1822D 3.7.7.3. This 12V circuit will be wired for the customer supplied Knox Med Vault located forward of the Action Area Board. ELECTRONIC SIREN: The electronic siren provided herein will be a precision built, efficient and full featured siren of advanced design. The internal design of the siren will utilize integrated circuits and silicon output transformers. The siren will provide Wail, Yelp, hi lo, Tap II siren tone as well as public address, radio rebroadcast and an electronic air horn sound. The siren will also feature a hard wired, noise canceling microphone. The microphone will provide high quality voice reproduction without feedback "squeal". The microphone push -to -talk switch will override any siren mode for instant PA (Public Address) use. The PA and radio volume are adjustable through a front panel GAIN control. The siren will be capable of driving two 100 watt RMS speaker drivers with 11 impedance. An internal "dip switch" will be provided in the event the speaker driver is rated at 58 watts. The siren control panel will feature a Built in rocker type air horn/siren switch, a five position rotary type switch and a rotary type GAIN control. The siren's five position rotary selector switch will operate as follows: RADIO mode will place all siren tones in a standby state and rebroadcast incoming radio messages over the siren speakers. MANUAL mode will permit manual control of the "Wail" tone or "Air Horn Tone, pending air horn/siren switch position. With the rocker switch set to "Siren" AND the rotary switch set to 42 American Response Vehicles "MANUAL", the siren will emit a "Wail" tone that rises to peak frequency for as long as the driver presses and holds the horn ring. When the horn ring is released, the siren will coast the tone down until silence or the horn ring is re -depressed. With the rocker switch set to "Horn" AND the rotary switch set to "MANUAL" the siren will emit an AIR HORN tone with a blast duration equal to the horn ring depression by the driver. WAIL (Wail Tone) mode will produce a steady rising and falling tone will be produced through the siren speakers. YELP (Yelp Tone) mode will produce a rapid rising and falling "warbled" tone will be emitted through the siren speakers. TAP II function will allow the driver to change the siren tone from "Wail" to "Yelp" by tapping the horn ring once. When the horn ring is tapped again the siren will return to "Wail". The primary tone will be determined by the setting on the rotary switch. HI-LO (European Tone) mode will produce a distinctive momentary High frequency alternating with a momentary Low frequency. 43 American Response Vehicles The "Gain control" switch will turn the siren ON and OFF as well as control the volume of the PA (Public Address) and RADIO repeat amplification. The siren will be warranted by the device manufacturer for a period of two (1) year on labor and two (2) years on parts. Exact details of the device warranty will be submitted at the post award conference. SIREN SPEAKERS: A pair of Federal ES 100 siren speakers will be installed. Each speaker will have a 100 watt driver and will emit through the cast aluminum horn. The speaker will be mounted in a bracket behind the OEM bumper with a Stainless steel face plate attached to the front of the bumper. The edges of each hole, in the bumper, will be clean and will have rust preventative treatment, prior to final installation of the speakers. The siren and speakers will meet or exceed current Federal KKK-A-1822. SIREN OR HORN SELECTOR SWITCH: The OEM horn ring will control the OEM electric horn and the siren's manual momentary input controls. A switch will connect the horn ring to either the OEM HORN or to the SIREN. The switch will be located in the cab console's switch panel. The switch legend, that clearly defines the switch function will be engraved in the switch panel. The legend will be illuminated when the head light switch is on. AIR HORN SYSTEM: The apparatus will be supplied with an authoritative sounding air horn system that is loud enough to overwhelm almost every usual audible distraction. The air horns will, when enabled, emit a loud (128 decibel) signal with tremendous power for the duration of the users' depression of the Activation switch or momentary mechanical valve. The system will contain two horns of EQUAL length. AIR HORN ACTIVATION: The air horns will be activated through a manually activated momentary air valve with a pull down lanyard cable. The valve will feature an orifice size large enough to allow 22 CFM of air volume to pass through at ninety pounds per square inch of pressure. The valve will be activated manually by a pull down cable type lanyard. The valve will automatically shut off when the lanyard is released. AIR HORN ACTIVATION: The air horns will be activated through a twelve volt solenoid valve. The solenoid valve will feature an orifice size large enough to allow 22 CFM of air volume to pass through at ninety pounds per square inch of pressure. The solenoid valve will be activated by a momentary foot switch. The solenoid valve will automatically shut off when the foot switch is released. The foot switch will not activate (Blow) the air horns, unless BOTH cab doors are closed. This is designed to prevent accidental discharge of the airhorns. AIR HORNS: Two Grover model No 1510 "Stutter Tone" air horns will be supplied and installed at the location specified below. Each horn will feature a mounting pedestal that is cast onto the sound unit and a bell support bracket located at a forward position on the horn bell. The front bracket will feature a rubber insulator at the contact points to prevent finish damage to the bell and to minimize bell vibration. An air passage designed to deliver air flow to the sound unit diaphragm will be drilled into the pedestal with an NPT thread at the base for air line fitting installation. Exposed air line or air line fittings are not acceptable. Each horn bell will measure twenty five inches long. Each horn will emit a 128 decibel sound blast measured at five feet from the horn bell at 200 MHz (megahertz). The horns will function adequately at a minimum air pressure of sixty (60) and a American Response Vehicles maximum of one hundred twenty five (125) pounds per square inch. Air horn plumbing will be flexible nylon "air brake" type tubing capable of supplying twenty two (22) CFM (cubic feet per minute) of air volume at ninety (90) PSI (pounds per square inch) of air pressure. AIR HORN LOCATION: One horn will be located on each side of the cab hood just above the fenders and forward of the air intake vent on the driver's side. The right horn position will mirror image the left horn position. AIR HORN AIR SUPPLY: The air horns will be plumbed into the OEM Air supply. The horn plumbing circuit will be run through a safety valve designed to deny air to the horns when the air tank pressure falls to sixty (60) PSI (pounds per square inch). This safety feature is designed to prevent accidental parking brake deployment. CUSTOM DESIGN CONSOLE: Drawings for the chassis cab center console will be provided for approval prior to construction. GENERAL CABINET CONSTRUCTION SUBSTRATES: The interior cabinets and components will be constructed of a combination of aluminum and Thermo-Lite Board. The cabinets are manufactured with either .090" or .125" aluminum overlaid with Therma-Lite Board material. The Thermo-Lite Board Tough, made with a medium weight woven fiberglass lay-up, this product is acceptable for standard structural load applications. The material density will be 40 lbs. per cubic feet. The material is a unique closed cell, lightweight composite product, manufactured with cross -linked polymer foam and fiberglass, that offers high specific strength and toughness. The non - absorbent material is extremely durable, provides an excellent bonding surface, has good impact strength, sound and thermal insulation, and is resistant to contamination. CABINET INTERIOR FINISH: Cabinet interiors and cabinet access panels will be Silver based Powder Coated utilizing Alesta° brand AM: Antimicrobial -treated Powder Coatings that are utilized in areas where clean is critical such as Hospital environments and Medical/healthcare equipment and are white in finished color. LAMINATE: A high impact, phenolic backed, high impact, and abrasion resistant laminate will be used. The laminate will be at least .039" thick. This material as well as all interior components will meet or exceed FMVSS #302 (Burn rate of interior components). Color selection will be specified at the pre -build conference. Laminate Color will be gloss white on the inside of any solid cabinet doors and noted within these specifications for the patient area walls and surfaces. CABINET ASSEMBLY: The cabinet cases or enclosures will be secured to the Thermo-Lite Board with the use of both adhesives and mechanical fasteners. When the Thermo-Lite Board is secured to another Thermo-Lite Board, it will be achieved utilizing both adhesives and mechanical fasteners. All the cabinet assemblies will be secured to the modular body utilizing bolts secured to tapping plates on the body structure. CABINET TRIM: All trim throughout the interior conversion will be anodized aluminum or formed stainless steel. All exposed corners within the patient compartment will have padded or rounded corners. Rounded 45 American Response Vehicles corners will be at least .250 inch radius. Rounded corners will not compromise maximum cabinet assembly strength. The trim will be bonded with a high strength adhesive. FIT AND FINISH: Mitered joints throughout the interior conversion will have a gap less, hairline fit. Sliding polycarbonate door assemblies will be scratch free and all edges will be smooth and free of saw marks and sharp edges. Cabinet to cabinet joints will not require more than 7/32 diameter welting to create a finished/well-fit look. Cabinets will fit tightly against the ceiling as well utilizing the same requirements as the cabinet to cabinet fit. FUNCTION: Doors and drawers will fit the opening. When specified, flush fitting doors will have even door to opening gaps. All doors will open and close bind free. Drawers will slide in and out freely, without drag. All drawers will be mounted on side mounted, full extension drawer slides, rated no less than 75 pounds per pair. All hinged composite core doors will have positive latches. CABINET DOOR OPTIONS SLIDING SECURE LATCH RESTOCKING WINDOW: When a sliding secure latch restocking window is specified, there will be a restocking sliding SECURE LATCH window installed at the location indicated. This window features several advanced safety features allowing it to meet the new SAE J3058 safety standard. This slider window features a full length spring loaded low -profile bar latch at both ends of the slider window that lock into an aluminum extrusion when the window is closed. The center of the window has aluminum inter -locking stiffeners of panel to distribute outward impact loads across both panels. The window will be able to be opened with one motion and with one hand. To close the user can push the window and slam -latch to closing. This window also features a lower release bar that allows the window to be opened to a restocking position for a majority clear access to the contents of the cabinets without accessing through the sliding window. The restocking feature is to be used when the vehicle is not in motion. This window has been tested to SAEJ3058 testing methods in a third party testing facility and found to safely restrain 30 (thirty) pounds of contents. Windows that do not meet the SAEJ3058 safety requirements are not acceptable to this agency. STOWAGE LABEL: A label will be applied for any Secure Latch Restocking Sliding Window system indicating its ability to restrain 30 pounds of contents within the stowage area. This secure latch sliding window system has been tested and is compliant within the requirements of SAE J3058 as required under Federal specification KKK-A-1822F section 3.11.3. HINGED POLYCARBONATE (LEXAN) DOORS: Polycarbonate will hereinafter be identified as Lexan. The Lexan will be at least 3/16 inch thick. The desired thickness will be noted within this specification at each door location. The door orientation, hinge style and latch will also be noted at each door location as well. The door edges will be rounded and smooth since it will be the finished edge that will be visible. SINGLE FLIP UP LEXAN DOOR: When a single flip up lexan door is specified, a Single 3/8" (0.375 in) thick, overlay flip up door will be supplied on the cabinet. SOLID HINGED DOOR: When a solid door is specified, a 3/4" (19mm) thick door will be supplied on the cabinet. 46 American Response Vehicles The substrate will be 7-ply, A -A (Cabinet grade), hardwood plywood. The door will be flush fitted to the opening and have uniform gap spacing around the perimeter of the door. The door will be hung on a continuous, stainless steel piano hinge with mounting screws, spaced every two inches along the full length of the pre -punched hinge. The door will be finished on both sides with white cabinet liner laminate on the inside and the same colored mica as the cabinet fascia on the outside. DOOR EDGE FINISH: The edges of the aforementioned solid hinged door(s) will be covered with anodized aluminum, U-shaped trim. The trim will be miter cut and wrapped around the perimeter of the door (On ALL four sides), including the hinged side. The trim will be bonded to the door edge and clamped. No screws or other mechanical fastener will be used to fasten the trim work to the door(s). The corners of the doors will be broken (rounded) after application. Vinyl "Iron on" or mica edge banding is not acceptable. General Cabinet Construction Definitions REEL TORQUE STYLE HINGES: When reel torque style hinges are specified, the hinges to hold up the access door will be powder coated zinc Reel Torque style with a 30 pound torque setting each. Each hinge has a built in friction action to provide a holding force of present amount to cause the hinge to resist movement in either direction. This hinge is intended to act as a hold open for a cabinet light door while the vehicle is not in motion. NON -LOCKING ROUND PULL LATCH: When a non -locking latch is specified, a round pull style chrome positive latch will be supplied and installed on the cabinet door. A small "pre -load" on the latch will be imposed to prevent the door from rattling. When a locking latch is specified, there will be a key included for locking purposes. STOWAGE LABEL: A label will be applied for any door, drawer, or other stowage area secured by a Round Southco latch, indicating its ability to restrain 10 pounds of contents within the stowage area. This latch has been tested and is compliant within the requirements of SAE J3058 as required under Federal specification KKK-A-1822F section 3.11.3. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES: When adjustable shelf or shelves are specified, each shelf will be made of 1/2" thick substrate and finished in white colored laminate. The sides of each shelf will be laminated. Each shelf will be secured to four shelf clips with Phillips head wood screws, from the bottom of the shelf. An anodized aluminum angle will be securely fastened to the front edge of each shelf. The vertical leg of the angle will provide a lip along the front edge. SHELF STANDARDS: Each cabinet containing a shelf will be equipped with non -incremental, aluminum, C- shaped shelf standards. CABINET— DRAWER: When a drawer is specified, the following specifications will apply. The drawer will be finished in high impact, white colored mica that is impervious to disinfectants and cleaners. The cabinet will add at least 1.0 cubic feet of interior stowage accommodations described in Federal specification KKK-A-1822E 47 American Response Vehicles 3.11.1. The drawer body will be constructed of 12mm (1/2") thick A -A cabinet grade plywood. This includes both sides back and bottom. The drawer body will be laminated on ALL surfaces inside, outside and on all edges. (Including the bottom). The laminate will be 28 mil white colored mica. The laminate will be bonded to the drawer body with high bond contact adhesive specifically formulated for this application. The drawer body will maximize the interior cabinet volume. The drawer body height will be the height of the cabinet opening less one and one-half (1 1/2"). Vinyl or pressed particle board drawer bodies are unacceptable due to weight and durability constraints and will not be used. DRAWER FRONT: A 3/4" (19mm) thick drawer front will be fitted on the aforementioned drawer. The drawer front will be flush fitted to the opening and have uniform gap spacing around the perimeter. The drawer front will be finished with white cabinet liner laminate on the inside and the same colored mica as the cabinet face on the outside. DOOR EDGE FINISH: The edges of the aforementioned door(s) will be covered with anodized aluminum, U- shaped trim. The trim will be miter cut and wrapped around the perimeter of the door (On ALL four sides), including the hinged side. The trim will be bonded to the door edge and clamped. No screws or other mechanical fastener will be used to fasten the trim work to the door(s). The corners of the doors will be broken (rounded) after application. Vinyl "Iron on" or mica edge banding is not acceptable. CABINET LINER: The bottoms of all the cabinet, drawers and shelves of the cabinets in this specification will all be lined with a rubberized matting material. The top surface of the matting material will be non-skid with a pebble finish. The material will not be adhered in place so it is removable to clean the underlying surface of the cabinet(s). The material will be trimmed to fit without bumps or gaps. All the material will be one piece in each location. SOUND BARRIER BACKER: There will be an additional material installed behind aluminum cabinet structures to reduce the transmission of sound and thermal properties. The material offers Sound, Air and Moisture barrier by blocks airborne noise from entering the vehicle through open passages. When used between metal surfaces and mounting brackets it acts as a de -coupler and damper reducing the vibration of each surface and minimizing the transfer of noise between the surfaces and the cabin interior. MICA COLORS: The mica color selection will be two tone. The upper two thirds of the cabinetry will be Light Gray with a Matte finish. The lower third of the cabinetry will be genuine stainless steel with a brushed finish. The parting line between colors will be straight, tight, and clean. Mica edge will be router clean, back filed and dry fitted prior to final lamination to the cabinet face. Seam quality showing evidence of using the "Factory Edge" will be rejected. A sample of the subject mica color and stainless steel finish will be supplied at the post award conference. STAINLESS STEEL APPLICATION: The lower section of the squad bench face under the lid will be applied with the stainless steel laminate as well as the same height on the rear filler panel between the squad bench and the rear doors. WE American Response Vehicles STAINLESS STEEL APPLICATION: The lower section of the wall cabinet face at approximately the same height as the attendant seat cushion. LEXAN COLOR: The lexan throughout the vehicle will be transparent and without tint. All doors will be at least one quarter of one inch thick (1/4"), shatter proof and scratch resistant. The edges of the doors will be worked and burned smooth. The material will be flexible enough to be cold formed (Bent) at ninety degrees, without fracturing the material. Brittle material is not acceptable. ATTENDANT SEAT: There will be a high back captain's seat mounted in the patient area. The seat will have an integrated child safety seat with a pull down backrest and concealed 4-point child restraint. The seat will be mounted per the requirements in the latest revision of KKK-A-1822. The seatbelt on the main part of the seat will be an integrated, Per4Max 4-point that is supplied and tested by the seat manufacturer as a complete package. The color of the seat will be vacuum formed gunmetal upholstery. The upholstery will pass FMVSS 302 testing. SEAT BASE: There will be a powder coated metal seat that is tested to be utilized with the Emergency Vehicle Seating Child integrated seat. The metal base will be mounted to the ambulance floor and secured to modular body sub -structure according to the manufacturer's guidelines. The seat base will have a (2) position swivel, forward or rearward. The handle to engage the swivel function will be located on the right side of the seat. AIR CONDITIONING EVAPORATOR CABINET: The patient cabin will be equipped with a rear air conditioning and heat unit. The cabinet housing the unit will be composite materials with Color Keyed laminate to the exterior and matte white to the interior as needed. The AC Unit is to be located over the walkthrough at the bulkhead. The design will provide adequate air return to meet or exceed the current revision of the Federal specification KKK-A-1822. CABINET OVER SQUAD BENCH: The curbside upper cabinet is located on the curbside (right side) of the patient cabin, over the squad bench. The cabinet length will be maximized and start within two inches of the curbside entry door opening and mate against the right rear wall of the patient cabin. CABINET "K1, K2, and K3": An interior cabinet will be provided above the squad bench, on the curb side of the vehicle. This multipurpose cabinet interior will be finished in high impact, white colored mica that is impervious to disinfectants and cleaners. The cabinet will have three openings, separated by flush dividers. Three separate door systems will exist to contain the contents of the cabinet. Each cabinet opening will have a single flip up lexan door with a non -locking round pull latch and Reel Torque style hinges. CABINET "P": An interior cabinet will be provided above the squad bench, on the curb side of the vehicle, forward of and just under the "K" cabinets. This cabinet will be angled and will be used as a two way radio cabinet. The cabinet will be 5" High by 9" Wide. LEFT FRONT CABINET, CABINET"H": Cabinet "H" is the electrical cabinet behind the attendant seat on top of the AC Unit. This cabinet will house the modular electrical components to include two air vents in the door. American Response Vehicles The door will be a solid hinged door with a non -locking round pull latch. PLASTIC VENT: A fifteen square inch free air flow ventilation hole he cut into the above door. The edges of the cut out will be banded. The hole will be covered with an aesthetically appealing, molded plastic louver cover. The louver cover will be black in color and secured with at least one No 8 screw in each corner. RIGHT FRONT CABINET (1): The right front cabinet is hereinafter known as the ALS cabinet. The cabinet will be constructed of aluminum and composite materials as appropriate. All fixed and adjustable shelf surfaces will be covered in Easy Grip material. All fixed and adjustable shelf lips will be covered with anodized aluminum trim. All shelves will have a % lip. The ALS cabinet will provide at least 22.0 cubic feet of storage and Configured as follows. GLOVE BOX STORAGE RIGHT FRONT ALS CABINET: There will be a storage section in the front right ALS cabinet for the storage of examination gloves. The cabinet will be built to house three independent boxes, single depth. A singular acrylic door will retain the boxes, secured by a latch. The door will have 3 separate machined openings, smooth and burr free. The independent openings will allow for gloves to be removed without opening the door. The door will be a left hinged lexan door with a non -locking round pull latch. Cabinet 1-1: This cabinet is located on the top section of the ALS (Cabinet 1). This cabinet will have a solid bottom hinged door with a locking round pull latch. CABINET 1-2: The lower section will be will meet current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. Access from the inside will be as follows below. ALS CABINET WEBBING: There will be a removable cover over the right front ALS cabinet opening. The cover will consist of 2" seat belt webbing material. The 2" webbing will be constructed so that the openings are no larger than about 7" squares. The ends will be sewn in loops to allow installation through a metal footman style loop that will be fastened to the edge of the ALS cabinet. The netting will be quick released for access to the secured equipment through automotive style metal buckles. The design will be so that the stored medical equipment is not able to come through the holes in the net and is secured when the net is in place. STOWAGE LABEL: A label will be applied for the entire area covered by a single cargo net indicating its ability to restrain 80 pounds of contents within the stowage area. This net as built by the manufacturer has been tested to SAE J3058 and found to have a safe working capacity of 80 pounds of stowage capacity restraint. This item is compliant to section 3.11.3 of KKK-A-128F dated July 1, 2017. (Cabinet 1) OUTSIDE ACCESS DELETION: This cabinet level will NOT have outside access through the right front compartment door. This level will be blocked off from outside access for security. SHELF STANDARDS: The aforementioned cabinet will be equipped with non -incremental, aluminum, C- shaped shelf standards. 50 American Response Vehicles ADJUSTABLE ALUMINUM SHELVES: Three shelves will be supplied in the cabinet. Each shelf will be white anti- microbial coated. The shelf will be secured to four shelf clips and an anodized aluminum angle will be securely fastened to the front edge of the shelf. The vertical leg of the angle will provide a lip along the front edge. RIGHT REAR COMPARTMENT COVER: All exposed surfaces of this patient area side of the M5 compartment will be fully laminated with color keyed laminate. The vertical outer corner will feature a radius anodized aluminum trim. The trim will originate from the top of the mated squad bench and terminate into the ceiling. UPHOLSTERY PAD: An upholstered pad covering the entire forward facing wall, over the squad bench will be provided to protect occupants sitting on the squad bench. The pad will include at least 1/2" thick foam padding covered in the same heavy duty vinyl covering specified for the squad bench cushions and the remaining upholstery package. SQUAD BENCH ALUMINUM COMPOSITE: A squad bench will be installed on the curbside of the patient compartment. the squad bench system will be constructed of aluminum and composite components. Seating will be installed as described writing these specifications. All seat belts and anchorage will comply with FMVSS. 209 and 210. The Squad Bench will comply with current KKK-A-1822. A back and head rest will be supplied for all seated personnel along the squad bench. BIO-WASTE RECEPTACLE: A biological waste receptacle will be supplied and installed in the squad bench. The receptacle will accommodate a sharps container and a solid waste container per the following paragraphs. Both the sharps and the solid waste containers will be enclosed and secured in a molded enclosure, free of crevices. The molded enclosure will be covered with a red Lexan hinged door, inset a molded in perimeter rim. The door pull will be full length. A white colored "Bio-waste" symbol and legend will be applied to the door. SHARPS CONTAINER: A puncture proof, disposable sharps container located at the head of the squad bench with a 3 quart capacity will be supplied for safe disposal of used/contaminated syringes. The unit will include a spring loaded clip in the mounting to allow for secure mounting in the case of an accident. WASTE CONTAINER: One six quart (346 cubic inch), rimmed plastic waste container will be supplied and fitted into the "Bio-waste" enclosure. UNDER LID STOWAGE: The squad bench will provide storage under the access lids. This multipurpose storage area will be finished in high impact, white colored laminate. Must meet current Federal specification current KKK-A-1822. SQUAD BENCH LIDS: Two (Split) squad bench lids will be supplied over the squad bench storage area. HINGE, SQUAD BENCH LID(S): All squad bench lids will be installed with butt style, hinges. The hinges will be through bolted for longevity of the vehicle. There will be a minimum of two hinges per lid. LID CHECKS: Each squad bench lid will have a bi-directional gas spring lid check (Hold open). The force 51 American Response Vehicles value selected and ball stud locations will provide lift assistance after twenty degrees of bench lid lift angle. The ball stud mounts will be at least 10 millimeter. LID LATCH: One latch to hold each lid down will be supplied. The lid latch will be stamped stainless steel construction and latches automatically by simply closing the bench lid. There will be a slot milled into the underside of the bench lid to accept a manufactured keeper that will prevent the lid from pulling away from the latch. The paddle latch will be through bolted to the keeper with the retaining nuts on the backside of the keeper as a complete assembly. This assembly has been tested to SAE J3058 standards and passed with the ability to contain 80 pounds in the entire area of the squad bench. A label will be affixed to the squad bench area. STOWAGE LABEL: A label will be applied near the squad bench exterior indicating the lids to the squad bench are restrained with a compliant latch. The latch assembly of the squad bench were tested to SAE J3058 standards to 80 pounds and found passing. The operator should not exceed the 80 pound weight rating for the entire squad bench storage area. This item is compliant to section 3.11.3 of KKK-A-128F dated July 1, 2017. EDGE TRIM: The edge of the squad bench lid will be finished with aluminum anodized "J" trim. The trim is to be supplied with countersunk holes to allow for screws to be installed flush, so the screw head does not catch anything. RESTRAINT NET: A detachable net will be installed at the head of the squad bench. In the event of sudden stop or frontal accident, the design intent of the net is to minimize injuries to unbelted personnel seated on the squad bench. The net is a safety barrier between the occupant/personnel and the bulkhead cabinetry. The net will be a grid of 2 wide safety web, spaced on maximum centers of 8 inches. The net will be secured at seven points. All points must be secured to 0.250 inch thick Aluminum tapping plates: or body structure with wall thickness of 0.250 inch: or through bolted to cabinet interface reinforcement brackets that are bolted to 0.250 thick welded body structure. The net will be tightly stretched and attached to the following surfaces: - One point on the ambulance floor on the aisle side of the squad bench. - One point at the top of the squad bench near the curb side wall. - Two points at the curb side wall, near the side entry door. - Three points in the ceiling. All Restraint Net attachment devices will be aviation quality and pull strength tested. Tested to 2,000 pound force applied in shear (Horizontally). Detachment of the net will be done without the need for a removal or installation tool(s). Each device will feature a cadmium plated steel attachment ring that is forged in one continuous ring, without a split or seam. Each device will be sewn onto the net webbing with a 1 3/4 inch square shaped thread path and diagonal X-shaped thread path to assure web to ring security. STREETSIDE TOP CABINETS: The cabinets will be constructed of an Aluminum and composite materials to provide long lasting durability in use. 52 American Response Vehicles CABINET "A": An upper, interior cabinet will be provided directly over the rearward section of the Base wall cabinet. This cabinet will accommodate a power air exhaust blower with a removable service panel. This multipurpose cabinet interior will be finished as stated in the cabinet construction specification. Must meet current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. This cabinet will feature a sliding secure latch restocking window, top hinged. The cabinet will have (1) adjustable shelf. CABINET "B" ALUMINUM COMPOSITE: An upper, interior cabinet will be provided directly over the "Action Area". This multipurpose cabinet interior will be finished in high impact, white colored laminate. The cabinet will be ergonomically angled toward the CPR seat. Must meet current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. This cabinet will feature a sliding secure latch restocking window, top hinged. The cabinet will have (1) adjustable shelf. CABINET "CPR": An upper, interior cabinet will be provided directly over the CPR side seat in the Base wall cabinet. This multipurpose cabinet interior will be finished in high impact, white colored mica that is impervious to disinfectants and cleaners. The cabinet will have two openings, separated by a flush divider. Two separate door systems will exist to contain the contents of the cabinet. Each cabinet opening will have a single flip up lexan door with Reel Torque Style hinges and a non -locking round pull latch. CABINET "G1 & G2": An interior cabinet will be provided above the squad bench, on the curb side of the vehicle. This multipurpose cabinet interior will be finished in high impact, white colored mica that is impervious to disinfectants and cleaners. The cabinet will have two openings, separated by a flush divider. Two separate door systems will exist to contain the contents of the cabinet. BASE WALL CABINET: The base wall cabinet is located on the Street side (Left side) of the patient cabin. The overall height of the Base Wall Cabinet will be approximately 75% of the overall head room. This cabinet will be built in ONE piece. The laminate along the fascia will be ONE piece on single color laminate selections. A CPR Side Seat will be provided on the street side aligned with the primary patient abdomen. ACTION AREA: The action area is a work surface located on the forward end of the Base Wall Cabinet and adjacent to the attendant seat. The work surface will be at least 5.5 square feet. The work area height will be 24 inches to 29 inches. The work surface will have a three quarter inch (3/4") high lip. ACTION AREA COUNTER SURFACE: The action area counter surface will be made from one half inch thick solid surfacing material. The color will complement the color scheme of the mica, floor, and upholstery in the remaining areas of the vehicle interior. This material will be installed by certified personnel trained on the specific brand of solid surfacing material being installed. The proposed solid surfacing material will meet the following minimum technical specifications: TEST TEST VALUE TEST METHOD Stain Resistance: 24 ANSI 5.2.1 Barcol Hardness 60-62 Barcol Impressor 53 Flexural Strength, PSI Flexural Modulus, PSI x 10 Dart Impact, 21b dart Fire Rating Sample Thickness Color Fastness American Response Vehicles 8250 1.41 No Fracture Class A / Class 1 0.785 inches Pass ASTM D-790 ASTM D-790 30" Drop ASTM E-84 ANSI Z124.3-1986 The samples will show no significant change in color after 200 hours of exposure. Wear ability Pass ANSI Z124.3-1986 After completion of 10,000 scrub cycles, no wear through will be observed. Clean ability Pass ANSI Z124.3-1986 The average absolute loss of white light reflectance after application and removal of standard dirt with liquid detergent will be 0.0%. No additional cleaning will be necessary. Chemical Resistance Pass ANSI Z124.3-1986 Solid Surface material is defined as a composite of high tech resins and natural minerals giving the bold and elegant perception of stone. The material will be 100% solid meaning the surface color goes all the way through. This material will be chemically engineered to resist stains, nicks, and scratches. The material will be nonporous and will not support the grown of mold mildew and bacteria. SOLID SURFACE COLOR: The color of the solid surface material specified above will be Northern Melange-9195ML. SOLID SURFACE EXTENSION: There will be an extension of the solid surface countertop to in front of the 01 cabinet. The material will be matching in color to the main countertop with a one inch lip. ACTION AREA BOARD: There will be a single board containing the basic electrical and oxygen control systems of the patient area. This board will be covered in black secure grip material. Proper spacing will be maintained between electrical and oxygen connections. The board will be hinged by dual action concealed hinges and secured by quarter turn captive head bolts. The use of hinges and bolts allows for inspection of the connections during routine maintenance procedures. DRAWER: There is to be a drawer integral to the wall cabinet structure. Final layout and location will be approved by this agency on the interior drawing layout prior to production. This drawer will have a non -locking round pull latch. This drawer will have a lexan lid to be used as a writing surface. The lid will have a finger hole opening so that it can be lifted up to access the contents of the drawer. CABINET "01": There will be an opening just forward of the Action Area Board with no door. This open cabinet will house the customer supplied Knox brand Med Vault #5502. 54 American Response Vehicles CABINET "C": An interior cabinet will be provided at the rear end of the base cabinet on the street side. This cabinet interior will be finished in high impact, white colored laminate. Must meet current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. DOUBLE HINGED SOLID LAMINATED DOORS: Two half inch thick flush fitted doors will be supplied on the aforementioned cabinet. The doors will have a laminated with a color matching the agency chosen color face. The interior color will be matte white. The spacing between the doors will be uniform and both doors will be height aligned. The edges of the doors will be banded in durable aluminum trim to provide long lasting wear. There is to be diamond plate backing on the side of the doors facing the exterior compartment. The doors are to have non -locking round pull latches. CABINET ACCESS: The above cabinet will be accessible through the inside and outside of the module. Exterior Access will be made through the left rear compartment "M-3". CABINET "D": An interior cabinet will be provided directly over the rearward "Telemetry Area just aft of the CPR side seat within the base cabinet on the street side. This cabinet will be ergonomically angled towards the CPR seat. This multipurpose cabinet interior will be finished in high impact, white colored laminate. The cabinet will be ergonomically angled toward the CPR seat. Must meet current Federal specification KKK-A- 1822. This cabinet will have a sliding secure latch restocking window, top hinged. There will be (1) adjustable shelf in this cabinet. CABINET "F": An interior cabinet will be provided directly below the "Telemetry" Area. This multipurpose cabinet interior will be finished in high impact, white colored laminate. Must meet current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. This cabinet will have a bottom hinged lexan door, hinged with stainless steel spring loaded style hinges. This door will feature a non -locking round pull latch. CPR SEAT: A left side "CPR" side seat will be provided on the street side and aligned with the primary patient's abdomen. The seat will be at least twenty four (24") inches wide and normal squad bench seat height. Upholstered seat pads will be located within the seat area for the seat, back, both arms and hips. The CPR seat area will have rounded corners. BACK REST: The CPR side seat will feature a padded, fixed back rest with chamfered upper corners. TELEMETRY AREA: A four inch wide upholstery covered and padded arm rest will be installed. The arm rest will create a 3/4" to 1" lip on the leading edge of the telemetry area. TELEMETRY AREA COUNTER SURFACE: The telemetry area counter surface will be made from one half inch thick solid surfacing material. The color will complement the color scheme of the mica, floor, and upholstery in the remaining areas of the vehicle interior. The material will be tested to the same material as the "Action Area". SOLID SURFACE COLOR: The color of the solid surface material specified above will be Northern 55 American Response Vehicles Melange-9195ML RESTRAINT SYSTEM(S): There will be installed a REV Per4Max restraint system harness at each seating location declared. This seating harness system will incorporate a four point harness of two shoulder belts with retractors and two stationary lap belts that intersect to a single high function ergonomic latch. The harness shoulder belts will incorporate innovative technology through patent pending controlled deceleration technology which softens the impact of a crash on the EMSP user. The seat belt harness also incorporates an indicator that alerts the operator when it requires replacement. The color of the seat belt system will be black. This seat belt system will meet current FMVSS safety standards. The REV Per4Max Seat Belt System(s) will be in the following locations: RESTRAINT SYSTEM(S): The rear seating locations will consist of the Per4Max 4-Point restraint system. The Per4Max Advanced Restraint System is a "Vehicle mounted" 4-Point restraint system dispersing loads to 4 points of reinforced structure within the vehicle as opposed to concentrating loads on the seat frame. It promotes a seated position with a wide range of mobility. The seated position in conjunction with the seat system, has been proven to be safer than isolated standing positions in a moving vehicle. As well it is easy to use encouraging greater use in the field than more cumbersome systems involving additional latches, levers, and cables. The seatbelt harness will incorporate an indicator of contrasting color when the seatbelt has been involved in a high impact condition to indicate need for replacement. These seatbelts are FMVSS applicable tested and approved to AEV configurations. There will be two Per4Max restraints on the Squad Bench and one Per4Max restraints on the CPR Side Seat. SECONDARY PATIENT RESTRAINT SYSTEM: There will be a location for a secondary patient on top of the squad bench located on the curbside interior of the patient area of the ambulance. To secure the patient there will be three inertia style retractable straps that match up to three 9" sleeved buckles on the face of the squad bench and 5" sleeved retractors by the squad bench lid hinge. The straps and buckles will be mounted to comply with the pull test requirements in the present revision of KKK-A-1822. FLOORING: FLOOR AND SUBSTRATE: The underlayment will be Thermo-Lite Board Tough, made with a medium weight woven fiberglass lay-up, this product is acceptable for standard structural load applications. The material density will be 40 lbs. per cubic feet for the 3/4" thickness material used for underlayment application. The material is a unique closed cell, lightweight composite product, manufactured with cross -linked polymer foam and fiberglass, that offers high specific strength and toughness. The non -absorbent material is extremely durable, provides an excellent bonding surface, has good impact strength, sound and thermal insulation, and is resistant to contamination. FLOOR COVERING: The floor substrate will be free of dents, voids, and moisture prior to application of the floor covering. The plywood substrate will be 3/4" (19mm) 7-ply exterior grade plywood. The substrate sheet will be cut from a 60 inch wide by 144 inch long oversized sheet. No substrate seams are allowed in high foot traffic 56 American Response Vehicles areas. This means NO SEAMS are permitted within 132" of the rear access doors or near the side access door. On longer bodies, the only ONE seam is permitted as long as the full length of the seam is located directly over the center of a 0.250 x 2 x 3 box tube floor member AND the seam does not fall in the aforementioned "High Traffic" areas. The floor covering will be one piece throughout the patient cabin regardless of the body length. The flooring material will be commercial grade sheet floor with diamond plate like impression on the surface. The floor covering will be Lonseal Lonplate II No 424 "Gun Metal" (Dark Gray). FLOORING MAIN EDGE: The one-piece patient cabin floor covering material will run the full width of the aisle space plus roll up (3") three inches along the Base wall cabinet, squad bench and the right rear cabinet (when applicable). Both roll -up areas will be recessed approximately 1/2" into the face of the cabinets. REAR THRESHOLD: The rear threshold will be made of 16 gauge brushed stainless steel sheet. The threshold will conceal the end of the vapor sheet, sub floor, and flooring. The threshold will mate to the top of the rear access door jamb and cover at least six inches of flooring. Installed over the stainless steel threshold will be two 2.5" wide "nonskid" tape, strips applied. The color of the tape will be safety yellow with black diagonal stripes. C/S THRESHOLD: The C/S threshold will be made of .100 polished aluminum diamond plate. COT MOUNT HARDWARE PRIMARY COT MOUNT: Cot mount will be a Stryker model No 6390 Power Load System. COT FASTENER MOUNTING METHOD: All mounting bolts will be 3/8" diameter, socket head cap screws with at least 16 threads per inch. All mounting blocks will be supplied and manufactured by the cot mount manufacturer. The mounting blocks may protrude above the flooring surface by up to 3/16", as long as all of the edges are chamfered. The aforementioned cap screws will not protrude above the upper surface of the mounting block. All cap screws will be through bolted through 1/2 (.500) inch thick, 6061-T-6 Aluminum plate structure. One and one half (1-1/2) inch x six (6) inch thick plates will either be MIG welded or Chuck structurally fastened to the floor grid for both cot mount and attendant seat fastening locations. All fastening hardware will be either through bolted or tapped depending on under floor clearances due to chassis installed components. Mounting bolts will not point toward fuel filler or fuel vent hoses, in accordance with good engineering practices set forth by the Society of Automotive Engineers and Ford's Qualified Vehicle Modifiers' program. Standards will meet or exceed mechanical strength described in the aforementioned minimum fastening method. Material thickness and/or through bolt criteria is mandatory even if the vendor has current certification to A.M.D. Standard 004 utilizing lesser materials.12v power feed location FRONT for Stryker power load 6390 COT POSITION No 1: This cot position will be set up for a primary wheeled cot set centered laterally (side to 57 American Response Vehicles side) in the aisle. The longitudinal location will be set 30 inches measured from the backrest of the attendant's seat (set all the way toward the front of the patient cabin) to the head of the primary cot frame, per current KKK-A-1822. PRIMARY COT POSITION REINFORCEMENT: There will be a singular piece of aluminum reinforcement installed running the length of the primary cot position in the modular ambulance. It will be secured to the modular tubes by welding or Huck fasteners. PRIMARY COT: The aforementioned cot fastener will be set up to use a Stryker Model No. Power -Pro Cot. COT HOOK: A Stryker Cot hook for the power load system of solid aluminum will be through bolted to the power load system near the rear access doors. The design intent is to prevent accidental cot roll off during loading and unloading a one man cot. The hook will snag a tubular drag bar that is built into the cot frame. The cot hook will be placed in a position where the under carriage of the cot can be erected and locked into place before release of the drag bar. OXYGEN, AIR and VACUUM SYSTEMS OXYGEN HOSES: All oxygen system service hoses, fittings and devices will be made of nonferrous materials. Hoses used to pipe Medical Oxygen will be electrically non-conductive, % inside diameter with an abrasion resistant, green colored outer jacket. The hose manufacturers name, part number, inside dimension and working pressure rating will be permanently marked along the entire length of the hose. All hoses will have a working pressure rating of at least 250 pounds per square inch, withstand a system test pressure of 150 PSI / 1033 kPa test prescribed in current Federal specification KKK-A-1822. Each ambulance will be tested. OXYGEN OUTLETS - GENERAL: Each outlet will be comprised of an "Inlet Box" and a "Latch Plate" as defined herein. The "inlet box" will be a universal inlet service box with a 165 mm type "K" 9.5 mm (3/8") OD Copper inlet pipe stub which is silver brazed to a brass, one piece, 33 mm (15/16") inlet body. The "inlet box" will be designed specifically for positive pressure gas service and feature a primary and secondary check valve. Each check valve will be rated at 1,379 kPa (200psi). The "Latch Plate" will insert into the universal "Inlet Box". The "Latch Plate" is comprised of the outer cover plate and latching mechanism that will define the adapter type/Brand that will ultimately connect the patient to the oxygen system. The outlet cover will be color coded GREEN in addition to having a clear permanent legend that identifies the gas type. Dual gas specific safety pins will be integrated in the face of the outlet "Latch Plate" for safety. Outlet adapter types will be easily changed by simply removing the "Latch plate" specifically designed for brand "A" to brand "B" without any further plumbing changes. As with all medical gas outlets specified herein, all outlets will be hydrostatically tested and cleaned for oxygen service. All medical gas outlets specified herein will be UL (Underwriters Laboratory) listed and CSA approved. All outlets will be subject to a line pressure of 50 PSI And will be leak tested at 150 PSI Per federal specification KKK-A-1822E 4.4.6. Pressure drop across the outlet will be less than 2.0 PSI At normal working pressure. American Response Vehicles OXYGEN OUTLETS: The outlet latches will be designed to accept Chemtron style, dual press down to release adapters. This Oxygen outlets will be provided where specified below. OXYGEN OUTLET No 1: The Oxygen outlet will be located in the primary action area switch and outlet console. OXYGEN OUTLET No 2: The Oxygen outlet will be located in the primary action area switch and outlet console. OXYGEN OUTLET No 3: The Oxygen outlet will be located in curb side upper cabinet, over the squad bench and near the curbside entry door. PORTABLE CYLINDER BRACKETS: (3) Three Zico QR-D-2 or Jumbo D approved, certified equal with the following minimum features and quality level will be installed in the location specified below. These universal, adjustable portable cylinder racks will be supplied and installed to accommodate one cylinder each. The bottle racks will accommodate either D-size or Jumbo D-size cylinders made of steel OR aluminum. The entire rack will be constructed of heavy gauge stainless steel and aluminum alloy. The rack design will include a stainless steel cylinder neck restraint that does not interfere with oxygen regulator controls. A quick release at the top alleviates the need for a strap to secure the bottle in place. The rack will be through bolted to reinforced, structural members or brackets that tie in directly to the body of theambulance. PORTABLE CYLINDER BRACKET No 1: This rack will be located on the side of the RF ALS near the walk through door. PORTABLE CYLINDER BRACKET No 2 & 3: These two racks will be located in the left front (M-1) compartment, mounted on the forward wall. RACK LOCATION: The rack will be located on the aisle side of the ALS cabinet. MAIN CYLINDER RESTRAINT No 1: One agency supplied compressed, medical gas cylinder will be carried and secured, vertically inside the left front exterior compartment. A bracket will be firmly bolted to the back wall of the compartment that allows for an Aluminum laser cut and multi -bend engineering bracket to be installed in either an M or H tank height setting. The bracket features pass thru holes for four (4) heavy duty ratchet style, web straps. The Entire system has been tested to the latest revision of SAE relevant testing and passed. The cylinder valve will also be visible and accessible from the inside through a clear lexan door. CYLINDER TYPE: This rack will be for a MEDICAL OXYGEN cylinder. The oxygen system input hose will be suspended over this rack. This input hose will feature a nonferrous 9/16-18 RH bottle nut and regulator barb. This connection will comply with the diameter index safety system (DISS) set forth by the Compressed Gas Association (CGA) for safety. CYLINDER RACK LOCATION: The main oxygen cylinder will be stored in the left front compartment. The cylinder rack will be through bolted on the back wall, near the right-hand wall of the compartment. The 59 American Response Vehicles cylinder neck will be visible and accessible through the viewing window. M SETUP: The oxygen retention bracket will be set for an "M" size steel or aluminum cylinder. OXYGEN REGULATOR: A fixed output medical regulator will be supplied with the apparatus and installed at the time of the oxygen system pressure test. With the regulator set at 50 +/- 5PS1, a 100 LPM minimum flow rate will be available at all oxygen outlets. The regulating valve with inlet filter will have a line relief valve set at 200 PSI maximum. A manual gauge will be affixed to the regulator with scale graduated in not more than 100 PSI increments. The output of the regulator may vary as the tank pressure lowers or flow rate is changed. The regulator will have a CGA 540 thread for the bottle and a 9/16- 18 tpi threaded male connector for the input hose to the system. This regulator will perform as required at an inlet pressure range from 150 PSI to 2600 PSI tank pressure. REGULATOR WRENCH: There will be a cast aluminum main oxygen cylinder wrench installed in the compartment with the main oxygen cylinder rack. The wrench will include a cable lanyard that secures the wrench to the compartment wall allowing enough length of cable to loosen and tighten the regulator fitting on the customer installed main oxygen cylinder. The wrench will be stored in place with either a hat channel bracket or Velcro to keep it secured while the vehicle is in motion. ELECTRONIC OXYGEN SYSTEM SHUT-OFF: An oxygen shut off valve will be supplied and installed on the "Low pressure" side of the oxygen system. The design intent is to shut off the flow of oxygen to the oxygen outlets when the outlets are not in service. This will eliminate oxygen loss at the Outlets, even if the user does not shut off the main valve located on the tank. The oxygen outlets will be supplied with oxygen when a 12 volt switch labeled "Electric 02" is switched into the ON position. The switch will send voltage to a solenoid valve with a 100% duty cycle rating. The valve body will be made of a nonferrous metal and will be cleaned for medical oxygen use. Oxygen will flow through an orifice with a minimum diameter of 0.156 (5/32) inch. If the valve design is sensitive to flow direction, then the input and output ports will be clearly and permanently marked by the solenoid valve manufacturer. MANUAL BY-PASS: A manual fail safe bypass circuit, built into the solenoid valve body. Access to this circuit will be made with a control knob that is clearly marked on the attendant control panel. The manual bypass control knob will turn one half turns or less to open the valve completely. PORTABLE SUCTION SSCOR VX-2 SYSTEM: There will be a SSCOR Self Contained VX-2 portable suction system installed in the ambulance with the bracket mounted in a location chosen by this agency at the order confirmation stage prior to production. EQUIPMENT HOOKS: There will be two (2) Ferno Washington model #559 hooks installed to hold equipment stored by this agency. The placement of the hooks will be determined at the post award conference. EXTERIOR ENTRY AND COMPARTMENT DOOR HANDLES: Large chrome plated, die cast paddle handles will be provided to open all module doors. Blind fasteners will be used to fasten the handles to the door from the backside. Blind Stabilizer pins will be incorporated on the backside of the handle for alignment purposes. American Response Vehicles Every paddle handle will have an isolation gasket between the paddle body and the door skin. All door skin surfaces will be painted prior to installation of the handle hardware. All paddles, on single hung and leading double doors will be locking type and keyed the same. Trailing doors will: have non -locking paddle handles, mounted on the outside of the door. The Handle will have a bright chrome like finish mounted into the bright chrome dish. When the door is in the locked position, the handle will extend when pulled like an automotive handle (free floating) to show the operator that the door is locked and needs to be unlocked to be opened. Systems that utilize a handle that does not free float will not be accepted as it could bind up the inner hardware and shorten the life of the door operation and timing. INTERIOR ENTRY AND COMPARTMENT DOOR HANDLES: The interior handle will be lever type. A Lock/Unlock lever will be installed below the inside lever handle and be clearly marked Lock/Unlock. The inner chrome plated handle will have a black powder coated cast aluminum bezel for strength. There will be no plastic parts utilized in this installation. EMERGENCY INTERIOR LATCH RELEASE: There will be a red tipped lever to activate a rotary latch at both the top and bottom interior of each patient access door. These will be used should the door rods become unattached from either the handle or latch assembly. The mechanisms will be at the point of latching to the nader pin. An inserted rubber bezel will be installed into the door panel around the release lever to provide an aesthetic trim to the opening. ENTRY DOOR PANELS / WINDOWS / HARDWARE INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE COLOR: The interior grab handles listed below will be powder coated with anti- microbial, gray in color. CURB SIDE ENTRY DOOR GRAB HANDLES: The curbside side entry door will be equipped with a three point, "L" Shaped 1 % diameter, stainless steel with gray anti -microbial coating, handicap style grab handles to aid in door closure and entry assistance. The grab handle will run horizontally, directly above the inside door latch and bend Ninety five degrees downward to create a banister (handrail) to aid in vehicle egress. The door handle will be fastened directly to the horizontal door structure that is welded to the door assembly. REAR ENTRY DOOR GRAB HANDLES: The rear entry doors will be equipped with a three point, "L" Shaped 1 diameter, stainless steel with gray anti -microbial coating, handicap style grab handles to aid in door closure and entry assistance. The grab handle will run horizontally, directly above the inside door latch and bend Ninety degrees downward to create a banister (handrail) to aid in vehicle egress. The door handle will be fastened directly to the horizontal door structure that is welded to the door assembly. ENTRY DOOR PANELS: All UPPER entry door panels will be color matched Mica over a smooth aluminum substrate. The center panel and lower panel will be stainless steel. REAR ENTRY DOOR WINDOWS: Will have an automotive style window. The window will be recessed in a 61 American Response Vehicles factory stamped opening. The windows will be near flush. They will be in a fixed position. The window will have a special coating applied which allows for a default fogged effect. When minor current is applied the window will transition to clear. Each window will have a nominal area of 320 square inches. SIDE ENTRY DOOR WINDOW: The curb side (Right) entry door will be equipped with an automotive style window. The window will be recessed in a factory stamped opening. The window will be near flush. Window will fold out at bottom for ventilation. All glass will be tinted safety glass. MODULE ENTRY DOOR INSULATION: Module entry doors will have 0.1875 inch thick mass loaded acoustical ethylene vinyl acetate material attached to the inside surface of the exterior skin to provide a noise reduction of 75%. There will be 2 inch thick moisture resistant hydrophobic, micro -porous, polymeric substance adhered to the ethylene vinyl acetate material to provide added DB absorption and a minimum R rating of 11. The insulation will be fitted tightly against the structural members to maximize R-value effectively. Gap spacing round each cell within the structure grid and the block foam will not exceed 1/16". A layer of 0.250 inch thick foil encapsulated micro -cellular closed -cell polyethylene with an R rating of 7.75. There will be a minimum air gap of 0.5 inch between the inner most foil surface and the doors interior surface materials. Insulation will not interfere with door latch hardware. The total R value of the module entry doors must be greater than or equal to 12. MODULE ENTRY DOOR SOUND PROOFING: Module entry doors will have 0.1875 inch thick mass loaded acoustical ethylene vinyl acetate material attached to the inside surface of the exterior skin to provide a noise reduction of 75%. ASSIST RAIL: This rail will be naturally accessible to assist persons entering the rear of the module in maintaining their balance. The rail will be 1 % diameter, 100% stainless steel with gray anti -microbial coating and 18" long. All rail fittings will be TIG welded to the main rail. The rail will be located prior to order confirmation. Grab rails that utilize separate, setscrew rail fittings are not reliable and not acceptable. WALK THROUGH DOOR: The walk through door specified herein will comply with federal specification KKK-A- 1822D 3.10.15.1. The door will be hinged on the passenger side of the vehicle and will swing into the patient's cabin. The door will fit into a recessed area on the side of the right front ALS cabinet. A barrel type bolt will hold the door in the OPEN position (recessed into the side of the ALS cabinet). The same barrel bolt will hold the door closed and will be accessible ONLY from the CAB side. The door substrate will be 19mm (3/4") Formaldehyde free, exterior grade, A -A plywood and laminated with color matching mica at least 28 mils thick. All door edges will be banded with the same mica color and thickness as the door face surfaces. Iron on vinyl or PVC edge banding is not durable and therefore not acceptable. The aforementioned door will be fitted with a sliding lexan window assembly with a minimum see through area of 150 square inches. PLASTIC VENTILATED COMPARTMENT TILE: A plastic black, ventilated tile will be installed on all compartment floors and shelves. The tile is to be designed to keep equipment off the floor or shelf to promote drying of wet equipment. 62 American Response Vehicles COMPARTMENT TILE EDGING: The yellow plastic tile edge material will mate to the outer edge of the compartment tile and will taper to the front edge for a smooth transition. KNOX BOX MEDVAULT: Install Customer Supplied Unit. Unit to be a Knox Box #5502. The Knox Box will be located just forward of the Action Area Board. CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR: While a carbon monoxide detector will detect incomplete oxidation during combustion in gas ranges and unvented gas or kerosene heaters that may cause high concentrations of Carbon monoxide in indoor air. Worn or poorly adjusted and maintained combustion devices (e.g., boilers, furnaces) can be significant sources, or if the flue is improperly sized, blocked, disconnected, or is leaking. The main cause for concern in the ambulance is due to auto, truck, or bus exhaust from attached garages, nearby roads, or parking areas can also be a source. The unit will be installed in the patient area and wired 12v into the ambulance conversion system. This detector contains an end of life timer operated from an independent lithium battery that will operate for four (4) years and eleven (11) months from the date of manufacture. At the end of life, the detector will begin to signal for replacement with beeping and flashing LED signal alarm. End of life replacement is not warranted. The unit will be located on the right rear (M-5) compartment filler in the patient compartment, facing the aisle, mounted up high, with location shown on the drawings. "DAY BRIGHT" LIGHTING: The interior of the cabinets noted below will be illuminated with White LED flat rope lighting and will be recessed into the backside of the cabinet perimeter aluminum tracking. The lights must be in the front of the cabinet shining towards the backside of the cabinet in order to see what is in the cabinet without the light being blocked by the components stored in the cabinet. The idea is to illuminate the interior of the cabinet and not to shine outward toward the personnel looking inside the cabinet. There will be a switch in the patient compartment switch panel to turn the light(s) on and off as desired by thecrew. INTERIOR CABINET LIGHT SWITCHING: The cabinet interior lights will be activated via an icon from the patient area multi-plexed control system. The following cabinets feature "Day Bright" cabinet lighting. - Cabinet A - Cabinet B - Cabinet C - Cabinet D - Cabinet 1-1 - Cabinet 1-2 - Cabinet K-1 - Cabinet K-2 - Cabinet K-3 - Cabinet G-1 - Cabinet G-2 - Cabinet F ACTION AREA LIGHTING: A 12-volt LED light will be provided directly over the forward, street side work 63 American Response Vehicles surface. A 12-inch swivel fixture will be provided. The light will have an on/off rocker switch on the body of the light housing. The light will be mounted above the action area. UPHOLSTERY MATERIALS: All padding and upholstered seating will be covered in 36 ounce vacuum form ready vinyl. Sewn seams in the seat covers and cushions will be minimized. Upon request, the manufacturer will be capable of supplying vacuum formed, seamless vinyl covered upholstery. The color will be color keyed to the laminate color selections made. SEAT / BACKREST CORE MATERIAL: The vinyl covered foam will meet current Federal Specification KKK-A- 1822. Seat cushions will be ergonomically contoured. All core material will be open cell, high resilience foam. UPHOLSTERY COLOR: All padding and upholstered seating will be covered in 56-ounce vacuum form ready vinyl per the specification. The color of the vinyl will be Gunmetal Dark Gray. TROUGH COVER: All upholstered pad that is built to cover the trough running down the center line of the vehicle separating the curbside and streetside of the patient compartment will be manufactured of 1/4" luan non voided plywood with padding and covered with 36 ounce vinyl. The color of the vinyl will be the same as the remainder of the upholstery in the patient area. The cover will be fastened to the headliner using stainless steel screws with washers that will accept button covers that are color matched to the trough cover. UPHOLSTERY JOINERY TYPE: All padding and upholstered seating will feature upholstery covered foam that eliminates sewn, visible seams. All cushion corners will be vinyl wrapped. NO sewn seams are permitted, even at the corners. Seat cushion vinyl will be pre -formed to the cushion shape to eliminate ALL visible seams. Seat cushions with welting/piping and sewn corner seams are not acceptable since blood and other liquid form biological discharge can penetrate the seam holes and reside in the foam. All vinyl surfaces will be pulled tight against the foam, utilizing a hardwood plywood backing board. Loose fitting vinyl coverings are not acceptable. FULL CUSHIONS: The post and wheel cups normally placed on the squad bench for secondary stretchers will be DELETED in favor of full seat cushions without cutouts. The seat cushions will be the same size as the squad bench lid and WITHOUT cutouts. The user chooses to use a backboard in lieu of a stretcher for a secondary patient. HEAD PROTECTION - CURB SIDE ACCESS DOOR: A seamless pad specifically designed to protect the head during egress is required. The pad will consist of a two-inch thick foam sheet over a hardwood plywood backing board and covered in seamless vinyl upholstery. HEAD PROTECTION - REAR ACCESS DOORS: A seamless pad specifically designed to protect the head during egress is required and will comply with current Federal Specification KKK-A-1822. The pad will consist of a two- inch thick foam sheet over a hardwood plywood backing board and covered in seamless vinyl upholstery. Ell American Response Vehicles CLOCK: There will be a clock installed inside the module over the rear patient entry doors. The clock will be an Atomic style that will include but not be limited to time and outside temperature. Clock mount: Screw Directly into pad PAINT 100% PAINT FILM COVERAGE: All stages of primer and paint will cover all surfaces. Hinge mating surfaces on the doors and jambs will be painted. Bare aluminum and primer only preparation is not acceptable under door hinges. Doors will be painted without actuation handles installed and doors removed from body. Paint film thickness to be no less than 4.1 mil thickness. PAINT SYSTEM TYPE: The paint will be Poly -Urethane type electrostatic application process without exception. An electrostatic paint spray system is a highly efficient technology for the application of paint to specific work pieces. Negatively charged atomized paint particles and a grounded work piece create an electrostatic field that draws the paint particle to the work piece, minimizing over spray. For this technology, an ionizing electrode, typically located at the paint gun atomizer tip, causes paint particles to pick up additional electrons and become negatively charged. As the coating is deposited on the work piece, the charge dissipates through the ground and returns to the power supply, completing the circuit. The electrostatic field influences the path of the paint particles. Because the charged particles are attracted to the grounded work piece, over spray is significantly reduced. Paint particles that pass a work piece can be attracted to and deposited on the back of the piece. This phenomenon is known as "wrap." MECHANICAL ADHESION PROMOTER: The entire module will be degreased. Degreaser will be applied to manufacturers recommendations. The module body is to be inspected for flaws and imperfections, and to assure built to order specifications. All surfaces will be initial sanded with 180 grit paper and all imperfections repaired. CHEMICAL ADHESION PROMOTER: The module will be hot-water washed at (140 degrees or greater). Then the aluminum Body will be treated with Alumiprep 33 acid etching followed by a complete De -ionized body rinse. To ensure all surfaces are cleaned, this step will be repeated a second time. The entire unit will be wet coated with Alodine 5700 conversion coating and de ionized water mixed. The module body is baked at 160 degrees to dry. PRIMER: The module will then have 2 coats of epoxy primer. The unit is then baked at 140 degree metal temperature for one hour. The module body will then undergo any bodywork or filler that is required at transition(s). A third coat of epoxy primer is applied and cured. The module body will then be final sanded prior to Paint color application. Primer will be sanded with 320 grit paper to assure flat, orange peel free surface. TOP COAT (PAINT): Entire module will be degreased. Degreaser will be applied to manufactures recommendations. Two coats of BTLV High Solids color will be applied. 65 American Response Vehicles CLEAR COAT: The clear coat will be manufactured by the same company as the primer and base coat. Two coats of "clear coat" polyurethane will be applied per the manufacturer's instructions. 3M POLISHING SYSTEM: Prior to 100% paint cure, the paint on the ambulance body will be sanded to 1200 grit and polished flat per 3Ms Perfect -It product program for smooth finish. CORROSION: Anti -electrolysis procedures include but are not limited to the following. 1) Ensure all bare substrate is dry and free from contamination. 2) If bare substrate is showing signs of corrosion/oxidation, sand and remove. Use 180 grit until area is removed. 3) Thoroughly blow off areas to remove sand dust and metal shavings. 4) Thoroughly degrease to be pre -primed using the wipe -on, wipe -off method with clean white rags. (Use good quality automotive Degreaser) 5) Apply Wash primer CR using a brush to all mated surfaces. Allow to flash for 15 minutes at 70 deg Fah. Mix wash primer CR 1:1 with wash-hardner. 6) Apply Urethane caulk to all mated surfaces before assembly to reduce the possibility of corrosion. EXTERIOR FASTENERS: All screw sites require a replaceable nylon insert for the fastener to thread into. This will isolate the dissimilar metals. Each hole will be treated with an Electrolysis Corrosion Control compound prior to installation of the nylon inserts. All exterior screws will be stainless steel. PAINT WARRANTY: The conversion paint will be warranted to the original owner for a period of 7 years, 70,000 miles. The color shift will be no greater than Delta E of 4.0 with minimum gloss retention of 60 gloss units at twenty -degree angle. Warranty to include a 36-month Corrosion coverage with no exclusions. UNDERCOATING: The bottoms side of the module will be undercoated, with an exception to any area affected by exhaust system direct heat. Application standards for the undercoating will be achieved or exceeded as directed by QVM or governing standards. REFLECTIVE TAPE: The module door frames will have a three-quarter inch (3/4") wide white reflective tape applied to the door frame interior. The tape will reflect direct light at night to illuminate the outline shape of the door when the door is opened. COMPARTMENT FINISH: Unless specified otherwise, all exterior compartment walls and backs will be constructed of .100 polished aluminum diamond plate. MAIN BODY COLOR: The main body color will be red, with the exact color code to be determined at a post - award, pre -build conference. The paint finish will be laid onto the body in a flat, orange peel free, mirror like shine on all four sides. GRAPHICS PACKAGE: Graphics package will be installed to match the current fleet. Including but not limited to custom tape belt, custom lettering, diamond grade chevrons on rear, including doors, and diamond grade American Response Vehicles chevrons on entry door lower panels. REFLECTIVE / PRISMATIC TAPE: The aforementioned center step will have a bright, conspicuous prismatic, reflective tape strip applied the rearward facing edge of the step. The tape will have alternating colors (Red and White). The tape color will begin and end in Red, and each segment will measure between seven and nine inches. ROOF PAINT: Roof paint is to be white and will not to be visible from the ground. DRIP RAILS: A bright drip rail will be provided over each compartment. Full height compartments are exempt because the perimeter roof rail drip rails will cover these compartments. FLOW METER: One flow meter will be supplied. This flow meter will be used for oxygen and is to be Chemtron, Thorpe Tube 0-15 LPM Style. This flow meter will be shipped loose with the vehicle. OWNER'S MANUAL: There will be shipped loose with each completed unit a card with USB flash data file with pertinent information from the build of the vehicle. ROOF STAR OF LIFE: There will be installed on the module roof a reflective star of life symbol large sized. SAFETY PLACARDS: There will be installed in the chassis cab and patient area descriptive placards in durable materials to remind occupants to fasten seatbelts and to refrain from smoking. MANUFACTURER LOGOS: There will be self-adhesive logos provided and installed for the unit. FIRE EXTINGUISHER: One (5) five -pound A-B-C type fire extinguisher will be supplied loose with the vehicle on delivery. Exception to C.16.1 1 Required Two fire extinguishers installed by FSAM FIRE EXTINGUISHER: One additional (5) five pound A-B-C type fire extinguisher will be supplied loose with the vehicle on delivery. REFLECTOR PACKAGE: Six reflectors will be supplied on the outside of the module body. The reflectors will be located at skirt line level and the area size will be at least 3.75 square inches. Each side will have one AMBER forward reflector and one RED rearward reflector. The rear of the body will have one RED reflector per side, located just above the diamond plate kick plate. INSPECTION TRIPS MID -POINT INSPECTION: American Response Vehicles will provide a mid -point inspection trip to the factory for Two (2) Members of the South Bend Fire Department. This Inspection trip should not require more than three (3) total days for travel to and from factory and inspection. American Response Vehicles will cover all cost incurred, including, but not limited to air and ground transportation, hotel accommodations, and meals. 67 American Response Vehicles FINAL INSPECTION: American Response Vehicles will provide a final inspection trip to the factory for Two (2) Members of the South Bend Fire Department. The complete ambulance will be inspected at the factory and any necessary correction will be made prior to the ambulance leaving the factory. This Inspection trip should not require more than three (3) total days for travel to and from factory and inspection. American Response Vehicles will cover all cost incurred, including, but not limited to air and ground transportation, hotel accommodations, and meals. CONVERSION WARRANTY 7 Year, 70,000 mile Mechanical & Electrical including Workmanship. 7 Year, 70,000 mile Standard Paint Warranty. 36 Month Paint Coatings Corrosion Warranty. 20 Year Body Structure Warranty. •: South Bend Fire Department 1222 Michigan St. South Bend, IN 46601 Exp. Date: 12/02/2020 Quote No: 11385-0040 TYPE9: 16496-T9TX GENERAL: GEN_INF 9X CHASSIS: 43/440OLP CONVERSION: 16496-T9X BASE: 16496-T9BX Top Level - INTL MV607 X-Series ************BID STANDARDS*********** International/Navistar MV607 164-172 x 96 MV607 X-Series 164-172 x 95 T-9 X Base MV-607 Shop Order -----------L5lU J I ANUAKUJ"---------- - 75.U75 7WZUIZU =_ 00-00-0107 1-- Order Date: Post July 1, 2019 00-00-0113 < I-- Ambulance Built to Star Of Life KKK-A-1882-F Certification, Latest Revision Exceptions to be noted on final sticker. 00-10-0015 Vehicle Quantity (Vehicles) 00-91-0002 BODY NUMBER: 00-91-0005 1-- MICKEY BODY DUE DATE: 00-91-0003 CHASSIS VIN NUMBER: 00-91-0024 ACCOUNT MANAGER: Mikael Blevins 00-91-0027 REFERENCE UNIT #: 00-91-0028 S RE -WRITE DATE: 11-2-20 00-91-0040 SEAT BELT POSITIONS MODS 00-91-0042-- CAB SEAT BELT MOD: 00-91-0044 1-- Total: 2 Positions 00-91-0050-- REAR SEAT BELT MOD: 00-91-0054 1-- Total: 4 Positions 00-99-9000 Revision Level: 0 - Zero - ORIGINAL VERSION 00-99-9030 Change Order Level: 0 - Zero - ORIGINAL VERSION Aluminum Composite Cabinet Configuration _= International/Navistar MV607 - 15.015 10128120 =_ 01-1 N-0000 Type I Medium Duty Modular Ambulance 01-AQ-E46D S < 2021 International MV607 SBA LP, 19.5 Tires 2-dr Reg Cab - SCR 2021 International MV707 Regular cab 169" Wheel Base: CA = 101.9; CE = 63.0 Turning Diameter: 47 ft - 2 in curb to curb (169" WB) Engine: Cummins B6.7 300, 300 HP/ 660 ft-lb Batteries: (3) OEM, International Maintenance Free Air Cleaner: Single Element Inside Air Restriction Gauge: Filter Minder OEM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Air urger: tsenalx AU -IF' witn neater OEM Compressed Air Reservoir: 7.6 Gallon OEM Drain Valve: Berg Manual; With pull chain Alternator: 320A Leece Neville Model No 14931 PAH Block Heater: OEM Phillips 120 Volt / 1250 Watt Exhaust System: Single, Horizontal, exit in front of left side tires Radiator: Copper/Bronze, 3 row, cross flow, over/under system Fan / Drive: Borg-Warner SA85, Nylon Fan Transmission: Allison EVS-2500-P 6 speed 6-Speed Electronic Automatic - ALL Gears Enabled Transmission Shifter: T-Handle Transmission Fluid: (Synthetic) Castrol Transynd Electric Horns: OEM, Dual Air Horn: OEM GROVER, Black single trumpet, behind bumper Air Horn(s) ACTIVATION: "Air Horn" button in Horn Ring Brakes: 4-Wheel ABS - Hydraulic Diamond Disc CAB Electrical System: OEM 12 Volt, Negative Ground Circuit Breakers (OEM): Manual Reset (Main Panel) Fuel Tank: OEM, 40 US Gallons, RIGHT Side under cab Def Tank: OEM, 7 US Gallons, Left Side Fuel/Water Separator: Fleetguard Model 21,000 with heater GVWR: 20,000 pounds Front Axle: Dana Spicer D800-F - 8,000# Capacity Front Suspension: Parabolic LEAF SPRINGS, 8000# Capacity Rear Axle: S16-130 Single Speed - 15,500# Rear Axle Ratio: 4.30:1 Open differential Rear Suspension: Liquid Spring Dump Activation: Trailing rear access door. DUMP ENABLE SWITCH: Located in center CAB console Differential Lock: Dana Spicer True-Trac Body Builder HD wire PKG: OEM HD Tail Light Harness Power Windows and Door Locks: Cab Doors Park Brake: Bosch DSSA Type, w/Push Set/Pull release Knob Ping Tanks: (2) OEM from International FRONT Tires: Goodyear 245/70R 19.5 14 Ply (Road tread) Wheels: Front 19.5 Polished Aluminum REAR Tires: Goodyear 245/70R 19.5 14 Ply (Road tread) Wheels: Rear 19.5 Polished Aluminum outer only, steel inner Spare Tire: NONE Jack and Tire Tools: None Suspension Dump Limiter: Bump Stop ILO OEM on Frame Front Bumper: Full Width International, Aerodynamic, Chrome Front End: TILT, Three (3) Piece Fiberglass Chrome Grille: Tilt w/ Hood, International 4300/4400LP Grab Handles: Cab entry assist OEM Keyless Entry System Remote (1 Fob Includes) Cab Door Locks Only Side Mirrors: 16SNV OEM Aero pedestal, power adjust, heated heads, Turn signals, bright finish heads,black arms. convex glass Convex Mirrors: 16SDZ OEM Hood Mounted out front. Cab Paint Color: NAV-9381, Oxford White FRONT Tow Hooks: (2) OEM Frame mounted Windshield Wipers: Electric with Delay CAB AC/Heat: International Blend -Air OEM Cab Floor Covering: Black Matting Cab Interior: Premium Trim Level - Gray Radio: OEM AM/FM/CD/Clock/WB/3.5mm Auxiliary input. Cab Speakers: (4) OEM Coaxial - w/Premium Interior, 2 in chassis cab doors, 2 in B pillars. Cab Seats: DR/PASS National Cush-N-Aire Hi -back with Gray Vinyl Seat Covers Steering Wheel: OEM, 2 spoke, 18" Diameter, Black Steering Column: Tilt Chassis Warranty: Limited, 24 month/Unlimited Mileage 01-IN-MIR3 -- Side Mirrors: ULM Hero Nedestal, Hower Adjust, Heated w I urn signals chrome 01-IN-PDLS-- Cab Door Locks Only 01-IN-RS01 S <-- Rear Suspension: Liquid Spring ILOS *NOTE: If Oxygen Lift is installed, then if the 02 Cmpt Door is open, the air suspension will not dump until door is closed* 01-IN-RST1 < I-- DUMP ACTIVATION: Trailing rear access door. The vehicle shall NOT Kneel (DUMP) with the vehicle in GEAR. 01-IN-RST2 I-- DUMP ENABLE SWITCH: Located in center CAB console 01-IN-TIRS-- Spare Tire: NONE 01-TU-0100 I-- Jack and Tire Tools: None 01-IN-WHM9-- Centers & Lug Nut Covers for OEM Alum Wheel Front smooth 4 spline 30MM 8 lug 01-IN-WHMV-- Centers & Lug Nut Covers for OEM Rear Alum Wheels 6.25 HUG, 8 lug 30mm _= 164-172 x 96 MV607 X-Series - 15.015 10128120 == 06-EA-01 MD < Tire Valve Extensions, S/S Braided, PR, Dual Rear Wheel MEDIUM DUTY BODY Generation 9 01-X0-0001 <-- Body Certification Provided to Specification The Body Manufacturing group certifies that this Ambulance Modular body has been constructed of materials and methods that meet or exceed the standards as required by the AEV Generation 9 Body Specification of December 11th, 2018 as published. The body shall be built and constructed to the submitted work order and the AEV Generation 9 build standards without exception. Any Deviations to the work order or Generation 9 build standards must have written authorization prior to body delivery to AEV by the AEV Body Engineer on file. 02-00-0002 < I-- Body Build Information Body Number; Account Manager; Chassis Type: Mickey Body Due Date; 02-00-0003 < I-- ALL DIMENSIONS ON ORDER WILL HAVE A VARIABLE OF + OR - 1/4" Unless specified as a minimum dimension. 02-B2-XM82 < Body :Med Duty, 172" x 96" x 73" Interior HR - 6" Body Drop Navistar X-Std X-Series Module Construction 02-00-0006-- Headroom: 75/73" Finished Interior - Ducted A/C 02-00-0060 1— Compartment and Entry door Full length Stainless Steel Hinges std 02-BO-CCOl < -- Compartment Construction: STANDARD, Unless Specified Otherwise Sides and Back: .100 Polished Aluminum Diamond Plate Compartment Ceiling: .090 Aluminum Sheet 02-BO-SFLO < I-- Compt Floors: Sweep -out, even with bottom doorjamb Unless Specified Otherwise. 02-BO-CC41 I-- Compartment floor thickness .125" standard 02-BO-CC18 -- Compartment Ventilation - Flap style #VT-2495-AO1, STD 02-BO-CEX3 S <-- Curbside Entry Door (CSE): 78.8 High x 32 Wide X-series med duty NOTE: C/S Entry Door to be 32" Wide ILOS 02-130-09132-- C/S Door Check: Double Action Gas Shock 04-EA-09131 I-- Door Swing Angle: Set to 90-100 degrees 02-BO-CESL-- Curbside Entry Door (CSE) Location: Standard, Rearward of M-7 Compt if Optioned 02-B1-SWX2 < I-- Step Well, CURBSIDE Entry Door, 2-Step Embossed Diamond Plate (2) Steps : 9" Risers x 10" Tread 05-IL-09X1 S < I-- Light, Step Well: 3" Kinequip #4302S, Chrome, LED, STD Light shall come on with CS door only. (1) FOR EACH STEP 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 05-IL-09XA S < I-- IATS Light, Step Well: 3" Kinequip #430204S, Chrome, LED Kinequip No 430204S. Light shall come on with CS door only. (1) FOR EACH STEP 02-BC-05AO I-- Walk through, Cab Height, T1 Medium Duty 04-00-0900 < I-- Threshold Transition Plate - Type I Install a transition plate at module interior, to protect bellows connection from module to cab. Material to be Aluminum. 02-BD-0100 I-- Body Drop: 6" Curbside, Ahead of Rear Wheels 02-M1-X169 I-- M-1 Compt (LF): 61.5"H x 22.125" W x 20.0" D Oxygen storage 02-BO-CCO2 < I-- Compartment Construction: STANDARD Diamond Plate Sides and Back: .100 Polished Aluminum Diamond Plate Compartment Ceiling: .090 Aluminum Sheet 02-130-CC08 I-- Compartment Door Panel: Diamond Plate 12-DC-GAl0 1— Compartment Finish: Diamond Plate Standard 02-BO-CC16 I-- Compartment Door Ventilation - small punched half-moon Louvered Door 02-BO-CC23 < I-- Aluminum Rain Diverter -Double Louver Column Installed in Compt Door AEV to build and install 02-BO-SWFL-- Compt Floor: Sweep -out, even with bottom doorjamb. 02-BO-CC41 I-- Compartment floor thickness .125" standard 02-BC-10A5-- Compartment Door: SINGLE DOOR, Forward hinged 2-point Latch 02-BO-09BO I-- Compt Door Check: Double Action Gas Shock 04-EA-09131 I-- Door Swing Angle: Set to 90-100 degrees 05-EL-40X1 <-- Light, Compt, LED, M-1 (LF): Intertek Model No ZY-156-LEDC, STD MTB Note: 1" Hole, Centered in Compartment ceiling 08-B1-02L1-- Prep for 02 Lift: NONE 09-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 02-M1-XlAA I-- M-1A Compt (LF Upper): 72 HR, 17.8" H x 22.125" W x 20.0" D 02-BO-CCO2 < I-- Compartment Construction: STANDARD Diamond Plate Sides and Back: .100 Polished Aluminum Diamond Plate Compartment Ceiling: .090 Aluminum Sheet 02-BO-CC08 I-- Compartment Door Panel: Diamond Plate 12-DC-GAl0 1— Compartment Finish: Diamond Plate Standard 02-BO-CClB I-- Compartment Ventilation - M-1A Pancake Fan & 1-Column of Louvers 02-BO-CC22 < I-- Aluminum Rain Diverter -Single Louver Column Installed in Compt Door AEV to build and install 02-BO-SWFL I-- Compt Floor: Sweep -out, even with bottom doorjamb. 02-BO-CC41 I-- Compartment floor thickness .125" standard 02-BC-10A0-- Compartment Door: SINGLE DOOR, 1-point Latch 02-BO-09BO I-- Compt Door Check: Double Action Gas Shock 04-EA-09131 I-- Door Swing Angle: Set to 90-100 degrees 05-EL-40XB <-- Light, Compt, LED, M-1A (LF Upper): Intertek Model No ZY-156-LEDC, STD MTB Note: 1" Hole, Centered in Compartment ceiling 12-ZZ-ZZZZ 02-M1-X262 I-- M-2 Compt (LFM): 36.7" H x 42.8" W x 20.0" D 02-BO-CCO2 < I-- Compartment Construction: STANDARD Diamond Plate Sides and Back: .100 Polished Aluminum Diamond Plate Compartment Ceiling: .090 Aluminum Sheet 02-BO-CC08-- Compartment Door Panel: Diamond Plate 12-DC-GAl0 -- Compartment Finish: Diamond Plate Standard 02-BO-SWFL I-- Compt Floor: Sweep -out, even with bottom doorjamb. 02-BO-CC42 < I-- Compartment floor thickness .25" ILOS (Heavy Duty) MTB to increase compartment floor thickness to .25 inch smooth aluminum. VL-G I-J3I VA J I—0'1V-VVdJIr. IVWIVC 02-B1-ELEH < I-- Electrical Compartment: Circuit Board Storage relocated to cabinet H 02-BC-10DO I-- Doors, Compartment, DOUBLE DOORS (std) 02-BO-09B0-- Compt Door Check: Double Action Gas Shock 04-EA-09131 I-- Door Swing Angle: Set to 90-100 degrees 04-TS-11 D3 I-- M-2 Shelf, Adjustable, Ext:.125 Alum, 2" Upward lip 04-TS-4010 1— Shelf Bracket: CPI 90 Deg with Slotted Holes 05-EL-40X2 < I-- Lights, (2) Compartment: Kinequip #KSLC8 8", Strip Light, M-2, STD MTB Note: No light hole required (1) on ceiling, centered near door jamb, on angled bracket and (1) on Wall #3, near door jamb, on angled bracket, to illuminated under shelf. 05-HB-1335 < I-- Condenser, 12V: Pro -Air Dual Fan, FRKG 126 under the module body Included 1 70,000 BTU 04-HA-1300 1— Condenser Brackets: Under M-2, angled down 1 06-RR-13ZO I-- Standard Conduit: 1-1/2"", with pull wire 1 06-RR-1304 S I-- CONDUIT ORIGINATION POINT: M-1A compartment 1 06-RR-13T3-- CONDUIT TERMINATION POINT: Behind A/A Board (Panel) 1 09-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 1 02-1142-X364 S< 1-- M-3 Compt (LR): 63.5" H x 43" W x 20.O" D 1 WILL NARROW TELEMETRY AREA, LP WILL NOT FIT 02-BO-CCO2 < I-- Compartment Construction: STANDARD Diamond Plate 1 Sides and Back: .100 Polished Aluminum Diamond Plate Compartment Ceiling: .090 Aluminum Sheet 02-BO-CC08-- Compartment Door Panel: Diamond Plate 1 12-DC-GA10-- Compartment Finish: Diamond Plate Standard 1 02-BO-SWFL I-- Compt Floor: Sweep -out, even with bottom doorjamb. 1 02-BO-CC41 I-- Compartment floor thickness .125" standard 1 02-BC-1000-- Compartment Doors: DOUBLE DOORS, ILOS single 1 02-BO-09BO I-- Compt Door Check: Double Action Gas Shock 1 04-EA-09B1 I-- Door Swing Angle: Set to 90-100 degrees 1 04-TS-11B4 1— (2) Shelves, Adjustable, Ext..125 Aluminum, 2" Upward Lips IATS 1 04-TS-4010 I-- Shelf Bracket. CPI 90 Deg with Slotted Holes 2 04-TS-1016 XS < I-- Tool plate on uni-strut, .25 Smooth Aluminum/DA sanded in compartment 1 Location BOTTOM PORTION OF M3 COMPT 24" HIGH AND FULL WIDTH TOOL PLATE TO BE .25" 05-EL-40X3 < I-- Light, Compt, LED, M-3 (LR): Intertek Model No ZY-156-LEDC, STD MTB Note: 1" Hole, Centered in Compartment ceiling 05-EL-49X2 S < I-- Light, Compartment: LED, Intertek #ZY-156-LEDC X-Series, IATS 2 MTB Note: No light hole required (1) ON BOTTOM OF EACH SHELF 09-ZZ-ZZZZ 1-- 1 02-M1-X572 S I-- M-5 Compt (RR): 72 HR, 84.5" H x 21 " W x 22.0" D 1 02-130-CCO2 < I-- Compartment Construction: STANDARD Diamond Plate 1 Sides and Back: .100 Polished Aluminum Diamond Plate Compartment Ceiling: .090 Aluminum Sheet 02-130-CC08 I-- compartment uoor Hanel: Uiamond Plate 12-DC-GAl0 1— Compartment Finish: Diamond Plate Standard 02-BO-CC13 < I-- Compt Venti - Compartment Ceiling O O O O and Square Holes Horiz ARV STYLE MTB NOTE: hat channel with three (4") holes above the hat at the ceiling level. >> Additional Horizontal square holes in out facing vertical hat channel. 02-BO-SWFL I-- Compt Floor: Sweep -out, even with bottom doorjamb. 02-BO-CC41 I-- Compartment floor thickness .125" standard 02-BC-10A5 I-- Compartment Door: SINGLE DOOR, Forward hinged 2-point Latch 02-BO-09B0-- Compt Door Check: Double Action Gas Shock 04-EA-09131 I-- Door Swing Angle: Set to 90-100 degrees 04-TS-19M5 S < I-- M-5 Divider, Fixed, (1) 14x60 H Divider to be Located Approx. 10" From Wall #1 as Close to Stair Chair Pull Out Tray as Possible. 02-BO-CFN1 S I— Component Finish (Divider & Shelo: Speedliner Black Each 04-TS-1001 I-- Divider Material:.125 Aluminum Sheet 04-TS-1200 S < I-- M-5 Shelf, Adjustable, Ext..125 Aluminum, Partial Width 2" lips upward NOTE: Adj. Shelf to be From Divider to Wall #3 Above Stair Chair Slide Out Tray 04-TS-4010 I-- Shelf Bracket: CPI 90 Deg with Slotted Holes 04-TS-2110 S < -- Stair Chair Tray, Roll -out. Std Duty .125 Thick tray, Fixed position NOTE: Mounted on Wall #3 and Tray to store the stair chair in an upright position with Lip around bottom of tray. To be constructed .125 Aluminum Speed Lined Black 02-BO-CFN1 S I-- Component Finish (Stair Chair Holder): Speedliner Black Each 04-TS-21A2 S < I-- Slides: Pair ofAccuride AH760 250 lb 18" Full Extension with Top Slide locking One locking slide with yellow thumb catch release (1) SLID-9301Non-locking (1) SLID-9308 Top Slide Locking typical 18" 04-TS-STR3 S < I-- Strap: 2" Webb, w/ Chrome Metal Seatbelt buckle w footman loops IATS This strap is to secure things from moving while the vehicle is in motion, and is not designed to be a crash stable securing device. Strap Installed on Stair Chair Tray to Hold Stair Chair 04-TS-STR2 S 1— 2" Footman Loops 04-TS-STR8 S < I-- Straps: (2), 2" Webb, w/ Quick Release Seatbelt style Buckle, IATS (1) From Divider to Wall #1 40" Up From Floor (1) From Divider to Wall #3 54" Up From Floor Above Shelf This strap is to secure things from moving while the vehicle is in motion, it is not designed to be a crash stable securing device. 04-TS-STR2 1— 2" Footman Loops: Locate back from jamb 05-EL-40X5 < I-- Light, Compt, LED, M-5 (RR): Intertek Model No ZY-156-LEDC, STD MTB Note: 1" Hole, Centered in Compartment ceiling 05-EL-49X2 S < I-- Light, Compartment: LED, Intertek #ZY-156-LEDC X-Series, IATS MTB Note: No light hole required ON BOTTOM OF SHELF 09-ZZ-ZZZZ I-- 02-M1-X600-- M-6 Compt (RRFwd): Delete 02-1141-1147N5-- M-7 Compt (RF): None 2 1 1 2 1 02-X1-RA02 -- Rear Access Uoors: 4b.lb" vvide x W.b25" Hign 02-BE-0070 I-- Rear Entry Doors Trimark Free Float Polished CNNC Finish STD 09-IN-3STX <-- Insulation: All Module Doors, 2" Black Foam, X-Series units #INSU-ARM2 09-IN-3STY < I-- Insulation: All Module Doors, Black Sound Proofing, X-Series units #INSU-KSU WELDING - CELL 1 04-AS-1800-- Stainless Steel - Sill protection: For the following compartments 04-AS-18NC-- M-1: Left Front Compartment - Multiple Bend 04-AS-18NE-- M-2: Left Front Middle Compartment - Multiple Bend 04-AS-18NG-- M-3: Left Rear Compartment - Multiple Bend 04-AS-18NK-- M-5: Right Rear Compartment - Multiple Bend 04-MH-2500-- Drive Shaft Loop 04-BP-L96X BODY PROTECTION AND TRIM PACKAGE: MV607 LP X-Series Units 04-AS-0370-- Wire/Hose Cover: Diamond Plate, Between Cab & Module 04-BA-02XO < -- Batt Drawer Under Cab, 43/4400, Holds up to (3) Group 31 battery Embossed X STD Embossed Diamond Plate 26" bar grate upper step 40 inch lower bar grate step 04-BW-0lXl < I-- Fuel Tank Cover: Embossed Diamond Plate, 50 Gallon, Pass Side + DEF cutout cutout for DEF fill tank and Diesel fuel tank. Shorter upper step, 40 inch lower step 04-BW-ABY1 < I-- Bumper, Rear: X-Series 1/9 96" Wide w/ Embossed D/P Pontoon Covers X-Series Design. MTB; Delete std bumper. 04-BW-FLIW < I-- Step, Center:2" x 9" Bar Grate, flip -up, recessed Standard with X series,> AEV builds MTB delete flip up step. 04-EA-1306 1— Dock Bumpers: Rubber D-Shape, 4" H x 18" W x 4" Thick X -series 04-BW-AF02 I-- Wheel Size: 19.5" (Must match what is on chassis) 04-BW-RF20 < I-- Fenders, Rear: Rubber Extruded, Black MTB #7215439 04-BW-DN00-- Corner Caps "X Series: 04-BW-DN23 < I-- Front Corner Caps: 24.0" High, Alum Diamond Plate NOTE: Standard Front Corner Caps from Mickey Body 04-BW-DN33 < I-- Rear Corner Caps: 24" High, Polished Diamond Plate, X-Series Purchasing NOTE: Special Order from vendor. Delete standard rear corner caps from MTB 04-BW-DP2B < I-- Rear Kick Plate: Aluminum D/P, Recessed, X-Series IVIED DUTY STD Delete standard rear kick -plate from MTB 04-EA-2504 < I-- Rear Recovery Eyes: (2) Cast Iron 2 9116" center eye Black 1-3/16" ID center eye 04-EA-2501 I— Eye Access Holes: (2) 5 inch Dia............. Align w/ eyes 04-BW-TA03-- Recessed Tag Area: Polished Aluminum Diamond Plate 04-BW-TA04-- Location: Centered in the kick plate 05-EL-44TN-- Tag Light: Kinequip LED #132703C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 05-EL-44XL < I-- Kear Flip up Step Lights, (2), Kinequip LEu Strip light #KFL- Mounted above rear bumper flip up step, in kick -plate recess 04-BW-DP93 < I-- Front Stone Guards: 24.0" High, Alum Diamond Plate If there is a body drop, add the appropriate height to Stone Guards. 04-BW-DPY9 < I-- Skirt Rails: Polished D/P, w/ 12-inch LED Lights, X-series >> MTB, >Built by AEV 05-EL-SKXB < I-- Skirt rail Lights, Front Pair 12" LED (1) Each side, forward position, in front skirt rail 05-EL-SKVO < 1— (2) Skirt rail LED Strip Lights, Red/White 12" X-series NOTE: Mount Red On TOP and Clear on Bottom 05-EL-SKXC < I-- Skirt rail Lights, Middle Pair 12" LED (1) Each side, rear position, in front skirt rail 05-EL-SKVO < 1— (2) Skirt rail LED Strip Lights, Red/White 12" X-series NOTE: Mount Red On TOP and Clear on Bottom 05-EL-SKXD < I-- Skirt rail Lights, Rear Pair 12"-LED (1) Each side, in rear skirt rail 05-EL-SKVO < 1— (2) Skirt rail LED Strip Lights, Red/White 12" X-series NOTE: Mount Red On TOP and Clear on Bottom 05-EL-SKZ1-- Skirt rail Lights Switched: Separate Switch in the Cab console 05-EL-SLHX S-- LED Ground Lights: (6) Kinequip White 12" -LED lights, In Skirt rails x 05-EL-SLGY S < I-- LED Ground Lights Switched: MARKER LIGHTS ON AND IN PARK 04-EA-09AO (2) Rear Door Hold Opens: Grabber Style, each door 04-EA-1120 Mud Flaps Front: NONE 04-EA-1133 Mud Flaps Rear: Modular, Rubber, Medium Duty units AEV LOGO EXTERIOR LIGHTING / HEAT/AC / INSULATION - CELL 2 05-EL-1410 Front Turn, Whelen 600 Series w/arrow, LED, Pair. IATS 05-EL-1202-- Location: Front of Module, Below Outer Warning Lights 05-PH-LS09-- Flanges: (2) 600-Chrome Flanges for lights above 05-EL-1800 CORNER CAP LED ICC/WARNING LIGHTS 05-EL-18F0-- Front Corner Cap LED ICC/Warning Lights: Warnings RED/WHITE 05-EL-18F1 < I-- Front Center ICC Lts: (3) AMBER Kinequip LED No 112401A, Switch w/ Headlights. 05-EL-18R5-- Rear Corner Cap LED ICC/Warning Lights: Warnings RED/AMBER 05-EL-18R1 < I-- Rear Center ICC Lts: (3) RED Kinequip LED No 112401 R Switch w/ Headlights 06-SW-CC0l I-- ICC Warning Lights Switched: Primary Only 05-EL-2503 S < LED Lights, Patient on Board, X-Series Units Install lights in the following locations : M-1A Compartment - On Door panel, Outer lower corner M-1 Compartment - On Door panel, Outer Edge, Centered Top to Bottom M-2 Compartment - On Forward Door panel, Upper outer corner M-2 Compartment - On Trailing Door exterior, Upper outer corner M-3 Compartment - On Door panel, Outer Edge, Centered Top to Bottom M-3 Compartment - On Trailing Door exterior, Centered Top to Bottom M-5 Compartment - On Door panel, Outer Edge, Centered Top to Bottom C/S Entry Door - Below Center panel, Outer Edge Rear Entry Doors - (1) each door, Below Center panel, Outer Edge 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 05-EL-252C -- RedMhite LED POB Light, Kinequip Each, X-Series Units 05-EL-256X-- Lights Switched with Entry Door Switch 05-EL-42XX TAIL LIGHTS 05-EL-23X2 I-- Tail Lights, Whelen LED Combinations , STD, X-Series 05-EL-35A2 < I-- Side Marker Lts: (2) Whelen 700 LED Red Running/Turn, ILOS This is a 700 Series Tail/Stop Fully Populated Light Used for Side Marker. These are to both have flanges. Part No: LITE-7LEDBR 05-EL-2314-- Whelen 600 Series, Tail Lights 05-EL-0201-- Flanges: (6) Chrome for above 600 Series Tail lights - INCL 05-EL-2320-- Stop/Tail, Whelen 600 Series, LED, Pair, Maximum Populated 05-EL-2326-- Turn, Whelen 600 Series, LED, Pair Horizontal - with turn arrow 05-EL-2333-- Back up, Whelen 600 Series, LED, Pair, Minimum Intensity 05-EL-4300 Patient Area Turn and Stop Light Indicator: None 05-EL-43DL Third (3rd) Brake Light: NONE 05-EL-4580 SCENE/FLOOD LIGHTS (Whelen 900 LED-24 Series) 05-EL-45L6 < I-- Left Scene Lights: (2) LED-24, Whelen 900 Chrome flanges for this light included 06-EL-18LF I-- Left Flood Activate: Left Flood Switch 05-EL-45LB-- Additional LH Scene Light: (1) LED-24, Whelen 900 06-EL-18LF I-- Left Flood Activate: Left Flood Switch 05-EL-45T6 <-- Right Scene Lights: (2) LED-24, Whelen 900 Chrome flanges for this light included 06-EL-18RT I-- Right Flood Activate: Right Flood Switch and open CSE Door 05-EL-45TB-- Additional RH Scene Light: (1) LED-24, Whelen 900 06-EL-18RT I-- Right Flood Activate: Right Flood Switch and open CSE Door 05-EL-46R6-- Rear Load Lights: (2) LED-24, Whelen 900 06-EL-18RE I-- Activate: Rear Flood Switch, Reverse and Lead RA Door 06-EL-1800-- Add Activation: Rearward Left and Right scene lights. come on w/ Reverse HEAT AND A/C 05-HA-2005 -- Patient Ventilation SystemA inch Power Intake, 4 inch Power Exhaust STD 05-HA-10X6 HVAC: PR-OAIR Hepa-Max Med Duty, Duct in Ceiling, Above Walk-Thru MED Duty 05-HA-070X-- FILTER, Return Air: HEPA 05-HA-1006-- AC COMPRESSOR: Secondary OEM engine compressor 05-HA-1007 I-- New Freightliner Ac compressor backplate not required 05-HA-1306-- A/C Condenser: See M2 Cmpt for Condenser Information 05-HA-14A0-- Side Plenum Grille, Return Air: Stamped Powder Coated Steel 05-HA-14RO < -- Hella Relay Connector: Installed (1) CAPS-HELLA (1) PLUG-HELLA 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 05-HA-15A0-- Ducted AC Delivery: insulated & foil wrapped, 10 registers 1 05-HB-14M2-- AC secondary compressor manifold PRO -AIR M-2& others 1 05-HB-14QX-- AC Evaporator: Pro -Air MAXX w/ dual fans 1 05-HA-1404-- Heater Hoses: EPDM - Nomex Rubber (per Ford QVM) 1 05-HA-14A0-- Side Plenum Grille, Return Air: Stamped Powder Coated Steel 1 05-HA-14131-- Filter, Washable Carbon Pre -Filter 1 10-HA-0304 <-- Thermostat, Rear A/C, Digital, Class 1 LX-1, Includes Front Also 1 Thermostat located in A/A 05-IL-OOX1 < Ceiling Panels; white Aluminum Composite (2) piece X series MATL-CEILING 05-IL-01XR < I-- Dome Lts, LED "LIGHT RAIL" system MTB NOTE: Requires X-Series Roof Structure design 06-EC-0900 S < I-- Timer, Spring wound Constant Hot, Check out, 60 Minute Located on curbside wall at head of squad bench. 06-EC-09P1 S I-- Timer to Power: LED LIGHT RAIL ON MEDIUM 05-IL-05T1 <-- Timer, Constant Hot, Check out, Class 1 Multiplex System Activated with opening of either C/S or Rear Entry Doors. 06-EC-0914 < 1-- 15 Minute Activation Light Circuit to stay on for 15 minutes when entry door is opened. 06-EC-09P3 S I-- Timer to Power. LED LIGHT RAIL ON LOW 06-RR-0700-- (2) Speakers: Stereo, patient compartment, in center pad 10-RR-0600 I-- Volume Control, Stereo: in A/A, For Rear speakers 09-MH-0801-- IV Hook No 1: CPI Rubber IV 2008-1(Recessed Mount), ILOS 29-MH-1000 I-- LOCATION: Over head/chest area, primary patient on COT 09-MH-0802-- IV Hook No 2: CPI Rubber IV 2008-1(Recessed Mount), ILOS 09-MH-08P2 I-- LOCATION: Over head/chest area, secondary patient on SIB 09-MH-0803-- IV Hook No 3: CPI Rubber IV 2008-1(Recessed Mount), IATS 09-MH-08P3 I-- LOCATION: Over Knee/Waist area, primary patient on COT 09-MH-0804-- IV Hook No 4: CPI Rubber IV 2008-1(Recessed Mount), IATS 09-MH-08P4 I-- LOCATION: Over Knee/Waist area, secondary patient on SIB 09-MH-2AC5 <-- Recessed C/S Grab Rail, ceiling: 1.25 Dia..... 3 pt, 72in, Gray Anti microbial Grab Rail will be recessed in a ABS pan. 09-MH-2ASX < I-- Recessed S/S Grab Rail, ceiling: 1.25 Dia..... S/S, 3 pt, 72in, Gray X-series Grab Rail will be recessed in a ABS pan. S < Insulation PKG: X-Series units INCLUDE SOUND DEADENING ON TOP OF WHEEL WELL LINERS 05-IN-3STX < I-- Insulation: All Module Doors, 2" Black Foam, X-Series units #INSU-ARM2 05-IN-3STY < I-- Insulation: All Module Doors, Black Sound Proofing, X-Series units #INSU-KSU 05-IN-4ST9 I-- Insulation Sound Deadening: Generation 9 Floor 05-IN-5STX < I-- Insulation: Walls/Ceiling, 1" Black Foam, X-Series units #INSU-ARM1 05-IN-6STX < I-- Stepwell Insulation: Urethane Froth Insulation, STD X-Series units MTB to spray urethane froth insulation, underside of step well area MTB option #7208738 05-IN-6SXS < I-- Black Sound Proofing, Doors & Select Walls, X-Series units INSU-KSU 05-IN-6SXT < I-- Insulation: Circumferential PKG, 1 LEF Reflective, X-Series units #KSU-F1250 05-LB-6100 S < I-- Light Bar Alternative, (4) Across Front, 92" or wider In Addition to Standard Front Three (3) Body Warning Lights. Seven (7) Total Lights Across Front of Body. R/C/R/C/R/C/R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 05-LB-6222-- Front of Module SLED System - 92" and wider (4) 1 05-LB-6648-- Whelen, 900 Super LED, (4), (2) Red & (2) White 1 05-LB-6897-- Flasher for LED front of module: None 1 05-PH-LSOF-- Flanges: (4) 900-Chrome Flanges for lights above 1 05-PL-LV11-- Light: Whelen 900, Super WHITE LED/CLEAR LENS, Programmable 2 05-PL-LX00-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 05-PL-LXZ1-- LED Color for Above 900 Super LED: WHITE 25-PH-LT84-- LED Lights: Programmable, Single Light 05-PL-LV13-- Light: Whelen 900, Super RED LED/CLEAR LENS, Programmable IATS 05-PL-LX00-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 05-PL-LXZ2-- LED Color for Above 900 Super LED: RED 25-PH-LT84-- LED Lights: Programmable, Single Light 05-LB-6900-- Alternative Lightbar Switching, Prim/Sec 05-PA-LBOB-- Rear Light Bar: NONE 05-SY-LTLN WHELEN LED WARNING LIGHT SYSTEM - International LTD 05-FS-0710 < I-- Flasher: None, All Super LED's Are Programmable Fast, Alternate within each fixture, Random Flash unless otherwise specified. 05-FS-10P4-- Flash Pattern: None, Internal Light Head Flasher 11-ZZ-0909 < I-- CARS GVS Exception to C.8.2.12 Warning lights non -compliant to Table 1 dual mode The Warning lights pattern chosen by the Customer does not meet either the required photometric output flash or the pattern required of Table 1, Dual mode, Primary Secondary of CAAS C.8.2.12. An exception has been taken for only this element to the standard. 06-SW-PS01-- Warning Light SWITCH: center console, Primary / Secondary 11-ZZ-0909 <-- CAAS GVS Exception to C.8.2.12 Warning lights non -compliant to Table 1 dual mode The Warning lights pattern chosen by the Customer does not meet either the required photometric output flash or the pattern required of Table 1, Dual mode, Primary Secondary of CAAS C.8.2.12. An exception has been taken for only this element to the standard. 05-PL-LU13 -- (2) Grille Us: Whelen 700, LED. - International (Super LED) 05-PH-LTHL-- Cast Alum Grille Housing: (1) CPI LH37662-1 Left - MV-206 INTL 05-PH-LTHM <-- Cast Alum Grille Housing: (1) CPI LH37663 Right - MV206 INTL Lower position 05-PL-LX53-- Lights: (2) Whelen 700, Super RED LED/CLEAR LENS, Programmable ILOS 05-PL-LX00-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 25-PH-LT83-- LED Lights: Programmable, Pair of Lights 25-PL-LX12 -- LED Color for Above 700 Super LED Pair. Red 05-PL-LU21-- (2) Front Intersection Lts: Whelen 400, LED (Super LED) 05-PL-LXD1 I-- Lights: (2) Whelen 400, LED (Super LED), RED LED/CLEAR Lens, Programmable 05-PH-LSGC-- Flange: (1) 400- Chrome Flanges for lights above 05-PL-LX00-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 05-PL-LU30-- (1) Center Front Warning Light: Whelen 900 (Super LED) 05-PH-LSOH-- Flange: (1) 900-Chrome Flanges for light above 05-PL-LXF1-- Light: Whelen 900, Super WHITE LED/CLEAR LENS, Programmable ILOS 05-PL-LX00-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 05-PL-LXZ1-- LED Color for Above 900 Super LED: WHITE 25-PH-LT84-- LED Lights: Programmable, Single Light 05-PL-LU40-- (2) Front Warning Lts: Whelen 900, (Super LED) 05-PH-LSOA-- Flanges: (2) 900-Chrome Flanges for lights above 05-PL-LXF3-- Light: Whelen 900, Super RED LED/CLEAR LENS, Programmable ILOS 05-PL-LX00-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 05-PL-LXZ2-- LED Color for Above 900 Super LED: RED 25-PH-LT84-- LED Lights: Programmable, Single Light 05-PL-LU50-- (4) Side Warning Lts: Whelen 900, (Super LED) 05-PH-LSOF-- Flanges: (4) 900-Chrome Flanges for lights above 05-PL-LXF3-- Light: Whelen 900, Super RED LED/CLEAR LENS, Programmable ILOS 05-PL-LX00-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 05-PL-LXZ2-- LED Color for Above 900 Super LED: RED 25-PH-LT84-- LED Lights: Programmable, Single Light 05-PL-LU51 -- (2) Rear Intersection Us : Whelen 700, (Super LED) IATS 05-PH-LS08-- Flanges: (2) 700-Chrome Flanges for lights above 05-PH-LT5A-- Locations: (1) over each rear wheel well opening. 05-PL-LXK3-- Light: Whelen 700, Super RED LED/CLEAR LENS, Programmable ILOS 05-PL-LX00 I-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 2 2 Ub-PL-LX Y7 -- LLU Go/or for Above /UU Super LLU: HLU 25-PH-LT84-- LED Lights: Programmable, Single Light 06-SW-0022-- Rear Intersection Lights Switched: PRIMARY/ SECONDARY 05-PL-LU60-- (2) Rear Warning Lts: Whelen 900, (Super LED) ilos 05-PH-LSOA-- Flanges: (2) 900-Chrome Flanges for lights above 05-PH-LT6A-- Location: REAR, (1) in EACH Upper outer corner. 05-PL-LXF3-- Light: Whelen 900, Super RED LED/CLEAR LENS, Programmable ILOS 05-PL-LX00-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 05-PL-LXZ2-- LED Color for Above 900 Super LED: RED 25-PH-LT84-- LED Lights: Programmable, Single Light 05-PL-LU61-- (2) Rear Warning Lts: Whelen 900, (Super LED), IATS 05-PH-LSOA-- Flanges: (2) 900-Chrome Flanges for lights above 05-PH-LT6B-- Location: REAR, (1) aligned w/ EACH upper window in RA doors. 05-PL-LV12-- Light: Whelen 900, Super RED LED/CLEAR LENS, Non -Programmable IATS 05-PL-LX00-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 05-PL-LXZ2-- LED Color for Above 900 Super LED: RED 06-EL-2497 <-- Brake Light Override: Wire into rear warning lights above LX-1 elec syst. Program light as required, LX-1 system programmed to Brake -Override for this light. 06-EL-2501 I-- Override Function: During ALL modes of operation 05-PL-LU72-- (1) Rear Center AMBER Warning Lt: Whelen 900, (Super LED) 05-PH-LSOH-- Flange: (1) 900-Chrome Flanges for light above 05-PL-LXF7-- Light: Whelen 900, Super AMBER LED/CLEAR LENS, Programmable ILOS 05-PL-LX00-- Lens color for Above LED Light to be: Clear 05-PL-LXZ3-- LED Color for Above 900 Super LED: AMBER 25-PH-LT84-- LED Lights: Programmable, Single Light 05-ZZ-ZZZZ ELECTRICAL - CELL 3 06-00-0005 S-- Customer Supplied Part(s) : Yes See account 1) Dealer Supplied Stryker Power Load 2) Customer Supplied KNOX MEDVAULT #5502 07-00-0182 S-- Custom design console included in Order 06-AA-0305 -- Headlight Flasher, Program Chassis code - Switch or Icon to activate 05-IL-2000 S < Rechargeable Flash Lts: (2) Streamlight, SL-20-X Installed (1) ON DRIVER SIDE OF CONSOLE AND (1) IN THE RF ALS HALWAY UP 05-IL-10L0-- Location: Behind the passenger's seat in the cab 05-IL-10P0-- Powered: 12v Constant Hot 06-AL-4801 ' Hand Held Spot Light: Eagle Eye, Rubber Housing Hook-07: Clip -onto spot light ring LOCATED BEHIND THE DRIVER SEAT 05-EL-4801 I-- Hardwire the light to the center console 06-AL-4900 < I-- Cab Spot Light: None Not Require by KKK-F 06-AM-SAHN I-- AEV Traumahawk Telematics Declined, Not required 06-BA-Q632 < Battery Switch: Cole Hersee 2484-16 Paddle, Medium Duty, center console Cole Hersee Paddle style battery switch powers up and shuts down the CONVERSION only! Chassis related circuits shall remain wired in the OEM configuration per Ford QVM Bulletin No 63. SWITCH LOCATION: Drivers' side of center cab console. With Face Plate LABEL 06-BA-3FW4 I-- Batteries Wired: Parallel for higher amperage 06-EC-056X POWER Door Locks: Module Doors, X-Series Units 06-EC-0506 < I-- Door Locks, Tied into OEM System X series Module power locks are tied to the Chassis power lock system 06-EC-0512 < I-- OEM Key Fob: Included w/Chassis Unlock Mod Doors Must also operate the Module Power Door Locks Optioned. 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 06-EC-05139-- Uoor LOCK Switches : Integrated in Interior Entry door Handles -x 06-EC-05M0-- ONLY the following doors shall have power door locks: 06-EC-05X0-- Electric Door Lock: (M-1A) Upper Left Front Compartment, 06-EC-05X1-- Electric Door Lock: (M-1) Left Front Compartment 06-EC-05X2-- Electric Door Lock: (M-2) Left Middle Compartment 06-EC-05X4-- Electric Door Lock: (M-3) Left Rear Compartment 06-EC-05X6-- Electric Door Lock: Rear Access Doors 06-EC-05X7-- Electric Door Lock: (M-5) Right Rear Compartment 06-EC-05XA-- Electric Door Lock: Curbside Access Door 06-EC-081X <-- Remote Keypad #1: Installed, X-Series Units MTB to cut mounting holes per provided drawing. 06-EC-0816 I-- Location: By Curbside Door 06-EC-2800 < I-- Door Unlock Switch, Momentary, Exterior, hidden NOTE: Installation of Remote Door Lock Switch feature may increase likelihood of unauthorized entry into vehicle. By checking this option, purchaser further agrees to hold REV or chassis manufacturer harmless for any loss of vehicle or contents caused by unlawful access. 06-EC-0803 I-- Location: Recessed Tag Area 06-EC-4300 Back-up Alarm: Standard 102DB 06-EC-43BO I-- Cut Off Switch: Auto reset ,momentary style 11-ZZ-0933 < I-- CAAS GVS V2.0 Exception C.16.1 Reset of Back-up Alarm Installation of a reset of a back-up alarm shall cause an exception to the GVS 2.0 Standard for C.16.1 for this instance when a vehicle is shifted into reverse. 06-EC-CCX5 XS < Circuit Board, 12V: Multiplex LX1 NavistarX-Series STD Includes the Following Items, Rear Digital Thermostat/Control for A/C, includes front also Door Open 5 minute check out timer for 15 Oxygen Contents Gauge front and back (5) Minute Auto Battery Switch Shutdown (Kill Circuit) ADD PATIENT CODE ICON/SWITCH 06-EC-1304 1— Voltage Monitor, LX-1, w/ Warning Light 06-EC-2242 < I-- Patient Code Icon/ Switch in LX-1 "CODE" with Buzzer in to notify Driver Icon/ Switch to display in Rear Patient Area panel, "CODE" Buzzer will sound in front console area for Driver when Icon/ Switch is activated. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 06-EC-31 FX I-- Back Up Camera: > White <<Adjustable ASA, Tied to LX-1 system, X-Series units 1 06-EC-CB07 I-- Circuit Protection, 12V: FET - Auto -reset 1 06-EC-SPA7 I-- LX1 Main Switch Panel Location : 1 06-EC-SPA8 I-- In Cab Console 1 06-EC-SPA8 I-- In Cab Console 1 06-EC-SPZO-- Patient Area LX1 Panel: 1 06-EC-SPZ1 I-- Pt Area LX1 Switch Panel: One Standard In Patient Compartment 1 06-EC-SPAT I-- Switch Panel Located: Streetside A/A 1 06-EC-SP70 I-- Patient area switch panel mounted :flat to action wall std 1 06-FS-1106-- Sequencer, LX1, with load manager, 1 06-RR-NOX3 < I-- CONSOLE, Reg Cab: Navistar Std - multiplex units XA Composite 1 Scribe fit to OEM Dash and cab floor. 06-RR-23NX I-- Cab Console Front Control Panel: NAVISTAR/TERRASTAR 1 06-EC-SPA7 I-- LX1 Main Switch Panel Location : 1 06-EC-SPA8 I-- In Cab Console 1 06-EC-SPA8 I-- In Cab Console 1 06-MC-0305 I-- Volt and Amp meters: Digital, Multiplex Systems 1 07-RR-24AO I-- Console Finish: Black, Textured "Easy Grip" 1 07-RR-020N < I-- Add -on Console: Medium Duty console 1 APPROVAL DRAWINGS REQUIRED 07-RR-02BO I— Drink Holder. NONE 1 2 07-RR-02F0-- Note Book Slot: Single - Full width by 6" wide 07-RR-02F3 I-- Double removable Lexan Divider(s) 07-RR-2354-- Glove Storage: (3) Glove Box Storage Across Rear of add on console 07-RR-24A0-- Console Finish: Black, Textured "Easy Grip" 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- Trash Container in Console 06-EC-GR01 Ground Straps, Module to Frame: (Qty 4) Braided 06-IA-0001 Converter, 125V to 12V: NONE 06-IG-0310 Inverter: Vanner 20-1050 CUL-DC - Full Mod 06-EC-03AS-- Portable Equip Charging Circuits: Included in Inverter 06-EC-03AA-- PREWIRE LOCATION: (1)Cab Console, (1) Behind A/A O6-EC-03C9 <-- Portable Equip Pwr Source: Ignition and/or Shoreline Reference 3.7.7.2 and Figure 7 in KKK-A-1822E 06-IG-03A0-- Battery Charger/Conditioner: 55A - Built into Inverter 06-IG-0003 I-- Built-in Battery Charger: Enable - Wire to Batteries 06-IG-04L7-- Inverter Location: M-1A (ULF) Compartment 06-MC-0110 Engine Hour meter: OEM, Gauge Cluster 06-MC-0901 Low Voltage Buzzer: Installed, Multiplex units COMMUNICATION RADIO(S) RELATED RADIO POWER 06-EC-03A0-- Radio Power No 1: 30A, Pos and Neg, 10 awg Wires 06-EC-03C1-- Radio Power Source: Ignition Switch Hot 06-EC-03J0-- LOCATION: Inside Cab Center Console 06-EC-03A2-- Radio Power No 2: 30A, Pos and Neg, 10 awg Wires 06-EC-03C0-- Radio Power Source: Battery (Constant) Hot 06-EC-03J0-- LOCATION: Inside Cab Center Console 06-EC-03A3-- Radio Power No 3: 30A, Pos and Neg, 10 awg Wires 06-EC-03C1-- Radio Power Source: Ignition Switch Hot 06-EC-03E0-- LOCATION: Behind Action Area Board 06-EC-03A4-- Radio Power No 4: 30A, Pos and Neg, 10 awg Wires 06-EC-03C0-- Radio Power Source: Battery (Constant) Hot 06-EC-03E0-- LOCATION: Behind Action Area Board 06-EC-03A5-- Radio Power No 5: 30A, Pos and Neg, 10 awg Wires 06-EC-03C1-- Radio Power Source: Ignition Switch Hot O6-EC-03FO S -- LOCATION: CABINET P ON CURBSIDE 06-EC-03A6-- Radio Power No 6: 30A, Pos and Neg, 10 awg Wires 06-EC-03C0-- Radio Power Source: Battery (Constant) Hot 06-EC-03FO S -- LOCATION: CABINET P ON CURBSIDE S ANTENNA LEADS 06-RR-1710 <-- Antenna Base w/ Coaxial Cable: KE794 #1 MOUN-KE794 06-RR-01P0-- Port Plate: None - Access thru center upholstery panel 06-RR-1760 <-- Roof Location: Roof Port #1 MOUN-K794 Line up with edge of curbside entry door, centered side to side as near as possible. 06-RR-1776 < I-- Termination Point: Inside Add On Console MOUN-K794 06-RR-1712 < I-- Antenna Base w/ Coaxial Cable: KE794 #2 MOUN-KE794 06-RR-0102 < I-- ORIGINATION POINT: Roof Port No 2 Roof Port No 2 is located approximately 24 inches back rearward of roof port #1. 06-RR-01PO I-- Port Plate: None - Access thru center upholstery panel 06-RR-1774 < I-- Termination Point: Behind A/A Board MOUN-K794 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 06-RR-1809-- Patient Area Kadio : None 06-RR-1900 S <-- Intercom, Pre -wire ONLY (2) 22-GAUGE 9 WIRE CABLE INSTALLED FROM THE FORWARD AREA OF THE OVERHEAD SQUAD BENCH CABINET TO THE CENTER CONSOLE 06-SO-0000 125V SHORE LINE AND OUTLETS 06-SO-0500-- Shore Line Inlet: 20A Super Auto Eject, ILOS 06-SO-OOL1-- Inlet location: Aft of Left Front compartment 06-SO-1005-- Cover, Yellow, Shore Line Inlet: 20A Super Auto Eject, STD 06-SO-10TT < -- Inpower Timer. VCM-05-01 SF, Installed NOTE: This allows the auto eject to be wired to the ignition switch In lieu of splicing into the OEM starter circuit and is required any this vehicle 06-SO-1400 1— **125 Volt OUTLETS** 06-SO-1401 < 1— 125 VAC Outlet, No 1: 15A, Hospital Grade, IVORY All 125 VAC outlets shall be back lighted when power is applied to the outlet. 06-SO-141_1-- LOCATION: Action Area, standard location 06-SO-1402-- Outlet mounting ORIENTATION: Vertical 06-SO-1402-- 125 VAC Outlet, No 2: 15A, Hospital Grade, IVORY 06-SO-14L3-- LOCATION: RF ALS, (See Drawing) 06-SO-1402-- Outlet mounting ORIENTATION: Vertical 06-SO-1403-- 125 VAC Outlet, No 3: 15A, Hospital Grade, IVORY 06-SO-14L4-- LOCATION: Telemetry Area, (See Drawing) 06-SO-1402-- Outlet mounting ORIENTATION: Vertical 06-SO-1404-- 125 VAC Outlet, No 4: 15A, Hospital Grade, IVORY 06-SO-14L2-- LOCATION: Curbside, see Drawing 06-SO-1402-- Outlet mounting ORIENTATION: Vertical 06-SO-1405-- 125 VAC Outlet, No 5: 15A, Hospital Grade, IVORY 06-SO-14L3 < I-- LOCATION: RF ALS, (See Drawing) LOWER SECTION 06-SO-1402-- Outlet mounting ORIENTATION: Vertical 06-SO-1100 **INTERIOR 12 Volt OUTLETS** 06-SO-10XZ-- 12 Volt outlets two separate single outlets 06-SO-10Y0-- 12V Outlet, No 1: Power Point Single - Wire thru Med Isolator 06-SO-11L1-- LOCATION: Action Area, standard location 06-SO-1402-- Outlet mounting ORIENTATION: Vertical 06-SO-1910-- Power Source: Medical Isolator, Batt Sw Hot 06-SO-1102-- 12V Outlet, No 2: Power Point - Wire thru Med Isolator 06-SO-11L3-- LOCATION: RFALS, (See Drawing) 06-SO-1402-- Outlet mounting ORIENTATION: Vertical 06-SO-1913-- Power Source: The SAME as outlet No 1 06-SO-1127 S <-- Hard Wired 12V Circuit, For Customer/Dealer Supplied Component FOR KNOX MED VAULT 06-EC-1410 S-- Location: Cabinet 01 06-SO-1912-- Power Source: Medical Isolator, Battery (CONSTANT) Hot 06-SS-01BO Siren: Federal PA-300-012MSC, ILOS, 4314400LP 06-SS-DF11-- Siren Speakers: Federal # ES100-ESMFT-EF, Navistar MV 607 06-SS-S W01 <-- Siren / Horn Switch: In Cab Console Siren Functions OR OEM Horn 06-SS-SW04 I-- microphone clip not installed Tie to Siren Microphone cord. 06-SS-1900 Air Horn System: GROVER -med duty 06-SS-1800 S < I-- Air Horns, ACTIVATION Valve: Manual Valve w/ Lanyard IAT Constant hot, CANNOT be hooked up with door switches or primary/secondary 06-SS-1901 S < I-- Air Horns ACTIVATION: Foot Switch / Solenoid Valve No 1126 Installed on Driver Side Horns will NOT discharge with either cab door open with foot switch only. Laynard will be hot all the time. 06-SS-1931 < I-- Air Horns: Dual 24.5" GROVER -"Stutter tone" - Med Duty These are REV Installed Horns. 06-SS-193C I-- Location: On the side of the cab hood, above front fenders 06-SS-1940 -- Compressor. Plumb horns to OEM Air supply CABINET SHOP - Modular 07-00-0182 S-- Custom design console included in Order 07-00-0001 < ALL DIMENSIONS ON ORDER WILL HAVE A VARIABLE OF + OR - 1/4" Unless specified as a minimum dimension. ***Aluminum Composite Cabinet Configuration 164-172 Type 9 07-00-0006-- Rubber Cactus Mat : On Cabinet Floors, Drawers & Shelves, X-Series units 07-00-0030 <-- Aluminum Cabinet Backer -Sound Barrier # INSU-KSU on back side of aluminum cabinets 07-00-MB90 I-- Interior Color Packages 07-00-MC81 < I-- Mica Colors: Matt Gray D355-60 over Stainless Steel Parting Line: C/S: Top of squad bench including rear filler. S/S: To CPR side seat. Stainless Steel on above areas only. No other cabinet gets stainless, unless specified otherwise below. 07-AS-1200 < I-- Stainless Steel - FACE of Squad Bench including rear filler End of squad bench shall be MICA. 07-AS-1400 I-- Stainless Steel - Lower Face of Wall Cabinet - Included 07-00-PCON < I-- Polycarbonate Type/Color: Lexan - CLEAR Secure Latch Note; For any secure latch window requested where a cabinet opening width is 20 inches or less, the secure latch window will be questioned at ordering. 11-SX-0336 < I-- Att Seat, EVS #1882 Child Safety Seat Gunmetal W/ Per4max Black Belt X ILOS Per4Max Seat belt Black recessed Child safety Belt Black Vac form Gunmetal with slides SEAT -LOGO AEV / REV 07-SE-09X1 < I-- BASE. Swivel base for EVS Child Seat Option Handle on RIGHT X-ILOS 1 (2) Position Swivel, Forward or Rearward, Only EVS handle is on right. 11-SE-04AO I— Attendant Seat, Armrest: None 1 07-AC-4500 <-- AC CABINET: Evaporator, Location : Bulkhead X Series STD composite Over 1 Walkthru Composite Construction 07-ZZ-ZZZZ 1-- 1 07-CA-03XA-- CURBSIDE UPPER: Over Squad Bench 1 07-CU-X107 S-- Cabinet K1,K2, & K3: (3) Openings with flush center divider 1 07-DR-LXX2 -- (K) Door. Single Flip Up 3/8" Lexan 3 07-DR-LZ20-- Hinges: Reel Torque 3 07-HW-SO11-- Round Pull Latch: Non -locking - Chrome Finish 3 11-X0-0010-- Stowage rating label - Southco round latch 10 pounds applied each 3 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 1 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 1 07-CA-04B0-- CURBSIDE REAR STORAGE CABINET: NONE 1 07-ZZ-ZZZZ 1-- 1 07-LF-6403 -- LF Cabinet, Behind Att Seat: Cabinet "H%(Elec Cab) Composite, X-ILOS 1 07-CA-VEN7 I-- Plastic Vent: (2) Total, 1 column x 8 row, Vent 01 1 vr-r�rx-vvuvc I-- ►juur, 01fry►G .wnu VlUbll VILMU V-►rcu►ca► rhea 07-CA-2100 I-- TRIM: U-shaped Door, J-trim opening 07-DR-OR04 I-- Hinge Orientation: RIGHT 07-HW-HIN1 I-- Hinge: 1 112" Stainless Steel Piano Hinge 07-HW-SO11 S I-- Round Pull Latch: Non -locking - Chrome Finish 11-X0-0010 I-- Stowage rating label - Southco round latch 10 pounds applied each 07-ZZ-ZZZZ I-- 07-RF-4500 <-- RF ALS Cabinet: Aluminum Composite Construction X-Series Design with 45° 07-CA-04AX I-- Cabinet, (3) Glove Storage, 45' Section of RF ALS cabinet, X-Series 07-DR-LXOC-- Door: Overlay Hinged, 3/8" Lexan - 3-glove dispense thru X-SERIES 07-DR-LZ10 1— Hinges: Stainless Spring Loaded 07-HW-SX11 1— Round Pull Latch: Non -locking - Chrome Finish 11-X0-0010 1— Stowage rating label - Southco round latch 10 pounds applied each 07-RF-0003-- Interior Color: White Anti -Microbial Powder Coated 07-RF-11X0-- Cabinet 1-1: Standard, Aluminum Composite Construction 07-DR-LXXE I-- Door, Single Solid, Flush - Drug Locker 07-CA-2100-- TRIM: U-shaped Door, J-trim opening 07-DR-OR02-- Hinge Orientation: BOTTOM 07-HW-HIN1-- Hinge: 1 1/2" Stainless Steel Piano Hinge 07-HW-SX12 S-- Round Pull Latch: Locking - Chrome Finish 11-X0-0010 I-- Stowage rating label - Southco round latch 10 pounds applied each 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 07-RF-12XO I-- Cabinet 1-2: Standard, Aluminum Composite Construction 07-CA-4400 I-- Cargo Net, 2" Webbing, On Cabinet 11-XO-0018 I-- Stowage rating label - removable cargo net 80 pounds entire area 07-RA-IOA2 S-- Outside Access: DELETE - No M7 Compartment 07-TS-12X2-- Shelf Track: Small Alum. Unistrut, X-Series, RF ALS cabinet 07-CA-06VE 1— (3) Shelves: Adjustable, Aluminum, White Anti -Microbial coated 07-RF-130D I-- Cabinet /-3: DELETE, Combine with 12 Cabinet 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 07-RR-0064 I-- Right Rear Cabinet: Cover over M-5 Compartment 07-SB-6470 S < I-- Cabinet P: Angled Two Way Radio Cabinet Caibnet to be Angled Under Front of Cabinet Above Bench for Two Way Radio. Cabinet to be 5" H x 9" W 07-ZZ-ZZZZ 07-SA-0000 07-SB-4500 I-- SQUAD BENCH: Aluminum Composite Construction X Series 07-SB-0001 I-- See Upholstery Section for Post and Wheel Cup info 07-SB-1002 I-- Bio-waste/Sharps No 1: Gray ABS Rim, Red Lexan Cover 07-SB-1003 I-- LOCATION: At head of Squad Bench 07-SB-1004 I-- SHARPS CONTAINER: 3-Quart Bemis Container 07-SB-1005 I-- WASTE CONTAINER: 6 Quart 07-SB-1001 S I-- Storage Under Lid - 07-SB-LIDX-- Squad Bench Lids: Split - 2-section 07-SB-LH00 I-- Hinge, Squad Bench Lid(s): Butt Style Hinges 07-SB-LH03 I-- Lid Checks: Gas shock, Dual Action 07-SB-LH07 I-- Latch, Squad Bench Lid: Slam Action Paddle, W keeper 11-XO-0030 I-- Stowage rating label - Squad bench interior, entire area 80 Ibs 07-TR-SB0l I-- Edge Trim, Lids: Band w/ Laminate and J-Trim Protection 08-MH-1400 < I-- Restraint Net, Black, 7 point detachable, at head of S/B, Mod Seven (7) NET Attachment Points: Black in color. NETS-MOD2 08-ZZ-ZZZZ 07-TC-4500-- TOP CABINETS, - w/ 73" HR, Aluminum Composite Construction X STD 07-TC-A450-- Cabinet A: 73" HR Aluminum Composite X std 07-CB-DR71 < I-- Doors; Cabinet Secure Latch Restocking Sliding Window Top hinged x Optional Optional upgrade 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 77-XU-UU76 1--Stowage rating iapei secure Latcn mestocrong wicung window 3u pounds applied 07-TS-12X0-- Shelf Track: Small Alum. Unistrut, X-Series 07-CA-06VB-- (1) Shelf: Adjustable, Aluminum, White Anti -Microbial coated 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 07-TC-B450 I-- Cabinet B: Ergonomically angled toward the CPR seat (72"HR) X Std 07-CB-DR75-- Doors; Cabinet B Secure Latch Restocking Sliding Window Top hinged x 11-XO-0016 1— Stowage rating label Secure Latch Restocking Sliding Window 30 pounds applied 07-TS-12XO I-- Shelf Track: Small Alum. Unistrut, X-Series 07-CA-06VB 1— (1) Shelf: Adjustable, Aluminum, White Anti -Microbial coated 07-ZZ-ZZZZ I-- 07-TC-C641 I-- Cabinet Over CPR: Over 24" wide Side seat 07-CU-X107 S I-- Cabinet G1 & G2: (2) Openings with flush center divider 07-DR-LXX2-- (K) Door: Single Flip Up 3/8" Lexan 07-DR-LZ20-- Hinges: Reel Torque 07-HW-SO11 S-- Round Pull Latch: Non -locking - Chrome Finish 11-X0-0010 I-- Stowage rating label - Southco round latch 10 pounds applied each 07-WC-0000-- 07-WC-4500-- WALL CABINET: CPR Seat w/Telemetry, Aluminum Composite Construction X 07-WC-AAX1 I-- Action Area: Standard 07-CA-480V < 1— 1/2" Solid Surface A/A Tray No Bio Waste, X-Series ILOS No sharps or trash cutouts requested. 07-CA-4819 I-- Gibraltar (Solid Surface) Material COLOR: Northern Melange 9195ML 07-CA-4U08 I-- Solid Surface extension in front of 01 X series std 07-WC-AABD-- Action Area Board: Black Grip See Station No 6 for content 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 07-WC-CN01 S < I-- Computer Drawer: Under Action Area Approximate interior dimensions 15" w x 3" h x 15" d WITH FLIP UP LEXAN WRITING SURFACE 07-HW-SO11 S I-- Round Pull Latch: Non -locking - Chrome Finish 11-X0-0010 I-- Stowage rating label - Southco round latch 10 pounds applied each 07-WC-010Y S < I-- Cabinet 01: Half Height, Aluminum Composite Construction TO HOUSE A CUSTOMER SUPPLIED KNOX MED VAULT #5502 07-CB-DR00 I-- Open Cabinet: No Door, Trim Opening 07-CB-DR03 I-- Trim Type: J-Trim 07-RF-0002 I-- Interior Material and Color: To be Color Keyed Laminate 07-WC-C64X I-- Cabinet C: Aluminum Composite Construction 07-DR-LXXC S I-- Doors, Dual, Solid W/Diamond Plate Backing on Compartment Side of Doors 07-HW-SO11 S I-- Round Pull Latch: Non -locking - Chrome Finish 11-X0-0010 I-- Stowage rating label - Southco round latch 10 pounds applied each 07-RF-0009-- Inside Access / Outside Access 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 07-WC-D64X I-- Cabinet D: Ergonomically Angled Over Telemetry, Alum Composite Construction 07-CB-DR7D < I-- Doors; Cabinet D Secure Latch Restocking Sliding Window Top hinged x (1) WIND -CFTC l l-XO-0016 I-- Stowage rating label Secure Latch Restocking Sliding Window 30 pounds applied 07-TS-12XO I-- Shelf Track: Small Alum. Unistrut, X-Series 07-CA-06VB 1— (1) Shelf: Adjustable, Aluminum, White Anti -Microbial coated 07-ZZ-ZZZZ I-- 07-WC-E003-- Cabinet E: DELETE 07-ZZ-ZZZZ I-- 07-WC-F64X-- Cabinet F: Standard, Aluminum Composite Construction 07-DR-LXX9 S < I-- (F) Door, Single, Hinged Bottom APRROX 12" H x 16" WIDE 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 07-HW-SX11-- Round Pull Latch: Non -locking - Chrome Finish 11-X0-0010-- Stowage rating label - Southco round latch 10 pounds applied each 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 07-WC-SS01-- CPR Side Seat: 24" inch - Single Position - Standard 07-WC-BR0l I-- Back Rest: Fixed to Back Wall of CPR Seat w/clips 07-WC-TAX1-- Telemetry Area: with armrest pad 07-CA-49X0-- 1/2" Solid Surface Telemetry Area Tray: X-Series STD 07-CA-4T19 I-- Gibraltar (Solid Surface) Material COLOR: Northern Melange 9195ML 08-SE-1702-- P4 - 4-Point PER4MAX Restraint System - with replacement indicator W/CPR 08-SE-1820 < 1— (2) on Squad Bench, (1) CPR Side Seat Per4Max Black Belts Belt retractors must mount below the top of the seat. BELT-F151390 08-SE-SB70-- S/B: (3) Sec patient restraints - 9" Sleeves Face of Bench 08-SE-SB76-- S/B: (3) Sec patient restraints - 5" Sleeves By Hinge 00-20-0072-- Per4Max Four -Point Seatbelts: Accept and Install Full Feature 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 08-00-OOCX Sub Floor, 3/4" Composite, STD 08-00-FL30 Flooring: Lonplate H - #424 Gun Metal (Dark Gray) 08-00-FL01 -- Flooring Main Edge: 3" Recessed (112" deep) roll -up 08-AS-0001 <-- Rear Threshold, Stainless, 6" Wide x Full Width at rear doors Install safety yellow with diagonal stripes nonskid tape over threshold. 08-AS-0006 -- CIS Stepwell Threshold, Polished Diamond Plate 08-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 08-CS-0001 COT MOUNT HARDWARE: (Full Size Mod) 08-CR-09PS < I-- Cot Mount: Stryker, No 6390, Power Load, CUST/DLR SUP -MOD option. Install Customer/Dealer supplied Stryker #6390 Power Load system complete with mechanical fasteners as required and electrical connections with testing. Manuf. supplies only the floor cut out by CNC machine and 12v wiring from main electrical system and installation. >>> Caution, Power load head consumes floor space toward attendant seat. Spacing review between seat and cot is recommended. >> 08-CR-09PN-- mass casualty kit not requested 08-CR-09SM-- No Bolt On Stryker Antler Required. 08-CR-1002 <-- 12v power feed location FRONT for Stryker power load 6390 The 12 volt feed will be drilled and fed through the template FRONT hole for a Stryker power load system. The 12volt power shall be brought through the floor, with Heat shrink connectors installed. 08-CS-OOPL < I-- Cot Position No 1: PRIMARY CENTER POSITION, Maintain 12" between Cot and S/B. 08-CS-2000 < I-- Primary Cot position under floor reinforcement Install 8 inch wide by 5 long 1/2" aluminum reinforcement at primary cot position. (Primary cot position only - REV Std) **If custom location is desired, must be specified below. 08-CS-3009 I-- Cot mount set up for: Stryker Power -Pro 6506 08-CS-19A5 I-- Cot Stop, Block: Stryker Power/Performance load. Install hook with kit 08-CS-19U1-- Q Straint System: NONE 08-OS-04SX OXYGEN / AIR / VACUUM System: X-Series 08-OS-0421-- Oxygen Outlet No 1: Amico Console - Latch Key (Chemtron) NCG Style 08-OS-040A I-- LOCATION: Action Area 08-OS-0422-- Oxygen Outlet No 2: Amico Console - Latch Key(Chemtron) NCG Style 08-OS-040A I-- LOCATION: Action Area 08-OS-0423-- Oxygen Outlet No 3: Amico Console - Latch Key(Chemtron) NCG Style 08-OS-040E I-- LOCATION: Curbside, in head of cabinet, over head of SIB 08-OS-090X S < I-- Port Cyl Rack No 1: Zico QR-D-2 - D or Jumbo D - No Strap Req Through bolt the rack to metal. INSTALLED ON SIDE OF RF AILS NEAR WALK THRU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 < I-- Port Cyl Rack No 2 & 3: Zico QR-D-2 - D or Jumbo D - Through bolt the rack to metal. 08-OS-09L1 S I-- Rack Location: M1 Compartment On Wall #1 1 08-OS-1331 < I-- Rack No 1: Adjustable AEV 02 Rack Green with 4 Ratchet Straps M/H 1 Fits cylinders 7" diameter or more. 08-OS-11 G1 < 1-- Cylinder Type: OXYGEN - Green Colored Hose 1 Regulator connection Nut: 9/16" RH thread. 08-OS-1301 I-- Rack Location: Left Front, wall #2 near wall #3 1 08-OS-132M I-- Set up For M cylinder 1 08-OS-1710 < I-- Regulator, Oxygen, Fixed output @ 50 psi +/-5 , CGA 540, Installed STD 1 Installed on 02 line for pressure test, Tagged with Inspector signature/Date 08-OS-1902 I-- Regulator Wrench: Cast aluminum, OXYGEN w/ cable lanyard I 1 08-OS-1400 < I-- Electric Oxygen, 12V solenoid valve w/ manual by-pass 1 Location: In Action Area 08-OS-35VY S < I-- Vacuum System: S-SCORT VX2 Self Contained, ILOS I 1 Located: TBD 08-ZZ-ZZZZ 1 TRIM / DOOR ASSEMBLY - CELL 5 1 04-TS-HOOK S < I-- Hooks, Equipment, (1 Pair) FW-559, Installed 1 LOCATED IN EXTERIOR COMPT EXACT LOCATION TBD 09-00-002S-- Interior window and aluminum trim with standard satin finish- std 1 09-00-0001 1 09-00-000Z *************Door Department X Series > New 1 02-BT-C85V-- Handles, Ext: Tri-mark 1875, Free Float, Polished CNNC finish X-Series 1 02-BT-C85A I-- Interior Release: All Entry Doors, with bezel Emergency Access 1 09-B1-EDOX-- Entry Door Panels, Windows and Hardware, X-Series Units 1 08-MH-0010 I-- Interior Grab Handle Color: Gray Antimicrobial 1 08-MH-0319 < I-- Grab Handle, CS Entry: (1) 3-pt "L" Shaped 90, Gray Antimicrobial New 1 5-12-16 Install CS door handle after cabinet installation. Close the doors and check for pinch points or cabinet interference. 08-MH-03E9 I-- Grab Handles, Rear Access: (2) 3-pt "L" Shaped 90, Gray Antimicrobial 1 New 5-12 09-AS-2305 S < I-- Door Panels: Mica Upper / Stainless Steel/ Stainless Steel 1 MTB Note; The mica and stainless are laminated to smooth aluminum. 09-AS-2535 S I-- Curbside Lower Door Panel: Stainless Steel 1 09-WI-02BX I-- "AUTO SHADE" Windows: Upper R/A Doors, Fixed Glass, X-Series STD 1 09-WI-0601 I-- UPPER Window: CS Access, Fold Out Glass, std tint ILOS 1 09-IN-3STX <-- Insulation: All Module Doors, 2" Black Foam, X-Series units 1 #INSU-ARM2 09-IN-3STY < I-- Insulation: All Module Doors, Black Sound Proofing, X-Series units I 1 #INSU-KSU 09-MH-2530 < I-- Grab Rail, (1), 18" Gray Antimicrobial Rear Entry Assist std. 1 Part No: RAIL-BK18EF Located : Module interior at the rear entry, mounted to the M5 compartment filler. Rail is to be through bolted into M5. 09-DR-WT06 < VVaIK through Door: 5ta Hinged Door recessed into side of AL5 Walk through door recessed into side of ALS cabinet. Install a barrel bolt to keep the door in the OPEN position and an additional barrel bolt to hold the door CLOSED. 09-FM-10X3 Dri-Dek Compt Floors and shelves, Black, STD X-Series 09-FM-11X7 I-- Dri-Dek EDGES: Yellow, Beveled frontal edges 07-ZZ-ZZZZ-- 09-ZZ-ZZZZ ELECTRICAL Point to Point - CELL 6 10-MC-0105 XS I-- Knox Box Medvault: Install Customer Supplied Knox Box #5502 06-EC-1418 S I-- Location: Cabinet 01 ZZ-ZZ-ZZZZ I-- 10-MC-0600 < I-- Carbon monoxide (CO) Monitor, Installed, CMD5-DM, 12VDC This detector contains (EOL) end of life timer, which will activate 4 years 11 months from date of manufacture, unit will signal to be replaced at final customer cost. See instructions. 06-EC-1418 S I-- Location: M5 Filler Facing Aisle Up High 10-EB-13X2 Cabinet Light(s) : "DAY BRIGHT" LED White Lights, X-Series Units 05-IL-13S1 I-- Cab Interior Lights Switching: Thru MultiPlex System 10-EB-13Y0-- Daybright location 1 10-EB-13YB I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet B 10-EB-13Y1-- Daybright location 2 10-EB-13YD I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet D 10-EB-13Y2-- Daybright location 3 10-EB-13YO I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet 01 10-EB-13Y3 I-- Daybright location 4 10-EB-13YC I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet C 10-EB-13Y4-- Daybright location 5 10-EB-13Y1 I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet 1-1 10-EB-13Y5-- Daybright location 6 10-EB-13YI S I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet 1-2 10-EB-13Y6-- Daybright location 7 10-EB-13YI S I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet K-1 10-EB-13Y7-- Daybright location 8 10-EB-13YI S I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet K-2 10-EB-13Y8-- Daybright location 9 10-EB-13YI S I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet K-3 10-EB-13Y9-- Daybright location 10 10-EB-13YI S I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet A 10-EB-13YV-- Daybright location 11 10-EB-13YI S I-- Daybright Light Location CPR Upper Cabinet 10-EB-13YV X I-- Daybright location 12 10-EB-13YA X I-- Daybright Light Location Cabinet F 10-IL-02ST Action Area Light: 12V, LED, Surface Mount 10-IL-02L7 I-- Light Location: Action Area UPHOLSTERY - CELL 7 11-00-UC01 Upholstery Color. Dark Gray (Gunmetal) 11-00-UC11 I-- Center Trough Upholstery Color. Color Key to Rest of Truck 11-00-UTOX Uph Joint Type: "PREMIUM " Upgrade 11-SB-0005 Squad Bench seat cushion cut-outs: None 11-SB-0003 I-- Post And Wheel Cups: NONE 11-SE-CSPD Head Protection: Pad over CS Entry Door 11-SE-REPD Head Protection: 2" Pad over Rear Access Doors, Full Width 11-MC-1720 < I-- Clock: Atomic w/ Outside Temperature, Wall Mount CLOC-ATOMIX 11-MC-170B I-- Clock mount: Screw Directly into pad 11-MC-1800 I-- Location: Over Rear Doors PAINT - STRIPES - DECALS 12-PT-UNCT-- Undercoating : Per QVM Guidelines, STD 12-DC-0001 Reflective Tape: On painted edges of Exterior Door Frame 12-DC-GAl0 Compartment Finish: Diamond Plate Standard 12-PT-0109 S < Special Body Colors: RED RED EXACT COLOR CODE TBD 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12-00-0001 S < I-- GRAPHICS PACKAGE AEV Graphics Quote #02071 Custom Tape Belt Custom Lettering Diamond Grade Chevrons on Rear Including Doors Diamond Grade Chevrons on Entry Door Lower Panels 12-DC-0002 < I-- Flip Step Reflective/Prismatic Tape: Red/White/R/W/R/W/R Install on rearward facing edge of flip up step at rear module entry. 12-PT-RF01 S I-- Roof Paint: White Not to be Visible From Ground 12-PT-1301 Special Striping: Chevron Items: NONE 12-PT-2000 S Lettering: Custom 12-ZZ-ZZZZ I-- 12-PT-DRIP < Drip Rails: Bright Aluminum, De -burred and rounded corners Include a drip rail over the C/S Entry Door. 12-ZZ-ZZZZ DETAIL - SHIP LOOSE ITEMS 12-PT-DRIZ <-- Drip Rails: Detail -Refer to Paint Section for Drip Rail Information Include a drip rail over the C/S Entry Door. 13-00-0200-- *Check front of W/O under chassis section for Add' items* 13-10-XM00-- Owner's Manual USB Flash Drive ship loose 13-10-XMAO-- Printed Owner's Manual Not Required 13-MH-0500-- Fire Extinguisher, 5 pound, shipped loose, IATS 13-00-0001 13-GL-0000 Glove Holder, Ship Loose: NONE 13-KK-KDES S Decals: KKK/DOT Pkg, Blue/White reflective - Installed 13-RF-STAR S-- Decals: Install 32" Star of Life on Mod Roof ZZZZ-ZZZZ-- 13-KK-NSSB Decals: NO SMOKING & SEATBELT, installed, cab & pt. area. 13-KL-0010 AEV Logos: Installed on unit per AEV standard locations 13-MH-05ST Fire Extinguisher, 5 pound, shipped loose, Std 11-YZ-0932 < I-- Exception to 3.15.2 Required Two fire extinguishers installed by FSAM Fire extinguishers were not installed with one in the driver's cab, one in the patient compartment at the time of departure from the final stage Ambulance Manufacturer. The customer/FSAM has shipped them loose for the dealer to complete the final install. 11-ZZ-0932 < I-- Exception to C.16.1 1 Required Two fire extinguishers installed by FSAM Fire extinguishers were not installed iwth one in the driver's cab, one in the patient compartment at the time of departure from the final stage Ambulance Manufacturer. 13-MH-10AO Reflector Pkg: Body - 2ea, Side Fr Amber, Side Rear Red, Rear Red 13-SB-0003 Post And Wheel Cups: NONE 13-SP-TIRE Spare Tire: Refer To Chassis Section to See if it gets one. 34-OS-1505 < Flow Meter, Oxygen, Chemtron, Thorpe Tube 0-15 LPM style hip loose ILOS Swivel style, Thorpe Tube reading with Chemtron adapter base. 34-XX-0001 Primary Cot: NONE included 34-XX-0002 Secondary Stretcher: NONE included 34-XX-5000 < Indemnification Statement The purchaser agrees to defend, indemnify and hold REV harmless from any claims, costs (including actual attorneys' fees), damages and liabilities caused in whole or in part by any alteration or modification of, or changes or additions to the Purchased Products OR use of product for purposes it was not designed or intended for. _= 164-172 x 95 T-9 X Base MV-607 - 15.015 10128120 =_ GENERAL CONVERSION 36-AA-0001 WORK ORDER STATUS: 00-90-0301-- For Confirmation 36-CO-0001-- CHANGE ORDER POLICY 36-CO-0010 < I-- After Confirmation, Prior to Engineering Chanae Fee is $50 Per Item. Plus Option Cost 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CONCEPTIONAL DRAWINGS ONLY: DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE, ALL MEASURES ARE APPROXIMATE & SUBJECT TO ENGINEERING CHANGE WHELENeac ....._. _...._ WHELEN SUn WHELEN an) WHELEN a. WHELEN SOD LED (RED) LED (SCENE) LED ISCENE) LED (SCENE) LED (RED) 111MINIMIL Compartment Dimensions Cmpt Height I Width Depth M1 61.5" 22.1" 20" M1A 17.8" 22.1" 20" M2 36.75" 42.8" 20" M 63.5" 43" 20" M5 84.5" 21" 22" M6 N/A N/A N/A M7 N/A N/A N/A CIS Access 78.8" 32" N/A Rear Access 605/8" 46-W' N/A I I Yrl I I gg gg I I I O EN ]m Ea ET. I I I I I it FIXED DIVIDER wiADJ. SHELF I I I� jl Ir— mil I III y I II - EN 70n LED( D) I I I I I I I I t M5 I L li DI \ ND PLATE SLIDE ARSTORAGE WIIIGHTS L. SLIDE OIIr TRAY WILGHTS VALV NSON WHELE.. WHELEN LED SCNENE) LEDSSCENE 20AMP SUPER A R0 EJECT SHORELINE I I I I ®I r WHELEN ]OD ILED I I AnJ. SHEIF ____I II I ®❑� � ---------- 'CONCEP 0IO .LDFA INGS Some shown are optional Due to AEV s ongoing improvements, drawings can change. *** X SERIES *** O O WHELEN9 WHELEN SOD WHELEN eac WHELEN SUn WHELI LEDI\) LED g ) -ERA LE9( BER) LE/ILOAD) LED �1F 00 0I I I I I ® O D «X IIIIII IIIIII SWITCH U�" IIIIII IIIIII IIIIII IIIIII IIIIII AMERICAN EMERGENCY VEHICLES TITLE Navistar Exterior DWG.# REV.# TRUCK# BY:MDB DATE:11-9-20 SOUTH BEND BODY #: CONCEPTIONAL DRAWINGS ONLY: DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE, ALL MEASURES ARE APPROXIMATE & SUBJECT TO ENGINEERING CHANGE 2-02 Outlets 1-SWITCH PANEL HEAT & AC 1-12VDC OUTLETS ANGLED POWER EXHAUST 1-125 OUTLET CUSTOMER RESTOCKING ANGLED 1-SSCOR GAUGE SUPPLIED RESTOCKING 1-ELECT 02 RESTOCKING KNOX BOX 1-VOL. CONTROL 11 A LBS LBS 10LBS Min 1010LBS . g - _ _ - D ®LBS ® _ __- 0 12 ® 125&12V r �— 80LBS \\ n FLASHL 30LBS 01 JZ1 F INSIDE/OUTSIDE10LBS SSCOR (ID°o° N /f ff P11 ACCESS 125 H C SOLID SURFACE ® SOLID SURFACE L�xF oLBs F 1oLBs 3" RECESSED ROLL UP 002 MONITOR I ® K1 105 K2 ®10�3 K3 ® 101 I I II I MICA � POB ® STAINLESS � YLER DTWO CABINET o TIMER o 0 ZICO BRACKET \ BRACKET 1 3"RECESSED SPLIT LIDS WITH STAINLESS ROLL UP PADDLE LATCHES SHARPS/TRASH 'CONCEPTIONAL DRAWINGS* X SERIES * Some shown are optional * Due to AEV's ongoing improvements, drawings can change. BREVES HINGED O EVS CHILD DOOR SEAT MICA MICA POB POBSTAINLESS STAINLESS AMERICAN EMERGENCY VEHICLES TITLE Type 'I F172" Interior DWG.# REV.# SOUTH BEND TRUCK# BY:MDB DATE:11-9-20 1.4 Warranty — See AEV Warranty 1.5 Exception - AEV has been partnered with Mickey Body for over 25 years. Mickey Body is the premier manufacturer of state-of-the-art delivery equipment and specialty vehicles sold in over 50 countries with over 100,000 bodies or trailers in the USA alone. Mickey is corporately located and all AEV boxes are built just 45 minutes Southeast of the AEV factory in North Carolina. AEV owns the design of the box, structure, and extrusions. All modular body warranties go through AEV and are taken care of by AEV. 1.6 Exception — Delivery will be 180 — 250 days after date of acquiring chassis 4.1 Exception — Offering Federal Speakers in lieu of CPI 6.0 Exception — offering a 172" box instead of 170" 6.2 Exception - CORNER POST EXTRUSION: The corners of the modular body will be made from an extruded aluminum structure that has an alloy of 6105-T6. The corner post extrusion will be 3.25 x 3.25 inch with a 2 inch radius on the outer corner. The corner post extrusion will have an internal web member that runs on a 45 degree angle to the front and side of the modular body. Where the internal web meets the exterior extrusion wall the internal web will flair into a .125 inch radius giving a .25 inch wall thickness at the exterior wall of the extrusion. There will be a .75 inch flange on each side of the corner post extrusion that is a side skin receiver. The side skin receiver will be funnel shaped to allow the exterior side skin to fully seat into the corner post extrusion. The interior walls of the corner post extrusion will be .125 inch thick and they will incorporate a 45 degree weld bevel on the interior corners. 6.3 Exception - The roof corners of the modular body will be made from an extruded aluminum structure that has an alloy of 6105-T6. The roof rail extrusion will be 4.55 x 3.5 inch with a 2 inch radius on the outer corner. A full length drip rail will be incorporated into the roof rail corner post extrusion, drip rails at the top of the modular body that are not inclusive of the roof rail extrusion do not meet the intent of the specification and are deemed non -compliant to this specification. The roof rail extrusion will have an internal web member that runs on a 45 degree angle to the front and side of the modular body. Where the internal web meets the exterior extrusion wall the internal web will flair into a .125 inch radius giving a .25 inch wall thickness at the exterior wall of the extrusion. There will be a .75 inch flange on the lower side of the roof rail extrusion that is a side skin receiver. The side skin receiver will be funnel shaped to allow the exterior side skin to fully seat into the roof rail extrusion. There will be a .75 x .125 inch recess into the roof side of the extrusion for locating the roof sheeting. This recess will have a 45 degree weld bevel. The interior wall of the roof rail extrusion that is in -board of the side skin funnel will be 2 inch wide so that they line up with the exterior side wall. The interior wall of the roof rail extrusion that is in -board of the roof sheeting recess will be 2.25 inch wide so that they line up with the 2.25 inch roof bows. The interior walls of the roof rail extrusion will be .125 inch thick and they will incorporate a 45 degree weld bevel on the interior corners. ROOF SHEET: The four (4) edges of the sheet will be continuously welded to the roof rail extrusion to prevent leaks. All perimeter welds will be ground smooth and worked smooth prior to the overall body paint and finish. Non -fully welded roof sheets to the roof rail extrusions do not meet the intent of this specification and are deems non-compliance to this specification. ROOF BOWS: The roof sheet will be supported by full width .125 inch thick x 2 x 2.25 inch architectural box tubing. The roof bows will be located on twelve inch centers. The roof bows will be MIG welded to the roof rail extrusions with no less than four and one-half inches of continuous weld per end. The roof sheet will be bonded to the roof bows with VHB (Very High Bond) adhesive tape. LATERAL ROOF SUPPORTS: If this agency requires ducted ceiling HVAC, additional structural support will be added as a result of the 2 inch ducted heat and A/C delivery system .2 x two inch three sided extruded channel with two sides being .125 inch thick and the bottom surface for fastener acceptance to be .160 inch will be full length of the body. ROOF CORNERS: The roof rail extrusions will be welded together along the roof bow mating walls at the corners. In addition, the outer surfaces of the roof rail extrusions will be 100% continuously TIG welded to cast aluminum corner castings. The castings will have internal mating flanges that extend horizontally inside the upper roof rail extrusion and vertically down the corner post extrusions. 6.4 Exception - The side sheet will be .125 thick, 5052-H32 aluminum. The side sheet compartment opening cut outs will be cut with CNC controlled, gantry mounted plasma or high speed routing equipment. The door opening will be cut to allow for the skin to be molded into the jamb opening to create a crevice free jamb with a smooth paint finish. The machine formed skin will return into the body at least 3/4" to meet the jamb extrusion. This method will encourage square openings to receive the door assemblies and maintain critical structural locations. The doorjamb will have a full structure frame behind the jamb skin return. It will not rely strictly on the skin for the compartment jamb. Pre- determined ventilation louvers will be formed into the body sheet, where specified. Bodies that do not incorporate formed louvers have the potential for additional corrosion points and are not preferred by this agency. 6.5 Exception - Floor structures will be 6105-T6 aluminum, 2.000 by 2.500 inch proprietary hollow section architectural box tubing aluminum. This proprietary shape tubing allows for half -inch plate to be recess to which floor mounted items can be securely connected. Each member will have a defined bevel built into the extrusion die to allow for full weld penetration on the edge of the extrusions. FLOOR HORIZONTAL GUSSET PLATES: The floor member to side wall fully welded horizontal gusset system will be made of 5052-H32 aluminum plate, four (4) by four (4) inch triangles. A minimum of 12 gussets will be located horizontally connecting cross members to longitudinal main center members at each main cross member site. FULL WIDTH CROSS MEMBERS: The module floor will provide core support for the side assemblies and will incorporate a minimum of four(4) full body width floor members. The full width floor members will connect to and support the side wall assemblies. Each member will be made of 6105-T6 aluminum. The front floor tube is to be a minimum of 3.000 x 2.000 x .250 inch thick 6105-T6 aluminum tube which is fully MIG welded into the front corner post at each side of the vehicle. On top of the tube is to be a minimum .188 thick 5052 aluminum front sill running full width of the body. One of the members located just forward and/or rear of the rear wheel housing will be 2.000 by 2.500 inch proprietary hollow section architectural box tubing. The last floor cross -member will be a 2.375 x 3.188 6105-T6 aluminum proprietary shape proof tube on the rear wall which is fully MIG welded into the rear corner posts at each side of the vehicle. This tube is butted up and welded to a 2.000 x 1.000 x .125 inch thick 6105-T6 tube which is also fully MIG welded to the rear corner post. A minimum of eight (8) total 6 inch vertical gussets, (1/4) inch thick will be installed to reinforce two (2) at each cross member and sidewall tubes directly fore and aft of the axle. FLOOR SYSTEM CANTILEVER BEAMS: There will be cantilever floor beams used at intermittent body points running from the opposite main interior wall beam to the opposite exterior wall at the location between exterior compartments. The use of cantilever beams increases the strength of the overall floor system and support to the compartments. 6.7 Exception - DOOR SKIN: No welded seams are allowed, only one piece formed corners. The door skin will be .090 inch thick, 5052-H32 aluminum sheet formed on all four sides utilizing an ACF Multi -flex Corner Former Model MF 25 to create a crevice free surface for best paint adhesion and corrosion resistance. The formed edges will not have elongation cracks due to forming and will maintain material thickness uniformly over the entire sheet. The formed edges uniformly round off seamless for better paint adhesion and aesthetic appeal that does not require cutting and welding in the corners. DOOR FRAMING: The door frame will reinforce the perimeter of the skin pan. The extrusion will incorporate a T-slot to receive an extruded, hollow, dual durometer closed cell UV protected TPV gaskets with relief holes for even compression for a proper and complete seal from the door to the door jamb. The gasket corners will be welded without using adhesives for bonding. The door frame extrusion will also add torsion resistance to the door assembly. The doorjamb extrusion and frame extrusion will be cut 45 degree on each corner. Each of the four corners will incorporate a key way and spline that is designed to drive into each corner and maintain a perfect 90 degree angle prior to welding. The door castings will include gusset plates for additional support for the door construction. The door frame will also incorporate a clearance way for UNF threaded blind fasteners for the door panels. The door panel will not rest on the body of the blind fasteners. FINAL DOOR ASSEMBLY: The door skin will be bonded to the frame assembly with an adhesive sealant in addition to intermittent welding. For entry doors additional horizontal structure will be added to maintain door skin flatness as well as penetration resistance in the event of a collision. The horizontal members are extruded J-channel, 0.150 inch thick. A minimum of two horizontal members will be welded in. A vertically oriented 0.150 inch thick formed hat -channel will be welded to the webs of both horizontal channels for additional buckling resistance. Compartment doors will have a reinforcement system of horizontal or horizontal/vertical structure added to maintain skin flatness and impact resistance. ENTRY DOOR WINDOW(S) OPENINGS: The entry door(s) will incorporate recessed areas that are stamped into the outer door skin to allow for a flush window appearance and will not protrude with a lip on the outer door skin of the modular body. DOOR PANELS: The inside entry door panels will be made of .080 inch thick aluminum plate and will be finished per these specifications later in this document. The center panel will be removable for easy lock service/lubrication. The inside of the compartment door panels will be made of .080 inch thick polished aluminum diamond plate. The edges of the door panel will be recessed into the door frame extrusion. The panels will be fastened to the door frame with stainless steel, #10-32 UNF machine screws threaded into aircraft quality blind fasteners. Each fastener will have an internal tooth lock washer to preclude loosening. DOORJAMB: The doorjamb will accommodate rigid fastening of compartment door hinges. The jamb will include a hollow cell that will conceal wiring for the non -mechanical door switch. The door jamb frame will be cut 45 degree on each corner from the door edge corner, each of the four corners will consist of a key way and spline that is designed to drive into each corner and maintain a perfect 90 degree angle prior to welding. Additionally, the jamb will be continuously MIG welded on the inside and the outside corners. A seamless doorjamb exterior is required to minimize corrosion - extruded type door jambs do not meet this specification. The skin will completely conceal the door jamb from view. "No Exterior Door Extrusions Allowed". HINGE: All doors will have stainless steel, continuous, piano hinge. The pin diameter will be .250 and staked into place to prevent drifting out of the hinge leaf. The knuckle lengths will be one inch. DOOR HINGE BOLTS: The hinge attachment bolts will be one quarter inch diameter by one inch long stainless steel type TT (Thread Rolling Screws) hex head bolts with SermaGard protective coatings. Each bolt will be treated with the aluminum filled basecoat/resin-bonded fluoropolymer topcoat system. The SermaGard 1105/1280 protective coated bolt system is designed to provide outstanding salt and dissimilar metal corrosion protection versus bolts treated with pastes and liquids. The SermaGard coating provides UV weathering resistance while protecting the aluminum tube structures and stainless steel hinges from dissimilar metal contacts. The SermaGard provides a sacrificial corrosion protection. Body manufacturers that do not use bolts treated with SermaGard 1105/1280 are providing substandard protection from corrosion and are not acceptable. Thread cutting screws to attach exterior compartment doors or hinges to the body are not acceptable. LATCHES: The latches will meet FMVSS 206. All latches will be two -stage, rotary- type. The latches will be through bolted to the door frame extrusion. All entry doors will have two rotary latches per door. To assure uniform latch timing and functional door reliability, only straight, one -quarter (1/4) inch diameter rods will connect the latches to the handle. All double hung compartment doors will have two rotary latches per door. NADER PINS: All nader pins will be headed to prevent the door(s) from opening under impact. They will be hex headed Grade-8 fully adjustable with a 5/16" thick knurled stainless steel retainer plate to keep the nader pin from moving out of setting after adjusted. The opening in the doorjamb extrusion will be large enough to allow full adjustment with the nader pin washer covering the hole. Manufacturers that use nader pins without knurled retainers are not acceptable to this agency as they will require more frequent readjustment. 6.9 Exception — 2" thick AeroCell insulation & Sound proofing far exceeds Bids requirement 6.14.1 Exception — 61.5"Hx22.125"W 6.14.3 Exception — 36.7"H x 42.8"W 6.14.5 Exception — 36.7"H x 42.8"W 6.18.1 Exception — Glove storage on corner angle of ALS vertical, instead of above CS door 6.21 Exception — See 6.7 above 6.26 Exception — No window is available UNLESS the City would consider switching CS bench to CS safety seat as the structural needs in the CS wall need crash rails to mount seat belts to. If the window was present, the crash rails would run straight thru the window. This is acceptable ONLY if a CS safety seat is built 6.27 Exception — No whiteboard, see note on 6.26 above. 7.1 Exception - MATERIALS: Unless specified otherwise, all exterior compartment walls and backs will be constructed of .100 polished aluminum diamond plate. All compartment floors will be formed of .125 aluminum sheet. Compartments for generators, oxygen, and backboards will have .250 compartment floors. All compartment ceilings will be formed of .090 aluminum sheet. The ceilings and floors will form around the sides and back to provide an overlapping joint. The floor and ceiling surfaces will be double action (DA) sanded to 180 grit. The floors and ceilings are bonded to the walls and back and intermittent welded on six (6) inch centers. DRAIN HOLES: Drain holes will be provided on the bottom of the compartments. Each hole will be baffled to prevent splash water from entering the compartment. COMPARTMENT FLOOR CONFIGURATION: This compartment floor will be a sweep out type floor. The compartment floor will be flush with the lower door jamb to facilitate compartment floor cleaning. The edge of the compartment floor will be continuously welded to the lower doorjamb. Heat generated from welding will not distort the straightness or flatness of the jamb or compartment floor. The weld quality must be aesthetically uniform. COMPARTMENT FLOOR THICNESS: The compartment floor will be .125 inch thick aluminum of single layer. VENTILATION: There will be a hole in the compartment below floor line approximately 5-3/8"wide x 2- 9/32"tall that will accept a specially designed baffled vent. The baffles will have a stainless steel spring that allow for only one way operation. They allow air to escape out of the compartment when the door is closed, but not for air to come back into the compartment to keep dirt and dust out of the compartment interior. Engineering will determine the amount of these vents required by the volume of space in the compartment. 7.2 Exception —Tri-Mark 1875 handle used instead 7.3 Exception — Custom AEV STAMPED Louvres used instead of aftermarket vents to help cut down on possible corrosion areas and electrolosis 7.13.1 Exception —MIA compartment above 02 compartment to completely seal off any electrical from 02, and give more room in M2 compartment 7.13.2 Exception — FW-559 hooks used instead as they are heavier and more durable 7.18 Exception —White reflective tape & standard LED POB lights on each compartment exterior and interior door 7.19 Exception — 18" grab rail 7.27 Exception — 24" and riveted 8.1 Exception — Lexan used in lieu of plexiglass as lexan does not spider web and crack 8.4 Exception — Solid Surface countertops used instead of formica 9.0.1 Exception — Single high intensity light rail with white and red LED lights ... much brighter than eight round LED cans 11.2 Exception — LX1 multiplex system used in lieu of RMR rocker switches 11.7.1 Exception — Items will be located in M1A as noted in 7.13.1 above allowing more space in M2 11.7.2 Exception — See 11.7.1 above 11.10 Exception — Solid Surface instead of formica and countertop will be 36.1" 21.2 Exception — EVS child safety seat in place of Valor 23.2 Exception — Standard quantity (2) 72" recessed grab rails 24.2 Exception — Everything will be wired to LX1 panel 25.8 Exception — Providing integrated skirt rail lights Document A310 TM - 2010 Conforms with The American Institute of Architects AIA Document 310 Bid Bond CONTRACTOR: (Name, legal status and address) American Response Vehicles 521 Hillsdale Road Columbia, MO 65201 OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) City of South Bend 227 West Jefferson Blvd. South Bend, IN 46601 SURETY: (Name, legal slalus and !ni»cipul Place r f h'ahles ) The Hanover Insurance Company 440 Lincoln Street Worcester, MA 01653 Mailing Address for Notices 333 Pierce Road, Suite 300 Itasca, IL 60143 BOND AMOUNT: 10% Ten Percent of Amount Bid PROJECT: (Xame, location or address and Project neunber, if mtl j This document has Important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to Its completion or modification. Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. One (1) 2021 AEV Traumahawk 172x96x73 Type I Medium Duty Ambulance International LP The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above, for the payment of which the Contractor and Surcty bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein. Tile conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in the bid documents, or %vithin such lime period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, and the Contractor either (1) enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as nlay be specified in the bidding or Contract Docunrenis, with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof; or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another Party to perlbrnl the wort: covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in !'all three and ellect. Tile Surely hereby waives any notice ol'un agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the lime in which the Ownermay accept the bid. Waiver olholice by the Surely shall not apply to ally extension exceeding sixty (60) days in file aggregate beyond the time lbr acceptance of bids speciled in the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety's consent tier an extension beyond sixty (60) days. If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor's bid ton Contractor, the tens Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the teriu Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. When this Bond has been 11irnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location ol'lhe Project- any pmvision in tllis Bond collllicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herelronl and provisions conlilmling to such slalulory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as u slatlilory bond and not as a common law bond. Signed and scaled this 5th day of November, 2020. r American Response Vehicles (Pll»ciPaI (Seal) B y: (rl Nn��s Wig Ali • • The Hanover Insurance Company _ (Sure!)) (Seal) By: (Title) Sarah E. DeYoung t rney-In- S-0054/AS 8/10 THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA POWER OF ATTORNEY THIS Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY, both being corporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, (hereinafter individually and collectively the "Company") does hereby constitute and appoint, Daniel J. Sapiro, Daniel J. Kwiecinski, Wendy S. Miller, Kathleen A. Crary, Tracy K. Matthews, Cathy Hutson, Sarah E. DeYoung, and/or Lucy A. Hantzsch Of The Hays Group, Inc. of Milwaukee, WI each individually, if there be more than one named, as its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to sign, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf, and as its act and deed any place within the United States, any and all surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other surety obligations. The execution of such surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings or surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company, in their own proper persons. Provided however, that this power of attorney limits the acts of those named herein; and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner stated and to the extent of any limitation stated below: Any such obligations in the United States, not to exceed Ten Million and No/100 ($10,000,000) in any single instance That this power is made and executed pursuant to the authority of the following Resolutions passed by the Board of Directors of said Company, and said Resolutions remain in full force and effect: RESOLVED: That the President or any Vice President, in conjunction with any Vice President, be and they hereby are authorized and empowered to appoint Attorneys -in -fact of the Company, in its name and as it acts, to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, with power to attach thereto the seal of the Company. Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys -in -fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons. RESOLVED: That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto, granted and executed by the President or Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company, shall be binding on the Company to the same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed, even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile. (Adopted October 7, 1981 — The Hanover Insurance Company; Adopted April 14, 1982 — Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company; Adopted September 7, 2001 — Citizens Insurance Company of America) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals, duly attested by two Vice Presidents, this 29th day of September, 2016. 00 QWywu�uw, 1 ,�,,,,,..�, 2 iDBd REAL w7s THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS SURANCE OMPANY OF AMERICA ry Robert Thomas. Vic: President THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MA 9A HUSETT BAY'E0, E COMPANY C'T EN 1 SVR A. FAMERICA THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS )COUNTY OF WORCESTER )ss. Th b19. VI- . — On this 29th day of September 2016 before me came the above named Vice Presidentse Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described herein, and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, respectively, and that the said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said Corporations. &LOIANIS J. MAR1N0 "wy Pubho ►a cammlawn mow,« Mut# t11Q3 Diane L . a 10, N.my Public My Conunrssion Expires Mash 4.2022 1, the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Companies, and do hereby further certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force and effect. GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies, at Worcester, Massachusetts, this 5thday of November, 2020 CERTIFIED COPY � � Theodore G. lklanincz, Vice Nesidcnt/ ` ..,�Cp,N RESPONSE VEb1c,FS P . . "Helping Emergency Services Save Lives" Stoddard County Ambulance District P. O. Box 125 Dexter, MO 63841 David Cooper, Manager 573-624-4528 dcooper@stoddems.com Children's Mercy Hospital 2401 Gilham Road Kansas City, MO 64108 Sherry McCool, Director of Critical Care Trans 816-983-6552 smccool(@cmh.edu Monarch Fire Protection District 13725 Olive Blvd Chesterfield, MO 63017 Nick Harper 314-514-0900 Harper.n@chesterfieldfpd.org Junction City Fire Department 700 North Jefferson Junction City, KS 66441 Terry Johnson 785-238-6822 St. Louis Children's Hospital 1 Children's Place St. Louis, MO 63110 Brian Patton 314-305-4595 brian.patton@bjc.org 2006 AEV Type I M2 3-2009 AEV Type I II C4500 2012 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 2014 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 2016 AEV Type I M2 X-Series 2017 AEV Type I D5500 X-Series 2018 AEV Type I M2 X-Series 2018 AEV Type I D5500 X-Series 2019 AEV Type 1 M2 X-Series 3-2009 AEV Type I II C4500 2-2011 AEV Type 1440OLP 2-2012 AEV Type 1440OLP 2014 AEV Type 1440OLP 2016 AEV Type 14400 3-2017 AEV Type I D5500 2-2019 AEV Type I M2 2017 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 2018 AEV Type I F550 2019 AEV Type I F550 2017 AEV Type I F550 2020 AEV Type I M2 2019 AEV Type I M2 X-Series ..,�Cp,N RESPONSE VEb1c,FS P . . "Helping Emergency Services Save Lives" Mayfield -Graves County Ambulance Service 101 East South Street Mayfield, KY 42066 Jeremy Creason, Chief 270-251-6248 jcreason@mayfieldky.gov Lawrence -Douglas County Fire & Medical 1911 Stewart Avenue Lawrence, KS 66064 Lyle Schwartz 705-830-7000 Ichwartz(@firemed.ci.lawrence.ks.us Kansas City Kansas Fire Department 5033 State Avenue Kansas City, KS 66102 David Schost, EMS Chief 913-573-5550 dschost@kckfd.org Kansas City Fire Department 6750 Eastwood Trafficway Kansas City, MO 64129 Rickard Steed, Deputy Chief Remounts 816-924-1700 Richard steed@kcmo.org 2-2012 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 2013 AEV Type 1430OLP 2017 AEV Type 11 T350 3-2015 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 2-2017 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 4-2019 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 3-2013 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 4-2014 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 4-2015 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 2016 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 2017 AEV Type I F550 X-Series 2-2019 AEV Type I F550 Remounts 13-2003 AEV Type III E450 33-2009 AEV Type III G4500 17-2010 AEV Type III G4500 10-2014 AEV Type III G4500 3-2016 AEV Type III G4500 X-Series ..,�Cp,N RESPONSE VEb1c,FS P . . "Helping Emergency Services Save Lives" Meramec Ambulance District 3279 Highway 100 Villa Ridge, MO 63089 Chris Clifton, Chief 636-583-8451 clifton.c(@meramecems.or7 Chariton County Ambulance District 212 South Weber Avenue Salisbury, MO 65281 Darrel Knoll, Administrator 660-388-6115 ccad@cvalley.net 3-2007 AEV Type I II C4500 2-2008 AEV Type I II C4500 2009 AEV Type III C4500 2012 AEV Type 1430OLP 2015 AEV Type I D5500 2016 AEV Type I D5500 2018 AEV Type I D5500 2018 AEV Type I D5500 2019 AEV Type I F450 2-2009 AEV Type I II C4500 2015 AEV Type I F550 2016 AEV Type I F550 2017 AEV Type I D5500 2020 AEV Type I D5500 WHY AEV Employee Experience Over 20 years 59 people 14% Between 10-20 years 122 people 29% Between 2-10 years 131 people 31% Management 179 years at AEV. Over 200 years industry total Sales 165 years Mechanical Engineering 200 years Electrical Engineering 164 years WHY AEV Degreed Engineers Tammy Dollar Wisdom Ebrim Jacob Schrader Seth Miller Mike Calhoun Ben Morgan Samir Ahmed Bach Science Mech Eng Mech Eng Bach Science Automotive Tech Bach Science Eng Elect Eng AKZO Certified Painters 10 Sikkens Autocoat BT LV 650 Trained Certified Welders 12 MIG Certified 12 TIG Certified ASU Virginia Tech Univof Maine ASU WCC Sam Houston State University NC A&T State University AEV Production Facility /�� AEV Paint Facility i 1 ems;, REV Solutions (Remount Center) J x r Ow r ate,Jim /�Y REV Parts Distribution Center AMERICAN EMERGENCY VEHICLES TRAUMAHAwK C Warranty Supplement =AEV= AMERICAN EMERGENCY VEHICLES Congratulations on your purchase of an AEV Vehicle AEV Vehicle No. We are proud to be the producer of your new emergency vehicle. We have made every effort to design and build your vehicle carefully to give many years of reliable service. AEV is committed to stand behind our product and guarantee your satisfaction in the quality of our workmanship. In order to help you get the most out of your vehicle and associated on -board equipment, as well as to preserve the peak performance of those systems, it is vital that you are familiar with the information provided in this manual. Operating systems provided by AEV, as well as components produced by other manufacturers may operate differently from some that you may have used in the past. Please review this information before putting your unit into service. We cannot be held responsible for problems, failure or liability resulting from improper use or inadequate maintenance. We would be pleased to hear from you if you have any questions or are in need of assistance or service. Please call us at 800-374-9749 with any need. We are confident that, after many years and many miles, you will be able to look back at this vehicle and see the quality and value that you have purchased, backed by craftsmen who care. Randy A. Hanson President/GM 1 65 AMERICAN WAY • JEFFERS❑N, NC 28640 336-846-801 O • 800-374-9749 FAX 336-982-9826 WWW.AEV.COM FAEV= AMERICAN EMERGENCY VEHICLES IRECTORY OF PERSONNEL President & General Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Randy A. Hanson Vice President of Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Greg Warmuth Director of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeff Dreyer Sales Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vicki Sansbury Randy Barr Rob Knobel Quality Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dennis Davis Customer Service/Warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dominick Gaetano Jr Jason Miller Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sherry Hurley Shannon Javorowsky Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnie Elliott Rex Osborne Melvin Roark Quincy Treadway Johnny Farmer Adam Wilson 1 65 AMERICAN WAY • aJEFFERS❑N, NC2864❑ 336-846-80 1 0 • 800-374-9749 FAX 336-982-9826 WWW.AEV.C❑M 4-. co 0 11 19 FORD MOTOR COMPANY /s proud to recognize American Emergency Vehicles, Inc. As A participant of 'the Qualified Vehicle Modifier Program 0 QUALIFIED EEEvM VEHICLE MODIFIER ii :2 Service Points Procedures IMPORTANT! All service requests must be channeled through the AEV Warranty Department for approval and processing: American Emergency Vehicles 165 American Way Jefferson, NC 28640 Toll Free: 800-374-9749 Local Phone: 336-846-8010 Fax: 336-982-9826 Email: warranty@aev.com www.aev.com After your request for service has been received and approved by AEV, you will be informed of the course of action being taken to handle your service request. Service is to be performed by an approved Field Service Technician, or by an authorized Service Representative, or in our plant at the above address, at AEV's option. Please do not have service or repairs performed on your vehicle by anyone other than AEV personnel without contacting AEV for prior approval. AEV does not warrant service or repairs by unauthorized persons, and work performed without authorization will not be paid for by AEV. In addition to voiding your warranty, unauthorized work may delay the professional factory -trained service you need, and which we want you to have, as an Emergency Medical Service Provider. 4 Warranty Claims The Ambulance Conversion elements of your vehicle are covered by AEV under our Warranty, a copy of which is included in this book. If you have a problem with your vehicle, and you feel the problem is related to the Conversion, please contact us at once to arrange for service. Our Toll -Free service number is 800-374-9749 or warranty@aev.com. When contacting for warranty claim, we will need the following information to speed up your service. • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) • AEV Job Number • Date you took delivery of your vehicle • Description of the problem • Names and phone numbers of your people we should contact about the problem • Your own name and phone number If you have problems with your on -board equipment, including such items as warning systems, suction apparatus, inverter, battery charger, etc., contact AEV as shown above. If the problem is related to our installation, we will arrange for its correction. If the problem is with equipment covered by an original manufacturer's warranty, we will assist you in contacting that manufacturer's service network for the repair or exchange of the equipment. Problems relating to the chassis, including engine, alternator, drive train, exhaust system, fuel system, body construction, and all other factory original equipment, should be directed to the chassis manufacturer's service network, starting with the local dealer. Tires are warranted by the tire manufacturer, and any tire problems should be referred to the original manufacturer's service network. If you have trouble getting service for your chassis or tires, you may contact AEV at the number given above, and we will assist you in dealing with the original manufacturer. If you need repair or replacement of a warranted product or component at a location other than the AEV plant, contact our Warranty Department for authorization before you have any work done. AEV is not liable for any unauthorized work performed by non-AEV personnel, and such work may void your warranty. You can get authorization either: 1) in writing, from our Warranty Department, or 2) by phone or FAX from our Warranty Department, with an Authorization Number assigned. After you get authorization for repairs, AEV will need the information requested on the attached Warranty Claim Form to reimburse you for your expenses covered by warranty. 5 Original Manufacturer's Listing (for equipment and accessory warranty service) If you have a problem with on board equipment, and the problem is with the equipment itself, not AEV's installation, for fastest response, call the original manufacturer first! The original manufacturers provide the warranty support for their products. If you call AEV, we will forward your request to the original manufacturer, and that process will only delay the service you need. The list below includes some (but not necessarily all) of the manufacturers of your on -board equipment. If you do not find the name you need in the list, our Service Department can help you contact the original manufacturer. AEV warrants only the installation of purchased equipment. If we put it in wrong, we will fix that. We did not build the installed equipment, and may not have the expertise to provide professional service for it. If the problem is with the equipment itself, the people who made it know best how to fix it and can give you the most efficient service. WARNING SYSTEMS Buell Manufacturing Company 1 year Air Horns 8125 W. 47th Street Lyons, IL 60534-0303 (800) 422-8355 (708) 447-6387 Fax Cast Products, Inc. 2 years Grille Speakers & Drivers PO Box 1202 Hwy,127 Athens, AL 35611 (800) 468-2278 Code 3 & Force 4 Light Bars & Sirens 1 year, except for lamps & bulbs which carry no warranty Public Safety Equipment 10986 N. Warson Road St. Louis, MO 63114-2029 (314) 426-2700 Federal Signal Corp. 2 years for parts, 1 year for labor Federal Light Bars & Sirens 2645 Federal Signal Drive University Park, IL 60466 (800) 433-9132 Signal Vehicle Products 1 year Sirens 455 Rochester Street Avon, NY 14414 (585) 226-9500 (888) 478-2797 Whelen Products & Components Light Bars: Rotators, 2 years Strobes, 1 year Halogen bulbs, no warranty Power supply, 2-5 years Flashers: 2 years Sirens: 2 years Siren Speaker Drivers: 2 years Whelen Engineering, Company Rt. 145, Winthrop Road Chester, CT 06412-0648 (800) 294-3536 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Class 1 Muliplex Electrical System 7 years, 70,000 miles 607 N.W. 27th Avenue Ocala, FL 34475 (800) 533-3569 Kussmaul Electronics 1 year Auto Eject Shoreline Connector 170 Cherry Avenue West Sauville, NY 11796-1221 (800) 346-0857 ;9 Printed Circuit Board Electrical Sys. 7 year - 70,000 miles electrical components 165 American Way Jefferson, NC 28640 AEV Technical Support (800) 374-9747 Vanner Inverters, Flashers & Other Products 48 months on inverter Vanner, Inc. 4282 Reynolds Drive Hilliard, OH 43026 (800) 227-6937 XANTREX / Fleet Power Inverter -Charger, 12 months 21440 68th Ave. S. Kent, WA 98032-2416 (800) 667-8422 ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS ACC (Automotive Climate Control) 3 years, 36,000 miles Air Conditioning and Heat PO Box 4124 Elkhart, IN 46514-0124 (800) 462-6322 Danhard, Inc. 12 Volt Air Conditioning and Heat System 7 years, 70,000 miles - Static Components 3 years, 36,000 miles - *Moving Components *Compressor, Blower Assembly, Fans 3839 Dilido Road Dallas, TX 75228 (800) 521-7978 Duotherm 1 year Dometic Corporation 2320 Industrail Parkway Elkhart, IN 46514 (574) 294-2511 Hoseline, Inc. 3 years, 36,000 miles 1619 Park Commerce Ct. St. Cloud, FL 34769 (407) 892-2599 COTS & MOUNTING SYSTEMS (NON -INTERCHANGEABLE) Ferno-Washington Cot Mounts and Cots 1 year Ferno-Washington 70 Well Way Wilmington, OH 45177-9371 (800) 733-3766 Stryker Cot Mounts & Cots 1 year Stryker Medical 6300 Sprinkle Road Kalamazoo, MI 49001 (800) 327-0770 MEDICAL SYSTEMS AMVEX Corporation 2 years 31 Spraque Avenue Amityville, NY 11701 (866) 440-4985 Suction Apparatus 1 year SSCOR 11064 Randall Street Sun Valley, CA 91352 (818) 504-4054 MODULAR EXTERIOR PAINT - FINISH Sikkens / Akzo Nobel (applied by AEV) 7 years, 70,000 miles See Detailed Warranty Certificate *Finish Maintenance Documents Provided CAMERA & RECORDING SYSTEMS ASA Electronics, Inc. 12 months 2602 Marina Dr Elkhart, IN 46514 (877) 305-0445 7 AEV Seven Year Conversion Warranty American Emergency Vehicles (AEV) warrants to the owner of each vehicle that all items of AEVs manufacture will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of seven (7) years / 70,000 miles, whichever shall occur first. The warranty shall begin on the date such vehicle is delivered to the first purchaser. During this warranty period, AEV will remedy by repair or replacement, at AEVs option, any item of AEVs manufacture which AEVs inspection determines to be defective in materials or workmanship. Such repair or replacement will be performed either at the AEV plant or by AEV Field Service Technicians in the field, or by an AEV authorized regional Service Center, at AEVs option. All warranty claims must be submitted to and approved by AEV prior to repair. Exclusions from warranty: This warranty shall not apply to: A. Any parts or products becoming defective as the result of the Owner's negligence, accident, or other casualty. B. Defects or failure resulting from Owner's failure to provide normal maintenance, such as (but not limited to) lubrication, tightening belts and bolts, cleaning coils, loss of refrigerant, drier replacement, improper voltage or electrical connections as a result of field installations. C. Improper repairs, alterations or installations performed by persons or firms other than AEV. D. Operation in a manner contrary to normal emergency vehicle usage. E. Any component that carries the warranty of another manufacturer or which is manufactured by another manufacturer. AEVs sole responsibility regarding such items shall be to pass on any existing manufacturer's warranty to the purchaser. For example, the chassis is not of AEVs manufacture, nor are certain other components such as (but not limited to) tires, sirens, lights, cot mounts, accessories and equipment. The modular body is covered under a separate Modular Body Warranty. This warranty does not apply to any portion of the truck or chassis not directly included in the process of alteration. The process of alteration includes all materials added to and work accomplished on the original chassis by AEV, such as modification, alteration or moving or any OEM equipment. AEV reserves the unrestricted right at any time and from time to time to make changes in the design of and/or improvements on its products without thereby imposing an obligation on itself to make corresponding changes or improvements in or on its previously manufactured products. The foregoing warranty is completely void if the body, chassis and/or truck has sustained damages as the result of a wreck, abuse or other occurrence which would leave permanent latent defects, or if the AEV serial number has been removed. Normal use and service under the terms of this warranty shall specifically exclude the use of the vehicle beyond its gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) as defined under the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act or other applicable law. The buyer shall contact the Warranty Department of AEV,165 American Way, Jefferson, NC 28640, 336-846-8010, for authorization for correction of all deficiencies covered by this warranty. CONDITIONS: A. This warranty is valid only in the United States of American and this AEV product is sold without any warranty, express or implied, if used or sold outside the United States. B. AEV reserves the right to make changes in design or improvements to its products or parts thereof without obligation to make or install such changes in any previously built product. C. AEV neither assumes nor authorizes any person to assume for it any obligation or warranty other than that stated in this warranty. D. Repair or replacement of any parts or products under this warranty by AEV shall not extend this warranty beyond the original warranty period. E. AEV does not warrant the workmanship of customer -negotiated installers or repairers and will not bear any cost occasioned by faulty or incorrect installation, or damage by non-AEV personnel. E AEV shall not be liable for any loss of time, labor, equipment rental, loss profits or other consequential damages of any kind whatsoever in connection with the sale and use of its products., G. AEV shall not be liable for the cost of transportation in connection with warranty claims. AEV warrants only the actual labor and parts required for repair or replacement. Under no circumstances will AEV reimburse mileage or expenses incurred traveling to or from such repair or replacement. H. Unless repaired by AEV Field Service Technicians in the field or by an authorized AEV Service Center, any product or component thereof accepted for repair under warranty must be returned to the AEV plant in Jefferson, North Carolina, for the performance of such repair. 10 Uzi coverage by this warranty, and will not be subject to payment by AEV or Akzo Nobel. B. The obligation of AEV in connection with said costs shall be to repair the unit at AEV's —' facility or at an authorized Akzo Nobel Coatings certified repair center, with the _ transportation costs by the customer. paid C. In no event shall AEV be liable for any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, even if AEV has been to lost profits, lost revenues, inconvenience, advised of the possibility thereof, lost of time, failure including but not limited to realize expected savings, losses kind. or other commercial or economic of any IV. NOTICE The warranty provided herein shall cover and extend to the following properties of the Paint System: A. Loss of adhesion of the Paint System resulting in rusting (less than rust grade 5, ASTM D —_ 610-85). B. Cracking of the Paint System (as set forth in ASTM D 661-86). C. Loss of adhesion of any element of the Paint System resulting in appearance below standards set out in ASTM D 1654-79A, table 2, rating 6 or lower. D. Fading or loss of gloss below the standard set out in ASTM D 659-86, value 4 or lower. _ E. Corrosion warranty 36 months. V. EXCLUSIONS FROM THE WARRANTY Defects in the Paint System arising as a result of or out of he following are excluded from coverage under this warranty: A. Mechanical abrasion or external foreign object damage. B. Application, or removal of, stickers, decals or lettering. C. Defects caused by abnormal environmental conditions, including acid rain and industrial fallout. =AEV- AMERICAN EMERGENCY VEHICLES Vehicle Manufacturing Facilities 100,000 square foot production area 10 acre factory site 1 65 AMERICAN WAY • JEFFERS❑N, NC 28640 336-846-801 0 • 800-374-9749 FAX 336-982-9826 WWW.AEV.COM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 07/17M/2020 ' THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER 1-414-443-0000 CONTACT NAME: Hays Companies PHONE FAX A/C No Ext : A/C No), E-MAIL 1200 North Mayfair Road, Suite 100 ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURERA:GREAT AMER E&S INS CO 37532 Milwaukee, WI 53226 INSURED INSURERB: TRAVELERS PROP CAS CO OF AMER 25674 American Emergency Vehicles INSURER CAXIS SURPLUS INS CO 26620 INSURERD:GREAT AMERICAN E&S 165 American Way INSURER E : INSURERF: Jefferson, NC 28640 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 59814589 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MM/DD/YYYY POLICY EXP MM/DD/YYYY LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PL 3403401 07/01/20 07/01/21 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE OCCUR PREMISES(Ea oNTEcur ence)$ 300,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEML AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 4,000,000 POLICY PRO- JECT LOC X PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 4,000,000 $ OTHER: B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TC2J-CAP-9P529106-TIL-20 07/01/20 07/01/21 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident $ 2 000,000 X BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY L $ C X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR P-001-000123735-02 07/01/20 07/01/21 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE DED RETENTION $ $ B B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY YIN ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE UB-5P807980-20-51R AZ,MA,917/01/20 UB-6P677889-20-51-K (AOS)07/01/20 07/01/21 07/01/21 PER X STATUTE ERH E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? ❑ (Mandatory in NH) N/A E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 B Garage Keepers Liability TJ-BAP-9P529118-TIL-20 07/01/20 07/01/21 Limit D Excess Liability XS 3403394 07/01/20 07/01/21 Limit 75,00000"000000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE Evidence of Insurance THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) npielmeier 59814589 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD in IkCP,N RESPONSE VF N/c�FSS "Helping Emergency Services Save Lives" American Response Vehicles' main office and service facility is located at 521 Hillsdale Rd., Columbia, MO 65201. Roughly one mile east of 1-70 and Hwy 63. American Response Vehicles is proud to offer Sales, Parts, EVT Certified Service, Decontamination, and Support Services to keep your agency running more efficiently. Our Sales Department specializes in new units from American Emergency Vehicles (AEV) and Frontline Ambulances, as well as all makes and models of used ambulances. We are fully capable of designing a custom ambulance that best suits your needs and budget. Our Parts Department is capable of sourcing parts for most ambulances on the market today with an incredibly quick turn -around time, 24-hour delivery in many cases. Our Service Department is comprised of four EVT Certified Service Technicians and our 10,000 square foot, 5-bay facility is equipped to handle all aspects of service and repair on your ambulance. We also provide road service in which one of our certified technicians will travel to your location to perform any necessary service or repairs on site, helping to keep your unit in service longer. American Response Vehicles is an authorized dealer for both ActiveTek and Bioquell Decontamination Products. Both systems can be installed in an existing unit and are designed to provide safe and effective decontamination against airborne and surface pathogens. We are also proud to offer decontamination services on site or at our service facility. Lastly, any of American Response Vehicles 18 employees are ready and willing to help you with any needs that you may have or questions that may arise. 521 Hillsdale Road, Columbia, MO 65201 573-443-8881 Toll Free 1-888-448-8881 FAX 573-815-0051 c=rL 09AEV REV. A TEST REPORT CRASHWORTHINESS TESTING OF AEV TRAMAHAWK TYPE III AMBULANCE FOR AMERICAN EMERGENCY VEHICLES BY GENERAL TESTING LABORATORIES, INC. 1623 LEEDSTOWN ROAD COLONIAL BEACH, VIRGINIA 22443 4:bL" AUGUST 14, 2009 FINAL REPORT PREPARED FOR AEV 165 AMERICAN WAY JEFFERSON, NC 28640 1 CME 09AEV REV. A SIGNATURES Written by: Date: Debbie Messick Approved by: Date: Alan Aylor Approved by: Date: Grant Farrand Revision 0 REVISION Description Initial Release Date 08/14/09 2 CME 09AEV REV. A TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 Introduction 1 2.0 Purpose 1 3.0 Rationale 1 4.0 Test Setup 2 5.0 Test Dates 2 6.0 Component Descriptions 3 7.0 Vehicle Descriptions 3 8.0 Results 3 9.0 Equipment List 6 10.0 Photographs 6 3 CME 09AEV REV. A 1.0 INTRODUCTION This report documents two inter -vehicular impact tests conducted for American Emergency Vehicles by General Testing Laboratories. Both tests were conducted using the same AEV Tramahawk Type III Ambulance. 2.0 PURPOSE The primary purpose of this test program was to simulate typical accidents involving ambulances and to answer questions as to the performance of the following: 1. Determine how well the restraint systems would keep the "EMT CREW" in their seats. 2. The ability of the ambulance body structure and doors to withstand the impacts. 3. If the body mounts would break off or shear during impact. 4. The ability of the interior cabinetry and fixtures to withstand the impact. 3.0 RATIONALE Based on real life experiences as an ambulance manufacturer, AEV chose to conduct testing with passenger cars striking the sides of the ambulance as being representative of the most common type of accident for this testing program. The test vehicles chosen were a Ford Contour and a Toyota Camry as typical passenger cars in use on the highways and streets. The following two scenarios were chosen for testing. TEST 1 (GTL052) This scenario simulated an ambulance making a left hand turn and being struck by a car coming from the right ("blind"/passenger side) before completing the turn. This places the ambulance at an obtuse angle to the path of the striking vehicle at impact. 4 GE 09AEV REV. A TEST 2 (GTL055) This scenario simulated an ambulance going straight through an intersection and being struck on the driver's side by cross traffic coming from the left, thus creating a "T-Bone" or perpendicular impact. A nominal speed of 42 MPH at impact was chosen for this testing. Although this is a higher speed than the 33 MPH that is used by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) for FMVSS 214 side impact protection testing, AEV believes it is more representative of typical estimated accident speeds. 4.0 TEST SETUP GTL's crash test track runs from east to west. The test vehicle starts approximately 400 feet east of the impact point and is accelerated to the test speed traveling west along the monorail track. In the first test the ambulance was positioned across the test track facing 370 east of north. It was positioned such that the Ford Contour would strike the right side impacting in an area that would include the right side patient compartment door and the battery compartment. For the second test the ambulance was positioned across the test track facing south which is 90' to the direction of travel of the impacting vehicle. The ambulance was positioned such that impact would occur on the left side between the centerline of the rear wheels and the oxygen tank storage compartment. In both tests the patient compartment of the ambulance had 50tn percentile male Anthropomorphic Test Dummies (ATD's) at each of the four designated seating positions. Each of the "ATD's" was restrained with the Protek Restraint System. In addition a 95tn percentile male ATD was secured to the patient cot. The impacting vehicles each had a 50t" percentile male ATD in the driver seating position restrained by seat belts. 5.0 TEST DATES The testing was conducted on July 23 and 24, 2009 5 GE 09AEV REV. A 6.0 COMPONENT IDENTIFICATIONS SEAT BELTS: INTERTEK BODY: MICKEY BODY #6165 BODY MOUNT PUCKS: UPPER VIBRATION ISOLATOR, AEV PART #4240-3 LOWER VIBRATION ISOLATOR, AEV PART #4239-3 7.0 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONS 8.0 RESULTS Both tests were performed as described in the setup (Section 4.0) of this report. The data generated from the tests is presented in the following tables: TABLE 1 TEST # Make Model VIN TEST WT. GTL052 GTL055 AEV TRAMAHAWK TYPE III 1FDXE45P25HA76708 11,570 GTL052 FORD CONTOUR 3FALP6536WM108228 2957 GTL055 TOYOTA CAMRY 4T1SK12EORU475151 3168 TEST # DATE &TIME TEST SPEED TEMPERATURE GTL052 07/23/09 42.1 870 12:08 P.M. GTL055 07/24/09 42.2 880 12:43 P.M. CME 09AEV REV. A TABLE 2 AMBULANCE DEFORMATION LOCATION DISTANCE STATI TEST # FROM C GROUND CRUSH RIGHT SIDE GTL052 BATTERY 217/8" 41/4" COMPARTMENT LEFT SIDE GTL055 STORAGE 23 3/4" 2 5/16" COMPARTMENT TIRE POSITION AFTER IMPACT TEST # FRONT REAR Travel Over Travel Over GTL052 65" Left 118" Left 58" 42" GTL055 36" Right 115" Right 43" 29" CME 09AEV REV. A The high speed photography was reviewed and the ambulance was inspected after testing. The observed performance assessments are as follows: 1. The restraint systems held the ATD's in their seats. There was no head contact with anything other than the head rests. There were no excessive excursions of the ATD's in their seats regardless of which way they were facing. 2. The ambulance body structure remained intact after the impacts. There was localized bending of the exterior body panels and supports in the areas of impact. There was no intrusion into the patient compartment. All personnel and compartment doors operated as they should, post test, except for the battery compartment and left side lower storage compartment as noted below. The battery compartment was bent in and the latch was destroyed. The left side lower storage compartment doors were bent in. The storage compartment floor and framing was distorted. There was some minor separation and bending along the joint between the floor and wall behind the hinge side of the patient compartment door. 3. The body mount pucks did not shear as a result of the impacts. Visual inspection of the body in the area of the mounts showed no evidence of damage. 4. All interior cabinetry and fixtures remained in place and un-damaged. 8 GE 9.0 TEST EQUIPMENT LIST 09AEV REV. A EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER MODEL/ SERIAL NO. COUNTER/TIMER SYSTRON DONNER 19 353-10 COUNTER/TIMER SYSTRON DONNER 19 353- 11 ABORT SPEED TRAP GTL ST1 FINAL SPEED TRAP GTL ST2 SCALES INTERCOMP 199744 TIRE PRESSURE GAUGE WEKSLER 0-100 STEEL SCALES STARRETT C416R STEEL TAPE STANLEY GF2 LEVEL STANLEY 42-449 SCALES FAIRBANKS N/A PHOTOGRAPHIC COVERAGE 16 mm high speed photography, real time, and high speed video were used to document the testing. External overhead and side views as well as onboard views of the interior of the ambulance patient area have been provided under separate cover. The following pre and post test still photographs were used to document the testing. Page Test #052 — Pre -Test Setup 10 & 11 Test #052 — Post Test 12, 13, 14, & 15 Test #055 — Pre -Test Setup 16 & 17 Test #055 — Post Test 18, 19, 20 & 21 0 -ift 09AEV REV. A GTL TEST #052 - PRE -TEST 3iFWAW� R TEST sx v . KINERUIP INC -}................... .............. � ■ ' 4 ICIHrrQ41P INC GTL TEST #052 - PRE -TEST SETUP 1 10 CME 09AEV REV. A rr�y■rr■ ogle Y ■ l ' L�%%ENV IP I pC y ■ GTL TEST #052 - PRE -TEST SETUP 11 CME r,r,r,r 09AEV REV. A ■AN GTL TEST #052 - POST TEST to 1 1 J GTL TEST #052 - POST TEST 12 CME 09AEV REV. A - r r ■ F i GTL TEST #052 - POST TEST GTL TEST #052 - POST TEST 13 c=rL 09AEV REV. A 41 V 10 RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SHOWING MEASUREMENT OF MAXIMUM CRUSH (TEST #052) Hai • — \� r RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SHOWING MEASUREMENT OF MAXIMUM CRUSH (TEST #052) 14 f r r � �f _ r r � 4 I c=rL 09AEV REV. A -t r OVERALL VIEW OF •WING DAMAGE TO PERSONNEL DOOR COMPARTMENT (TEST 052) VIEW 1 Vx i � w x t / y �• .4 f .5 f f fr " + +,' / �' f• f �' - s sty' � r SHOWING•NNEL DOOR 052) CME 09AEV REV. A v PENERAL TESTING LABORATORIES ■ ■ i K.I EQUIP INC GTL TEST #055 - PRE -TEST R - - - ' - -i. &KN EMP'MC 100 ------ GTL TEST #055 - PRE -TEST SETUP 16 CME 09AEV REV. A I � I I I I � I .................. II ., 1 r' C. s GTL TEST #055 - PRE -TEST SETUP Iva s � ■ GTL TEST #055 - PRE -TEST SETUP 17 CME 09AEV REV. A T K.►NEQIfIP t{V GTL TEST #055 - POST TEST i 0 k . � :. rf ■1i • 5 } • r ff rrrr''rr Elie GTL TEST #055 - POST TEST 18 CME /t' . ■ ■ ■ LM it ■ ■ 09AEV REV. A FN J'PIKIN UlP rINC z GTL TEST #055 - POST TEST GTL TEST #055 - POST TEST vk'k 19 09AEV REV. A VIEW SHOWING DAMAGE TO INTERIOR OF LEFT SIDE STORAGE COMPARTMENT (TEST 055) lift, -am, 1 LEFT SIDE IMPACT SHOWING MEASUREMENT OF MAXIMUM CRUSH (TEST #055) 20 c=rL 09AEV REV. A iL z n 3 k W� LEFT SIDE IMPACT SHOWING MEASUREMENT OF MAXIMUM CRUSH (TEST #055) I I ■ 5P SI i OVERALL VIEW OF LEFT SIDE DAMAGE (TEST #055) 21 COMMISSION ON ACCREDITATION OF AMBULANCE SERVICES GROUND VEHICLE STANDARD Final Stage Ambulance Manufacturer FSAM Registration American Emergency Vehicles Is duly registered and authorized to certify GVS compliant vehicles that they have produced by supplying the CAAS GVS label and documents, verifying the vehicle's components, performance and equipment meet or exceed all the requirements and tests set forth in the standard. A 06Z7- Mark S. Van Arnam CAAS GVS Administrator 1926 Waukegan Road, Suite 300, Glenview, Illinois 60025-1770 Phone: 847.657.6828 • Fax: 847.657.6825 • info@groundvehiclestandard.org ISSUED TO: American Emergency Vehicles (AEV), Inc. of Jefferson, North Carolina Certification Ns 2014-013 November 20, 2014 This is to certify that the Type I Ambulance built by American Emergency Vehicles (AEV), Inc. on a 2013 International *00, MaxxForce DT Diesel with a 169" Wheelbase, has met the following standards for designation as a "Star -of -Life" ambulance: AMD standards 001 through 025 promulgated by NTEA, as adopted and incorporated by reference into Federal Specification KKK-A-1822F Dated August 1, 2007 for the "Star -of -Life" ambulance; and FMVSS 207 & 210. s certification is valid only for Type I, International 4300, MaxxForce DT Diesel with 169" Wheelbase ambulances, which are manufactured by American Emergency Vehicles (AEV), Inc. and which do not otherwise differ from the design of the test vehicles. This certification expires November, 2018 Rodd D. Lehman Test & Development Engineer 4t i lnnun ivr C'linu k, C'unlrn 1, Inr 22428 El De is Elswick M.R. / Engineering Manager 46515-1905 • Rnc�c urrclim:u rvuntrnLrum 4-. 11 19 FORD MOTOR COMPANY /s proud to recognize American Emergency Vehicles, Inc. As A participant of 'tie Qualified Vehicle Modifier Program 0 QUALIFIED M VEHICLE MODIFIER EEEvQwv R ii ii U 10210AEV2 REV A. FMVSS NO. 210 SEAT BELT ASSEMBLY ANCHORAGES .; AMERICAN EMERGENCY VEHICLES GENERAL TESTING LABORATORIES, INC. 1623 LEEDSTOWN ROAD COLONIAL BEACH, VIRGINIA 22443 cT MAY 25, 2010 FINAL REPORT PREPARED FOR AMERICAN EMERGENCY VEHICLES 165 AMERICAN WAY JEFFERSON, NC 28640 10210AEV2 REV A. Written by: Debbie Messick Approved by: Grant Farrand Approved by: Alan Aylor Revision SIGNATURES REVISION Description Date: 05/25/10 Date: 05/25/10 Date: 05/25/10 Date A Initial Release 05/25/10 10210AEV2 REV. A TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 Introduction 1 1.1 Test Dates 1 1.2 Test Vehicle Description 1 1.3 Test Item Description 1 2.0 FMVSS No. 210 Requirements 2 2.1 Anchorage Type 2 2.2 Anchorage Spacing 2 2.3 Anchorage Location 2 2.4 Anchorage Strength 3 3.0 Laboratory Test Apparatus 4 3.1 Vehicle Support Fixture 4 3.2 Load Application System 4 3.3 Hydraulic System Monitoring/ 4 Control Systems 3.4 Test Equipment List 4 4.0 Laboratory Test Procedure 5 4.1 Procedure 5 4.2 Purpose 5 5.0 Results 6 U 10210AEV2 REV. A APPENDICES A - Test Data Sheets B - Load vs. Time Plots C - Photographs 10210AEV2 REV. A SECTION 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION This test report presents the results of testing for American Emergency Vehicles (AEV) on squad bench seat belt anchors mounted on a side wall buck in accordance with the requirements stated in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 210, "Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages". This standard establishes requirements for seat belt assembly anchorages to ensure adequate strength for effective occupant restraint. FMVSS No. 210 applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses. 1.1 TEST DATE(S) The test item was subjected to FMVSS No. 210 testing on May 21 2010. 1.2 TEST ITEM DESCRIPTION Squad Bench Seat Belt Anchors bolted on an aluminum side wall buck with two seating positions. Wall is 2" x 2" aluminum tubing with pop rivets and threaded holes for belt mounting. 10210AEV2 REV. A SECTION 2 2.0 FMVSS NUMBER 210 REQUIREMENTS 2.1 ANCHORAGE TYPE Anchorages for a Type 2 seat belt assembly (3-point lap/shoulder belt combination assembly) shall be installed at each forward facing outboard designated seating position (DSP) in passenger cars (other than convertibles) and for each DSP in other vehicles as required by FMVSS No. 208, "Occupant Crash Protection". 2.2 ANCHORAGE SPACING Anchorages for an individual seat belt assembly shall be located at least 6.5 inches apart laterally, measured between the vertical centerline of the anchorage bolt holes. 2.3 ANCHORAGE LOCATION For a nonadjustable seat in which the seat belt does not bear on the seat frame, a line from the seating reference point (SRP) to the nearest contact point of the seat belt with the hardware attaching it to its anchorage shall make an angle with the horizontal plane of not less than 301 and not more than 751. For an adjustable seat, a line between a point 2.5 inches forward of, and .375 inches above the SRP and the nearest point of contact of the belt with its attachment hardware shall make an angle with the horizontal plane of not less than 300 and not more than 750 when the seat is in its REARMOST POSITION. In an installation in which the seat belt bears on the seat frame, the seat belt anchorage, if not on the seat structure, shall be aft of the rearmost belt contact point on the seat frame when the seat is in its rearmost position. The line from the SRP to the nearest belt contact point on the seat frame shall extend forward from that contact point at an angle with the horizontal plane of not less than 300 and not more than 751. If the seat belt anchorage is on the seat structure, the line from the SRP to the nearest contact point of the belt with its attachment hardware shall extend forward from that contact point at an angle with the horizontal plane of not less than 300 and not more than 750. 2 10210AEV2 REV. A SECTION 2 Continued The anchorages for the shoulder belt portion of a Type 2 belt assembly shall be within the acceptable range when the seat is in its full REARWARD and DOWNWARD position and the seat back is in it most upright position. The acceptable range is referenced to the two-dimensional manikin described in SAE J826 whose H-point is at the SRP and whose torso line is at the same angle from the vertical as the seat back. When appropriate information is available from the vehicle manufacturer, this range may be determined by coordinate measurement. 2.4 ANCHORAGE STRENGTH Type 2 seat belt systems (combination lap and shoulder) must be able to withstand simultaneous loads of 3,000 pounds applied to the lap and shoulder belts. The loads are applied in the direction in which the seat faces, in a plane parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the test vehicle, with an initial application angle of not less than 5° and not more than 15' above the horizontal plane. The rate of load application shall not be greater than 30,000 pounds per second, and the 3,000 pounds of load must be attained in not more than 30 seconds and held for a minimum of 10 seconds. Type 1 (lap belt only) and the lap belt portion of a Type 2 system must be able to withstand a load of 5,000 pounds applied in the direction in which the seat faces, in a plane parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the test vehicle. The initial load application angle shall be not less than 5 and not more than 151 above the horizontal plane. The force must be applied with an onset rate of not more than 50,000 pounds per second. The 5,000 pounds of load must be attained in not more than 30 seconds and held for a minimum of 10 seconds. Permanent deformation or rupture of the seat belt anchorage or its surrounding area is not considered a failure if the required force is maintained for at least 10 seconds. Failure of a seat belt or its attachment hardware before the required test load is attained is also not considered a failure of the seat belt anchorage. 3 10210AEV2 REV. A SECTION 3 3.0 LABORATORY TEST APPARATUS 3.1 VEHICLE SUPPORT FIXTURE General Testing Laboratories' vehicle support fixture consists of a bolted 10-inch "H" beam frame with gusseted vertical members to support the hydraulic load application cylinders. 3.2 LOAD APPLICATION SYSTEM Load application is achieved with servo controlled hydraulic cylinders. The cylinders are attached to the load/vehicle support frame on one end and the other (rod) end has a load cell mounted on it. A cable runs from the load cells to the body blocks or seat frames. 3.3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MONITORING/CONTROL SYSTEMS The load cell output is monitored by a computer and the computer feeds a signal to the servo valve thus achieving closed loop control. The computer is programmed with the appropriate load versus time ramp for a given test. Data from each load cell is collected by the computer and stored for plotting. 3.4 TEST EQUIPMENT LIST ITEM Computer Test Fixture A/D Interface Signal Conditioner Load Cell Load Cell Load Cell Load Cell Load Cell Load Cell Load Cell MANUFACTURER AT&T GTL METRABYTE I►y, I=1I 711 yli 10 REVERE REVERE REVERE REVERE REVERE INTERFACE INTERFACE MODEL RANGE ACCURACY 486DX266 N/A N/A N/A DAS-16(F) N/A USP2 USP2 USP2 USP2 USP1 U3SB U3SB 10KLB 10KLB 10KLB 10KLB 10KLB 2KLB 2KLB N/A N/A 0.01 % of reading, 1 BIT Better than 0.1 % .1% .1% .1% .1% .1% .1% .1% LAST CALIBRATION DATE N/A N/A Before use Before use 02/10 02/10 02/10 02/10 02/10 02/10 02/10 4 10210AEV2 REV. A SECTION 4 4.0 LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURE 4.1 PROCEDURE General Testing Laboratories' Test Procedure 210-08 was used for the conduct of these tests. 4.2 PURPOSE The purpose of this test was to determine if squad bench seat belt anchors bolted on a side wall buck could withstand FMVSS 210 testing. 5 10210AEV2 REV. A SECTION 5 5.0 RESULTS Based on the tests performed, the items tested exceeded the applicable test load requirements of FMVSS 210. 6 10210AEV2 REV. A APPENDIX A TEST DATA SHEETS 10210AEV2 REV. A DATA SHEET NO. 1 SEAT BELT ASSEMBLY LOAD AND ANGLE MEASUREMENT GTL TEST NO. DSP/BELT ANGLE AT 10% LOAD APPLIED FULL LOAD (LBS) Side Plain View View 100± 4° 00± 3° 6627 Left/Shoulders 100 00 3324 Left/Lap 100 00 3316 Right/Shoulders 100 00 3312 Right/Lap 100 00 3317 Remarks: Test passed + 10% overload 10210AEV2 REV. A APPENDIX B LOAD VS. TIME PLOTS 10210AEV2 REV. A N oa. c cv 00 (spunsnot4l) spunod ui paa-i 0 0 It ME u a� c 10 Lo 10210AEV2 REV. A 0 t N ho Q 4f] Cif C V Qt1 i�7 c DO C I ro I C� C� C� Cy r r r r 0 0 0 r.puD&;noIll) spunod ui poo-i u N (n C 10210AEV2 REV. A LD J CD {y {,, C4 {� r r r r Q 0 (� (rspuosnoyl spunod ui poo-i w 0 vi r- 0 u al (17 C 0 E 12 �1 LD J 10210AEV2 REV. A n c# €1 Nj C1C1 [ J JJ £tJ ❑o (0 't N 1 frj C�1 `a r r r r- o o (spuosnayl0 spunva ui poa-1 Tal 0 It 0 M cm 0 u uD Sri' rZ L 13 10210AEV2 REV. A APPENDIX C PHOTOGRAPHS 14 10210AEV2 REV. A TEST #6627 — 210 TEST SLATE 1 1 • I� y AEV -- � EST #•�_7, 210 .. sp'jpErtolL = A5515: de = t EST TYRE; . TEST #6627 — 210 PRE -TEST SIDE VIEW AT 10% LOAD 15 10210AEV2 REV. A TEST #6627 — 210 PRE —TEST SIDE VIEW AT 10% " a, NEE. r TEST #6627 — 210 PRE —TEST BELT MOUNTING 16 10210AEV2 REV. A r kAgpo+-'Xr sIOW d TEST #6627 - 210 PRE -TEST BELT MOUNTING TEST #6627 - 210 PRE -TEST FRONT VIEW -1 17 10210AEV2 REV. A TEST #6627 - 210 POST TEST SIDE VIEW TEST #6627 - 210 POST TEST SIDE VIEW oll 10210AEV2 REV. A TEST #6627 — 210 POST TEST SIDE VIEW s TEST #6627— 210 POST TEST FRONT VIEW mt' 10210AEV2 REV. A TEST #6627- 210 POST TEST BELT MOUNTING TEST #6627- 210 POST TEST BELT MOUNTING 2 20 10210AEV2 REV. A TEST #6627 - 210 POST TEST BELT MOUNTING 21 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AMD001 1 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 Final Stage Ambulance Manufacturer. AEV Address: 165 American Way, Jefferson NC 28640 Test(s) Name & Reference Standards: AMD 001 - Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test Test(s) conducted on: Raw Module - Manufactured by Mickey Body Model: Type I & III Engine: N/A VIN: Raw Module - N/A Name, Ttfe Signature Company Test Ray Shank lea ��iaK� ACC Climate Conducted By: R & D Engineer Control, Inc. Test Richard Mitchell 161e�a4A/re zff ACC Climate Conducted By: R & D Engineer Control, Inc. Test Donnie Symonds �sro�t�% ACC Climate Approved By. Q.M./Proj.Eng. Control, Inc. Test Rodd Lehman ledalal Le4Xa1( ACC Climate Approved B . Test & Development Engineer I Control, Inc. Test number AMD-2013-017 Date 11 /20/2013 Any additions, alterations, or unauthorized use of excerpts from this report are expressly forbidden. This test report pertains only to the vehicle(s) tested. It remains the sole responsibility of the manufacturer to provide a product consistent to that which was tested. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 ACLASS Accredited * * •� Certificate AT-1361 TESTING AT-1361 Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AMD001 2 of 43 AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 1. Objective To demonstrate that the static strength of the ambulance patient compartment meets or exceeds the minimum requirements of structural integrity as required by AMD001. 2. Test Equipment - Check all equipment for calibration compliance 2.1 Kestrel Pocket weather tracker. Model 4000 (TL016) 2.2 "The Crusher" (TL058) 2.3 3pc - Noga Dial Indicators (TL001, TL002, TL003) 2.4 Tape Measure 2.5 Floor Scales and Digital Readouts (TL030-TLO36) 2.6 3. Test Specimen The 172" Raw ambulance module was for AEV Type I and III Ambulances. 4. Test Set -Up Reference following page(s) for instructions. 5. Procedure & Test Results Reference following page(s) for instructions. 6. Conclusions 7. Pictures The AEV Type I and III Ambulance 172" Raw Module met or exceeded the requirements of AMD 001 - Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test Take Pictures to document test procedure. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 3 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 AM D STANDARD 001 (REV F) Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test Tested For: AEV Temperature: 71.5 ° F Date: 1112012013 Humidity: 29.7% Chassis: N/A Type: 1, or 111 VI N: Raw Module - N/A Curb Weight: The complete ambulance; chassis, cab, and body, including all mandatory equipment, full of fuel, lubricants and coolant. (See KKK-A-1822 E sec. 3.5.1) 16,000 (lbs.) Curb weight of the vehicle (Can be determined by actual weight or client high estimate based on vehicle history. Record the dimensions of the module being tested. 172 Length 95 Width 90 Height Test Set -Up 1 04 Be sure the Force Application Plate is raised sufficiently to work under and blocked in place for added safety. 2 $114 Allow pump motor to idle for a half hour before applying test load to allow the hydraulic fluid to warm up sufficiently 3 $4 Position the ambulance/module under the force application plate. Make sure to center the ambulance/module under the platform and that there is at least 2.5" of overhanging platform at each edge of the roof. .4 an If only a module is supplied use I beams to simulate chassis rails. If a complete ambulance is to be tested be sure to block the chassis to keep the vehicles suspension from adding to the deflection. .6 If testing a side load on a module lay side of module flat on floor. If rain gutter is not removable use appropriately thick sheets of plywood in between floor and side of module to keep from crushing rain gutter. If testing a finished ambulance place a protective sheet (foam carpet pad or similar) between the force application plate and the vehicle surface to prevent scratches or any other preventable damage. 8 04 Set dial Indicators to measure vertical and horizontal displacement: One (1) at the center of each side and One (1) centered inside 9 be Once ready for test. Clear the area and Un-block the force application plate. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 4 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 Initial: ;W AM D STANDARD 001 (REV F) Date: 11/20/2013 Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test Procedures & Test Results - Roof Load 5.1 $11C While force application plate is suspended and level in the air zero all load cell meters. 5.2 $1111C With all the vehicle doors closed lower the force application plate until 500 lbs. registers on the meters and take initial deflection measurements. 5.3 $4 Record elevation readings of all four corners of the roof, and on the three dial indicators. 5.4 14 Apply .75 x's (for Type II), and 1.25 x's (for Type I and Type III) the curb weight of the completed ambulance to the roof structure. 5.5 04 Record elevation readings of all four corners of the roof, and on the three dial indicators. 5.6 Apply 1.5 x's (for type II), and 2.5 x's (for Type I and Type III) the curb weight of the completed ambulance to the roof structure. 5.7 $4 Record elevation readings of all four corners of the roof, and on the three dial indicators. 58 With full load applied open and close all exit doors. 5.9 Check for any structural or component damage while load is applied. 5.10 Release load until only 500 lbs. remains. 5.11 Record elevation readings of all four corners of the roof, and on the three dial indicators. Raise the force application plate sufficiently to work under. Block in place for added safety. 43Withload removed open and close all exit doors. With load removed check for any structural or component damage. 7.1 Take pictures of test procedure for documentation. Actual Load Applied 20,000 40,000 5.15 Initial 500 lbs. .75 x C.W. - TII 1.5 x C.W. - TII Recovery 500 lbs. 1.25 x C.W. - TI, TIII 2.5 x C.W. - TI, TIII Road Side Front Corner 97.44 97 -0.438 96.56 -0.875 97.19 -0.25 Road Side Rear Corner 97.63 97.44 -0.188 97.38 -0.25 97.56 -0.063 Curb Side Front Corner 97.93 97.5 -0.43 97.56 -0.368 97.69 -0.243 Curb Side Rear Corner 97.93 97.75 -0.18 97 -0.93 97.88 -0.055 Road Side Middle Module 0.27 0.22 -0.053 0.36 0.085 0.29 0.019 Curb Side Middle Module 1 2.201 0.43 -1.771 0.69 -1.506 0.24 -1.96 Interior Module (Ceiling) 11 1.31 0.31251 1.75 0.751 1.19 6.1875 Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 5 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 Initial: ;W I AM D STANDARD 001 (REV.F) Date: 11/20/2013 Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test Procedures & Test Results - Roof Load Actual Load Applied 40,000 73,600 5.15 .75 x C.W. - TII 1.25 x C.W. - TI, TIII 1.5 x C.W. - TII 2.5 x C.W. - TI, TIII Road Side Front Corner 96.5 96.5 91.69 91.688 Road Side Rear Corner Curb Side Front Corner 97 97 92.81 92.813 Curb Side Rear Corner 97.56 97.563 97.25 97.25 Road Side Middle Module 0.357 0.357 0.921 0.921 Curb Side Middle Module 10.7271 0.7271 0.3081 0.308 Interior Module (Ceiling) 1.75 1.751 4.631 4.625 6.1 14 The Ambulance Body Structure passes the Roof Static Load Test Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 6 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 Initial: ;W AM D STANDARD 001 (REV F) Date: 11/20/2013 Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test Procedures & Test Results - Side Load Type I & III only 5.16 04 For continued testing on a Type I & II module pull module out from under test fixture and flip onto its side (either). 5.17 Follow Test Set -Up steps 4.1 thru 4.9. 5.18 While force application plate is suspended in the air zero all load cell meters. 5.19 With all the vehicle doors closed lower the force application plate until 500 lbs. registers on the meters and take initial deflection measurements. 5.20 04 Record elevation readings of all four corners of the roof, and on the three dial indicators. 5.21 04 Apply 1.25 x's the curb weight of the completed ambulance to the side structure. 5.22 Record elevation readings of all four corners of the sides, and on the three dial indicators. 5.23 $4 Apply 2.5 x's the curb weight of the completed ambulance to the side structure. 5.24 Record elevation readings of all four corners of the sides, and on the three dial indicators. 5.25 With full load applied open and close all unblocked exit doors. 5.26 Check for any structural or component damage while load is applied. 5.27 Release load until only 500 lbs. remains 5.2a Record elevation readings of all four corners of the roof, and on the three dial indicators. 5.29 Raise the force application plate sufficiently to work under. Block in place for added safety. 5.30 With load removed open and close all exit doors. 5.31 With load removed check for any structural or component damage. 7.2 Take pictures of test procedure for documentation. Actual Load Applied 20,000 40,000 5.15 Initial 500 lbs. 1.25 x C.W. - TI, TIII 2.5 x C.W. - TI, TIII Recovery 500 lbs. Road Side Front Corner 95.25 94.08 -1.173 94.63 -0.625 95.19 -0.063 Road Side Rear Corner 95.44 94.94 -0.5 94.75 -0.688 95.31 -0.125 Curb Side Front Corner 95 95.06 0.0625 95.00 0 95.19 0.1875 Curb Side Rear Corner 94.94 94.88 -0.063 94.63 -0.313 94.94 0 Road Side Middle Module 0.20 0.281 0.0831 0.31 0.0991 0.14 -0.062 Curb Side Middle Module 0.22 0.361 0.1461 0.5711 0.3531 0.311 0.091 Interior Module (Ceiling) 11 10.81 -0.1881 10.69 -0.3131 10.94 -0.063 Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 7 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 Initial: ;W AM D STANDARD 001 (REV.F) Date: 11/20/2013 Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test Procedures & Test Results - Side Load Type I & Ill only Actual Load Applied 40,000 74,076 5.15 2.5 x C.W. - TI, TIII Max Load Applied Recovery 500 lbs. Road Side Front Corner 94.56 94.563 94.31 94.313 94.19 94.188 Road Side Rear Corner94.63 Curb Side Front Corner 95 95 94.94 94.938 94.88 94.875 Curb Side Rear Corner 94.75 94.75 94.75 94.75 94.63 94.625 Road Side Middle Module 0.29 0.286 0.44 0.441 0.50 0.504 Curb Side Middle Module 0.591 .5941 0.671 0.671 0.77 0.768 Interior Module (Ceiling) 10.691 10.6881 10.501 10.51 10.63 10.625 6.2 #C The Ambulance Body Structure passes the Side Static Load Test Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 .J■■■■■■■■■■■1 '1 J111111111111LI Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. 75000 70000 65000 60000 55000 50000 45000 40000 M 6 35000 J 30000 25000 20000 15000 10000 5000 0 AM D001 9 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 AM D STANDARD 001 (REV F) Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test 2013-017 AMD001- 172" Type III Module Side Load 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 Time (seconds) Rear Floor Load (Ibs) Rear Roof Load (Ibs) Front Floor Load (Ibs) Front Roof Load (Ibs) Average Load (Ibs) -Total Load Applied (Ibs) Max Load Achieved: 74594 LBS Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 10 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 Initial: ;W AMD STANDARD 001 (REV.F) Date: 11/20/2013 Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test Y - AMD 001 - roof load test set-up c SW LOML AMD 001 - roof load test set-up Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 11 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 AM D STANDARD 001 (REV F) Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test Side wall deflection measured on each side of module Floor deflection while load at 1.25 times the curb weight Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 12 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 Initial: ;W AM D STANDARD 001 (REV.F) Date: 11/20/2013 Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test M � f i I F 1.25 times the curb weight �i 1.25 times the curb weight - doors open Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 13 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 AM D STANDARD 001 (REV F) Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test Floor deflection with 74,000 Ibs applied through the roof structure Floor deflection with 74,000 Ibs applied through the roof structure Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 14 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 Initial: ;W AM D STANDARD 001 (REV F) Date: 11/20/2013 Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test _; r rw I Floor deflection with 74,000 Ibs applied through the roof structure IF I All AMD 001 - side load test set-up Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 15 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 AM D STANDARD 001 (REV F) Ambulance Body Structure Static Load Test AMD 001 - side load test set-up Roof and Floor lateral deflection measured on each side of module Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D001 16 of 43 Issue Date: 080904 Revision Date: 111011 Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D002 17 of 43 Final Stage Ambulance Manufacturer. AEV Address: 165 American Way, Jefferson NC 28640 Test(s) Name & Reference Standards: AMD 002 - Body Door Retention Components Test Test(s) conducted on: Raw Module - Manufactured by Mickey Body Model: Type I & III Engine: N/A VIN: Raw Module - N/A Name, Ttfe Signature Company Test Ray Shank lea ��iaK� ACC Climate Conducted By: R & D Engineer Control, Inc. Test Richard Mitchell �e�ia�zitc�ie�� ACC Climate Conducted By: R & D Engineer Control, Inc. Test Donnie Symonds �sro�t�% ACC Climate Approved By. Q.M./Proj.Eng. Control, Inc. Test Rodd Lehman IFoaral Le4xai( ACC Climate Approved B . Test & Development Engineer Control, Inc. Test number AMD-2013-017 Date 12/11 /2013 Any additions, alterations, or unauthorized use of excerpts from this report are expressly forbidden. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 ACLASS Accredited * * •� Certificate AT-1361 = �� TESTING AT-1361 Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AMD002 18 of 43 AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. 1. Objective To verify that when subjected to a uniform static force the doors and latches do not fail and will remain closed. This includes all entry doors (side or rear) installed on the vehicle. 2. Test Equipment - Check all equipment for calibration compliance 2.1 Kestrel Pocket weather tracker. Model 4000 (TL016) 2.2 Hydraulic Hand Pump (TL045) 2.3 Transducer Techniques - Load Cell 3000lbs (TL020) 2.4 2.5 3. Test Specimen The 172" Raw ambulance module was for AEV Type I and III Ambulances. 4. Test Set -Up Reference following page(s) for instructions. 5. Procedure & Test Results Reference following page(s) for instructions. 6. Conclusions 7. Pictures The AEV Type I and III Ambulance 172" Raw Module met or exceeded the requirements of AMD 002 - Body Door Retention Components Test Take Pictures to document test procedure. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. 7K AM D STANDARD 002 (REV F) 1/2013 Body Door Retention Components Test *** This Standard applies only to Type I and Type III ambulances Tested For: AEV Temperature: 72 'F Date: 1211112013 Humidity: 30% Chassis: N/A Type: I, or Ill VIN: Raw Module - N/A Test Set -Up AM D002 19 of 43 Construct the framework necessary to apply proper load to the door(s), latch(s), and hinge(s). 2 Position the force application brackets, load cell and cabling to equally distribute the load and to apply the load as close as possible to the latch or hinge. 3 When constructing the test device position it within the body structure so that the opposing force is resisted by the body structure. 5.1 5.2 5.3 5A 5.5 Procedures & Test Results 1 The tests can be performed by the latch and striker manufacturer if provided by a single source and a letter of compliance is supplied to the body builder stating that the assembly as furnished meets FMVSS 206. 2 If striker and latch assembly is furnished by two different manufacturers, or if there is a modification to the single source manufacturers, the assembly must be tested by the Body Builder in accordance with SAE J839. Load applied using Hand Pump. All body door retention components have been installed. The ambulance body is structurally complete with the exception of the interior paneling and cabinets. All doors stayed shut while load was applied. There were no failures at the latch, striker(s), hinge or their points of attachment to the door or the body framework. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AMD002 20 of 43 AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. Initial: 0 AM D STANDARD 002 (REV F) Date: 12/11/2013 Body Door Retention Components Test 5.6 §ik Notify client to replace components and / or assemblies used while performing this test before selling the tested ambulance. 5.7 5.8 6Vj 7.1 5.10 W Ambient temperature while testing was performed is between 0° F and 100' F. All hinged passenger door latches, and striker assemblies meet FMVSS 206 as tested under SAE Recommended Practice J839.1 The Latch and striker assembly must be tested using the test fixture prescribed in SAE J839 for longitudinal load, transverse load, and inertia load .2 See Figure 1 Take pictures of test procedure for documentation. TABLE I: TEST LOAD POUNDS SIDE DOOR REAR DOOR Applied To � J JO J J JO J Required Load 2500 2500 2500 2500 Fully Latched (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) Maximum Load Position Applied 2632 2500 2716 2722 Required Load 1500 1500 1500 1500 Secondary (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) Maximum Load Latched Position Applied 1213 1728 1762 1871 Required Load 2500 2500 2500 2500 (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) Hinge Maximum Load 2865 2566 2726 2637 Applied The Ambulance Body Structure passes the Door Retention Load Test Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.aceclimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. Initial: Off AM D STANDARD 002 (REV.F) Date: 12/11/2013 Body Door Retention Components Test RA! Longitudinal Hinge Pull " 7 Transverse Hinge Pull Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 AM D002 21 of 43 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. Date: 12/11 /2013 AM D STANDARD 002 (REV F) Body Door Retention Components Test Longitudinal Latch Pull Transverse Latch Pull Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 AM D002 22 of 43 Date: 12/11 /2013 Test Lab AMD002 23 of 43 ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D STANDARD 002 (REV F) iBody Door Retention Components Test I Longitudinal Hinge Pull Transverse Hinge Pull Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AMD002 24 of 43 ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D STANDARD 002 (REV F) Date: 12/11/2013 1 Body Door Retention Components Test Longitudinal Latch Pull Transverse Latch Pull Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D003 25 of 43 Final Stage Ambulance Manufacturer. AEV Address: 165 American Way, Jefferson NC 28640 Test(s) Name & Reference Standards: AMD 003 - Oxygen Tank Retention System Static Test Test(s) conducted on. - Raw Module - Manufactured by Mickey Body Model: Type I & III Engine: N/A VIN: Raw Module - N/A Name, Ttfe Signature Company Test Ray Shank lea S�a�� ACC Climate Conducted By: R & D Engineer Control, Inc. Test Richard Mitchell /f ACC Climate Conducted By: R & D Engineer Control, Inc. Test Donnie Symonds Do��ie �' tito�rcis ACC Climate Approved By. Q.M./Proj.Eng. Control, Inc. Test Rodd Lehman leoaa, Ze41ffa7 ACC Climate Approved B . Test & Development Engineer Control, Inc. Test number AMD-2013-017 Date 12/9/2013 Any additions, alterations, or unauthorized use of excerpts from this report are expressly forbidden. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 ACLASS Accredited * * •� Certificate AT-1361 TESTING AT-1361 Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AMD003 26 of 43 AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. 1. Objective To verify that the oxygen tank retention system(s) meets the minimum load requirements. This applies to standard oxygen tanks and any holders for portable oxygen tanks. 2. Test Equipment - Check all equipment for calibration compliance 2.1 Kestrel Pocket weather tracker. Model 4000 (TL016) 2.2 Hand Pump Hydraulic Cylinder (TL045) 2.3 50001b Load Cell & Digital Display (TL021, TL025) 2.4 2.5 3. Test Specimen The 172" Raw ambulance module was for AEV Type I and III Ambulances. 4. Test Set -Up Reference following page(s) for instructions. 5. Procedure & Test Results Reference following page(s) for instructions. 6. Conclusions 7. Pictures The AEV Type I and III Ambulance 172" Raw Module met or exceeded the requirements of AMD 003 - Oxygen Tank Retention System Static Test Take Pictures to document test procedure. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D STANDARD 003 (REV F) Oxy--gen Tank Retention System Static Test Tested For: AEV Temperature: 73 °F Date: 121912013 Humidity: 23% Chassis: N/A Type: 1, or 111 VIN: Raw Module - N/A AM D003 27 of 43 *** This Standard applies To all Oxygen Tank Mounts installed in Ambulances. (including portable tank mounts) Test Set -Up Determine the location and type of oxygen tanks installed on ambulance (including portable tanks). 2 Locate Force application cylinders for each size tank mounted in the ambulance. 3 Construct the framework necessary to apply proper load to the oxygen tank mounts. .4 Full D Tank = 14 lbs., Full M Tank = 83 lbs., Full H Tank = 135 lbs. (KKK-A-1822 E sec 6.7) Procedures & Test Results 5.1 Apply the load using a hand pump. 5.2 Apply load to 25 times the weight of a full cylinder to each Oxygen tank holder. The tank size is based on the size tank each Tank holder is designed to restrain. 5.3 Apply required load to the cylinder's bottom surface when the tank is mounted vertically, and apply to both ends of a horizontally mounted tank. 2075 lbs. Required Load 2156 lbs. Actual Load Applied 5.4 Apply required load laterally to the C of G of each tank. 2075lbs. Required Load 2226 lbs. Actual Load Applied All of the Installed Oxygen Tank Holders must meet the following requirements. s.� No oxygen tank holder components failed or separated along attachment points. s.2 No oxygen tank holder or components separated from the vehicle at any attachment point. s.3 No part of the vehicle surrounding the tank holder attachment has failed or separated at any attachment point. 6.4 *$ The force application cylinder did not disengage from the oxygen tank holder. 17.1 SQ Take pictures of test procedure for documentation. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. r AM D STANDARD 003 (REV F) Oxy--gen Tank Retention System Static Test �I na. Oxgen Tank Retention Test - Transverse Load Set Up Oxgen Tank Retention Test - Transverse Load Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 AM D003 28 of 43 Test Lab AMD003 29 of 43 ACC Climate Control, Inc. Initial: Off AM D STANDARD 003 (REV F) Date: 12/09/2013 Oxy--gen Tank Retention System Static Test 1 L l I I � 7 \ r r A 1 I � 1 i Oxgen Tank Retention Test -Vertical Load Set Up Oxgen Tank Retention Test - Vertical Load Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D004 30 of 43 Final Stage Ambulance Manufacturer. AEV Address: 165 American Way, Jefferson NC 28640 Test(s) Name & Reference Standards: AMD 004 - Litter Retention System Static Test Test(s) conducted on: Raw Module - Manufactured by Mickey Body Model: Type I & III Engine: N/A VIN: Raw Module - N/A Name, Ttfe Signature Company Test Ray Shank lea ��iaK� ACC Climate Conducted By: R & D Engineer Control, Inc. Test Richard Mitchell �e�ia�zitc�ie�� ACC Climate Conducted By: R & D Engineer Control, Inc. Test Donnie Symonds �sro�t�% ACC Climate Approved By. Q.M./Proj.Eng. Control, Inc. Test Rodd Lehman IFoaral Le4xai( ACC Climate Approved B . Test & Development Engineer Control, Inc. Test number AMD-2013-017 Date 12/16/2013 Any additions, alterations, or unauthorized use of excerpts from this report are expressly forbidden. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 ACLASS Accredited * * •� Certificate AT-1361 = �� TESTING AT-1361 Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AMD004 31 of 43 AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. 1. Objective To verify that the litter retention system meets the minimum requirements for securing the wheeled cot as set by AMD004. 2. Test Equipment - Check all equipment for calibration compliance 2.1 Kestrel Pocket weather tracker. Model 4000 (TL016) 2.2 Cot Pull Test Fixture (TL046) 2.3 Transducer Techniques - Load Cell 3000lbs (TL020) 2.4 2.5 3. Test Specimen The 172" Raw ambulance module was for AEV Type I and III Ambulances. 4. Test Set -Up Reference following page(s) for instructions. 5. Procedure & Test Results Reference following page(s) for instructions. 6. Conclusions 7. Pictures The AEV Type I and III Ambulance 172" Raw Module met or exceeded the requirements of AMD 004 - Litter Retention System Static Test Take Pictures to document test procedure. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D STANDARD 004 (REV F) Litter Retention System Static Test AM D004 32 of 43 Tested For: AEV Temperature: 71 °F Date: 1211612013 Humidity: 28% Chassis: N/A Type: 1, or Ill VIN: Raw Module - N/A Test Set -Up 1 $4 Find out from the client if the litter retentions are all mounted in the same location if not each location must be tested. 2 $4 The ambulance floor shall be tested in the horizontal plane. Construct the framework necessary to apply proper load to the litter retention mounts. a Attach the testing device to the litter retention system in such a way to minimalize any friction with the floor or cabinets. 5 $4 Attach a tension load cell to a pivot point located on the test device located to simulate the center of the cot and 15 inches above the floor. Procedures & Test Results The litter retention system, anchorages, and litter fasteners must not fail or release when subjected to a force of 2,200 lbs. applied in the longitudinal, lateral, and vertical direction. Each test is performed separately. 5.1 Apply an initial vertical upward load to the device and then as rapidly as possible apply load to the full force. 2548 (Ibs) maximum load applied (comment on any deformation to the floor, cabinets, or retention mechanism). 5.2 If any parts are damaged replace before doing the next test. 5.3 Apply an initial longitudinal load to the device and then as rapidly as possible apply load to the full force. 2438 (Ibs) maximum load applied (comment on any deformation to the floor, cabinets, or retention mechanism). 5.4 If any parts are damaged replace before doing the next test. 5.5 Apply an initial lateral load to the device and then as rapidly as possible apply load to the full force. 2439 (Ibs) maximum load applied (comment on any deformation to the floor, cabinets, or retention mechanism). 6.1 The Litter Retention system tested passes the AMD004 tests. ***Rotation or Deformation of retention mechanisms does not constitute failure. 17.1 24 Take pictures of test procedure for documentation. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D004 33 of 43 Initial: ;W AM D STANDARD 004 (REV F) Date: 12/16/2013 Litter Retention System Static Test 2013-017 AMD004 - Longitudinal Load 2600 — 2400 2200 rl 2000 1800 1600 Z 1400 M 0 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Time (seconds) 2013-017 AMD004 - Longitudinal Load Max Load 2438 Ibs Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 AL Initial: ;F1-19- AM D STANDARD 004 (REV F) Date: 12/16/2013 Litter Retention System Static Test 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD004 Vertical Load 2600 2400 2200 2000 1800 1600 L 1400 M 0 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AMD004 34 of 43 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Time (seconds) 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD004 Vertical Load Max Load 2548 Ibs Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accclimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AMD004 35 of 43 AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accclimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. Initial: w Date: 12/16/2013 1 AM D STANDARD 004 (REV F) Litter Retention System Static Test M Litter Retention Lateral Test Set Up Litter Retention Lateral Test Full Load Applied sr r Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 AM D004 36 of 43 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. Initial: ;W AM D STANDARD 004 (REV F) Date: 12/16/2013 Litter Retention System Static Test 7 - Y :f C 44 Litter Retention Longitudinal Test Set Up Litter Retention Test Longitudinal Full Load Applied Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 AM D004 37 of 43 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. Initial: ;W AM D STANDARD 004 (REV F) Date: 12/16/2013 Litter Retention System Static Test sk1K MIN I ell 1 I I }r. n3 II Litter Retention Vertical Test Set Up �i. Litter Retention Vertical Test Full Load Applied Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 AM D004 38 of 43 Test Lab ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D008 39 of 43 Final Stage Ambulance Manufacturer. AEV Address: 165 American Way, Jefferson NC 28640 Test(s) Name & Reference Standards: AMD 008 - Patient Compartment Grab Rail Static Load Test Test(s) conducted on: Raw Module - Manufactured by Mickey Body Model: Type I & III Engine: N/A VIN: Raw Module - N/A Name, Ttfe Signature Company Test Ray Shank lea ��iaK� ACC Climate Conducted By: R & D Engineer Control, Inc. Test Richard Mitchell 161e�a4A/re zff ACC Climate Conducted By: R & D Engineer Control, Inc. Test Donnie Symonds �sro�t�% ACC Climate Approved By. Q.M./Proj.Eng. Control, Inc. Test Rodd Lehman ledaral Le4xai( ACC Climate Approved B . Test & Development Engineer I Control, Inc. Test number AMD-2013-017 Date 12/12/2013 Any additions, alterations, or unauthorized use of excerpts from this report are expressly forbidden. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 ACLASS Accredited * * •� Certificate AT-1361 TESTING AT4361 Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. 1. Objective To verify that the Patient Compartment Grab rail is able to withstand the minimum load requirements as laid out in AMD008. 2. Test Equipment - Check all equipment for calibration compliance 2.1 Kestrel Pocket weather tracker. Model 4000 (TL016) 2.2 Transducer Techniques - Load Cell 3000lbs (TL020) 2.3 Telescoping load application fixture with pulleys (TL0048) 2.4 2.5 3. Test Specimen The 172" Raw ambulance module was for AEV Type I and III Ambulances. 4. Test Set -Up Reference following page(s) for instructions. 5. Procedure & Test Results Reference following page(s) for instructions. 6. Conclusions 7. Pictures AM D008 40 of 43 The AEV Type I and III Ambulance 172" Raw Module met or exceeded the requirements of AMD 008 - Patient Compartment Grab Rail Static Load Test Take Pictures to document test procedure. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AL ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D STAN DARD 008 (REV F) Patient Compartment Grab Rail Static Load Test AM D008 41 of 43 Tested For: AEV Temperature: 60 °F Date: 12/12/2013 Humidity: 12% Chassis: N/A Type: I, or III VIN: Raw Module - N/A Test Set -Up 4.1 $4 Using a straight edge (6' level) measure the grab rail for straightness. 47W Measure the space between the top sides of the rail and the ceiling. 4.3 W Draw a sketch of the grab rails showing dimensions. 4.4 Construct the framework necessary to apply proper load to the grab rail. Procedures & Test Results 5.1 $4 Attach the force application device and tension load cell to the grab rail at a midpoint between two brackets. 5.2 04 Apply a Vertical load of 3001b. in 501b increments. Observe the grab rail for any detachment, loosening or permanent deformation. 5.3 $4 Hold the 3001b. Load for 2 minutes and release. 5.4 W In the same method apply a 3001b load vertically, horizontally, and diagonally at 3 locations along the rail. 5.5 OC Record the angle used for the diagonal load application. Any convenient angle may be used. 26.6 Degrees Location #1 Location #2 Location #3 Location Description Max Load Horizontal 310 312 309 Max Load Vertical 331 321 317 Max Load at 26.6" Angle 315 1 306 1 307 5.6 PW Using a straight edge (6' level) measure the grab rail for straightness. 57W Measure the space between the top sides of the rail and the ceiling. 5.8 W Draw a sketch of the grab rails showing dimensions. 77W The grab rail must not detach, loosen, or permanently deform during the load application of 300 lbs. in any direction. 7.1 $4 Take pictures of test procedure for documentation. Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AMD008 42 of 43 ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D STAN DARD 008 (REV F) Patient Compartment Grab Rail Static Load Test Grab Rail Static Load Test Horizontal Grab Rail Static Load Test 26° Angle Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 Test Lab AMD008 43 of 43 ACC Climate Control, Inc. AM D STAN DARD 008 (REV F) Patient Compartment Grab Rail Static Load Test Grab Rail Static Load Test Vertical Automotive Climate Control • 22428 Elkhart East Blvd. • P.O. Box 1905 • Elkhart, IN 46515-1905 P(574) 264-2190 • F(574) 266-6744 • sales@accclimatecontrol.com • www.accelimatecontrol.com 2013-017 AEV Raw Module AMD001-025 Test Forms U:\AMDKKK-A-1822 � ., _ --- ,����ilillllllll V c A _ o a rrl 711 ov� All, aoa�j s � r ib low qy� a Ad o i --744 S'' pd a Y„ , . `. ;r� �, � � �, , 4 � , .t .�,' � � 1 _sue" "`-yam 1 xT `'4� , �® �� Fv -' J -e. - — —�� \ •�a i Y"• ,.^, �) I • r y �, . �, _� \- - _ �_ �� ��� - �. �,, • � - ���